Philippine National flag and anthem by Filipiniana Online

1994 EX LIBRIS

AYALA v CIA.

__lL.XI

'n ><8 ~

MANILA .--~ 1834

AYALA FOUNDATION. I NC .

FILIPINAS HERITAGE . \

(

LIBRARY

The Philippine National Flag and the Katipunan war-standard . Notice the allegorical symbolism of the Sun and Stars above the three mountain peaks of Luzon Visayas-Mindanao. Taken from a diploma of the Veterans of the Revolution, and printed by courtesy of this organization

PH I LIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

MAJOR

EMANUEL A. BA JA PHILIPPINE

THIRD REVISED

MANILA,

ARMY

EDITION &

ENLARGED

PHILIPPINE

1936

ISLANDS

l~a ofv /IS p~

~.:;

/1,13(,

5, 1936 SECOND EDITION OCTOBER 5, 1D30 FIRST EDITION DECEMBER 19, 1928 THIRD EDITION OCTOBER

1936 BY MAJOR EMANUEL A. BAJA COPYRIGHT

PHILIPPINE EDUCATION CO. Publisher

~(O

1W!1l~

all the Filipino youth in

whom I have an abiding faith

and trust that their inspiration in life will spring from what may be briefly expressed in these wordsGod, Honor and Country: God, because life itself, which emanates from it, is a spiritual existence; Honor, because in a community, it is the foundation of mutual faith and without it m n's society is bare; and Country, because in recognition of the obligations of citizenship which it imposes and the duties to the Flag which it demands, it serves as the source of political life and the fountain of national happiness. E. A. BA.JA

MANILA, May 5, 1936.

III

E)pening Z9hought <f[

love our country as you do, not onl'Y

because it is the dutH of e1Jery man to love the land to 'which he owes his birth and existence and to which he will perhaps owe his final resting place, not nly because my father so taught me or because my mother was a Malay 01' because my most cherished memor-ies cluster around my country, but also because to it lowe and shall ever owe my happiness." IBARRA TO ELIAS RIZAL

INTRODUCTION by The Ho orable SERGIO OSMEr'lA Vice-President of the Philippines As Secretary of Public Instruction.

O~~ice o~ the Vice President of the Philippines

Every independent nation has a national flag. flag is a symbol.

It represents the history, the tradi-

tions, the ideals, and the aspirations of the nation.

is the embodiment of such sentiments as reverence for the country's past, devotion to its highest interests, and determination to protect and advance its welfare at whatever cost. A book on such a subiect serves a useful purpose. It explains the evolution of the emblem that has behind it the strongest popular support and affection.

In so

doing, it uncovers material that forms an important chapter in the history of the nation-the chapter that refers to the dominant and sacred aspirations of the people and tells of the heroic deeds and sacrifices of countless men and women for their realization. This new edition of the "Philippine National Flag and Anthem" appears at a very appropriate tim 路3.

路1

The Philippine nation has reached the final stage in its centuries-old

struggle

for

complete

emancipation :

Within a decade the Philippine Flag of "Red, White and Blue, with a Sun and three Stars", as consecrated by the people and recognized by the Constitution, will wave proudly over our land as the ensign of a country, free and independent.

It will then be the symbol of

the attainment of the most cherished ideal of our people.

There will be on that day, when it flies in full

splendor as the banner of our independent Philippines, nnd on all the da s thereafter the fervent prayer in the heart of every true Filipino: "Long may it wave ove r a free and a happy nation".

~. S.OSMEt'JA Manila, October 14, 1936

VII

FOREWORDS TO THE FIRST AND SECOND EDITIONS ---'0---

THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

NATIONAL LIBRARY MANILA

September 30, 1930. I congratulate Captain Baja fOT his interesting book on the Filipino Flag, whose second edition now appears in less than a yea?', with notable additions and corrections. A good sign of the times in the Philippines. It ought to be read by Filipinos as well as by strangers, not only because it reveals the different revolutionaTY movements which had been started in 1896 for the conquest of our national liberty, but especially because it describes, with a wealth of material, the different flags displayed by revolutionary leader3 until they blended into one, the only national flag officially recognized by the Filipino people as SY1nbolizing all the glories of its past and all the hopes of its future. The fact that the Filipino revolutionary leaders, who marched out into the field of battle in search of the liberty of their country, had immediately resorted to flying a piece of cloth a.c; an emblem with which to repTesent their collective aspirations, is certainly a credit and an honor to those who planned and fought our Tevolutions. Because an emblem of that kind, is, in war as well as in peace, something which bespeaks of a high . ideal, noble and 'Wor-thy, a concrete embodiment of the purest thoughts and sentiments, and which can never represent the basest passions of man, his weaknesses or his miseries. VIII

Everyone of those small pieces of bunting which served our brothers as an inspiration and a symbol of union in their struggles, has for the Filipinos of the present and of to-morrow a singular charm. In it is written a part of the achievements and glories of our race. And the fact that, once the 1'evolutio'YI became widespread, a central authority recognized, discipline imposed upon the nation, and a single aspirMion unanimously proclaimed, the old regional banners had been spontaneously withdrawn to give way to only one national flag that was recognized and revered by all, is the greatest revelation of the unity of the Filipino people, triumphant after several centuries of domination and servitude, in the prosecution of its most cherished ideal. I hope that the book of Captain Baja will continue to instil and infuse into the minds of our youth the high ideals of freedom and self-sacrifice, which was the thought entertained by our forefathers in bequeathing to us that priceless legacy which is called the Filipino Flag. TEODORO

KALA W

Di'r'ector IX

UNIVERSITY OF THE PHILIPPINES OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT

Manila, April 6, 192'7. For many years a book like this. portraying faithfully the history of the Philippine N aNonal Flag and the Philippine National Anthem, has been a long-felt need.

I have

read the work and found it of great value to students of Philippine history and civics.

am 'Well pleased to note that it is written in such a manner as to awaken national consci01lsness, c'Ultf:vate civic virtues, and develope homor;eneit~ of though and feeling.

book of this kind cannot be gauged in terms of money-value for the nation or personal profit for the individual; it can be measured only in teTms of ap1Jlied nationalism, Filipino citizenship, and patriotic aims. The mission of our schools, colleges and universities to turn out educated or professional men and women carries with it an obligation to turn out citizens who, devoting themselves to the uplift of their people, would teach the young boys and girls the x

significance of the country's Flag and Anthem. With this aim in view and for the benefit of our younger generation, I have personally interested myself in a symbolic representation of the flag, THE FILIPINO FLAG'S MESSAGE, both in and outside of the University. A spare moment devoted now and then for a like purpose, at home or in school is one of the best tributes we can pay to our heroic dead. This task is an obligation of the teacher to the youth and is coextensive with the same kind of duty which parents owe to their own children. In the course of their mission, both parents and teachers will find many instructive and inspiring topics in this history of our Flag and Anthem. RAFAEL PALMA

President XI

PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION The third edition of this book is issued primarily to put the flag history up to date. The need for this is apparent in view of the recent changes of political status, and the consequent alterations in the expression of national sentiments embodied in and symbolized by the flag. Chapter XII, "THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES", is an additional chapter; it contains the constitutional provisions as to its adoption and continued use by the nation. In this chapter, is also included the law on the Arms and Great Seal of the Commonwealth, and of the United States High Commissioner. Several chapters have been modified so as to conform with changes and new provisions that have recently taken place since the issue of the second edition in 1930. The first three paragraphs of the original preface to th8 first edition are again included here, believing that the thonghts expressed therein w~ll continue to temper the nation's patriotic sentiment and the people's self-sacrificing spirit, both so essential and necessary at this time when the nation is on trial and in the process of assuming full statehood. OUR FLAG The history of the Philippine National Flag is a common property of the people: it belongs to each and to all Filipino citizens. It should, therefore, be transmitted from one generation to another, the older imposing upon itself this duty for the benefit of the younger. This work is undertaken with this end in view. In its preparation, I endeavored to portray the bloody travail during which that Flag was born, the internal political difficulties whereby it was proscribed, and the peaceful events under which it is now permitted to fly as a proper emblem of the Philippine Government. For a background, I chose the pertinent military and political events of the last two wars. These are presented, however, in the psychological rather than in the ordinary narrative sense of history so that the younger generation, appreciating in their hour of retrospection the great teachings and historical deductions of the past, may look back with pride to the making of their Flag, a history written in tears and blood and yet so beautifully engraved on the heart of the country and its people. XII

OUR ANTHEM Most fascinatingly intertwined with the romance of the national colors is the history of our National Anthem. Its music and its words-the former composed during an intense critical period of self-government, and the latter written in the midst of a military campaign-truly express the indomitable national soul of a struggling people. To make our younger citizens appreciate this national soul-expression, so full of hope in the very face of certain defeat and so indicative of a strong spirit of nationalism despite the influences of foreign domination, is another aim of this work. THE IMPORTANT LESSON If this book is taken up in school for the benefit of the young citizens, it must be presented with one big important object-to teach love of country, its people, and its institutions; respect its Flag and its Anthem; in brief, to prepare the young citizens for the big task of nation building. It is true that the school is the temple of learning where our young citizens cultivate the finer qualities of men in arts, music, literature, sciences and morals; but it is as equally true that it is the place where the youth, as future leaders to shape the destiny of the nation, are forged into tempered steel.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT The acknowledgment made in the first edit'ion to Mrs. Marcela de Agoncillo, Messrs. Julian Felipe, Felipe Agonciito, Rafael Palma, Fernando M. Guerre1"0, Cecilio Apostol. Ca'rlos Ronquillo, and Pio Valenzuela, Genr;ral Mariano Alvarez, General Emiliano Riego de Dios, and Captaim General and President Emilio Aguinaldo is reiterated. They and those of the older generations saw and felt the glories of their own making. Their first hand information on the history of the country's Flag and Anthem are of the very best obtainable. In gathering some of my materials from the Filipiniana Division, I wish to mention the facility and help offered by the late DiTector Epifanio de los Santos, Director Teodo1"0 M. Kalaw, Assistant Director Eulogio B. Rodriguez, and MT. Luis Montilla, Chief of the Library Division, a,u of the Philippine National Library. To these gentlemen lowe a vote of thanks. E. A. BAJA MANILA, May 5, 1936. XIII

ILLUSTRATIONS PAGE

Frontispiece (The Philippine National Flag and the Katipunan War Standard) 6 Royal Standard of Spain ...................... '.' .. 8 The National Standard of Spain ............................ . 9 Manila Coat-of-Arms ....................... Coat-of-Arms of the Central Government ..................... . 10 The Katipunan War Standard With Three K's in Line ......... . 16 Balintawak Monument ...... ..... . ....... ............ ...... . 18 Katipunan Battalion Flags ................................. . 19-20 Katipunan War Standard With Three K's in a Triangle ......... . 21 Llanera's "Skull Flag" ...................................... . 22 Pio del Pilar's Katipunan Flag .............................. . 22 Katipunan War Standard of Andres Bonifacio ................ . 23 Andres Bonifacio (portrait) ................................ . 23 Map of Luzon-the Eight Provinces Under Martial Law ....... . 31 The First Philippine Flag .......... 32 The First Philippine Flag Reformed ....... ... ..... .......... . 32 Aguinaldo's Seal-Magdalo ................................ 34 Gregorio del Pilar's Cuban-like Flag and hif) portrait .......... . 36 Outline of the K. K. K. Flag .................. ......... . 43 '{'he Philippine National Flag ...... .......... ............... . 44 Emilio Aguinaldo (portrait) with statement of the Making of the Flag .. . ....................... ............ ..... ........ . 46 50 Dona Marcela de Agoncillo (portrait) ...................... 51 Mrs. Delfina Herbosa de Natividad (portrait) ................ . The Seal of the Revolutionary Government and Philippine Republic 72 74 The National Flag of Spain ................................ . Fort SO a n Antonio Abad-American Flag Hoisted ....... 7R 160 The American and Filipino Flags at Malacanang ..... ... ...... . 172 The Alliance of Two Glorious Flags ......................... . Philippine National Flag displayed ...... 184 185 Flag of the President of the Philippines ...... ................ . Spanish Coat-of-Arms, Kingdom and Republic ................ . 186 Coat-of-Arms of the Government of the Philippine Islands and of the Philippine Commonwealth .................... 11, 184, 188-189 Seals of the Philippine Republic ........................... 190, 192 193 Seal of the United States High Commissioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Flag of the United States, the Flag of the Former GovernorGeneral and the Flag of the High Commissioner ............ 194-195 Coat-of-Arms of the Philippine Republic .................... 204-205 Hjmno Nacional Filipino .................................. 204-205 0

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • •

o• • • •

XIV

•

•••

•

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

ILLUSTRATIONS

xv PAGE

Julian Felipe (portrait) .................................... Jose Palma (portrait) ..................................... Some of the Early Flags of the World ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positions of the American and Filipino Flags ............. . ... The Legislative Building .................................... Filipino Flag, dimensions ................ . . . .. ... ... . ..... .. The Coat-of-Arms of the United States ....................... The Star-Spangled Banner ... ........... ....... .. .. ........ . The Spanish Coat-of-Arms .... ... ...... ........ ... ... . ...... Himno Nacional de Espana ................................. Monument to the Nation's Heroic Deeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "The Birth of the Sun and Stars" ........ .... . ..... ... .... ... "The Flag Unfurled Sends Its Message" ......................

206 210 231 264 269 275 312 312 3] 3 313 314 318 322

CONTENTS Title Page

Dedication

III

Introduction ...............................................

V XIV

List of Illustrations

PART I THE FILIPINO FLAG'S HISTORICAL EVOLUTION, WAR HISTORY AND PRESENT DAY POLITICAL SIGNIFICANCE. PAGE

Chapter I-HISTORICAL BACKGROUND The Filipinos Did ~ot Have a National Flag Before The Closing Of The 19th Century .......................... The Spanish Royal St udard And The Cross-The Flag Of The Christian Faith Circumnavigated The World ........ The Foothold Of The Spanish National Ensign On The Pacific The Device For The First Spanish Colonial Flag In The Philippines ............. 1 . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The Moros Under The Spanish Flag ..................... Chapter II-THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD Social And Political Background ........................ The Katipunan Color, Emblem, Design And Devices.. . . . . . . . The Katipunan War Standard .................,......... Katipunan Batallion Flags ............................. Llanera's Skull Flag ............. ................... :,.. Pio De~ Pilar's Katipunan Flag ......................... Bonifacio's Flag, A Sun And Three K's On The Red Rectangular Field ......................................... Appendix I: Gladio Heroico, by Fernando Ma. Guerrero .... Appendix r': (Translation) Freedom's Sword, by Fernando Ma. GUJerrero ....................................... Appendix II: The Conquered Banner, by Abraham J. Ryan, with a letter of Rev. Joseph A. McGrath, S. J. to the author regarding Rev. Abraham J. Ryan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix III: Letter of Pio del Pilar, dated March 30, 1928. . XVI

3 5 7 9 11

16 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 26 27 29

XVII

CONTENTS

PAGE:

Chapter III-THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG The Katipunan War Standard Modified ......... ... .... . .. Meaning Of The Letter K In The Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsequent Changes And Modifications In The Flag. . . . . . . . Mabini's Conception On A Revolutionary Flag .......... . . Different Designs Caused Confusion ..................... Gregorio H. Del Pilar's Tricolor Flag .................... The First Philippine Flag Goes Down At Biak-na-Bato . . . . . . Appendix IV: Letter of Jose Turiano Santiago, dated August 18, 1926 ............................................ Appendix V: Letter of Carlos Ronquillo, dated September 8, 1926 ....... Appendix VI: Letter of Pio Valenzuela, dated April 16, 1928. f .

•

Chapter IV-THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS The Necessity For A New Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Emblematic Design of the National Flag ............. Who Conceived Or Proposed The Present Design Of The National Flag? ............... .. ....................... The Coat Of Arms Of The Phi1ippi~e Republic . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filipino Hands Made The First National Flag at Hong-kong Appendix VII: Letter of Marcela de Agoncillo, dated October 21, 1926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31 32 34 36 36 37 39 40 41 43

44 46 48 48 49 51

Chapter V-THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS The National Flag Homeward Crosses the Sea ............ 52 Early Successes Under The Philippine Flag .............. 53 How the Flag was Displayed ........................... 54 The National Flag in The Days Of The Republic . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Malolos Constitutional Provision On The Filipino Flag ..... 6f) The People Showed Their Love For Their Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The National Flag Loses Its Sovereignty In War. . . . . . . . . . . 65 Appendix VIII: Letter of General Aguinaldo, dated June 11, 68 1925 ................................................ Appendix IX: Letter of Epifanio de los Santos, dated Oct. 8, 1926-Translation of General Aguinaldo's speech delivered on the occasion of the ratification of the Proclamation of Independence in Kawit, on June 12, 1898 ................. 69 Appendix X: Letter of General Aguinaldo, dated October 11, 1926 ............................. . .................. 71 Appendix XI: Letter of F. E. Grey, dated Feb. 15, 1928 72 Chapter VI-THE LAST DAYS OF THE SPANISH FLAG The Philippine And The Spanish Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Example of Heroism ................................

73 74

XVIII

C0NTENTS PAGE

Chapter VII-THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE PHILIP,PINES The Naval Victory Of The American Arms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Flag Of The United States Is Raised In Manila On August 13, 1898 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The "Stars And Stripes" In Place Of The "Sun and Stars" . . . An Incident With The "Moro Flags" ............. .... .... The Right Of The United States Flag To Fly In The Philippines .... ... . ..... ........................ ... .... . .. Flying The Filipino National Flag By Sufferance ......... Chapter VIII-THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG (Act 1696 of the Philippine Commission) Political Events Leading To ThE' Proscription Of The Flag. . Press Comments And Discussion On The Flag Issue . . . . . . . . The American Point Of View Publicity Expressed ........ Resolutions Passed To Proscribe The Use Of The Filipino Flag The Philippine Commission Acts-The Flag Law. . . . . . . . . . Violations Of The lag Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What Was Not The :(ntention Of The Flag Law ... . . . . . . . . .

77 78 80 81 82 83

85 86 105 119 123 127 131

Chapter IX-THE REBIR1'H 'OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG (THE REPEAL OF ACT 1696 BY ACT 2871 OF THE PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE) Early Legislation To Restore The Use Of The Flag Unsuccessful .............................................. 132 The Governor-General In His 17th Annual Message ....... 134 In The House Of The Senate........................... 135 In The House Of Representatives ........................ 139 Senate Bill No.1, 1919, Becomes Act No. 2871 ........ .. 145 Expressions Of The American Point Of View ........... , . . 146 Appendix XII: List of Bills and Resolutions on the Flag ... 150 Chapter X-"RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG" Executive Proclamation No. 18, 1919 .................... 160 The Filipino People Showed Rejoicing on the Restoration of Their Flag ......................... .......... .. ..... 161 Celebrating the "Restoration of the Use of the Filipino Flag" 162 169 A Philippine Flag Day .... .... ............. ...... ...... The Legislature Designates The Philippine Flag Day .... ,. 170 Appendix XIII: Letter of Luis Ferrer, dated November 2, 19119 ..... ............ .................... ........ .. 172 Chapter XI-"AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS" (ACT N'O. 2928 OF THE PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE) Senate Bill No. 58, 1919, Fifth Legislature .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

CONTENTS

XIX

PAGE

A. Legal Interpretation ................................. Authorized Use Of The Philippine Flag .................. The Reasonable Interpretation To Conform With The Spirit Of Governor-General Harrison's Message .............. . The Attitude Of The Non-Christian Elements Towards The Country's Flag ...................................... Violations of Act 2928 ............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter XII-THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES Constitutional Provisions On The Flag ................... What International Recognition If Any? ................... Coat-Of-Arms of the Commonwealth of the Philippines .... . Should There Not Be Consistency And Harmony In The Symbolic Designs And Allegorical Devices Of The National Flag And The Coat-Of-Arms? ........................ The Flag, Coat-Of-Arms and 8eal of the United States High Commissioner ............. . ......................... The Flag Of The President Of The Commonwealth ........ Appendix XIV: Act No. 1365 ......................... Appendix XV: Act No. 2711 ........................... 'Appendix XVI: Radio re flags and ·coat of arrms of the U. S. High Commissioner to the P. 1., dated Sept. 19, 1935 ... . . Appendix XVII: The Plags of the ljresident of the Philippines

175 177 178 181 182

184 185 187 191 193 194 195 196 197 Ul9

PART II THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM-THE WAR HISTORY OF ITS MUSIC AND POETRY

Chapter XIII-THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM Authorship: By A Musician And By a Poet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Musical Composition-"Himno Nacional Filipino" ..... Its Words-"Filipinas" ................... ' 1' • • • • • • • • • • • • Similarity With The Himno N acional Espanol ............. The National Anthem In The Days Of The Republic. . . . . . . . The Adoption Of The National Anthem .................. The National Anthem Under The American Flag. . . . . . . . . . The National Anthem Under The Commonwealth. . . . . . . . . . Appendix XVIII: Letter of Julian Felipe-history of the Philippine National Anthem .............................. Appendix XIX: Letter ,of Cecilio Apostol, dated December 10, 1926 ............................................ Appendix XX: Letter of F. Ma. Guerrero, dated October 17, 1928 ....................................... .. . . . . Appendix XXI: The Philippine National Hymn. Translated by Paz Marquez Benitez .............................. Appendix XXII: An Act prescribing on what occasions the Philippine National Anthem shall be played .............

205 205 209 212 213 214 214 216 218

221 22~

223 224

CONTENTS

PART III PAGE

GENERAL LITERATURE ON THE FLAG AND ANTHEM Chapter XIV-THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG How Flags Come To Be ................................ The First Flag .............................. " . " .. "". The Flags Of The Twelve Tribes Of Israel ................ The Evolution Of The Flag Follows The Political Evolution Of The State ...........................................

227 227 228

Chapter XV-THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG What A Flag Is ...................................... . Taking The Oath Of Allegiance To The Flag ............ . An Erroneous Conception On The Significance Of The Flag .. A Correct Interpretation Of Its Significance .............. . An Example Of International Good Will ................ . The Present Significance Of T:he, Philippine Flag ......... . The International $"ignificance Of The Flag Of The United

234 237 238 239 240 241

Si:~~:i:~n~~' Of 'Th~'~i~~' Of' Th~' U~it~d' St~t~~'

:": : : : : : : : : : The Significance Of T e United St,ates Flag To The Filipino People ............................................. . The Significance Of A R'ed Flag ........................ . Chapter XVI-THE USE OF THE FLAG An Expression of Sovereignty ...... ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Expression Of Patriotism ........................... Honoring And Respecting The Country's Flag ............. Saluting The Flag ..................................... Does The Flag Return A S"alute. "When And How? ........ The Display Of The Flag ............................... The Flag At Half-Staff .............................. . . . A Filipino Memorial Day .............................. The Flagstaff ......................................... How To Hoist And Lower The Flag At Half-Mast . . . . . . . . . . How To Enshroud A Casket With The Flag ........... . . . . Decorative Display Of A Flag ........................... American Sovereignty And The Philippine Flag ........... The Correct Heraldic Display Of The American And Philippine Flags .......................................... Chapter XVII-The FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS The Tangible Representation Of All That Is Home And Cou'n try ............................................ The Flag In The Schools .................... ;..........

230

244 245 247 248

252 253 254 255 257 258 259 261 262 263 263 264 266 269

271 272

CONTENTS

XXI PAGE

Saluting The Flag ..................................... The Flag In The Home ................................. How To Make The Flag .......................... ". . . . . . Literature On The Filipino Flag ......................... Literature On the Two Flags Famous In Philippine History. Appendix XXIII: The Origin and Evolution of the United States Flag, By R. C. Ballard Thruston .................

272 273 274 276 287 293

Chapter XVIII-THE CITIZENS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM The National Colors And The National Anthem . .......... 304 Our Arithem And Its Meaning To Our Boys And Girls ... . .. 304 How, Where, And When To Play The National Anthem .... 307 309 Legislation On The Philippine National Anthem Defeated . . Time-Honored Tradition Sanctioned by Department Of The Interior, Circular No.7, April 6, 1934 .... -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 PART IV THE MESSAGE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG TO THE YOUTH OF THE COUNTRY THE FILIPINO FLAG'S MESSAGE Purpose and Object .................... . ............... THE MAKERS OF THE FLAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART ON,E -THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS....... PART TWO-THE FLAG UNFURLED SENDS ITS MESSAGE PART THREE-THE CITIZENS' PLEDGE................. SPECIAL APPENDIX: Constitution of the Philippines, February 8, 1935 ............... . .................. . .. . ...........

315 316 318 322 324 329

"The steel your hands have wielded, Bathed in your country's tears, Shall wound no more Our foes of yore; Now dawn the peaceful years. "But peace ends not its story, Nor dulls with rust its blade, Forever bright From that forge alight Where Freedom's sword is made."

-Freedom's Sword; by XXII

FERNANDO MA. GUERRERO.

PA R T

TJiE FILIPINO FLAG'S HISTORICAL EVOLUTION WAR HIST,?RY AN9 PRESENT DAY POLITICAL SIGNIFICANCE

1892 - 1936

Const:it:ut:ional Provision Sec. I, Art:. XIII

"Qtlfe lI1lag of fife 'lfilippiues slfnll be iteb, Hflfife nub mlue,

willI a ยงun anll t?rl'l' ยงtars, as rnuserrnfeb nub Ifounreb by fife people nub reroguij!eb by ilJnw."

CHAPTER

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND The Filipinos Did Not Have A National Flag Before The Closing Of The 19th Century.-Long before Magellan flew the Spanish Royal Standard in Philippine waters, the Filipinos had already been using several banners to represent the various sections of the Archipelago, but none stood for the Philippines as a nation. In those days each chieftain in Luzon and the Visayas had his own standard as a rallying point, while the Mohammedan inhabitants. the Moros of Mindana路o and J 010, were then using the Turkish red flag to represent their religion rather than their poli tical adherence to Turkey. The figures of doves, fishes, cocks, crows, human forms and other queer devices, which may still be seen carved at the bow or carried at the mast heads of native sailboats are reminiscences of these Filipino banners of olden times. The people of the Islands even up to the 19th century were not yet sufficiently developed in p路olitical thought for the purposes of nationality and much less for sovereignty, a status which explains why they did not possess any national flag. A flag representing sovereignty is born only after the crystalization of the political mind or after the formation of the nation; and the Philippines then, although containing a Malayan population which was ethnically grouped as one had not completed either one or the other of these two sociological-political processes. Had there been in existence, before or during the Spanish conquest, a Philippine flag which stood for the whole country or which meant political solidification, it would had been used in the early rebellions in Bohol, Pampanga, Samar, Pangasinan, Ilocos, Cavite and elsewhere; but the fact that in those uprisings of the 17th and 18th centuries no flag with that significance was ever hoisted by the people, conclusively proved the absence of a national flag at that period. What flags had been used before 3

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the year 1896 were mere local emblems without any significance of being national or political. One of the first instances where Filipino rebels displayed a flag occurred during the ' Pangasinan insurrection of 1762. GovernO'r Simon de Anda in his report to' king Carlos III, in 1764, mentioned this uprising saying: (1') "They replied to his summons from the trench that they had flung their banner to the breeze, with a shot from a cannon of the caliber of four, and two shots from falconcts. Thereu:pon, Don Pedro Hernani, lieutenant of Spanish infantry, with one sergeant, one corporal, and twenty soldiers, began to cross the river in pursuit of the: Cagayans, leaving Alferez Don Jose Solorzano as a reserve. Don .P edro Hernani invested the trenches with so great courage, that he' succeeded in taking the banner from them, although he suffered the misfortune of being run through the breast with a lance and fell .dead. But Don Pedro Tagle substituted him, and picked up the flag, which he delivered to his -commandant. The latter afterward presented it to Don Simon de Anda. It waSl two varas long and a trifle more narrow. At each cotner it had a two-headed. eagle, and in the center an escu~heon with ilt s border, and within it the arms of the Order of St. Dominic." â&#x20AC;˘

In the Cavite insurrection of 1872, the rebels used a flag which some old residents of Cavite claim to be a square red banner, while others make the assurance that it was a combination of one red and one white stripe. The known and recorded facts about it were the following references in the manifesto of the Governor-General to the Spanish Army on January 20, 1872, and in his proclamation addressed to the civil inhabitants two days later: (2) (To the Army) " ... The flag of the rebels did not float from the Fort longer than the time necessary to organize the attacking column ... " -RAFAEL IZQUIERDO

(To the Civil Inhabitants) "In the evening of the 20th of the present month, a few deluded and deceived soldiers of the artillery and the Marines which were (1) Blair and Robertson, The Philippine Islands, vol. 49, pp. 304-305. Referring to the same event Montero y Vidal wrote in his Historia General de Filipinas, vol. II, p. 78: "In the battle was killed the courag.eous Lieutenant Hernani, who succeeded in taking the. fla,g of the rev.olutionists which Don Pedro Tagle gave to Arayat WM in tum p7'e&ente.d it to Anda." (2) Montero y Vidal, Historia General de FilipinM, vol. III, p. 578.

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

garrisoning Cavite and its fort... violating their sacred oath ... hoisted the revolutionary flag against the mother country ... " RAFAEL EZQUIERDO

The supposition that the Spanish conquerors suppressed everything susceptible of unifying the sentiment of the people, including all objects symbolically indicative of nationalism; and the alternative theory that for purposes of colonial administration of governmental policy they deliberately and purposely failed to portray the history of the people's political status when they were brought in contact with the western world, are untenable to explain the disappearance or abolishment of a Philippine flag jf there was any. Our legends, myths, songs, and other stories, which they were not able to suppress and which should preserve the glories and achievements of the race, fail to mention that the country prior to Spanish conquest had any emblem symbolic of political union. Even as late as the beginning of the war with Spain, it was 路of com~on knowledge that the Filipinos did not yet have a flag of their own. Said Juan Luna to an audience while traveling from Havre to New York, on board a French mail steamer, in the last days of 1896: (3) "I represent a people that is little known to you. Today we are lost to civilization in the far reaches of the Eastern seas. We have no government of our own, we have no flag, but we have a soul, and even now it is struggling for expression."

The Spanish Royal Standard And The Cross-The Flag Of The Christian Faith Circumnavigated The World.-The first flag to represent sovereignty and dominion over the entire Philippines was that of the then powerful kingdom of Spain. It was planted on our soil as an incidental result of one of the most daring as well as one of the most romantic sea voyages ever undertaken by man. Magellan, convinced of the rotundity of the earth and desiring to prove his theory, and having received the favor of the Spanish monarchs to reach the Spice Islands by sailing west and to discover unknown realms for the- crown, was commissioned to ( 3)

Stephen BonsaI's recollection-The Philippine Republio, vol. III, No.2, p. 9.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

enter upon what then was considered the most hazardous undertaking man's imagination could propose. Magellan was given five ships and about 250 men. (According to Pigaffeta 237.) When all things were under way, "The King sent to Sevilla, a town from which the expidition was to start a royal standard for M ag,ellan' s voyage; and all things being ready, the latter took before it 'the ,oath of fidelity to the king in the church of Santa Maria, after which he required the same from the captains and officers of other ships." (4) On his flagship, the "Trinidad," he hoisted his own personal standard, (5) which in those days usually consisted of a pennant bearing a cross, the initials or heraldic device of the monarch sponsoring the undertaking, and the personal coat-of-arms of the leader. He left Sevilla on the morning of August 10, 1519, for San Lucar, leaving the latter port on Tuesday, September 20 of the same year;(6) and after a continuous voyage of 19 months entered the Philippine waters on March 16, 1521. Following the traditional cus om of symbolically declaring ownership of newly discovered land, Magellan hoisted the Spanish royal colors wherever he went, (7) and planted the cross in several islands, (8) thus taking possession of the Archipelago in the name Jimenes de la Romera, Espana, p. 595. Montero y Vidal, H istoria Gene1'al de Filipinas, vol. I, p. 8. "We left that village, by the name San Lucar, on Tuesday, September 20 of the same year (1519) and took a Southwest course."-Pigaffeta. Magellan's Voyage around the World, vol. I, p. 33. ' ,(7) "At noon on Sunday, April seven, we entered the port of Zubu, passing by many villages, where we saw many houses built upon logs. On approaching the city, the captain-general ordered the ships to ÂŁling their banners. The sails were lowered and arranged as if for battle, and all the artillery was fired, an action which ca.u sed great fear to those people."-Pigaffeta, Magellan's Voyage around the World, vol. 1. p. 133. "On Sunday morning, April , fourteen, forty men of us went asho'r e, two of whom were completey armed and preceeded the royal banner. . . The captain told the king that the royal banner was not taken ashore except with fifty man armed as were those two, and with fifty musketeers; but so great was his love for him that he had thus brought the banner."-Pigaffeta, Magellmn's. Voyage around the World, vol. I, p. 15L (8) "Then he had a cross carried in and the nails and a crown, to which immediate reverence was made. He told the kings through the interpreter that they were the standards given to him by the emperor his sovereign, so that wherever he might go he might set up those tokens ."-Pigaffeta, Mag ellan's Voyage around the World, vol. I, p. 12L "The Royal Standard of the Faith (the cross) was first seen in this island (Mindanao) when Magellan discovered the archipelago."-Combes, Historia de Mindanao y Jolo, p. 77. (4) ( 5) (6)

THE ROYAL STANDARD OF SPAIN, (popularly called Pend6n de Castilla, Psnd6n con las armas de los ,e/nos conquistados) was the banner of Magellan's fleet, the first flag to circumnavigate the world. " • . . . el emperador mand6 a Sevilla, punto design ado para formar la expedici6n, el estandarte real Que habla de conducir Magallanes, y hechos todos los preparativos, prest6 este juramento de fidelidad al rey en la iglesia de Santa Marla, recibi6 a su vez el de los capitanes y of lei ales de la escuadra, ••.. " D. Waldo Jimenez de la Romera, Espana, p. 595. (By courtesy of the Casino Espaiiol de Manila .)

"Pend6n de Castilla. En el libro titulado Memorias para la hlstoria de las tropas de la Casa Real de Espana, consigno Serafin Maria de Soto (sin robustecer la noticia con prueba documental algunal, Que al regimiento de Guardias espanolas (considerado entonces como el primero de los cuerpos de infanteria) se Ie di6 POl' su primera bandera el pend6n morado de Castilla, Que debia residir en la compania coronela. y a las de fusileros se les seiialaron las ordinarias de los cuerpos del ejercito. Esta afirmacion, las pretenciones exteriorizadas en 1734 por el regimiento de Castilla, despues regi. miento del Rey, y la solicitud del coronel de dicho cuerpo en 1766, suplicando se Ie concediera la denominaci6n del Rey, la calificaci6n de Inmemorial, uso de uniforme distinguido y bandera morada (a cuyas dos primeras peticiones accedio el mona rca y neg6 las referentes a la bandera y distinciones) , son las bases de la afirmaci6n de ser de color morado el pend6n de Castilla. Min uciQsa y documentalmente fue tratada esta cuesti6n por Antonio Canovas del Castillo y por Cesareo Fernandez Duro, y no ofrece duda alguna Que la confusiOn del color carmesi (Quiza, como indica Gonzalez Siman~s, el color indio, de tanto renombre en la Edad Media) con el rojo, el pGrpura y el morado, hizo Que se lIegase a olvidar que el color carmesi fue el del gui6n real en ESPANA hasta Que Feiipe V hizo prevalecer en las banderas el color blanco como peculiar de la divisa de la casa de BorbOn." - Espasa, Espalla, P. 670.

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

of his Catholic Sovereign, the King :o f Spain. In his zeal to compel all the inhabitants to submit to the power of this monarch, and in his desire to force them to recognize his royal standard, Magellan was killed in the island of Mactan. His effort in claiming the Archipelago for his. king met with little actual success: the possession was nominal, the occupation merely symbolical, and the allegiance of the inhabitants an empty formula; but the effect of his discovery gave Spain a foothold whereby her flag subsequently based a right of occupation for the next four centuries following. Of his five ships and 250 men, only the Victoria with 18 survivors, under the command of Sebastian del Cano was able to return to Spain on September 6, 1522, by way of the Cape of Good Hope. (9) Thus was accomplished under the Spanish Royal Standard the first circumnavigation of the world: a three-years voyage of exploration, which resulted in the discovery of a Pacific route to the Philippines and subsequently extended the boundary .of the Spanish colonial empire to this side of the great ocean. (10) The Foothold Of The Spanish National Ensign On The Pacific.

-To add what he could to his claim of discovery or even if only to make it secure, the King sent out four successive expeditions: one from Spain, Loaisa in 1522; and three from Mexico; Saavedra in 1527, Villalobos in 1542, and Legaspi-Urdaneta in 1564. (H) The first three, beyond their psycological effect in colonial history, failed to acc'omplish their purposes and did not add any( 9) "On Saturday, September 6, 1522, we entered the bay of San Lucar with only eighteen men and the majority of them sick, all that were left of the 60 men who left Malucho." Pigaffeta, Mag ellan' s Voyag e around the World, vol. II, pp. ] 85 and 189. (1 0) "Magellan, under the Royal Spanish Banner, 1519-21, first circumnavigated the globe thus establishing that the earth was round and that Ame rica was a new continent and not Asia as Columbus had believed."-H. S. Kerrick, The flag of t he United States, p. 50. "Next day, holy Friday, (March 29, 1521) the Captain General (Magellan) sent his slave, who acted as our interpreter, ashore in a small boat to ask the king if he had any food to have it carried to the ships; ... The captain-general gave the King a garment of red yellow cloth."... Pigaff'l,eta, Maq ellan's Voyage around th e World, vol. I, p. 111. (11) "In Legaspi's ship will embark Captain Mateo del Saz, appointed masterof-camp, two officials of the royal hacienda, and those 'gentlemen to whom has been given the preference on you and the Standard, and other necessary persons', the royal standard and the ensign shall be carried on his vessel" Mejico, September 1. 1564. Legaspi's flagship, San F elipe.-Blair and Robertson, The Philippine [sands, vol. II, p. 90.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

thing to enchance the authority of the Spanish flag. The fourth, under Legaspi, succeeded in establishing a garrison in Cebu on February 13, 1565, and a few months later the Castilian flag was carried further north to Manila by Legaspi's nephew, an act of which the following was recorded: "Moreover, as a sign of real occupati<)ll, he ordered his ensign to raise the flag of his company 'on the fort built by the natives, had the artillery found in the said fort taken for his Majesty, and performed other acts and duties as a sign of real occupation." (12) MARTIN DE GOITI HERNANDO RilQUEL

When the Spanish coloniz'ers came and settled in Cebu, Manila and other islands in the middle of the sixteenth century, they found that the pe:ople were already familiar with the universal meaning and significant use of the red and white flags. In his a'ccount of the first Spanish expedition to Manila, Montero y Vidal, in his Histori'a 'Genera'l de Filipinas, vol. I, p. 36, said, "During the battle Raja(~ Laoandola hoisted a white flag on h~s house as a sign of the fact that the action of his rnephew was without his consent." A distinction in the use of the terms "Royal Standard" (Estandarte Real or Pendon de Castilla) and "Royal Spanish Flag" (The national flag proper-the quartered flag of Castile and Aragon) is important. (13) The Philippines was taken pos,. session of by Magellan in the namre of the King of_Spain under the shadows of the Pendon d'e Castilta. The actual occupation a.nd ,colonization of the Islands, however, took place under the national ensign, the flag which Legaspi carried when he successfully established the first Spanish colony. The raising 'of the Spanish flag on these far flung outposts of western civilization and Christian religion symbolized for the first time the actual political dominion of Spain in these Islands, Blair and Ro.bertson, The Philippine Islands, vol. III, p . 106. "The Royal Spanish flag of the period was the quartered flag of Castile and Leon, the two principal provinces of Spain, represented by two castles. yellow on a red field, and two lions, red on a white field. The banner of Columbus bore the green cross of Christianity on a white field with the letters F & I beneath two yellow crowns representing Ferdinand and Isabella."-H. S. Kerrick, The Flag 01 the United States, p. 50. (12)

(13)

THE NATIONAL STANDARD OF SPAIN which was used in the Philippines towards the latter part of the 16th century. It was the flag represented in the legaspi.Urdaneta monument at the luneta, Manila. (See Calpe, Espana, P. 670-Bandera Nacional.) (B!I courteS!I of the Casino Espaiio/ de ManilA.)

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

but it took more than two centuries of colonization with the sword and the cross before that flag was able to claim effective ~overeignty over the entire Archipelago; and even at that, there were extensive regions of Mindanao, Luzon, Samar, Leyte, Panay and other big islands where the Spanish flag was never seen, or, if ever hoisted like in Jolo, was. without much significance to the crown. True that it was the symbol of the then most powerful monarch of the known world, yet its right to remain here was contested and threatened continuously by forces. from within and without. Of the latter the most serious were the Chinese invasion by Limahong in the middle of the 16th century; the wars with the Dutch and Portuguese during the 16th and 17th centuries; and the English occupation in 1762-1763, when the Spanish flag was hauled down and the British ensign was temporarily flown in its place in Manila and the near-by provinces. The Device For The First Spanish Colonial Flag In The Philippines-The first Royal Decree assigning a device for flags, banners, shields and seals w;as grant ed to the City of Manila in 1596 by King Philip II, of Spain. It reads:(14) COAT-OF-ARMS OF THE CITY OF MANILA "Don Philipe, by the grace of God, etc. "Inasmuch as you, Captain Agustin de Arce, in the capacity of procurador-general of the Filipinas Islands, have informed me that the inhabitants of the city of Manila did render me service in its discovery, and remain there continuing this work; and inasmuch as you have entreated me-in consideration of the said facts, and because the said city of Manila is the capital and principal city .of the said islands, and. it was therefore commanded that an audiencia be again estabMa nil a Coat-of-arm s. (From docum ents in lished there, and its cathedral church elevated intol t he latter part of the I 17th century kept at a metropolitan church, by which the city will be t he Divis io n of A rch ives. National L iennobled-that I should order a coat-of-arms to be brary. bestowed upon the city, such as is possessed by other cities of the Indias; and considering that my council on the affairs of the Indias; after consultation with me, has favored the ( 14 ) Legislacion Ultramarina, vol. III, p. 168; translated by Blair and Robertson, The Philippine Islands, vol. 9, pp. 211-215.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

above request; it has seemed to me fitting to grant it. By these presents I assign, as the special coat-of-arms of the said city of Manila in the Filipinas Islands, a shield which shall have in the center of its upper part a golden castle on a red field, closed by a blue door and windows, and which shall be surmoun.ted by a crown; and in the lower half on a blue field a half lion and half dolphin of silver, armed and langued gules-that is to say, with red nails and tongue. The said lion shall hold in his paw a sword with guard and hilt. This coat-of-arms shall be made similar to the accompanying shield, painted as is indicated above. "I bestow these arms upon the said city of Manila, as its own, and as its appointed and recognized device, so that it may and shall bear and place them upon its banners, shields, seals, flags, and standards, and in all other parts and places desired and considered fitting, according to, and following the same form and manner as the other cities of my kingdoms to which I have given arms and device place and possess them. And by this my decree, I charge the most serene prince, Don Philipo, my very dear and well beloved son, and the kings succeeding to me, and I order the inf.ants, prelates, dukes, marqueses, counts, and grandees; the masters, priors, commanders and sub-commanders of the orders; the governors of castles, forts, and open districts; the members of my council and the president and auditors of the same royal audiencias; the alcaldes, constables of my house, court, and chanceries; all the councils, corregidors, asistentes, governors, veinte e cuatros (Veinte e cuatros, literally "twenty-fours," aldermen or regidors in the town councils of certain towns in Andalusia) regidors, and jurors; and the knights. squires, officials and freemen of all the cities, towns, and villages of these my kingdoms and seigniories, and of my said Indias, islands, and Tierra Firme of the Ocean Sea-both in the present and future, and each and everyone of them in his jurisdiction. who shall bp notified of this-that they observed and regard, and cause to be observed and regarded the said grant of the said arms which I thus bestow upon the said city of Manila in the Filipinas Islands, so that they be allowed to place and possess them in the said city. And I order that no obstructiion or impediment be offered to this concession or to any part of it, and that no one shall consent to place any obstruction whatever thereto, under penalty of my displeasure, and of a fine of ten thousand maravedis, to be paid to rr.y

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

exchequer, laid upon any person who shall act contrary to this Qrder. Given in Aranxuez, on the twentieth day of March, one, thousand five hundred and ninety-six".ÂŤ15) I

THE KING.

The Moros Under The Spanish Flag.-The Mohammedan Fi-

lipinos, or Moros, were never completely reduced to subjection under the Spanish flag because the ~overnment did not carry out any serious attempt to colonize Mindanao and convert the inhabitants to Chri~tiantiy until it was about to lose possession of the entire Archipelago. The majority of expeditions against them, especially against the J oloanos, were sent out for punitive purposes only. The Spaniards did not have any other intention beyond this immediate object. Even their outposts in Mindanao, with the exception of Zamboanga and a few detachments in the northern coast, were established for no other aim than to serve as temporary vanguards of Christianity in checking the influence and preventing the propagation of Mohammedanism into the already Christianized territories. However, with the advent of the eighteenth century, their missionary spirit turned (15) The above mentioned coat-of-arms was not only used by the Ayuntamiento de Manila but also by the central government. The latter, however, devised its own exclusive seal as shown herewith. Bo,t h coat-of-arms were continued in use long after thf! Spanish sovereignty had ceased to exist, and was not replaced until r905, when the Fhilippine Commission on July 3rd enacted Act No. 1365 prescribing and adopting the "Arms and Great Seal of th e Government of the Philippine Islands." (See Chapter XII, "The Flag of the Philippines.")

of Coat-of-anTIs the central government (GOBIERNO SUPERIOR CIVIL DE FILIPINAS). Notice the design taken from the quartered flag of Spain. In the early part of the 19th century the fle:urde-lig. was used at the center. (From documents in the middle of the 18th century kept at the Division of Archives, National Library.

By Act 1365 1905 - 1935

By Act 4258 Nov. 6, 1935

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

southward; and to make true their colonial policy that the flag and the sword together follow the cross, the passive attitude of the Government was abandoned and an active campaign was decided upon: namely, to make the claim of sovereignty effective, to exercise actual control over the Sultanate of Mindanao and J 010, and to plant the cross with the flag on Mohammedan soil. To carry this out many an attempt Qin a large scale was undertaken; an expedition under Antonio Roxas in 1721, another under Andres Garcia in 1723, and a third under Ignaci<1Iriberri in 1731. Referring to the taking ,of Jolo during the third expedition, it was recorded that: "路The fort of lolo was well defended with ten big guns and many small lantakas; but avoidi1Vg the effects of their fire, D. Marl/Uel del Rosal, with Captains Zacarias and Palacios, effected a landing, defeated the 'moros, captured the banner of Datto Salicaya, who was killed with many 'Of his followers, and then burned the town and many of the Moro vessels which were on the beach."(16) Governor Claveria sent a fQiurth big expedition in 1848 under Oyanguren, and speaking of the resistance of the inhabitants, it was said that: "The Moros hoisted on the fort at the commencement of the battle a red 'flag, and a dead crow, the latter 'as a sign of death. (17) To complete the fruitful result of Claveria's active policy, Governor Urbiztondo sent a fifth one in 1850, as a successful outcome of which the Sulu Archipelago, by the Treaty of April 30, 1851, known as the "Act of IncorporatJixxn into the Spanish Monarchy," was brought under the shadow of the Spanish flag. The articles of agreement referring to its use in Moro territory provided that: "ARTICLE 5. From this day forth the island of Sulu shall fly the Spanish national flag in its towns and on its ships, and the Sultan and other constituted authorities shall use the Spanish war flag, under the principles in use in other Spanish possessions, and shall use no other either on land or on sea. (16)

Pazos, Historia de Jolo, 1731-1746, p. 37 (Expedici6n de D. Ignacio de

Iriberri) . (17) Vasquez de Aldana and Serrano, Espana en la Ooeania (La Guerra de J 010) Part I, p. 57.

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND ·

6. The island of Sulu and its dependencies having been declared an integral part of the Philippine Archipelago, which belongs to Spain, commerce under the Spanish flag in all ports of the SqJtanate shall be free and unmolested, as it is in all the ports belonging to the Nation." "ARTICLE

The raising of the Spanish flag as a stipulated condition could not, as ~ matter of right, had been demanded before the ratification of the treaty on April 30; but, as a matter of fact, it was hoisted three weeks before the required date. The occasion was celebrated in a very formal, solemn and impressive manner, and was even the subject of a special Act which declared tha.t: ACT OF HOISTING THE SPANISH FLAG ON THE RUINED WALLS OF JOLO.{I8) "In the bay of Jolo, on board the warship EI Cano, on the nineteenth day' of the month of April, in the year eighteen hundred and fifty-one, at eleven o'clock in the morning, the Illustrious Serib Mahamad Binsarin as th€ representative of the Sultan of Sulu and his Dattus, appeared on said ship before the Colonel Graduate Don Jose Maria de Carles yO-Doyle, Military and Political Governor of the Province of Zamboanga, Basilan, Pilas, Tonquil and other adjacent islands, in order to receive from the said gentleman the Spanish war flag, which by virtue of the solemn act of incorporation and allegiance to Spain, and subjection to the Supreme Government of that nation, signed on this day, must be hoisted her€after by Jolo as its only flag; and the troops of the army and navy being arrayed in battle formation, the arms presented, the drum beating th€ march, as provided by ordinance, the Honorable Governor took the flag from the official who held it, and addressing Serib Mahamad Binsarin through the interpreter, in a clear and intelligible voice, so that he might be heard by all those present in the ship, asked him saying:. 'Will you, Serib Mahamad Binsarin, receive in the na'rne of your Sultan and dattus this Spanish war flag which I deliver to you spotless, as the delegate of the Most Excellent Mr. Antonio de Urbiztondo, Marquis of La Solana, Governor and Captain-General of the Philippine Islands? Do you promise to hoist it in your territory; to respect and defend it, if necessary, as a token of yowr free and volunta1'y union to the great Spanish family of which you sha,ll be hereafter a member?' He received through the same in(18) Montero y Vidal, Historia General de Filipinas, vol. As to the treaty itself, see pp. 629-630.

nI, p. 633, Appendix.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

t.erpreter the affirmative answer: 'Yes I do promise', accompanying these words with an expressive nod. 'If you do', continued the Governor, 'may the God of the Christians protect you, and if you fau to comply with your sacred promise, let heaven demand it of you.' Alnd placing the Spanish war flag in the hands of the Serib Mahamad Binsarin, the latter together with the corresponding escort boarded the small boat of the steamship which was to take him ashore. At the departure of the steamship, and as the flag was passing before the other ships, the ranks and file presented arms and the music played the march, the crews on the riggings of this and the other ships, greeted it with several hurrahs. Immediately upon landing, and even before the small boat which had carried the flag has returned, the noble ensign of Castile was viewed floating on the ruined walls of Jolo with indescribable rejoicing, and greeted by a considerable number of the inhabitants at which moment it was saluted by the artillery of all the ships. In memory of this happy event, so glorious and satisfactory to the Spanish nation, this act has been drawn and signed together with the Honorable Governor of Za;mboanga and Serib Mahamad Binsarin by all the chiefs and officials who witnessed it."

Entering into such a formal 路 treaty of incorporation with the Spanish monarchy, preceded by a similarly formal act of raising th 3 Spanish colors in the Sultanate of J 010, would seem to indicatl- that the Moros truly intended to remain loyal to the crown. However, these war-like people, having entered into such an agreement because of the superiority of the Spanish force rather than by their own will, soon dismissed fro;m their thought the provisions of the treaty and the meaning of the Spanish flag. and then continued their piracy and depredations. They respected thp.ir enemy's actual force but they showed contempt on mere syn olic authority; they did not respect the Spanish flag more than they had to while under the pressure of the Spanish guns. So another big expedition was fitted out and sent against them in 1876. During this campaign the following order was issued: (19) (19) Vazquez de Aldana and Serrano, Espana en la Oceania (La Guerra de J 010) Part II, p. 24.

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND GENERAL HEADQUARTERS OF THE PHILIPPINES EXPEDITIONARY FORCE TO JOLO OFFICE OF THE GENERAL STAFF

February 18, 1876.

"Soldiers and Marines: The Sultanate of Jolo, well-known for its bad faith and piracy, had chosen to insult our glorious flag by lowering it from where our arms hoisted it on the memorable battIe of February 18, 1851.... To raise it once more and forever on this island which is ours since the day of our conquest, and to punish the rebellious spirit and bad faith of its inhabitants is our only mission." JOSE MALCAMPO

Governor and Captain General

The annals o.f the Philippines was full o.f similar expeditio.ns and momentary decisio.ns to m1a ke the Mo.ros respect and use the Spanish flag and to. crush the disco.rdant no.te of Mo.hammedan influence in the Archipelago; but for reasons either beyo.nd the po.wer o.r fo.reign to. the po.licy o.f the co.lo.nial administratio.n, this war-like peo.ple were able to. continue their depred~ '-.io.ns even up to the time o.f路 the Philippine Revo.lution, and were ' wer co.mpletely subdued at the point o.f the Spanish sword.

. ~

CHAPTER .11

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD "Furl that banner, for 'tis weary; Round its staff 'its drooping dreary; Furl it, fold it, it is best; For there's not a man to wave it, And there's not a sword to save it, And there's not one left to lave it In the blood which heroes gave it; And its foes now scorn and brave it; Furl it, hide it; let it rest!" -ABRAM

RYAN. (20)

Social And Political Background.-Although the wars with the Moros and the latter's piracy along the coasts of the Christianized islands were if\ternal forces, which in a way reflected against the sway of the Spanish flag, yet they could not and did not affect the foundation of the established government; because those activities of the Moros were due to their roving or war-like spirit animated by plunder, and not to cliscontent or desire to be free from a foreign domination. On the other hand, what constituted the real danger from within was the prolonged series 'Of uprisings and revolts of the Christian population against Spanish authority for the latter's alleged groundless failure to attend to well-founded grievances and concede to reasonable demands. It was true that in the beginning, these eruptions of internal social forces were of little or of no consequence to Spanish power and sovereignty, because they were local and sporadic, and were not directly due to political causes or designed for immediate political purposes. But those seemingly insignificant commotions eventually taught the ( 20 ) See Appendix I at the end of this chapter. Compare with Appendix II, Abram J. Ryan's poem THE CONQUERED BANNER which is quoted because it is very fittingly appropriate to recall the spirit which animated the Katipunan war standard. .

The Katipunan war路standard with the three letters K arranged in one line. Taken from a diploma of the Veterans of the Revolution and printed by courtesy of this organization.

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD

Filipinos wherein they were divided; pointed to them their weakness as a people; created a tremendous political effect in their national life; and prepared the young political mind for a new social force-the conscibusness of nationality backed up by organized man-power. The Cavite Revolt of 1872 was the first positive indication that the Filipino mind was in this process of crystalization. Execution, deportation and imprisonment without full process of law, ruthlessly practiced by the government, hastened instead of checking this natural political development. Even in the very face of these threatening, tumultuous political conditions, however, there were still a few influential Filipinos who refused to countenance the use of force; they maintained that the best way was that of peace and gradual reform. 80 to prepare by peaceful and reformatory measures the country's resistance against injustices, to oppose political persecution fomented by the ecclesiastical authorities, and at the same time to unite the pe.:ople into one nationally conscious body, local and national civic societies were formed. Their slogan was gradual reform. Evidently the peaceful reformers thought that these armless societies would or could retard the undercurrent~ the growth, and vitality of a fast-growing race-consciousness. It did not take long, however, before they realized their error in attempting to cure a chronic colonial disease by means of reformatory measures. Historical events like the shedding of innocent blood of Filipino martyrs, followed by the long series of deportations to distant Spanish colonial possessions, clearly demonstrated and proved to them their fruitless efforts in the ways of peaceful methods. Ordinary and legal means having failed, the Filipino social mind began to assume and assert its freedom of action; little by little it became fermented and was soon saturated with the idea of organizing armed resistance against the uncalled-for violence which the government was employing to solve its problem of colonial control. This decision to meet force with force was propagated by secret organizations of well-known nationalistic tendencies. The saturation point was reached when the revolutjonary society of the Kataastaasan Kagalanggalang Katipunan

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

fl,g mga Anak fig Bayan (K. K. K. N. M. A. N. B.) popularly known by the name of Katipunan, materialized in 1892. (21) The evolution of our present national colors was closely entwined with the history of this society whose foundation and activity marked the era of an armed but constructive and obje'ctive revolution. Uprisings prior to its birth were undertaken primarily to redress religious, social, and economic grievances; thereafter hostilities were carried on to obtain political freedom. "The separation of the Philippine Islands from the Spanish Monarchy to constitute themselves into an independent and sovereign state with a self-government, under the name of Republic of the Philippines, is the end pursued by the Revolution in its present war begun on August 24, (26) 1896 ... " (22) In accordance with this new spirit, Aguinaldo issued his first de~ree at Kawit, on October 31, 1896, saying: "The Philippines is now a witness to a spectaole unparalleled in her history, a.. movement for the conquest of her liberty and for her independence, the noblest and the highest f all her rights; hers, too, the inspiration of a heroism that shall place her on a place of equality with civlized nations." With the development of this national aspiration and the final decision to use man-power force in carrying it out, the creation of a flag to represent the awakening Filipino political idealism was gradually conceived. This conception was greatly influenced by the symbols, emblems and colors of the Katipunan. The Katipunan Color, Emblem, Design ,And Devices.-From the time the Katipunan was founded in 1892 until the signal for a general and simultaneous uprising, which was scheduled to begin on August 30, 1896, but which actually started on August (21)

.J uly 7, 1892.-Epifanio de los Santos, Andres B()nifacio, published in Re-

vista Filipina, Vol. III, p. 63. "The news spread with great rapidity throughout Manila, and on that same day, Andres Bonifacio summoned Ladislao Diwa, Valentin Diaz, Teodoro Plata, and Ildefonso Laurel, to a meeting at No. 64 calle Azcarraga, a house then occupied by Deodato Arellano. They organized the Kataastaasan Kagalanggalang Katipunan N g Mga Anak Ng Bayan (Most High and Respectable Association of the Sons of the People) the purpose of which was the severance of relations with Spain, as all peaceful means were deemed exhausted ... "-Manuel Artigas y Cuerva, Andres Bonifacio, y El Katipunam, p. 18. (22) Documentos Constitucionales sobre Filipi-nas, p. 13.

I ./

Courtesy of the 'Philippine National Libra'l'Y.

A common type of battalion flag. Compare this with Llanera's Skull flag.

(

" HOMAGE OF THE FILIPINO PEOPLE TO THE HEROES OF 1896" Thi s monument commemorating the first cry of the revolution on August 26, 1896, is in Balintawak , a barrio about seven kilometers north of Manila . The flag depicted is the first Filipino Flag with the ancient Tagalog letter K tt) from which radiates eight sun路rays. The monument clearly shows the laboring farming class who shouldered the heaviest burden of the revolution. Notice the typical weapon , the bolo, with which an unarmed people begun a six路year war for freedom .

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD

25, (23) the organization maintained secrecy for very obvious reasons. This secrecy prevented the adoption, use, and display of pennant, emblem or flag. In fact anything that would betray the organization was prohibited. However, in its secret meetings several kinds of emblems, more or less masonic in design and character, were used. (24) The equilateral triangle and the three K's were employed in almost all Katipunan designs and devices. Black and white, the colors used by the new initiates, appealed to many; but the red, being the color worn by a fullpledged member of the society, was chosen to typify the ideal of the people to win its liberty by means of force. It is the color which oharacterizes the flags of all revolutionary movements throughout the whole world, and the color which represents the same ideal in all flags of all countries to this very day. Even the Moros of the 16th century used the same color on declaring their hostile attitude or in commencing their battles. (25) --

The Katipunan ~ar St andard.-A r ed rectangular field

with' the well-known letters K. 'K. K. at the center was, therefore, adopted, used and sanctioned as the Katipunan War Standard. The three K's stood for Kataastaasan Kagalarnggala'Y/)g (23) August 30 was set for the general attack, but actual encounters took place five days earlier. The premature outbreak was due to the discovery of the plot by the Spanish authorities. The monument at Balintawak records August 26 as the actual beginning of the revolution.-Ricarte in his Memoirs, The Hispan o-Philippine Revolution, p. 4, says August 23. See Appendix VI, Chapter III. H. B. No. 2395-Act declaring August 30 of every year as official holiday was presented in the Legislatul'e on August 18, 1927, by Representative Serapio. (Pending.) (24) "The Katipunan: "Fil'st Degree.-A membel' belonging to this degree was called "Associate Katipunan," and considered as an apprentice. In the ceremonies he WOl'e a black hood with a triangle formed by white ribbO'lls and by the white lettel's Z (a), Ll (n), B (b) of the ancient Tagalog alphabet. These hang' down in front from his forehead. "Second Degl'ee.-The numbel' of this degree was called "KawaI" (soldier). He used a gl'een hood with the letters and ribbons of its triangle in white. The green color meant hope. Suspended fl'OID his neck was a green ribbon at the end of which was attached a medal. A letter K of the old Tagalog alphabet from which radiated several beams of light, a flag and a sword, crossed together, were carved on the medal. "Third Degree.-The member of this degree who was called "Bayani" (brave and coul'ageous) used a red hood with a band of the same color fringed with green." Manuel Artigas y Cuerva, Andres- Bonifacio y el Katipunarn, pp. 30-33. (25) "The Sultan's cotta hoisted the red flag as a sign of war, an act which showed his connivance with the knowledge of the breaking of hostility."-Montero y Vidal, Historia General de Filipinas, vol. III, p. 186.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Katipunan (Most High and Most Sacred So.ciety). These were placed in a row, but in some instances were arranged so as to form the corn€rs of an equilateral triangle in the center of the red field. Which of the two. was the correct or original design cannot be proven with any degree of certainty because ther€ are no documentary evidences to support either one or th€ other. Old pictures, devices and relics of the revolutionary period show the unrestricted use of both arrangements as shown in the accompanying illustrations. In some localities the flag had only one

K. One of the few recorded incidents of the early uprisings in which this red war standard figured conspicuously took place in Laguna, b€tween Teafio's forces of sandatahan (rebels armed with bolos, spears, and clubs only) and the local forces of the government who were equipped with rifles. The fight, like all others everywh€re in the rest o~ the provinces, claimed a heavy toll f r om the' primitively-armed insurgents. "Among those who perished in this fight, was Teano's standard hearer, Cayetano Ahad y Roldan." (26) The use of a standard or flag on such an occasion, wh€n secrecy was desired and very necessary, showed the great importance the insurgents attached to a patriotic emblem in rallying their men in time of battle. Katipunan Battalion Flags.-The birth of the Katipunan War Standard was immediately follow€d by the adoption of group emblems which were called battalions flags. So many and so varied did these appear that some of ,them almost departed from the original devices and insignia. The early attempt of the Katipunan leaders to regulate the use of these battalion flags was nlade independently of each other. Uniformity, th€refore, was absolutely lacking. In one of their documents, The Government of the Association of the Sons of the Country (supposed to have been signed on November 21, 1892) it was, provided that: "Every Division shall be given an insignia. The First D ~ vision shall use one letter K; the Second Division two K's (KK) ; the Third Division three K's (KKK). The Divisions, however, shall be as one in any course of action, in accordance with our noble aims. (2 6)

Memoirs ,o f General Ricarte-Sunday Tribune, September 6, 1925.

Courtesy of the Philippine National IAbrary.

Battalion flags. Notice the number of Ks and the bolo, symbolic of the early arm used by the Katipuneros.

~jJ1 "",,,,-4Jt ......

---

The picture shows the Katipunan war路standard with the three K's arranged so as to form an eQuilateral triangle. Taken from a diploma with this heading: "XXV ANNIVERSARY OF THE PROCLAMATION OF THE INDEPENDENCE OF THE CONSTITUTIONAL PHILIPPINE REPUBLIC, JANUARY 23 , 1924"

.\i

..... -

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD

"Every organized Division of the Association shall, in time of action, have its own flag in addition to the letters mentioned in the foregoing documents, for purposes of idenification. "The First Division shall use a red flag of one and a half arms' length and half an arms' width. In the center of this flag shall be the picture of a man's skull and a dagger over the letter K. All these symbols shall stand for the flag of the Highest Government of the Association of the Sons of the Country. "The Second Division shall also use a red flag of one arms' length and half an arms' width. In the center shall be two letter K's, over which a dagger shall be placed. ''The Third Division shall use a flag of the same dimensions of the Second Divisions, but three K's shall be placed in the center, and over them a dagger. "The moment the fight for the rights of the country begins, the Government enjoins the three Divisions to consider their flags as their respective images, by all to be worshipped and respected."

Llanera's Skull Flag.-General Mariano Llanera of Cahiao, Nueva Ecija, ,one of the first active members of the Katipunan, earned for himself the reputation of a brave reckless fighter. "Let us fight to the finish" was one of his favorite remarks. This characteristic of the man was clearly manifested by the fondness which he had for the mysteries in the First Degree of the Katipunan and its corresponding black hood, white triangle, and white letters Z.LL.B. (Sons of the People). So when he wanted a flag for his battalion, which he organized in his home-town, he unhesitatingly chose black to be its color. A skull with crossbones and the letter K (Katipunan) all in white, were his devices. (See accompanying illustration.) Such contrast of colors in combination with such devices raised no question as to the allegorical meaning of his flag, an allusion which naturally made a very impressive appeal to the imagination of the people. However, Llanera's Skull, as this black banner was made fun of by Andres Bonifacio, did not remain long as a war standard because of the adoption of the First Philippine Flag by all the Katipunan forces. (27) (27) This information was obtained from several old people around Cabiao, Nueva Ecija, and also from General Santiago Alvarez who heard several times Bonifacio's joke on Llanera and his men. (Oct. 24, 1926).

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Pio Del Pilar's Katipunan Flag.-The accompanying illustration was one of the various forms of the Katipunan war standard used around Manila. The beams of light, originally with·· qut any definite number, were reduced to eight major rays to commemorate the declaration of martial law in the eight "central provinces of Luzon. This red emblem, like many of its prototype which were designed before the creation of the First Philippine Flag, did not remain long in the field. Its meaning and symbolism were described thus: (28) "The attached sketch represents the flag which was used by the Katipunan members of the Balangay Magtagumpay, in the barrio of Culi-Culi, San Pedro Makati ~ Rizal, since June 11, 1895. It was also the same flag to which those who j·oinedJ the K.K.K.N.M.A. N.B. (Supreme and Respectable Society of the Sons of the People,) took their oath of fidelity to the association. "Th€ true meaning of this flag: "Red stands for the BLOOD of the members of the K.K.K.N.M.A. N.B., who are ready to shed it in Ithe field of battle, should the people €ver need it for ~;heir emancipation. "White me~ns B~jghtness, alluding to the equality of rights and freedom of all Filipinos in Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao. "The triangle is the emblem of unity. "The three K's at the corners of the triangle stand for the true union of the Sons of the Filipino People. "The mountain inside the triangle symboliws the parapet of the revolutionary forces. "The rays of the rising sun are allegorical of the light which guides the Filipinos and illuminates the road to Liberty."

Bonifacio's Flag, A Sun And Three K's On The Red Rectangular Field.-This banner, made by' 't he lady members of the Katipunan, differed from the ,usual red war standard of the organization by having above the three letters K a white sun without any definite number of rays. Bonifacio and his hosts of Katipuneros used it in victory in their first battle against the government forces which, according to Dr. Pio Valenzuela, one ( 28 ) From Pio del Pilar's own account of this Katipunan war standard. Appendix III at the end of this chapter.

See

Llanera's "Skull flag" used by his battalion in Nueva Ecija at the beginning of the Revolution in 1896

Among the many forms of the Katipunan war-standard there were some which received notoriety either because of the military leaders using them or because of the battles in which they were victoriously used _ The above design with a white triangle. bearing a rising sun with 8 rays and the three letters K. became well-known in 1896 thru General Pio del Pilar who used it up to the treaty of peace at Biak-na-Bato_

I<atif>unan War Standard of Andres Bonifacio.

ANDRES BONIFACIO The Founder of the Katipun a n

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD

of those who actually participated in the engagement, occurred at Pasong Tamo near Balintawak on the 25th of August, 1896. (See his statement Appendix VI, at the end 'Of chapter III.) Bonifacio's flag, like many others, was not only short-lived but also unknown to many of his contemporary leaders.

â&#x20AC;˘

APPENDIX I (Spanish)

GLADIO HEROICO A Los V et eranos de la Revoluci6n

EI hierrp que esgrimieron vuestras manos mojadas en eillanto de la Patria, ya no destroza pechos enemigos porq ue ha brillado de la paz el alba. Pero en la paz no se abolio su histpria, ni hay en su tHo melladura 0 macula, y es porque el gladio que el Derecho empuna su temple logra en inmortales fraguas. La Li~ertad, al son de sus clarines, os empujo a Ips campos de batalla. Luchasteis hravamente, y, en retorno, Filipinas bendijo vuestra espada. Tiene el hogar comun, por vuestras gestas, coronas de laurel y eterna fama, y en los labios fraternps vuestro nombre es como augurio de un feliz manana. Baj 0 los pliegues -de la pro pia ensena os hallo inconmovibles la metralla: j erais como gigantes afrontando el horror de la muerte por la Patria! j Erais

entonces la Legion de Hierro macerada en virtudes de la Raza, y hecha para ganar toda victoria, o morir combatiendo cara a cara! Ni el hambre ni la sed debilitarpn vuestro belico empuje. Las montanas saben que fue vuestro unico alimento la verde fruta 0 la raiz amarga. 24

THE KATIPUNAN WAR STANDARD

Saben que, a veces, en los choques rudos, cuando el canon mas victimas causaba, os faltaba el arroz, mientras caian como un diluvio las hostiles balas. i Oh sacrificio que no tiene ejemplo! i oh de la sangre vuestra la gran dad iva ! i oh carnes de martirio en que han grabado

rojas heridas su gloriosa marca! No hay frente que en respeto no se os rinda, ni lengua que no ensalce vuestra hazana: j sois los cruzados del Honor nativo, los salvadores de la Propia Casa! Aunque llenos de grandes cicatrices o invalidos tal vez, la hoguera santa del vivac libre bajo el libre bosque en vuestro corazon alza su llama. Y 10 incendia estos dias de igual suerte que 10 incendiara ayer, y la nostalgia de vuestro cielo Q,onroso pone renuevos de eterna lealtad en vuestras almas. j Lealtad al deber y a los principios que hicieron fuerte y digna vuestra Causa! i leal tad inviolables al testamentp de los caidos en la noche tragica!

i Lealtad a las glorias ancestrales,

al don de nuestra sangre y nuestras lagrimas y al pabellon que tremolaron alto los esfuerzos unidos de la Raza! ... Bien podeis ya llegar a vuestros nietos, con el osculo puro de la Patria, el gladio que esgrimieron vuestras manos para manumitir a un pueblo paria. Y quede tal legado puesto a logro frente a las contingencias del manana, y ell os 10 salven de un despojo nuevo por ser de libres vuestra heroica espada. FERNANDO MA. GUERRERO 2 Febrero, 1919.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

(English Translation)

FREEDOM'S SWORD Fernando Ma. Guerrero To the Veterans

0 1/

the Revolution

The steel your hands have wielded, Bathed in your country's tears, Shall wound no more Our foes of yore; N ow dawn the peaceful years.

To you and to our fathers, Our country's colors too, Raised ever high Beneath the sky, We pledged our faith anew.

But peace ends not its story, N or dulls with rust its blade, Forever bright From that forge alight Where Freedom's sword is made.

Well may you leave your children The sword that in your hand You bravely bore In days of yore To save your motherland.

Freedom, where trumpets sounded, Called you where battle roared. The battle done, The fame you won H allows your sacred sword.

You formed the Iron Legion, Our people's glorious pride, Who led the free To victory Or in the battle died.

For you our home wears laurel; Your brothers tell your fame, And safe from fears For future years Bless every hero's name.

Not thirst nor hunger weakened Your force as on you pressed, And fed by fruit Or bitter rOQt, Fought on, and knew no rest.

Beneath your colors fighting You faced the cannon's roar. Like heroes brave You dared the grave To save your native shore.

And while the fight was fiercest Of rice you had no grain, Yet battled still With dauntless will Though bullets fell like rain.

Though marked by wounds of battle You keep still burning bright, In later days, The bivouac's Blaze That lit the ;forest's night.

What sacrifice unequaled Is yours; what gift divine, Whose bodies bear Brave scars, and wear Their wounds as honor's sign.

What keeps that light still flaming With undiminished ray? Your noble past, Whose faith shall last Today as yesterday.

o saviours of our country, Your glory shall not fade. All tongues unite To praise your might And honor your crusade.

Faith to the path of duty, Faith to the cause of right, And faith to you So bravely true, Who died in tragic night.

That heritage, o'r bulwark In all the days to be, We'll cherish still From every ill, The heirloom of the free!

ApPENDIX

THE CONQUERED BANNER ABRAM

RYAN

Furl that banner, for 'tis weary; Round its staff 'tis drooping dreary: Furl it, fold it, it is best; For there's not a man to wave it, And there's not a sword to save it, And there's not one left to lave 路it In the blood which heroes gave it; And its foes now scorn and brave it; Furl it, hide it; let it rest! Take that banner down 'tis tattered; Broken is its staff and shattered; And the valiant hosts are scattered Over whom it floated high. Oh! 'tis hard for us to fold it; Hard to think there's none to hold it; Hard that those who once unrolled it Now must furl it with a sigh. Furl that banner! furl it sadly! Once ten thousands hailed it gladly, And ten thousands wildly, madly, Swore it should' forever wave; Swore that foeman's sword should never Hearts like theirs entwined dissever And that flag should float forever O'er their freedom or their grave. Furl it! for the hands that grasped it, And the hearts that fondly clasped it, Cold and dead are lying low; And that banner-it is trailing, While around it sounds the wailing Of its people in their woe. 27

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

For though conquered, they adore it, Love the cold, dead hands that bore it, Weep for those who fell before it, Pardon those who trailed and tore it,But, oh, wildly they deplore it Now to furl and fold it sp. Furl that banner! True, 'tis gory Yet 'tis wreathed around with glory, And 'twill live in song and story, Though its folds are in the dust; For its fame pn brightest pages, Penned by poets and sages, Shall go sounding down the agesFurl its folds though now we must. Furl that banner, softly, slowly! Treat it gently-it is holyFor it droops above the dead. Touch it not-unfold it never, Let it droop there, furled forever, For its people's hopes are fled.

Jan. 28, 1929 Dear Captain Baja: In an appendix to "Our Country's Flag and Anthem", I notice that you include "The Conquered Banner". It may interest you to know that Rev. Abram Ryan, thâ&#x201A;Ź! author, was a Catholic priest, the poet-priest of the South. He served as a chaplain in the Confederate army in the American Civil War 1861-1865, and in the hour of defeat, wrote the above mentioned poem which won the hearts of the Southerners and fixed the fame of the author. Father Ryan's poems have reached a twenty-fourth edition.

Yours Sincerely,

A. MCGRATH, S. J. Librarian, Students' Library A teneo de Manila

JOSEPH

APPENDIX III MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS CENTRAL DIRECTORY GENERAL SECRETARY'S OFFICE

March 30, 1928. Mr. Emanuel A. Baja, Kawit, Cavite, P. 1. Dear Sir: Permit me to offer you this short account written by one who was a member of a branch of a certain association founded by men known as "Katipunans" and who belonged to the Filipino army in the year 1896. The flag, a sketch. of which is enclosed, was used by the section "Magtagumpay" (May It Win) in the village of Culi-culi, town of San Pedro Makati, province of Rizal, P. 1., ever since the 11th day of July in the year 1895; and it ,was also used in taking the oath of those who affiliated to the K. K. K. N. M. A. N. B. (Kalt aastaasan Kagalanggalang Katipunan Ng Mga Anak Ng Bayan-Most High, Most Venerable Association of the sons of the People), who appertained to the rank of the Filipino army in two successive wars, the first against Spain and the second against the United States of America. The survivors are now called Veterans of the War. The youth you now see mingled with them are their sons or relatives. Some of them are still living, and others have fallen during the night that the people might be redeemed from oppression and our race might attain its Liberty. Those who were at the head of Section "Magtagumpay" were the following: OFFICE Chief

NAME Mr. Jose Victor

Investigator

Mr. Manuel Otonio Cruz

Treasurer

Mr. Pascual Rodriguez

PSEUDONYM Maliksi (Quick) Haguibis (Swift) Bigas (Rice) 29

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Secretary

Mr. Pio del Pilar

Courageous

Mr. Fabian Jimenez

Lookout 1

Mr. Pedro de la Cruz

Lookout 2

Mr. Gaspar Javier

Pang-una (At the Vanguard) Walang-sugat (Woundless) Apoy (Fire) Kidlat (Lightning)

The meaning of this flag is: Red stands for the blood of the members affiliated to the K. K. K. N. M. A. N. B., who are ready to shed it in the field of battle, should the people ever need it for their emancipation. White means brightness, alluding to the equality of rights and freedom of all Filipinos in Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao. The triangle is the emblem of Unity. The three K's at the corners of the triangle stand for the true union of the Sons of the Filipino People who are now referred to as Veterans of the Revolution, and who are still ready to serve the People. The mountain inside the triang e symbolizes the parapet of the revolutionary forces and the rays 0 the rising sun are allegorical of the light which guides the Filipinos and illuminates the road to liberty. Please accept this little offer, which you are hereby authorized to use for anything that may exalt the Philippines and our race. Yours respectfully, PIO DEL PILAR

General. Secretary-TreasUT6T Veterans of the Revolution

LUZON

,;'

1899

, ,, I

CAQAYAN

" ... __ ...........)... I

a: ,

ABRA

P. JOSE ALGUE, S. J.

.... .....

.....

cJ) I_ _ _ ... :J

: I)

_--- ---

......

\:.....0"">-O~ ':

,: ........... " ,, , /

ISABELA

'alanan where the Sun and Stars was

: LEPANTO ~

hauled down on March 23. 1901, the date of A9uinaldo'~

,_ .. -t--...... " , --r-"', ~,'

.j<fc,"<. ,'

... _ _ ----....

"'--~ \

..",,;'-";'-)

. j

•

' \.

.»...... "

Bautista

A..

.~8ale,. where the Spanish flag was not haulC'd down

until June 2. 1899; almost declaration of PhilipPine f u lly nine months after render ed to the American 13, 1898.

~ ' .. TARLAC ~ NUEVA EelJA :-- ... _ ...

t-' "" ,.. , I

l..::I.'::.

.... -

\JIIf :

Q.V'~

.... - \ \

"v l.r--_...

_ - - _ ...

NUEVA V'ZCAYA

)····-----7·

.. -......

'.... __ . . _...

q'l"

" ...

\~~

capture.

,.'*: ", <.J

~•••Y"A

: tl1 I

,. ....

.. ...

l) ,

BAN DO

~,' "'J( ~o~ V"" ~o \ \

_~ ~~~' ~O

..J.'--<'(;,

GACETA D E MANILA, DOMINGO 30 OE AGOSTO, 1896

~a:.,:

a y~a" after the Independen c e. o r Manda was sur forces on August

\.,

Art. 1. Desde la publicacion del present e bando queda de c larado en estado de guerra el territor io que comprende las provl nclas de Manila . Bulacan , Pampanga, Nueva Eel Ja, Tarlac, La Laguna, Cavlte y Batanga s. - Ramon Blanco.

....... ~~_:~:~~~~}

--..--/' 0 BATANGA~"\

The first provinces declared under mi"lrtial law (Ire i n ve1l0w. The first to revolt are with red stars . The red tnangle marks Ballntawi\k. where the Klltlpunan warstand.rd was hoisted on August 26. 1896; th e white triangle marks Biak- na -Bato, where the first PhIlipp i ne flag w as hauled down on Decembe r 27. 1896. The red sun marks K .l wit. where the .nallonal flag was oHlcii\lIy unfurled on June 12, 1898. Cavlte. where the "Hlmno Na clo nal F lli'plno" W.1S composed; and B.1utlsta. where " Fllipln .l.'· W,lS written, are also shown.

CHAPTER

III

THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG "Flock and follow the Flag o;f the Revolution-it stands for Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity." AGUINALDO.

The Katipunan War Standard Modified.-The first official change to the newly adopted flag of the revolution was brought about as a result of the Spanish government's declaration of martial law on August 30, 1896, (29) in the eight provinces of Manila, Bulacan, Pampanga, Nueva Ecija, Tarlac, Laguna, Kahite, and Batangas. In his Proclamation of Independence on June 12, 1898, at Kawit, Cavite, GenBral Aguinaldo mentioned Morong and omitted Tarlac. (30) This step of Governor-General Blanco, instigated mainly by the Spanish military authorities, instead of abating the situation hastened the impetus of the movement and greatly added to the furtherancB of the feverishly high inspiration of the revolutionists. It was a challenge which was boldly and gladly accepted by thB people. To perpetuate the belligerency of these eight provinces, where it was said that the uprising started almost simultaneously, and to show that the entire country was in accord with the Katipunan decision of settling the issue by force of arms, the Magdalo revolutionary leaders, then the moving and active mainstay of the war, abolished the three K's in the middle of the rBd rectangul'a r flag. In its place was substituted the old Tagalog letter ~ with eight rays, the former retaining its original meaning of Katipunan, and (29) "Gaceta de Manila, Do'mingo, 30 de Agosto, 1896. BAN DO-Art. l.-Desde la publicaci6n del presente bando queda declarado en estado de guerra el territorio que comprende las provincias de Manila, Bulacan, Pampanga, Nueva Ecija, Tarlac, La Laguna, Cavite y Batangas." ( 30 ) Director Epifanio de los Santos' letter on October 8, 1926. See appendix IX at the end of Chapter V.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the latter emblematic of the first eight provinces to revolt. (31) Since that modification was adopted, it ceased to be the Katipunan war standard; because the Katipunan, as a society" having completed its mission in starting the war for independence and its work having been taken up by the people as a whole, (32) was for all intents and purposes replaced by the organized military government. The reformed flag, therefore, became the official flag of the established de facto Philippine government and its armed forces. Its adoption was solemnized in public during an open-air mass which was celebrated and held in the town plaza of Imus. Mter the benediction of the new flag, the revolutionary troops, in imitation of the Spanish custom, took allegiance to this first official Philippine flag. It was the national standard which General Aguinaldo was referring to when he said in his proclamation of October 31, 1896: "Filipino People! The 'hour has arrived to shed blood for the路路 conquest of our Liberty. Flock and follow the flag of the Revolution-It stands for Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity. (33) Meaning Of The Letter K In The Flag.-The K insignia be-

ing the first letter of the tw:o words Katipunan (Society) and Kalayaan (Liberty) has caused two different interpretations. That it stands for liberty is supported by the memoirs of General Ricarte who said: (34) "N 0 sooner than they found a place where they could shelter unmolested, they hoisted the new Filipino banner which is similar to that of Japan, differing from it by the fact that instead of having a red sun with its rays ( 31 ) On the first page of Ricarte's The Hispano-Philippitne Rev olution appears the picture of what was purported to be a Katipunan flag. It is almost square with a sun-burst of 8 majoT rays and 8 smaller ones; in the c~nter of the sun is the Malayan alphabeA; :r: (K) . (32 ) My dear brethren and old comrades: " .............. ; now there are no longer such things as members and nonmembers of the Katipunan because the whole Philippines, O'ur adored Mother Country, is the real Katipunan.............. . "For these reasons be it known by all the Filipinos that willingly or not they are actually enrolled in the Katipunan, and consequently it is the duty of everybody t o sacrifice his life and property for the coveted freedom of the people, and! all should bear in mind that he whO' does not comply with this duty shall be punished." Kabite, July 15, 1898. Emilio Aguinaldo.-Documentos ConstituciQnales. sobre Filipitnas, pp. 188-9. ( 33 ) Aguinaldo's First Decree issued at Kawit, Cavite, Oct. 31, 1896.-Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan 6 El Filibusterismo en Filipinas, p. 305. ( 34) Rical'te, The HiSlpano-Philippine Rev.olutiorn, p. 4.

The first Philippine flag, or the reformed Katipunan war路standard, as adopted and. approved a few weeks after the war had started . Observe the eight rays of the sun and the ancient Tagalog alphabet K in the center, the former standing for the first eight provinces wh ich were declared under martial law.

The same flag as it was again reformed during the conference at Naic, Cavite, on March 17, 1897. The mythological sun shown at the center was often referred to as the "Sun of Liberty ."

THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG

upon a dead white background, the Filipino Flag has a white sun with its eight rays upon a red background, and in the center of the very sun was a letter K inscribed in ancient Tagalog script, which is the initial of the Tagalog word Kalayaan (Liberty). Wherever groups of Filipino patriots took refuge in those times, this most beloved banner floated proudly to the breezes until a few days later of December, 1897, when it was lowered from its staff at the government headquarters by Artemio Ricarle Vibora at Biak-na-Bato, San Miguel de Mayumo, Bulacan, P. I., in consequence of the Peace Pact, entered into between the Spanish government and that of the new-born Philippine Republic." This description of the First Philippine Flag by General Ricarte was undoubtedly the source of the erroneous information which says, "The flag of the Katipunan bears some resemblance to that of Japan, except that it was red with a sun whose rays are white, and that in its center was an enormous K, standing for Kalayaan or Liberty. This flag was used by the revolutionists up to the signing of the' Pact of Biak-na-Bato."(35) That it stands for Katipunan is today the better and the more generally acceptable interpretation. Felipe G. Calderon said that "the Katipunan adopted as its own symbol the letter K" (36) and Dr. Pio Valenzuela stated that among the Katipuner os it was the sun which stood for liberty. (37) Mr. Turiano Santiago, (38) one of the first secretaries of Andre~ Bonifacio as Supremo of the Katipunan, in answer to a question on this point, said that "the meaning of the letter K placed on the center of the sun in our flag ... cannot be deciphered otherwise than in a form and manner corresponding to the origin of the Revolution ... under the initiative, authority and responsibility of the K. K. K. Ll. V. Z. Ll. B. that is, the said letter K should be read and be understood to mean Katipunan and not Kalayaan." Mr. Carlos Ronquillo, ( 35 ) ( 86 ) (37 )

chapter.

T. M. Kalaw's The Philippin e R evolution, p. 10. Docum entos Constitucionales, sobre FilirJinas, p. 189, F oot note 1. Pio Valenzuela's letter, April

16, 1928.

See appendix VI at the end of thi s

( 38 ) Jose Turiano Santiago's letter of August the end of this chapter.

18, 1926.

See Appendix IV at

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

one of the chroniclers of the war and one of those exiles at Hongkong to accompany President Aguinaldo, made the same assertion. (39) In the accompanying seal, allegorical of the Katipunan and the first to be used by Aguinaldo in his manifestos since Oct. 31, 1896, appears the letter K, which is derived from its original source, the device found in the medal worn by a Second Degree member 'of the Katipunan society, consisting of: "Suspended from his neck with a green ribbon was a medal on which were carved a Agu.naldo's Seal as Directing Head letter K of th6 Tagalog alphabet ( ~) and a flag of t he R evolutionary Government. and a sword cross.ed together." (40) This is one of the best evidences that the letter K stood for Katipunan. Note the use of the "Sun of Liberty". Subsequent Changes And Modifications In The Flag.-The next authorized change in the first flag took place at the N aic Conference on March 17, 1897, when the military leaders acting as a legislative body, adopted and approved certain modifications in the design. In was ordered that thereafter the official flag of the government and its forces was to be the same as that used by the Magdala with the addition of a sun. (41) This evolution of the flag was undoubtedly influenced to a great extent by the Katipunan creed which mentions the sun as a symbol of liberty. In one of its pamphlets) it says: (42) "'When these tenets shall have (39 ) Carlos Ronquillo's letter of September 8, 1926. See Appendix V at the end of this chapter. (4 0) Manuel Artigas y Cuerva, Andres Bcmifacio y El Katipunan, pp. 30-33. (41) "The adoption of the sun was resolved in order that the flag of the Katipunan could be transformed into the 'flag of the republic' S!Ust~ned and defended heroically not only by the Katipunan men but also by the whole people who, had joined the revolution which was started by the worthy 'Association of the Sons of the People'. And thereafter the 'Sanguniang Bayan' was abolished; in its place a government organized along modern lines, with a Republican constitution, was substituted."-Carlos Ronquillo's letter dated September 8, 1926. See Appendix V at the end of this chapter. (42) From a pamphlet, KATIPUNAN NG MGA A. N. B. (Society of the Sons of the People) p. 6. The author is indebted to the late Epifanio de los Santos for this copy .

THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG

taken root and widely propagated and when the SUN OF LIBERTY shall have risen brightly over this subjected land, illuminating a united people belonging to the same race, the lives which were sacrificed, for uS', the toil and the sufferings of the past will be more than amply rewarded.~' This choice路 of the the Sun was

certainly influenced also by the fact that the symbolic 'eight rays radiating from the letter K had been already adopted. Old pictures show that the sun retained in its center the Malayan alphabet ( ~ ). It is contended, however, from several quarters, that the sun as agreed and authorized in the N aic Assembly was to be mythologically represented; that is, with two eyes, nose, and mouth. (43) All these changes in the flag were logical and natural; they followed the changes of government, and interpreted the evolution of the political t40ught guiding the revolution. This flag must not be confused' with the original Katipunan W'ar Standar d of three K's in its different forms. The latter ceased to be a society banner when the war was taken up by the people whose forces then consisted of all able-bodied men regardless of membership in the Katipunan; the former, having been adopted and sanctioned by the authorities of the mnitarv government and accepted by usag'e on the part of the inhabitants, became the first official Philippine flag. (44) It was the ensign referred to for the second time.by General Aguinaldo when he made another proclamation in July, 1897, stating that "Order and justice will be strictly observed under our flag." (45)

(43 "The sun I am referring to--which is also the sUibject of one of yaur questions-was the mythological sun with eyes, eyebrows, nose and mauth. It was not the artistic one nor the Japanese sun, It was the same sun which appears on the flags of some South-American republics. And I can assure you of this because I drew the design myself by order and instructions of the President, General Aguinaldo."-Carlos Ronquillo's letter dated September 8, 1926. See Appendix V at the end of this chapter. (44) General Mariano Alvarez, once President of the Magdiwang Government, in his desire to extol the merit of this flag ordered that upon his death, his casket be draped with it. His wishes were carried out when he died on August 24, 1924, in his hometown, Noveleta, Cavite. This matter was personally communicated to the autnor being the godson of the old general. (4 5) Documentos Constitucionales sQbre Filipinas, p. 7.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Mabini's Conception On A Revolutionary Flag.-Apolinario Mabini was one ,of those who thought that the red Katipunan flag failed to express and convey the true spirit of the war with Spain. He believed that the Filipinos should have a different revolutionary flag, one which would not depict blood and fire. but one which would symbolize the political idealism and program of the people. So he advocated a change-another design and color. But his proposition, quoted below, failed to meet the acceptance of the military leaders and of the people, for being too elaborate and cumbersome. "The Flag of the Revolution is a sky-blue field with red borders; two yards long by one yard wide. In the lower center is a green mountain, surmounted by the balance of justice which is suspended from a sword, both of which are in gold. On the upper portion is a golden sun throwing down its light on the sword and balance. On the sides of the mountain are several carabaos struggling upward to reach the allegorical representation of justice."-Apolinario Mabini, La Revoluci6n Filipina, chapter on Orders of the Revolutionary Government, volume I, page 112.

Different Designs Caused Confusion.-At the beginning of the revolution, several military leaders, independently of each other and without consulting superior authority, adopted their own flags and devices; these 'w ere designed aCClording to what they thought fittingly represented the ideals .they were fighting for. Of the various designs which appeared, the best examples were the flags 'o f Bonifacio and Pio del Pilar, Llanera's skull flag, and Gregorio del Pilar's Tricolor flag. In the exercise of this freedom to choose and make his own banner, however, it could not be said that each designer acted with malice or that they ignored the accepted First Philippine Flag in its original or reformed design. Each acted without any legal sanction except by his own authority which, in a revolutionary period, was conceded sufficient. In the course of time, however, and with the centralization of the military power into the hands of the recognized leaders, who were directing the functions of the revolutionary government, this war-time practice was gradually

The tricolor CubanÂˇlike flag of General Gregorio del Pilar's Battalion at Pasong Balite, Bulacan.

General GREGORIO DEL PILAR The hero of the battle of Tilad Pass, December 2, 1899 This engagement between Aguinaldo's rear guard and the pursuit column of the American Army is usually referred to as the " Fight aboue the clouds," the pass being 4,500 feet above sea level. (Tilis picttlre of General del Pilar i .â&#x20AC;˘ in the priuate collection of ex-representative Roman d e Jesus, who receiued it from Mr. Heraclio H. del Pilar, brotll.r o/tlle braue general.)

THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG

abandoned, thus permitting the high command alone to exercise the authority of reforming or changing the First Philippine Flag. The military authorities paid very little attention then in standardizing or making flags because hostilitjes were being carried on under every conceivable handicap, principally economic hardship. As each military organization had to provide its own hurriedly-made flag without cost to the government and as only a few leaders were able to follow and observe the authorized changes on account of faulty coordination and difficult communication in front and in the very face of the enemy, uniformity in design and details was lacking. (46) Even the size was not uniform; some were almost square, others very narrow for their sizes, and only in rare cases were they made to approximate the proportion of the present National Flag. ~he civilian popu)ation or those who could not join the rank

of the military forces by reason of age, sex, and physical defect, in their enthusiasm to show that they were behind the war, often used a red flag without even any design at all. In very few instances, however, there were those who had the means to embroider the symbolic sun on the red field. It was not surprising, therefore, that with such varieties in shape, design a:nd size, . many people in different sectiJons of the country had obtained wrong impressions .and had confused the Katipunan flag proper with the First Philippine Flag. The former, which lasted only for a few days, was the original War Standard of the Katipunan as a secret organizati\on; while the latter, though derived from its predecessor, was adopted first as the symbol of the revolutionary troops and then later as the approved and recognized flag of the people and their established de facto government. Gregorio H. Del Pilar's Tricolor Flag.-Major Gregorio H. del Pilar, later General and famed hero of Tila Pass, took com(46) On page 123 of K. 1. Faust's Campaignimg in the Philippines appears. a Katipunan flag, said to have been found in Polo, Bulacan. It has a crown similar to that of Spain; below it are the letters K.K.K.,. and further below is a saber crossed with a kris, the former piercing a skull.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

mand of a battalion of insurgents in Bulacan, a few months after the breaking of hostilities. He trained this battalion to such a high state of efficiency and discipline that it was the admiration of not a few prominent military leaders, and its commander the recipient of many congratulations. One of the favorite subjects on which he frequently lectured to his men was the soldier's love for the flag, and he did all he could to inspire their patriotism by attaching much importance to the daily duty of raising, lowering or displaying the flag. Desiring to have a flag for his battalion which would not be too reminiscent of the spirit of the Katipunan War Standard as a society emblem, del Pilar designed one of his own and adopted it for his command. In making his design, he was influenced by the general outline of the Cuban flag which became well-known in the Philippines because it appeared on the frontispiece of the Cuba Libre, the exponent paper championing that country's war of independence, and copies of which were secretly passed through the mail or smuggled in by some Filipinos coming from abroad. As can be seen in the picture, del Pilar's banner was similar in general outline to the present national flag having a red upper stripe, a black lower one and a blue triangle without any device. A popular impression of the revolutionary period, however, seemed to indicate that, like in the Cuban flag, there was a big five-pointed white star in the middle of the blue triangle. An account of this battalion colors reads: (47) "A few months before the Peace of Biak-na-Bato, the Battalion of Pasong Balite, whose commander was the brave and gallant General Gregorio H. del Pilar, had adopted as their ensign a flag which resembled much the present national flag. It had a blue triangle, without a sun or stars, the upper half portion was red and the lower half was black. Like the present Philippine Flag its general outline was inspired also by the Cuban flag."

In the evolution and history of the Philippine National Flag, the place occupied by Gregorio H. del Pilar's tricolor emblem was ( 47 ) Carlos Ronquillo's letter on S'eptember 8, 1926. See Appendix V at the en:.! of this chapter.

THE FIRST PHILIPPINE FLAG

unique in that it was neither a Katipunan War Standard in the strict sense of the term, nor a mere divergence from the First Philippine Flag. It was in fact the intermediary step between the latter and the present national colors-a stage in the flag's logical development and evolution. As such it preserved the Red of the Katipunan war standard and the First Philippine Flag; retained the Black of Llanera's Skull Flag, the color of the hood used by a first degree member of the Katipunan; adopted the Blue from the Cuban flag; and anticipated the use of the triangle, the hol'izontal stripes, and perhaps also of the stars. The First Philippine Flag Goes Down At Riak路na路Bato.- The

first flag to represent the Filipino people waved and floated during the most bloody days of the war, but it did not live long because the Spanish authorities offered honorable terms of peace which were acceptable to the Filipinos and their leaders. On December 27, 1897, the Treaty of Biak-na-Bato was signed; arms were laid down, and the people's volunteer army of unremunerated citizen soldiers was disbanded. So without attaining the avowed object and aim of the revolution, and after undertaking 80 much sacrifices in life, bl()od, and wealth, the First Philippine Flag, gained in war and hoisted at a priceless cost of the lives of Filipino hosts, was officially hauled down. Referring to this occasion General Artemio Ricarte wrote: "Vibora then ordered the flag of the insurrection lowered and the men to surrender their arms. After the Spanish flag had been raised and saluted by both the peninsular troops and Filipinos while the Spanish Royal March was being played, the parade was dissolved."(48)

(48)

Ricarte, The Hispano-Philippine Revolution, pp. 92-93.

APPENDIX IV

1454 Sande, Tondo, Manila August 18, 1926. CAPTAIN EMANUEL A. BAJA Manila, P. I. My dear countryman: Answering your question about the' meaning of letter "K" placed on the center of the "Sun" in our Flag, I have the honor to inform you that, I cannot decipher it otherwise than in the way and manner corresponding to the origin of the Revolution which began in the year of our Lord 1896, under the initiative, and authority, and responsibility of the K. K. K. N. M. A. N. B. (Most High and Most Respectable Association of the Sons of the People); that is, said letter "K" should be read and understood to mean "Katipunan" (Association) and not "Kalayaan" (Liberty). I take advantage of this opportunity to offer myself as your affectionate countryman and sure servant, Q. B. S. M.

JOSE TURIANO SANTIAGO 40

APPENDIX V September 8, 1926. MR.

EMANUEL

BAJA

My dear townsman and friend: Here is my answer to your question: -The "K" in the red flag of the 1896 Insurrection meant "Katipunan", and not "Kalayaan", inasmuch as it was sometimes joined by two other "K's" to form the three historic K. K. K. (Most High, Most Venerable Association), as was the case with flags of other insurrectional groups. The "K"-sometimes in the form of " ::z::: " of the ancient Philippine alphabet-was likewise used in the stamps and seal of the official documents of the Revolution whose sacred ideals were not only Freedom (Kalayaan) but also Independence (Kasarinlan). And has the "K" meant "Kalayaan" (Liberty), even the unified Government of the Revolution, proclaimed at Kawit, Cavite, on April 19, 1897, would not have substituted it with the eightrayed sun. -The sun I am referring to-which is also the subject of one of your questions-was the mythological sun with eyes, eyebrows, nose and mouth. It was not the artistic one nor the Japanese sun. It was the same sun which appears on the flags of some South American republics. And I 'Can assure you of this because I drew the design myself by order and ins'truction of the President, General Aguinaldo. The adoption of the sun was resolved in order that the flag of the Katipunan could be transformed into the "flag of the republic" sustained and defended heroically not only by the Katipunan men but also by the whole people who had joined the revolution which was started by the worthy "Association of the Sons of the People". And thereafter the "Sanguniang Bayan" was abolished; in its place a government organized along modern lines, with a RepUblican constitution, was substituted. A few months before the Peace of Biak-na-Bato, the Battalion of Pasong Balite, whose commander was the brave and gallant General Gregorio H. del Pilar, had adopted as their ensign a flag which resembled much the present national flag. It had a blue triangle,

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

without a. sun or stars, the upper half portion was red and the lower half was black. Like the present Philippine Flag its general outline was inspired also by the Cuban flag. Although no law prescribed the use of the Philippine Flag, nevertheless it was prohibited long before the Flag Act was approved by the Philippine Commission. Any individual who used any trinket, watch chain, button or pin with the colors or design of the Philippine flag was prosecuted and incarcerated by the Constabulary. The undersigned together with his uncle and his brother-in-Iaw was detained and imprisoned at Cavite (1903) only because the number of his house was written on a tablet upon which was painted the Philippine Flag. CARLOS RONQUILLO

)

APPENDIX VI Polo, Bulacan, April 16, 1928. MR.

EMANUEL

BAJA

My esteemed Sir: In reply to your inquiries I have the honor to inform you: That the three "K's'~ on the red flag we used in the first battle which we the Katipunan had against the Civil Guards on the 25th day of August, 1896, in the barrio of Pasong-Tamo, Caloocan, Rizal (formerly of Manila) stood for "Kataastaasan Kagalanggalang Katipunan" (Most High Most Venerable Association) ; the "Sun" means liberty. The three K's and the Sun were white on a red field of silk cloth. The flag was made by some women affiliated to the Katipunan some days before the uprising. A sketch of said Flag is more or less as follows:

~\1~ -0'/jl~ K. K. K. The number of the Katipunan members who were present in the first encounter were approximately five thousand, and the civil guards were forty. Among the Katipunans who were present I remember the following: Andres Bonifacio, Emilio J acin to and the undersigned, as chiefs; and Enrique Pacheco, Alfonso Pacheco, Cipriano Pacheco, Ciriaco Bonifacio, Procopio Bonifacio, Alejandro Santiago, Aguedo del Rosario, Captain Ramon of Pandacan, and others whom I don't remember at this moment. Yours respectfully, PIO VALENZUELA

CHAPTER

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS "Lo! it is there! It waves with its resplendent furls on which the rays of the sun of Liberty are shining bright. Look at it! Behold it! How lovely it is! It emblazons the virtues of our men o;f science, the courage of our brave soldiers, and the peace of the hearth and the home." AGUINALDO.

For A New Flag.-One of the many results of the first period of the war for independence against Spain was the creation lof the First Philippine Flag. Erroneously, school textbooks and scatte~ed written information refer to it as the flag of the revolution or the Katipunan flag. It was of course the daughter of the revolution and was used by the revolutionary forces, but those facts do n'ot warrant its being called the flag of the revolution; nor, although it originated from the early Katipunan red emblem, nevertheless, it became the country's true flag a few days after the outbreak of hostilities. Approved and adopted as the symbol of Filipino statehood, why did it not become the national flag of the new-born Republic? With such a natural course of evolution as it had, originating from a mere war standard of a revolutionary society and finally becoming a recognized and a filt ting symbol of the de facto government besides being the expressive exponent of the then existing Filipino political mind, why was another created? The right to change that flag was a matter of history, and the demand for the change was subject to the political circumstances of the period. True it was that the First Philippine Flag had an exclusive, very significant, epoch-making history, and was born in its own native land; but in spite of that history, which any people could justly be proud of, it failed to become our national colors; not because it lacked the symbolism of country, but because historiThe Necessity

The Philippine National Flag. Taken from a diploma of the Veterans of the Revolution and printed by courtesy of thi s organization .

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS

cal events created and imp'Osed another which interpreted in a better allegorical sense the new political thought of the country and the newly conceived idealism of the people. The authority to replace a flag rests on the legislative power of the state, but in the process of building up a nation and in the absence of an actual legislative body, all powers are rightly usurped by whatever group of men or entity which can efficiently exercise the functions and effectively assume the responsibilities of government. The exiled Filipino leaders at Hongkong unquestionably had these political powers, not only for the sole reason that they were looked upon by their countrymen as their true and legitimate representatives but also for the better reason that these leaders had effectively, though not successfully, carried out the purposes of the revolution. Even the Spanish government considered and dealt with them as such qualified representatives of the people. Their acts, therefore, in changing the First Philippine ]'lag and adopting another in its place were cloaked wi~h amply conceded authority, milltary in a sense but none the less valid. The change was brought about by a series of events here and abroad. By the treaty of peace at Biak-na-Bato closing the first period of the war, it was agreed among other things that the l'ilipino leaders were to leave ' the Philippines and reside in a foreign c路o untry. In compliance with this term they left Sual, Pangasinan, on December 27, 1897, for Hongkong, a city under the shadow of the British flag. The Filipino leaders and their people executed all their parts of the agreement in good faith, while the Spaniards failed to carry out theirs. Said General Aguinaldo on this point, "But the Captain General Primo de Rivera failed to fulfill the agreement as faithfully as we did." (49) This failure of the Spanish authorities to live up to the provisions of the treaty made the people lose their faith in peace. ful negotiations; it afforded an excellent reason to consider that the peace agreement was at best a deceitful scheme to disarm (49)

Aguin&.ldo, True Version of the Philippine Revo lv,tion, p. 5.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the Filipinos; and it certainly became a very good excuse to resume hostilities. That breach of national promise, which naturally gave the Filipinos the right to interpret the action of the government as a voluntary. non-compliance ofl the treaty, created a sufficient justification for the Junta Patri6tica, the council 'o f exiled leaders at Hongkong, to immediately resume the status of war. (50) But in the absence of a ready effective force which could begin operation, the Filipinos at home and abroad temporarily remained inactive and impotent. All the truly representative Filipino elements, who felt heavily the after-effects and reactions of the revolution, were the ~nes especially in favor of renewing the armed conflict. This course of conduct to revive the use of force was neither to redress former grievances nor to demand compliance with the provisions of the Treaty of Biak-na-Bato but to. continue the original mission of overthrowing the Spanish colonial rule and building in, its place an independent republic. (51) The Emblematic Design of the National Flag.-With the

rehabilitation and renewed vigor of this political thought was conceived the idea of a Philippine national flag to represent an independent state, a sovereign country. So one of the first acts of the Junta Patri6t~ca was to devise and adopt the present allegorical design of our National Flag: a white equilateral triangle at the left, with a sunburst of eight rays at the center and a five-pointed star in each angle; an upper stripe of blue and a lower strip.e of red .. (52) The first reference to this flag was in connection with the proclamation of the Junta Patri6tica to the Filipino people in May, 1898, when it made this announcement: (50) "Moreover, it is a fact that lit was 'agreed between ourselves (the leaders of the Revolution assembled in Biak-na-Bato) that in the event of the Spaniards failing to comply with each and every one of the terms and conditions of, the Agreement the monery obtained from the Spanish Government should not be divided, but must be employed in the purchase of arms and ammunitions to renew the war of independenc e."-Aguinaldo, True Version of the Philippine Revolution, p. 8. (51) Proclamation. of the JUNTA PATRIOTICA to the Filipin,o people in May, 1898-True Version of the Filipino Revolution, by Emilio Aguinaldo quoted by F. G. Calderon in his Mis Memorias sobre la Revoluci6n Filipina, pp. 26-41. ( 52) The flag of CzechosloViakia, a state which had its beginning only after the World War (1914-1918) has followed the exact outlinel of the Philippine Flag -the triangle without device is blue, the upper stripe is white and the lower is red.-The American Educator (Flags).

General EM I LlO AGUI NALDO President of the Erstwhile Philippine Republ i c

"Many of the older generations have attJ-ibuted to me the authorship of the design and symbolism of the country's emblem because 1 ordered the makino of the first N a tional Flag at H onokong and brought it myself with me on my return to Cavite , r do not considel', however, that fo r these reasons m y authol'sMp could be coiled exclusive or original; for 1 am well satisfied that the design r ordered was made accor ding to w hat alr eady existed in the public mind, and that the synlbolism r a pproved was merely a correct interpl'etation of t he political ideas of the framers of the Malolos Constitution" , (General Aguinaldo to the author on the question " Who conceIved or proposed the present

deslin of the Nallonal Flagl"- Ocl. 5, 1925), (Courtes y print of MR, L EOPOLDO R . AGUINALDO)

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS

"In launching this struggle we should clearly and emphatically inscribe in our Flag the sacred motto of our aspirations." ( 53 )

In designing this new flag, many considerations, then very fresh in the popular mind, were taken into account: first, the well-known white equilateral triangle of the Katipunan; second, the general characteristics of the First Philippine Flag bearing a sun with eight rays in the middle of the red fi~ld; third, the general outline of the Cuban flag, (54 ) as anticipated by General Gregorio H. del Pilar; and, fourth, the three five-pointed stars to symbolically represent .the thr ee geographical divisions of the Philippines-Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao. The use of the color Blue was thoughtfully introduced by the designers for reasons of its universality, although some people claim that it was adopted from the color of t he triangle of Gregorio del Pilar's Cuban-like banner. The gener al outline of the Cuban flag was to a little extent followed because the milit ary leaders were impressed by the similarity of existing conditions and thâ&#x201A;Ź parallelism of political ideas between the Cubans and the Filipinos; two peoples both under Spain and both struggling almost at the same time for political emancipation. The colors Blue, Red, and White of the approved ensign are the same as those found in the flag \of the United States of America, but this similarity in colors, a similarity which holds true with many flags of the world, was purely a matter of coincidence. The claim that "the colors Blue, Red and White were adopted in honor of the flag of the United States as a token of appreciation of the disinterested protection that nation had exFelipe G. Calderon. Mis Memorias sobre la R evolu cion Filipina., p. 32. Dewey to Aguinaldo-"You have had ocular demonstration and confirmation of all I have told you and promised you. How pretty your flag is. tt has a triangle, and is something like the Cuban's. Will you give me one as a memento when I go back home?" Aguinaldo to Dewey-HAs to the flag he wanted, he could have one whenever he wished."-Aguinaldo, True Version of the Philippine Revolution p. 32' quoted also by F. G. Calderon in his Mis Memorias sobre la Revolucion Fili;ina, p. ( 53) ( 54, )

55.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

tended to the Filipinos" (55) couid and might had been said, but facts would not subscribe to the explanation and history cannot bear out the truth of the statement; for the Philippine National Flag had already been designed and completed in all details before the United States flag was brought to the Philippines on M~ay 1, 1898. Who Conceived Or Proposed The Present Design Of The National Flag?-This detail in the history of the country's flag is still open issue; a question which has invited different answers most of which are, however, generally based on personal opinion's a few are guesses, and none is founded on documentary evidence. In the absence of anything definite to suppmt that there was a single mind or a group of individuals who conceived and proposed the present design, and taking into consi f1eration each and every change which took place in the course of its development, it is but safe to say that the authorship of the flag's design was in the hands of the people-the creation of the public mind. Expressing himself openly on this point, General Aguinaldo said: (56) "Many of the older generations have attributed to me the authorship of the design and symbolism of the country's emblem because I ordered the making of the first National Flag at Hongkong and brought it myself with me on my return to Cavite. I do not consider, however, that for these reasons my authorship could be called exclusive or original; for I am well satisfied that the design I ordered was made according to what already existed in the> public mind, and that the symbolism I approved was merely a correct interpretation of the political ideas of the framers of the Malolos Constitution."

The Coat Of Arms Of The Philippine Republic.-During the Katipunan period, 1892-1898, there never was a recognized per(;;:; ) "Ag uinaldo omitted other details which were explained in the proclamat ion of indep endence of June 12, nameily: The white triangle repl'esents the symb ol of the Katipunan which means a blood compact, and the colors blue, red and white w ere -a dopted in honor of the flag of the United States as a token of appreciat ion of the disinterested protection that nation had extended to the Filipinos."T. M. Kalaw, Th e Philippin e R evolution, Footnote on p. 103. ( 56 ) Gemeral Aguinaldo to the author on the question "Who conceived or proposed the present design of the Nation-al Flag?"--October 5, 1925.

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS

manent seal. Many manifestos and papers of the Katipunan league were rubricated with an equilateral triangle containing a letter K in each angle. In few cases the triangle instead of the letters K had a sun or a rising sun, and in very rare cases a "seeing eye". There was no uniformity, but when in 1898 the sun and three stars were incorporated as permanent emblems of the flag, the same symbols became the official seal-sometimes within two crossed branches of laurel, and sometimes within a circle. The official device was as found in the flag-the sun and stars within an equilateral tr iangle-one side forming the base; the entire design within a circular scroll bearing the inscription "La Republica Filipina. " This was the coat of arms of the erstwhile Philippine Republic. On this matter General Aguinaldo said: (57) "The coat of arms of the erstwhile Philippine Republic was an equilateral triangle in the center of which there was the sun with the eight rays, and a five-pointed star on each angle. There were variations in some det ails in the early days of the Philippine government, for example, the use of the words 'La Republica Filipina' around the triangle."

The accompanying illustrations show the different kinds of seals used by the ReVlOlutionary Government (1896-1898), and the First Philippine Republic as proclaimed at Malolos (18991901). A study of these illustrative seals, found in documents, orders, proclamations and manifestos, indicate that the civil as well as the military administrative branches of the government unmistakably considered the Sun and Stars as the emblematic devices for the national Coat-of-Arms. It appears from these illustrations that the equilateral triangle was not altogether indispensable; although it can be noted that, in most cases, the three (3) stars are so placed as to form a triangle. Filipino Hands Made The First National Flag at Hongkong.-

Speaking of the first flag made in accordance with the new design, General Aguinaldo said, "The first Filipino National Flag ( 57 )

of Part II.

See Appendix X; see also diagram of this Coat-of-Arms of th e beginning

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

was made by the hands of the Agoncillos at Hongkong. It was the Flag I took with me to Cavite when I returned from my exilel and the same one from which copies were made by the Gomez family of Bacoor." (58) Interviewed on this matter, Mrs. Marcela de

Agoncillo, wife of Don Felipe Agoncillo, made the following written statement: "In the house No. 535, Morrison Hill (59) where I lived with my family, exiled from our own country on ac路 connt of the national cause, I had the good fortune to make the first Philippine National Flag under the direction of the illustrious leader General Emilio Aguinaldo y Famy. .. It took me five days to make that National Flag, and when completed I myself delivered it to General Aguinaldo before boardiIllg the transport McCullock General Aguinaldo is the best witness who can give the information whether or not that flag was the first to be displayed 'in Cavite at the beginning of the second revolutionary movement against the government of Spain in these Islands." ( 60)

}

( 58 ) General Aguinaldo's signed statement on June 11, 1925. See Appendix VIII at the end of chapter V. ( 59) A hill in the city of Hongkong where theJ majority of the Filipino political exiles and refugees were living at the time. (60) Mrs. Marcela de Agoncillo's signed statement on October 21, 1926. See Appendix VB at the end of this chapter.

MARCELA DE AGONCILLO The Filipina matron who enjoys the unique honor of having been entrusted by General Emilio Aguinaldo with the task of making the first Philippine National Flag. Mrs. Agoncillo , now 66 years old, was born in Taal, Batangas, on June 24, 1860. She married Don Felipe Agoncillo, an attorney who served as Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States and other European countries under the Revolutionary Government, and later as Secretary of the Interior of the present regime .

Mrs. Delfina Herbosa de Natividad who helped Mrs. Marcela de Agoncillo in making the first "Sun and Stars" of the Philippine Republic. In the course of a conversation on September 28,1926 , Mrs. Agoncillo said: "Riza l's niece , Delfina , and my daughter Lorenza helped me in this work ." Mrs. Natividad was the daughter of Dr. Jose Rizal 's sister Luisa ; was born on December 20, 1879, in Calamba, Laguna; was married on February 19, 1898, to a revolutioni st, General Salvador Nati. vidad; accompHnied her husband to Hongkong where he was exiled after the Pact of Biak.na路bato ; returned to the Philippines in October of 1898; and died on March 10, 1900.

APPENDIX VII Manila, Oct. 21, 1926. MR. EMANUEL A. BAJA,

Assistant Professor of Mil. Sc. and Tactics University of the Philippines Manila, P. 1. Sir: In reply to your letter of October 12, 1926, I am obliged to inform you that in the house No. 535, Morrison Hill, where I lived with my family, exiled from our own country on account of the national cause, I had the good fortune to make the first Philippine National Flag under the direction of the illustrious leader General Emilio Aguinaldo y Famy, who, upon arrival in Cavite hoisted it on the town Plaza. General Aguinaldo was taken to Cavite on the transport McCullock for the purpose of leading the second period of the Philippine revolution against the sovereignty of Spain, in accordance with the plan of Admiral Dewey, who was then in command of the American Navy in Philippine waters, as a result of the declaration of war between the United States and Spain. This transport, if I am not mistaken, left Hongkong on May 16, 1898 and arrived in Cavite on the 19th of the same month. It took me five days to make that National Flag, and when com-

pleted I myself delivered it to General Aguinaldo before boarding the transport McCullock. General Aguinaldo is the best witness who can give the information whether or not that flag was the first to be displayed in Cavite at the beginning of the second revolutionary movement against the government of Spain in these Islands. In truth, this is all what I can inform you of the glorious ensign of our dear mother country. Attentively at

y~)Ur

service,

MARCELA DE AGONCILLO

CHAPTER

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS The National Flag Homeward Crosses the Sea.-While the council at Hongkong was anxiously waiting for the fulfillment of the terms of the Treaty of Biak-na-Bato and the people at home hopefully expecting the promised reforms, war broke out be路路 tween Spain and the United States over the Cuban question. The Asiatic squadron of the American fleet was then at Hongkong vvith Commodore Dewey in command. Receiving orders to capt ure or destroy the Spanish fleet wherever found, he pro,ceeded to the Philippines and literally sunk or captured each and every Spanish war vessel in Manila Bay. This blow to Spanish power made the already stringent Filipino-Spanish relation more acute. No longer believing in the widely spread reputation of the invincibility of the Spanish arms, and having lost faith in her promises to amend the irksome policy of her colonial administration, the Filipinos became bolder in their determination to at once revive the war for independence. In the furtherance of this undertaking, the moral support of the United States consular representative at Hongkong and the material and actual aid of the United States Asiatic Squadron were given to and accepted by the rev01utionary leaders. General Aguinaldo left Hongkong on board the U. S. gunboat M cCullock before noon on the seventeenth day of May, 1898, and arrived at Cavite on the morning of the nineteenth. He brought with him the first Philippine National Flag, and so "It was he who hoisted in Cavite the Flag of Liberty."(~1') Five days after his landing, he organi~d a dictatorial government with Kawit as the capital, recruited a new army, and told his countrymen that the Sun and Stars is the nation's new political emblem .. ( 61 )

La R epublica Filipima, Thursday, September 29, 1898.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

Said General Aguinaldo, at that timâ&#x201A;Ź known as Dictator: '~Then the Admiral advised me to at once have made a Filipino National Flag, which he said he would recognize and protect in the presence of the other nations represented by the various squadrons anchored in Mani1a Bay; adding, lrowever, that he thought it advisable that we should destroy the power of Spain hefore hoisting our national flag, in order that the act would appear more important and creditable in the eyes of the world and of the United States in particular. ÂˇT hen if the Filipino vessels should pass to and fro with the national flag fluttering in the breeze, they would attract more attention and be more likely to induce respect for the national colors."(62) Early Successes Under The Philippine Flag-.-May 30 was set by the military leaders to begin hostilities. Two days before this date, however, on May 28, (~3) a Spanish force engaged the Filipinos at Alapan. (64) A pitched battle was fought resulting in the capture of 270 Spanish soldiers. "There it was that the first engagement of the Revolution of 1898 (which may be rightly styled a continuation of the campaign of 1896-97) took place", wrote General Aguinaldo. The battle raged from ten in the morning to three in the afternoon, when the Spaniard~ ran out of ammunition and surrendered, with all their arms, to the Filipino revolutionists, who took their prisoners to Cavite. In commemoration of this glorious achievement I hoisted our National Flag in the presence of a great crowd, who greeted, it wirth tremendou ~ applause and loud, spontaneous and prolonged cheers for Independent Philippines" ('65) This victory was closely followed by the surrender of the garrison at Polvorin, (66) Binakayan, which consisted of 250 men ( 62) Aguinaldo True Version of the Philippine R evolu tion , p. 18; S ee also Calderon's Mis Mem07'ias sobre la Revolu ci6n Fi lipina, p. 25. ( 63 ) If a truly significant day in the history of the Philippine Flag is to be definitely chosen to become a Philippine Flag Day, Ma y 28 of every year should be selected. The only other date that may have the same claim is June 12, Independen ce Day. May 28 is reminiscent of the Flag's baptism of blood and fire while June 12 commemorates it .. official appearnce as the symbol of the Republic. See chapter IX,

Rebirth of the Philippine Flag. ( 64) A oorrio between Imus and Kawit, Cavite.

Aguinaldo, True Version of the Philippine R evolu tion, pp. 24-25. A Spanish fort by the sea, in the barrio of Binakayan, municipality of Kawit, Cavite. It is no longer in existence. ( 65 )

(6G )

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

of the Spanish infantry.

"I again availed myself of the opportunity to hoist our National 'Flag and did so from an upper story of the Polvorin facing the sea, with the object of causing the sacred ensign of our Liberty and Independence to be seen fluttering in the breeze by the warships, representing all the great and civilized nations of the world, which were congregated in the harbor observing the providential evolution, going on in the Philippines after upwards of three hundred years of Spanish domination," (67) said

General Aguinaldo. In the wake of this second victory at Binakayan came a third one at Bacoor which resulted in the capture of 300 Spanish troops of all arms. Of this event General Aguinaldo said, "Scarcely had an hour elapsed before another flag was seen flying over the steeple of the Church at Bacoor--which is also in full view of the vessels in the harbor-being the signal of another triumph of our troops over the Spanish forces which held that town. The garrison consisted of about 300 men, who surrendered to the Revolutionary Army when their ammunition was exhausted."('68) How the Flag was Displayed.- There is no picture evidence

or written record to show as to how the Flag was displayed on these occasions, but many of the older generations who are still living today and who saw it hoisted at Alapan, Polvorin, and Bacoor church, or carried by troops during those early battles, assert that the red stripe was up. "When the law restoring the use of the Flag was approved, I was sick at the Philippine General Hospital," said General Aguinaldo. "Several press representatives called on m.e then to inquire as to how the Flag should be flown. I answered them that it should be always hoisted with the blue stripe up in the time of peace. But 0111 the battle fields and in camps during the past war, first with Spain and then with the United States of America later, our National Flag had been hoisted with the red stripe up.'''(69) Not a few of those who were able Aguinaldo, Tn te V e1'sion of the Philippine Revolution, p. 25 . Aguinaldo, True Version of the Philippine Revolution, p. 26. General Aguinaldo's signed statement on Jnue 11, 1925. See Appendix VIII at the end <Y.f this chapter. ( 67) ( 68 ) ( 69)

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

to observe the war, however, claimed that the blue stripe was up when they saw the colors actually under fire. These two different sets of information together with all the verbal testimonies of older people who saw it flying during the era of the Philippine Republic, conclusively indicate that the Flag was sometimes displayed with the blue stripe up and at other times with the blue down. (70) The original intention of the designers, however, was to fly it with the blue stripe up in time of peace, its positioil1 when it was officially unfurled on Independence Day. This conclusion seems reasonable from the fact that the La Republica FilipiJna, a leading spokesman of the Philippine Republic, in its issue (of September 29, 1898, had on the first page the picture of the National Flag in colors with the blue stripe up. This conclusion is also supported by another evidence consisting of a painting of the Flag in water color with the blue stripe up. It was drawn in 1899 by the famous Filipino painter Juan Luna for La Independencia,(71) the predecessor of La Republica Fili-

p~na.

The National Flag In The Days Of The Republic.-The N atio'n al Flag, becoming popular by the name of the Sun and Stars, had be~n used by the Filipino military forces since General Aguinaldo's arrival, but it was not formally proclaimed as the political symbol of the Republic until the date of the Declaration of Independence on .Tune 12, 1898, at Kawit, Cavite. ,T his official raising of the national colors was particularly significant in that it was hoisted while the "Himno N adonal Filipino" was being played for the first time. "On that occasion Judge Advocate General Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista held a pike with the first Filipino National Flag unfurled. It was' displayed to public view from that front window (pointing the place) and General Ricarte (70) Even to this day there is in circula,t ion a printed postal card in colors bearing a stanza of Rizal'Si Last Farewell and a Philippine Flag with the red stripe up. It has been so printed in ma:ny programs and invitations, both here and in the United States. (Author's Co'llection). (71) Director Epifanio de los Santos of the Philippine Library and Museum the owner of this drawing, said that he obtained it from a friend (01 relative of the famous pll:l.inter.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

spoke a few words of tribute to the idealism of the new flag,"(72)

said General Aguinaldo. The proclamation was followed by the singing of the Declaration of Independence. This document among other things provided that: "The unJdersigned solemnly swear allegiance to the flag and will defend it to the last drop of their blood."" I'n a cel'ebration of the first anniversary of the proclaIp.ation of independence held in Cabanatuan, Nueva Ecija, on June 12, 1899, Pedro Paterno made a particular mention of this allegiance to the Flag saying, "The twelfth day of June, 1898, constitutes lor the Filipino people a glorious date, not only because the last vestiges of slavery here established and practiced for centuries were entirely supressed thus destroying forever On this lour dear country the oppressive empire of Spain, but also because all those present on that date swore before our National Flag to fight against any foreign power which may attempt to hinder the natural course of our independence."(73) That oath of the signers of the Declaration of Independence was the first documentary mention of the new ensign and constituted the best evidence of its lofficial recognition. Its aceeptance on the part of the public was felt when the first literary production on it, a poem entitled "La Bandera Filipina,"(74) appeared and was published in the first issue of La Libertad on June 20, eight days after ~he proclamation of Philippine independence. This official and popular recognition was later particularly strengthened by the fact that it was mentioned and referred to in the beautiful words of the Philippine National Anthem as the Fhig of the Republic.(75) An Englishman travelling in the Islands spoke of it in the following terms: "Aguinaldo showed us his own colours, which are red, white, and blue; the white in the form ofa triangle being next the flag staff, and the red and blue filling it up to the usual recI

( 72 ) General Aguinaldo's signed statement on June 11, 1925. See Appendix VIII at the end of this cha.pter. ( 73 ) T. M. Kalaw, The Philippine Revolution, p. 106. ( 74 ) This poem i~ quoted in its original ' Spanish version at the end of Chapter XVII, The Flag and the Young Citizens. ( 75 ) Second stanza 5th and 8th lines of the poem Filipinas. See chapter XIII.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

tangular shape of a flag. On it are a sun and three stars, the emblems of the young Republic."(76) The successful military operation of the Filipino arms in almost all parts (of the country, the inability of the Spanish government and its forces to control the political and military situation, and the fact that the Government of the Republic assumed the responsibilities and took over the functions of the state were sufficient accomplishments on which to base the recognition of the national personality of the Philippine Flag. (77) The assumption of the power of government was not confined in Luzon, but was well extended everywhere in the Archipelago. "The revolutionary government was universally recognized throughout the Islands except in Manila and seaports still hed by the Spanish . . . The Insurgents raised their flag over the old Spanish fort, dug trenches, fortified the harbor, sunk cascoes loaded with stones at the mouth of the Talana River, for they were now in absolute possession of the Island of Panay. " (78) On November 26, 1898, the people of Iloilo cheered and greeted their new ensign as it was hoisted for the first time in their city in place of the Spanish colors. (79) On the following month the Calamianes group and northern Paragua surrendered to the insurgents, the people swearing allegiance to their Flag and to the new sovereignty. (80) The use of the new Flag by the troops in campaigns or by Philippine vessels on the sea was ordered by General Aguinaldo, who wrote that: "In conformity with my orders issued on the 1st 'o f September, all Philippine vessels hoisted the National Flag, the Marines of the Filipino flotilla being the first to execute that order. Our little flotilla consisted of some eight Spanish steam launches (which had been captured and seized as war prizes (76) Younghusba nd , G. J .- The P hilippine and R oumdabo'Lit, p. 76, See also Appendix:: X and XI at t h e end of t his chapter. ( 71 ) A. H. Myers a n American cor r espond en t in hi s A'rnerican Transgressions in the Phi li ppine I slands WTot e t hat Admiral Dewey recogniz ed a nd permi t t ed t he use of the Philippine Flag. La Ind ependencia, Apdl 26, 1899. (' 8) Wildman, Aguinaldo, p. 142 and p. 178. (79 ) L a In d ependencia, 29 de Noviembre, 1898. ( 80 ) La In dependencia, 19 y 21 de Agosto , 1899.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

from the enemy) and five vessels of greater djmensions; namely, the Taaleno, Balayan, Taal, Bulacan, and P'urisima Concepdon," (81) The commanders of some foreign warships on the bay, Germans especially, objected to its use on the Manila Bay and complained of its display on Philippine vessels; and the objection of Spain was even stronger, claiming that "The Filipino vessels ought not to be allowed to fly an unrecognized flag and to clear from Manila for other ports of the Islands., as otherwise Spain must arm her me,r chant-vessels and treat them as pirates." (82) Said General Aguinaldo: "At the end of June I called on Admiral Dewey, who, afer complimenting me on the rapid triumphs of the Philippine Revolution, told me he had been asked by the German and French admirals why he allowed the Filipinos to display on their vessels a flag that was not recognized. Admiral Dewey said that his reply to the French and German admirals was that with his knowledge and consent the Filipinos used that flag; and~ apart from this, he stated that he was, of the opinion that, in view of the courage and steadfastness of purpose displayed in the war against the Spaniards, the Filipinos deserved the right to use their flag."(83) The interchange of courtesy between the American and Filipino vessels by dipping their respective national ensigns whenever they passed each other conclusively support this statement. On August 1, 1898, the Declaration of Independence was ratified by the Assembly .of Municipal Presidents, and this ratification was sanctioned and approved at Barasoain church by the First Philippine Congress on the 29th of September, of the same year, and reiterated on January 23, 1899, on the occasion of the proclamat.ion of the birth of the Philippine Constitutional Republic. (84) These acts of the different bodies politic, each of which Aguinaldo, T'/"ue Version of the Philippine Revolution, p. 26. James A. LeRoy-"The Americans in the Philippines," Vol. 1, pp. 357-8. See statement of Spain's view submitted by Mr. Cambon on Sept. 11, 1898, at Washington. ( 8S ) Aguina:ldo, True Version of the Philippine Revolution, pp. 27-28. ( 84) H. R. No. 14, 1923---.Joint resolution providing that Jan,uary 23, 1924, be made a S'Pecial school holiday to be devoted to extol the significance of the proclamation of the birth of the Plhilippine Constitutional Repub'lic. ( 81 )

( 82 )

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

represented the highest power of the state and each of which ratified the official transactions. of its predecessors, constituted the best legislative indorsement or approval of the adoption of the new flag. (85) In the course of his message to the Filipino Congress, speaking of this new symbol of sovereignty, the Pres. ident said: ($6) "It gives me pleasure to inform you again that our Flag, daughter of the war, for which all our brothers fought, goes now from triumph to triumph and is adored and respected all over the Philippine Islands. Look at it; behold it; it has three colors, three stars, and a sun, the meaning of which are as follows: the red color is symbolic of Filipino courage which is second to none, and was the color used during the war in the province of Cavite since the 31st. day of August, 1896, until the Peace of Biak-na-Bato; the blue carries an allegorical meaning that all the Filipinos will prefer to die before submitting themselves to the invader, whoever he may be; the white conveys the idea that, like other nations, the Filipinos know how to govern themselves, and that they do not recede from observation of foreign powers because their actions which these may observe, are indeed peaceful; the three five-pointed stars indicate me solIdarity of Luzon, Bisayas and Mindanao and allude to the isLets and rocks falijng under their jurisdidion; and, la stly, the eight beams of the sun stand for the eight provinces of Manila, Bulakan, Pampanga, Nueva Ecija, Morong, Luna, Batangas, and Cavite, which were declared under martial law by a decree of the Spanish government. Those brilliant rays stirred up the Filipinos and spread the light over their world piercing the clouds that enshrouded it; it is now the light which brightens every spot in the Philippine Islands, and under its influence the Itas, Igorots, Manguians, and Moros, all of whom I believe were made in the image (85) On page 109 of K. I. Faust's Ca;mpaigning in the Philippines appears a picture actually taken of the interior of Barasoain church was d'ecorab d with sm all Philippine flags. (86) Translation from Tagalog to Sp::l.nish by Mr. E.pifanio de los Santos Cristobal, published by El Debate on Tuesday, June 12, 1923. See Appendix IX at the end of this chapter. For original text in Tagalog see La Republica, Fiit'-pina, Saturday, October 1, 1898.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

of God, and whom I recognize as our brethren, now come down from the mountains to join with us."(87)

On June 12, 1899, in the midst of the Filipino-American War, then at its height and maximum activity, the first anniversary of the Declaration of Independence was celebrated in the town of Angeles., province of Pampanga. In his address extolling and reviewing the history of the young Republic, the President mentioned the national colors and spoke of its significance as follows: "On June 12, 1898, Cavite, Bataan, Batangas, Morong, and Laguna succeeded in declaring themselves independent from the Spanish sovereignty; and it is high time that this be known, prodaiming to that end our independence, and raising for the first time the tricolor flag which is gently and majestically waving in the air, as an emblem of liberty, as the symbol of our redemption and as the token of our faith which is constantly focused for the attainment of our ideal for independence. "Lo! it is there! It waves with its resplendent furls on which the rays of the sun of liberty are shining bright. Look at it! Behold it! How lovely it is! It emblazons the virtues. of our men ;of science, the courage of our brave soldiers, and the peace of the hearth and the home. "That Flag which was hailed by a people, anxious of freedom and deserving a better fate, made our independence a reality; it obliges us to pre.serve and defend it until death. It imparts in us valor and unlimited endurance, it therefore requires sacrifices, and now that we are provoked and compelled to fight, let us go forward with eyes fixed on that Flag of the sun and three stars which cheers us up and guides us in the pursuit of our dearest ideals."

Malolos Constitutional Provision On The Filipino Flag.-The

Constitution of the Philippine Republic was sHent as to the 9f ( 8; ) General Aguinaldo received several letters from the non.-Christian population promising their loyalty to him and their allegiance to the new ' government. A specific instance demonstrating this spirit of actual cooperration occurred on Jan. 27, 1899, when about 200 of them armed with bolos and campilalns, slpears and shields bows and arrows--came to Malolos displruying a Philippine Nation~ Flag and offering their services to the military authorities.-La !ndependencia, Jan. 28, 1899.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

ficial adoption of the National Flag, but this was necessarily implied by its being mentioned in paragraph, 1, Art. 6, Title IV, which reads: "The following are Filipinos: 1st. All persons born in Philpine territory. A vessel flying the Philippine Flag shall, for this purpose, be considered a portion of the Philippine territory."

The People ;Showed Their Love For Their Flag.-During the short life of the Philippine Republic, crude and home-made national flags were in evidenoe, everywhere, while silk and embl'oidered ones were not uncommon in the homes of the well ..todo families. In those days it was an established custom for the young ladies of a town or province to give hand-embroidered flags to the revolutionary army; the offer was considered a privilege and its acceptance a distinction. Ninety per cent of the national colors used in the last two wars were donated thus to the Filipino Army. (88) In the majority of cases these very useful gifts. were made with the most expensive materials.. It was said that a flag presented by !locos Sur to the army of Northern Luzon in 1899 cost five hundred pesos. (89) Only a few of these expensive embroidered silk flags can be found today because they were either worn out in campaigns or destroyed purposely at the approach of the enemy to prevent capture. (88) "It was followed by the blessing of the Flag presented by the ladies of Pampanga to the regional regiment to be organized there."-La lndependencia, September 6, 1898. "THE FLAG-News were received from Ba.Janga: that the da.u ghters of the provincial Civil Governor and other ladies are embroidering- a flag to be pTesented to the local battalion. The benediction and the taking ,of the oath of allegiance to the Flag will be held on December 31, 1898."-La lndependemcva, 8 de Noviembre, 1898. It. was undoubtedly with this same traditional spirit that Mr. and Mrs. Vicente Madrigal donated an expensive Filipino FhI,g to Governor-General Francis Burton HarTison on the occasion of the Flag Restoration Day at Malacafiang Palace in 1919. See Chapter X, Restoration of the Use of the Filipino. Flag. See also Res01ution No. 10. House of Representatives, and 8enate Resolution No. 12 Fifth Legislature. List of Bills and Resolutions on th.e National Flag. S.ee Appendix XII' at th.e and of Chapter VIII. (89) Veyl路a.-Ponce, Efemerides F'ilipinas, (Ilocos Sur por una Ban'dera, 25 d e, Enero, 1899) pp. 85-87.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Among these few existing ones, two are now deposited in the National Library of the Philippines. (90) A great many of them were lost in the field through inadvertence, while a few, in spite of the precautions of the Filipino army, were captured by the American forces. (91') Those early flags used by the army in campaigns and in government buildings or offices were not usually replaced because the conflict degenerated into a guerilla warfare, a method of carrying military hostilities during which the use of a flag is not only unnecessary but would defeat the very intention and purpose of this means of armed resistance. Speaking of the flag used in the hall of Philippine Congress at Barasoain, Bulacan, General Aguinaldo said,,(92) "It was the same flag (the flag brought from Hongkong) which was taken to Malolos and used there in the Hall of C'ongress. It was taken by my staff in the retreat north but was lost somewhere near Tayug, Pangasinan. "

The Filipino revolutionists, among whom were many exsoldiers that had seen long servic'e in the Spanish army, imitated the latter's custom of taking allegiance to the country's Flag. (93) The Filipino military leaders careful1y selected and prescribed ( VO ) A hand-embroidered Fmpino Flag with a sernated and leaf-~ordered edge is k ept at the office of the Director, of the National Library. It bearS' this description: "R egimental Flag to which th~ Revolutionarry Forces of the Province of Sor(Donated by Ex-Governor Jose Zurbito of Sorsogon sO,qon in 1898 hav e taken oath." and Ex-Representative Leoncio Grajo of the same province). The donors obtained this flag from Ciriaco F, En~ge and Cirila G. de E'n age of Juban, Sorsogon, The other flag is kept in a gLass frame without any legend or incformatlon. File 962-20 of the National Library, however, s'hows that it wtas one of those articles seized or captured by the Police Department of the City of Manila and turned over to the LibIiary on May 31, 1916. Upon investigation I haV'e found out from S'ecret Service, Dolice Headquarters, that File No. 2082 WtaS a record of a Filipino Flag with some papers signed "Ka.tiputnan." The docket for August 2ii, 1907, says "Owner unknown." ( 91) "No. 27. Flag of insurgent Filipinos taken: at Fort Hoilo by party from U. S. S. Boston and Petrel, Lieut. A. P. Niblack U. S. N., commanding, February 11, 1899." House Reports Vol. 2. 62nd U~ S. Congress, 2nd sess'itm. ( 92 ) General Aguinaldo's signed statement on June 11, 1925. See AppendIx VIII at the end of this chapter. House BiU 1192-Tentative legislation authorizing the Governor Ge:neral of the Philippines to purchase the Catholic church and convent of Barasoain for the purpose of preserving them as national monuments-was presented in the House of Representatives by Rep. R. Villanueva on January 25, 1924. (P.ending). (93) See Chapter XV, The Significance of the Flag.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

a method to suit their own local traditions and their limited military history. Marching the soldiers in column of fours, twos, or in single file under a properly displayed National Flag was one of the simplest forms of swearing allegiance to it. Referring to this practice, which had been observed even before the birth of the Sun and Stars, General Ricarte in his memoirs under the heading First Insurgent Movement in Laguna de Bay wrote: "The forces having accepted the appointment of the man favored to be their leader, Teano ordered them to pass under a large flag previously prepared for that purpose. (94)

The National Flag had always been the object of fervent and enthusiastic manifestations of fealty on the part of the citizenry and the Filipino soldiery. Such act, developing the spirit of loyalty and devotion to duty, being greatly desired for patriotic motives and for the purposes of obtaining better discipline and efficiency among the troops, was generally encouraged and practiced from the headquarters staff down to the last recruit. Of the many public and military demonstrations honoring the Flag, the following were am'ong those which had been recorded: Solemn mass and benediction of the Flag. "This was the first number of the program. .. A column of nearly one thousand men from the garrisons of the different zones of the province attended the mass. .. It was followed by the blessing of the Flag presented by the ladies of Pampanga to the regional regiment to be organized there. Upon being blessed, it was saluted and kissed with religious respect by the generals, chiefs, officials and soldiers present."

Salute to the Flag. "At four o'clock in the afternoon, the Flag which was blessed in the morning, was temporarily taken from the building occupied by the military government to the municipal building to be publicly exhibited in one of its suitable balconies. (94) The flag referred to by Genera1 Ricarte was the First Philippine FlaO' and not the present National F1ag.--Sunday Tribune., September 6, 1925. .,

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"When the Flag was unfurled, the big crowd in the plaza and its vicinities acclaimed it with applause and shouting of ovation, mingling their hurrahs with the notes of the national march which was played by all the musical bands. The Pampanga forces in a column of honor passed in review in front of the Flag."(95) "At 7' :42 a.m. the battalion organized by the Commander-in-chief of the operations in Central Luzon solemnly took the oath of allegiance to the Flag. "All the soldiers were exuberantly cheerful in kissing the sacred emblem of our Mother Country. After taking the oath, the soldiers were formed in a hollow square, and two spies of the Americans named Pedro de los Santos and Antonio Linog having confessed that they were paid twenty pesos each by the enemies and were promised an equal amount for each town taken were shot."(96)

Honors to the Flag. "The Flag of the 1st and 2nd battalions of riflemen was received Sunday night at the station of this town with all military honors. "Two companies presented their arms to the ensign of the nation, and a musical band played the March."(97)

Oath to the Flag. "Yesterday morning, in front of the house of the Hon. Secretary of War, the recruits in the Military Instruction Barracks took the solemn oath to the Flag. "After the ritual words were said ... the good brave soldiers passed in column one by one before the Flag, and kissed it with all the love of true patriots."(98)

!locos Sur for a Flag. "On January 25, 1899, three days after the promulgation of the Malolos Constitution, a holiday was held in Vigan to celebrate the benediction of the Flag. All the military and civil officials of the new regime, a part of the Tinio Brigade, and the cream of the Ilocano society were present for the occasion. (9 5) (9G) (9 7) (98)

La La La La

Independencia, Independencia, Independencia, Independencia,

Tuesday, S'eptember 6, 1898. Monday, April 3, 1899. June 13, 1899. Thursday, November 2, 1899.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

"Bishop Enrique del Rosario, assisted by some fathers, gave the benediction to the country's Flag with due ceremonies and ritual. The soldiers passed in review before it and then presented arms." (99)

The National Flag Loses Its Sovereignty In War.-From June 12, 1898, when independence was declared, until August 13 of the same year, the date of the taking of the city of Manila, the Philippine National Flag was looked upon with friendly attitude by the American forces; but as soon as the Spanish colors was hauled down and the Stars and Stripes hoisted in its place in the capital, a new force more powerful than Spain 'book up the issue against Philippine struggle for statehood. February 4th, 1899, marked the starting point of this unexpected hostility between former allies. The embattled Flag had just been hoisted in place of the Spanish colors in the provinces when this second conflict was again imposed upon the weakened, half-starving, half-organized, poorly-fed, and poorly-armed insurgents. However brave the Filipino soldiers were to defend flag and country, and however faithfully sincere they were to live up to their oath, they lost out in the fight; for it was waged against a better armed and a better trained force. The first sign of weakening in the young nation manifested itself when the so-called Republic of N egros declared its existence independently of the central government. (100) If was said that it had its own flag and everything else connected with s,tatehood, but what that flag looked like, its device and colors, seemed to have never been recorded. This unpleasant incident in the Visayan seas combined with the many lost battles were among the first blows suffered by the insurgents. Yet, in spite 'Of very certain defeat, General Antonio Luna, then considered the best Veyra-Ponce, Efemerides Fiiipinas, pp. 85-87. "On March 4, 1899, Col. James F. Smith (later Governor General) with a battra'lion of California Volunteer Imantry, occupied the city of Bacolod, capital of the provisional republic of Negros, wh1ch had been organized by the natives of that island in opposition to General Aguinaldo, and sought the protection of American authorities" (Nov!. 12, 1898).-Forbes, The Philip1J1,'ne Islands vol. 1, p.94. (99)

(100)

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Filipino tactician, and a soldier whose love for his country's Flag(101) made him an outstanding patriot of a military type, sajd: "The Filipinos want independence and I shall defend to the last the cause of my conntry, thns cOlnplying with my oath to my flag."(102) With this spirit General Gregorio del Pilar, one of the most loyal soldiers the Filipinos have ever had, fell fighting "An Officer and a Gentleman" for his country's flag at Tila Pass on December 2, 1899. On March 23, 1901, President Aguinaldo and the handful of men who stuck to the last with their chief were captured under ruse at Palanan, Isabela, by a Filipino detachment under American officers. (103) "A Filipino National Ensign flying frOln a flagpole in front of our mountain quarters was taken down and was either carried off or destroyed by General Funston's men."(104) said President Aguinaldo. "So you see that our own people helped the enemy in bringing our flag down," he addedJl'05) Nine days later, on April 1, the President of the Republic took the oath of allegiance to the American sovereignty in these Islands. Hi'S capture was soon followed by the surrender of General MalvaI' operating in Batangas and Lukban in Samar. The defeat of the Filipino arms was the general signal for hauling down the country's national colors. That victory of the enemy settled for the time being the right of the American ensign to float over the entire country. Such was the short romance of the Flag of the lost Republic: it was conceived in a foreign count.ry, designed by political exiles, stitched by the hands of Filipino women in a territory under the shadow of the British flag, and (1 0J ) For General Luna's request that he be buried wrapped in a Philippine flag, se Chapter XVI, The Use of the Flag. (1 02 ) This statement of Genera] Luna was published by La Independencw, when he W8,S asked .as to his opinion of continuing the war of independence.-T. M. Kalaw, The Philippine Revo:lution, Footnote 1, p. 188. (103 ) Veyra-Ponce, Ejemer'ides Filipinas, (La Tragedia de Palanan), p. 307. (104) General Aguinaldo's signed 5tatement on June 11, 1925. See Appendix VIn at the end of this chapter. "One of the most distinguished Slervices rende,r ed by the Scouts was their loyalty to General Funston on the occasion of his heroic capture of General Aguinaldo". Forbes, The Philippine Islands, vol. 1, p. 197. See also Report of the War Department for 1901, Part 4, p. 59. (105) Remark of Genemal Aguinaldo to the author on October 11, 1925.

THE NATIONAL FLAG OF THE REPUBLIC IN TWO WARS

carried home across the seas by a friendly American war-vessel; on arrival it then received rits first baptism of blood and fire in three successive victories; and after becoming the accepted flag of the nation, during which it saw two wars in succession, lost its dominion. So ended the Philippine Republic, and by its death our National Flag lost its significance of sovereignty: thence it ceased to be the symbol of poUticalliberty, but it continued to be the Flag of a united people; it lost its political attribute but retained the spirit of nationalism for which it stands even to this day of American suzerainty. In all the changes and evolution of the body politic, the Philippine National Flag remained unchanged; and it suffered no alteration or evolution since its birth. Its history since it was officially unfurled and declared the Flag of the Republic on June 12, 1898, at Kawit, u.ntil March 23, 1901, when President Aguinaldo was captured, was the history of our independent statehood. That Flag, standing for liberty and sovereignty of the state, duly conceived by and under the auspices of a representative form of government, created by the forces of constitutional authority, declared and recognized by the people in the exercise of their political rights, outlived the fire of two occidental nations in two successive wars路. In spite of its brilliant history, however, and notwithstanding the price paid for it in lives and wealth, the National Flag, so lavishly bathed in blood, failed to receive international recognition among the established powers.

APPENDIX VIII VETERANS OF THE REVOLUTION MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS CENTRAL DIRECTORY

Kawit, Cavite June 11, 1925 Captain EMANUEL A. BAJA University of the Philippines, Manila, P. 1. My dear Captain: In answer to your questions about some details of the flag, I may state the following: The first Filipino National Flag was made by the hands of the Agonci1los at Hongkong. It was the Flag I took with me to Cavite when I returned from my exile and the same one from which copies were made by the Gomez family of Bacoor路 It was the same flag (the flag brought from Hongkong) which was taken to Malolos and used ther e in the Hall of Congress. It was taken by my staff in the retreat north but was lost somewhere near Tayug, Pangasinan. On that occasion Judge Advocate General Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista held a pike with the first Filipino National Flag unfurled. It was displayed to public view from that front window (pointing the place) and General Ricarte spoke a few words of tribute to the idealism of the new flag. A Filipino National ensign flying from a flagpole in front of our mountain quarters was taken down and was either carried off or destroyed by General Funston's men. When the law restoring the use of the Flag was approved, I was sick at the Philippine General Hospital. I was very much interested in hoisting the colors myself just at that time when my life was in danger, but the committee on celebration, the chairman of which was Don Rafael Palma, denied me this pleasure. Several press representatives called on me then to inquire as to how the' Flag should be flown. I answered them that it should be always hoisted with the blue stripe up in time of peace. But on the battle fields and in camps during the past war, first with Spain and then with the United States of America later, our National Flag had been hoisted with the red stripe up.

AGUINALDO

APPENDIX IX October 8, 1926. Captain EMANUEL A. BAJA University of the Philippines My dear Captain: I am enclosing herewith my translation of General Aguinaldo's speech delivered on the occasion of the ratification of the Proclamation of Independence in Kawit, on June 12, 1898. This translation was published by the EL DEBATE in its issue of June 12, 1923. However, there were two errors: the word negro in the sentence "El negro quiere decir que, etc." should be "azul"; add "y moros" just before the phrase "a quienes tengo por seres." Sincerely yours, EPIFANIO DE LOS SANTOS

Di?'ector, Phil. LibTCLry and Mus eum. "It gives me pleasure to inform you again that our Flag, daughter of the war, for which all our brothers fought, goes now from triumph to triumph and is adored and respected all over the Philippine Islands. Look at it; behold it; it has three colors, .three stars, and a sun, the meaning of which are as follows: the red color is symboliy of Filipino courage which is second to none, and was the color used during the war in the province of Cavite since the 31st day of August, 1896, until the Peace of Biak-na-Bato; the blue carries an allegorical meaning that all the Filipinos will prefur to die before submitting themselves to the invader, whoever he may be; the white conveys the idea that, like other nations, the Filipinos know how to govern themselves, and that they do not recede from observation of foreign powers because their actions which these may observe, are indeed peaceful; the three five-pointed stars indicate the solidarity of Luzon, Bisayas and Mindanao and allude to the islets and rocks falling undr their jurisdiction; and, lastly, the eight peams of the sun stand for the eight provinces of Manila, Bulakan, Pampanga, Nueva Ecija, Morong, Laguna, Batangas, and CaviV~, which were declared under martial law by a decree of the Spanish government. Those brilliant rays stirred up the Filipinos and spread the light over their world piercing the clouds that enshrouded it; it is now the light which brightens every spot in the Philip69

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

pine Islands, and under its influence the Itas, Igorots, Manguians, and Moros, all of whom I believe were made in the image of God, and whom I recognize as our brethren, now come down frpm the mountains to join with us. I thank you, E.

)

AGUINALDO

APPENDIX X Kawit, Cavite October 11, 1926

EMANUEL A. BAJA General Headquarters of the Constabulary Manila.

CAPTAIN

My dear Captain: The coat of arms of the erstwhile Philippine Republic was an equilateral triangle in the center of which there was the sun with the eight rays, and a five-pointed star in each angle. There were variations in some details in the early days of the Philippine government, for example, the use of the words "La Republica Filipina" around the triangle. E.

AGUINALDO

APPENDIX XI Manila, Feb. 15, 1928. Mr. EMANUEL A. BAJA General Headquarters of the Constabulary My dear Sir and Friend: The design of the two models of seal you have copied, I can ,assure you were those used by the Philippine Government for legalizing all kinds of documents. The first copied by you from a brass .seal which I have in my collection was given to me by Mr. Aguedo Velarde, the Chief of the Department of Developments (Fomento) at the time when the seals were changed for those of the Philippine Republic. The second seal, be.sides being the seal I used when I was the Military Chief of the Third Zone, at San Juan del Monte and thereafter as the Chief of Staff of the Brigade commanded by General Pio del Pilar, is also, as you have seen, that impressed on my appointment by the Sec.. retary of War of the Philippine Government. The sun and the three stars appearing in the center of the seals constitute the national coat of arms, and their meaning I believe is known to every Filipino. Very affectionately yours,

F. E. 72

GRE'Y

THE SEAL OF THE REVOLUTIONARY GOVERNMENT

I (

THE SEAL OF THE PHILIPPINE REPUBLIC

..-

(Notice the use of the Sun with 8 major rays and three Stars. The Katip'lÂŁnan having been absorbed by the establiEhed military government and having ceased as a waragency, the use of a K or the Malayan alphabet ::r: in the center of the sun was discontinued, a further proof that it "'toad for Kntipunan and not Kalayaan. It would i1ad been retained in the flag and seal had it stood for the Jatter.) (Notice the reformed mythological sun. The constant use of this with three Stars became, by usage, the Coat of Arm" of th e young na'tion.)

LOn the development of the Coat of Arms of the Philippine RepubJic, see pages 48-49; pages 190-193; and the first. ilJustration in Part II, cover page of the Rimno Nacional Filipino. On the development of the Coat of Arms of the present Philippine Commonwealth, see pages 9-11 and 186-189 (Act 1365 of the Philippine Commission, 1905; Act 2711 of the Philippine Legislature, 1917; and Act 4258 of the Philippine Legislature, 1936).

The seals shown on the other page were reproduced f1'0'ln 01 iginals in the collection of Col. Fernando Grey.

CHAPTER

THE LAST DAYS OF THE SPANISH FLAG The Philippine And The Spanish Flags.-The triumph Qf the revQlutiQnary arms and the cQnsequent hQisting Qf the Philippine N atiQnal Flag in place Qf the Spanish ensign were neither as sudden nQr as easy as had been written in histQry. There was a general demQralizatiQn in the Spanish ranks but the spirit and traditiQn Qf thei~ country's flag still cQntinued to' hQld them tQgether until the Qutbreak Qf anQther war. "The small QutpQsts Qf the Spanish Army resisted the FilipinO's as best they eQuId; in the village Qf Baler, Qn the remQte east CQast Qf Luzon, the handful Qf Spaniards fQrtified themselves in the Qld church and put up a gallant defense fQr many mQnths."(106) The very rare instance Qf capturing , standard frQm the Spanish soldiery actually occurred;(107) a few garrisons surrendered after exchanging Qnly a few shQts with the enemy; it was known that "The Spanish garrisQn Qf BacQIQd, NegrO's Occidental, was QverPQwered and disarmed a few days ago by the insurgents in quick blQodless engagement,"(lD8) many Filipino sQldiers in the Spanish army left their p路Qsts to' cast their IQts with the insurgents; and a number Qf Spanish sQldiers deserted and fQrever left their ranks. All these, hQwever, were but a few incidents of the war; they were exceptiQnal and iSQlated cases. The majQrity of the Spanish detachments, scattered in the interiQr Qf the different islands, each generally cQmpQsed Qf but a handful of men, fought hard and IQng; many did lay dQwn their arms, but only when they were either hQpelessly at the mercy Qf the insurgents Qr when F. B. Harrison, The Cornerstone of Phi lippine Independence, pp. 32-33., "The subject was then changed, and we were sho.wn a standard rocently taken from the Spaniards. It belonged to the fifth Spanish Light Infantry, and captured by a young insurgent. general of division, aged only twenty-two years." -G . .T. Younghusband, The Philippines and Roundabout, p. 75 (108) La Jndependencia, (La Revoluci6n de Bisayas) 15 de Diciembl'e, 1898. (106) (107)

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

they had fired the last round of ammunition and were, therefore, without any further means of resistence. An Example Of Heroism.-In some instances, however, re-

gardless of food shortage, disease, and other hardships, brilliant and stubborn resistence had been displayed to defend the Spanish colors; the heroic stand of the Spanish garrison in the town of Baler, the capital of the former province of El Principe, was an outstanding example of courage and heroism worthy of emulation by the soldiery of any nation. A detachment of 50 cazadores belonging to the Second Expeditionary Battalion under two officers (109) was stationed in this little town when the war of 1898 broke out. The garrison, not knowing the result of the naval battle of Manila Bay on May 1, of the successes in the provinces of the Filipino arms, and of the surrender of many small detachments of Spanish troops and Guardia Civil to the revolutionary forces, intrenched itself in the town church with the hope of being able to hold back the attack until the arrival of reinforcements. The little force was besieged by the insurgents in the m'onth of July, 1898, and resisted the latter's attack until June 2, 1899, when it finally surrendered under most honorable terms and conditions. (1'10) During that siege, a defense which covered a little more than ten months, the loyal garrison at a sacrifice of fifty per cent of its men kept the Spanish colors flying from the belfry. (1 09 ) Second Lieutenant Don Juan Alonso Zayas and Second Lieutenant Don Saturnino Martin Cerezo. (11 0) During the siege, this inteiresting episode of chivalry, reminiscent of the old days of warfare (one which reads like fiction, more romance-like than real) took place between the insurgents and their enemy: "On the 8th of July the leader, Cil'i!o Gomez Ortiz, sent us a letter, asking for a suspension of hostilities, in order that the people might have al rest from continual fighting. The man affected the generous role: and, saying that he had learned from deserters that we were suffering in the matter of subsistence, he offered us whatever we might need, and proposed that we send two unarmed men for it. As an earnest of the offer, he sent with the Lett.er a small box: of ,cigare.ttes for the Captain and a trifle. for each of the soldiers. "The suspension was agreed upon (and nobody needed it more than we did) until nightfall, at which time it was agreed that the firing might begin, again. We thanked Ortiz for his kind offer, and inform,ed him that we had. an abundance of all kinds of provisions; and, in return for his civilities, sent him a bottle of sherry, in order that he might drink our health, and a handful of regalias. "At the time agreed upon hosti'lities were renewed, atlld were not again interrupted during the whole siege."-Cerezo, The Siege of Bale?', pp. 32-33,

National Flag of the Spanish Kingdom 1785~ 193 0

(;

, I

I -

_ _ ~ ___ _

The national flag of Spain , as adopted in accordance with the Royal Decree of May 21 st , 1785, consists of a rectangular field divided into three horizontal stripes: a middle stripe of gold yellow between two equal red stripes, the former twice as broad as each of the latter. Whenever it is used officially by any branch of the government, or semi ' officially by public or private institution s, the nation 's coat of arms is superimposed on the yellow stripe .

The Flag of the Republic 193 I This flag was modified by the Constitution of 1931"The flag of the Spanish Republic is red, yellow and purple". The royal coat of arms was also modified by replacing the corona real with the corona ??1,u ral and also by changing several details in the former device. Civil war of 1936 may restore the colors of the old flag, retaining the present coat of arms.

LA BANDERA NACIONAL

"A lfo nso X trat6 de reglamentar el uso de las b:lI1deras en las Partidas tit. 12, Ley 12) . " , , . "Sin embargo, la div ers idad continuo en aumenta, fines de Ia Edad Medi a lIego a confusion. En tiempo de los Reyes Cat6licos formaban el pendon real, LJue era nacio nal a la vez, las armas de todos los reinos conquistados 0 agregados. Felipe V reglamentola tela, dimensiones y forma de las banderas y estandartes de los diferentes cuerpos del ejercito nacional, asi como los lemas, escudos de arm:IS y otros jeroglificos que se ven burdados en las dos fases de las bander']s de esta ep:lGl, pero hasta el reinado de Carlos III no se adopto una ensena co mlin para toda la Nacion. " Hay todavia encontradas opiniones respecta al verdadero origen de la bandera espa nola. C esareo Fernandez Duro, en sus Disquisiciones nauticas, sostiene que los colores amarillo y rojo 0 gules YOl'O procedieron de los escudos Je C astilla y Leon (gu les y plata). co mbin ados co n los de Aragon y Cataluna (gules yoro) . Sin embargo, b idea dominante es que la actual bandera de Espana fue Ia real catalanoaragonesa que Alfonso el Magn imimo lIevo a [talia ( 1416- 58). En realidad, cuando Carlos [II (que habia sido rey de Napoles) de.:idio dotar a la marina de guerra esp:lnola de un a bandera diferencial, a fin de que en los com bates no se confundieran los buques herm anos con los enemigos, se hizo presentar diferentes proyectos de com binaci6n de colores y se decidio por la rojo-gualda. De este color era el pabellon napolitano, pero debio tener influencia en su aceptacion el haber sido ambos colores los dominantes en los escudos de Castilla, Leon, C ata lun a y Aragon. Qtros pretenden que fue adoptaU:l tal enseiia pOl' la importancia que teni a en el Mediterraneo, u~anJ()la no solo los pueblos de la antigua Confederacion catalanoaragonesa, ~inu tam bie n otros Estados del mar latino , en contraposicion con la bandera anjev in a. La nueva ensena fue adoptada por R. D. del 21 de mayo de 1785, expedido en San IIdefonso. La bandera espanola es un rectangulo dividido en tres bandas horizontales: la primera y la tercera son rojos y la segunda amarilla; b anci1ura de e~ta es igual a la su ma de las otras dos. "-Enciclopedi a Universal [Iustrada, Hij os de J. Espasa, (Espana) (2 a , y a

(By COul'teS/I of /li p

Ca,~ino EBP(I11n1

de Manilal

THE LAST DAYS OF THE SPANISH FLAG

The surviving officer, Second Lieutenant Don Saturnino Martin Cerezo in a short narrative Under the Red and Gold during the Siege of Baler spoke of his country's flag in these terms: (111) "On the 8th the mournful filing off began with the death of Private Juan Fuentes Damian, followed the next day by his companions, Baldomero Larrode Paracuellos and Manuel Navarro Leon; and after these, on the 14th, died Pedro Izquierdo y Arnaiz; all passing through horrible agonies, having no, other consolation ,t han that of dying under the Spanish flag, which, dirty and in rags., was fluttering in the breeze from the bell-tower of the church." ............................................................................................................ "But we .still had enough ammunition, a flag to defend while there was a cartridge left ... "The weather, the enemy's bullets, and the hurricane had badly torn the flag which was always flying at the top of the tower. To put it in good condition was one of our greatest desires, which some might perhaps call Quixotic; but to do so I had to sharpen my ingenuity. Fortunately, the cassocks that had been used by the acolytes of the church and some of the curtains that had been used to cover the images were red. I had a yellow mosquito bar. All these served perfectly in making the substitute. And one night, when we thought the time had come to renew it, we went up into the tower, and with real enthusiasm (God knows, indeed, that I say it without boasting) we changed that venerable banner, which, on the next day, waved still more proudly, appearing to challenge the be,s iegers and at t{te same time to pless us." ........................... r路 .................................................................. ..

"Such is the merit of the defenders of Baler, of that poor church where, for ten months after the loss of our sovereignty in the Philippines, the Spanish flag continued to wave." .........................................................................................................................

"It was here that Cerezo and his men began to receive the rewards and honors that were extended to them in abundance until long after they reached Spain. Aguinaldo not only ordered everything necessary for their comfort, but he furnished them (and for this they were more grateful than for anything else) copies of newspapers in which was published a decree of his, declaring them 'Uiorthy of the admiration of the world for the valor, constancy, and (111)

Cerezo, The Siege of Baler, pp. 50, 54, 110, 130 and 134.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

heroism with which that handful of men, cut off and without hope of any aid, has defended their flag for the space of a year, realizing an epic so glorious and so worthy of the legendary valor of the Cid." (112)

Such mark of loyalty to their king, abiding trust to the tradition of the military profession, and devotion to their duty, flag, and country; and such courage displayed in front of the enemy in accordance with the Spanish Code of Honor and Field Regulations of their army, were the outstanding examples set by that little garrison of brave soldiers. Their manly qualities and lnilitary virtues won for them even the admiration and respect of their enemy, the Filip,ino insurgents. '~The story is one of patient endurance, of bitter suffering from hunger, disease, and wounds, of death bravely met, of heroic deeds and of sublime devotion to the flag under which those nlen were serving." (1'13) And

thus passed away from the Philippines after the lapse of almost four centuries, the glory and dominion of the flag of a oncepowerful and a great kingdom.

( 112 ) "DECRETO:-Habiendose "echo aCTeedoras a la adrniraci6n del mundo las fuerzas espan olas que guarnecian el destacamento de Baler, por el vaT;or, constancia y heroismo con que aquel punado de hombres, aislados y sin esperanzas de 'CIJUX"iJlio alguno ha defendido su bander'a PO?' espacio de un ano, -rcalizando una e1JOpeya tan gloriosa y tan propia del legendario valor de los hijos del Cid y d.'e PBllayo, rindiendo culto a las virtudes militares, e mterpr.e tando路 los sentimientos del Ejercito de esta Republica que bizarramente les ha combatido; a propuesta de mi Secretario de Guerra, y de acuerdo 'con mi Consejo de Gobierno" vengo en disponer lo stguiente': "Articulo unico: Los individuos de que se componen las expresadas f'uerzas, no senin consider'ados como pTesione?"os, sino por el cont-rario, como amigos; y en su consecuencia se les proveertin 1)0?' la Capitania gene?"al de los pases necesarios para que puedan regre'sar a su pais. "Dado en Ta?'lak a 30 de Junio df.l 1899.-Presidente de la Republica, E'milic Aguinaldo.-El Secretario de Guerra, Ambrosio Flores." , -La Inde17endencia, Lunes, 3 de Julio de 1899. (113) From the intro'd uction written by F. L. Dodds, Major U. S. A., who translated The. Siege of Baler into English.

CHAPTER

VII

THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE PHILIPPINES "The destiny of the Philippine Islands is not to be a state or territory in the United States of America, but a daughter republic of ours-a new .birth of liberty on the other side of the Pacific, which shall animate and energize those lovely islands 0.ÂŁ the tropical seas, and rearing its head aloft, stand as a monument of progress and a beacon of hope to all the oppressed and benighted millions of the Asiatic continent." JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN

The Naval Victory Of The American Arms.-"We shall enter Manila Bay tonight and you will follow the motions and movements of the flagship, which will lead," (114) said Commodore

Dewey; and so in the depth of the night of April 30, 1898, the American squadron sailed into Manila Bay. At the break of dawn on May 1st, every vessel of tbe invading force flung their battle flags, and its commander gave the order, "You may fire when you are ready.'~(11 5 ) The naval battle was fought off Cavite an hour after sunrise, and the victory of the American navy was decided long before noon. The Spanish colors flying from the masts of the Spanish ships either went down to the bottom of the sea with ships and men, or augmented the flames of those which caught fire. Although overpowered and badly defeated as they were, yet not a single 'Officer or sailor dared strike the royal colors. "Soon the ULloa under our con~entrated fire, went dowll valiantly with her colors flying;" (116) said Admiral Dewey (114) (115) (116)

Autobiography of George Dewety, p. 206. Autobiography oj Geo?'ge Dewe,y , p. 214. Autobiography of George Dewety, p. 221.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

in admiration of the valor shown by the Spaniards. Fort San Felipe lowered its colors and hoisted its signal flag of surrender. ( 117) So decisive and so transcendent a victory had never been accomplished under the American flag since the days of the Civil War; it was a mighty stroke which shocked the foundation of Spanish naval power, and gave the first signal of lowering this nation's flag in the Pacific. The Spanish navy in Philippine waters was destroyed and Cavite fell, and the Stars and Stripes by right should had been hoisted on the following day over the arsenal, but as a matter of historical fact, it did not. Said Admiral Dewey of the affair: (118) "Meanwhile, to my surprise, on the morning of May 2, the Spanish flag was seen to be again flying over the Cavite arsenal. Captain Lamberton was sent at once to inquire what it meant, and to demand a formal surrender. He went over to Cavite in the Pet?'el, and npon leaving her to go on shore gave instructions that in case he did not return within an hour she was to open fire on the arsenal. Upon landing he found the Spanish soldiers and sailors under arms and in answer to his inquiry, what was meant by this and by the hoisting of the Spanish colors, he was informed by the Spanish commandant, Captain Sostoa, that the color.s had been lowered the day before only as token of a temporary truce. Captain Lamberton's reply to this evasive excuse was an ultimatum that if the white flag were not hoisted by noon he would open fire. "Captain Sosta then asked for time in which to refer the matter to Madrid, and this being refused, for time to refer it to the authorities at Manila. But he was informed that only an unconditional surrender of officers, men, and arms would be considered. Captain Lamberton then returned to the Petrel, and at 11 :35 the white flag was hoisted by the order of Admiral Montojo; and it was this order, peculiarly enough, and not the lo.ss of this squadron, that led to his court-martial upon his return to Spain."

The Flag Of The United States Is Raised In Manila On August 13, 1898.-This naval victory at Cavite was followed by the (11 7) "The S.panish flag on the government buildings was hauled down and a white flag hoisted."-Autobiography of George Dewey, p. 222. (11 8) Autobiography of Gwrge. Dewey, pp. 226-227.

Fort San Antonio Abad, at the southern end of the City of Manila, where the American Flag was raised at 10:35 a.m. on August 13, 1898, by the First Colorado Regimentof volunteers. Morethan 30 years later, on November 26, 1928, a bronze tabletwasdedicated tothe memory of its late Commander, Colonel Henry Bayard McCoy. Five remnants of this volunteer regiment residing in the Philippines- A. M. Darley, Walter E. Jones, Carson Taylor, M. L. Pert, and H. G. Ferris- were present on the occasion to add battle-memories which surrounded the first raisIng of the Stars and Stripes in Manila. The inscription on the tablet reads:

In M.moriam. Colon.1 Henry Bayard McCoy, Manila , Philippine Isla"ds 1863路 1923 .. G.n.ral Gre.nelhen ordered 110, first Colorado retim.nt 10 advanCllhal rtllmenl under command of Colotlel McCoy who adva"ced and look posseHlon of Fort Satl A ntonio A bad and raised 110. A merlcan Flat Iher.on on A ","st 13, 1898. " ~HisIOry of Ihe Phllippln. Islands, John Foreman, F. R. G. S.

THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE PHILIPPINES

surrender of the city of Manila to the American forces on August 13 after a short engagement. The assault started early in the morning from the south side of the city, and after a brisk attack, Fort San Antonio Abad fell into the hands of the AmerIcans. Wrote Admiral Dewey, "At 10:35 a. m. the Spanish colors disappeared from the fort and our own were hoisted."(1l9)

An account of the raising of the United States flag on its torn and shattered walls was writt;en thus--"The Colorado troops went gayly to the attack, rapidly fording the estuary, rushing into the old fort (San Antonio Abad) from behind, raising the American flag over it, and then starting to follow up the Spaniards who were withdrawing into Malate ... The Flag was raised oyer the fort by Lieutenant-Oolonel H. B. McCoy."(120) . A few hours after the Stars an Stripes had been hoisted on Fort 'San Antonio Abad, a white flag signaling surrender appeared on the southwest bastion of the city wall; and soon the whole capital was occupied and forthwith the capitulation was arranged. " It was only after the announcement of its terms that the Spanish flag was hauled down fr'om over F(}rt Santiago, in the corner of the walled town, and the American flag went up in its place at 5 :30 p.m. Flag-Lieutenant Brumby repres.ented Admiral Dewey, and he himself hoisted the American flag. The confusion existing at Spanish headquarters may be indicated by the fact that no Spanish officer or guard was on hand to observe the customary military honors at the time or to receive the Spanish flag as it was lowered, and it was borne away as a souvenir by the Oregon troops ... "(121) Commenting on the same incident and what followed it, Admiral Dewey wrote: "Probably the army officers were so completely absorbed in their work that they did not notice that the Spanish flag was still flying over the citadel. From the ships, however, it was strikingly apparent, and I concluded that before the sun went down our colors must float over the city. So I sent Brumby on shore again with (119) (120) (121)

Autobiography of George Dewby, p. 278. Le Roy, Ame1'icans in the Philippines, vol. I, p. 241. Le Roy, Americans in thp- Phili ppines, vol. I, p. 246.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the largest American ensign we had on the flag-ship, accompanied only by a couple of young signal boys. He had to push his way through the crowded streets and enter a citadel filled with Spanish soldiers not yet disarmed to accomplish his task. "At 5 :43 I saw the Span,i sh flag come down and then our own float in its place. The guns of all our ships thundered out a national salute, while the band of one of our regiments, which happily chanced to be passing the citadel, played the "Star-Spangled Banner," the troops saluted, officers uncovered, and the Stars and Stripes, as it was raised for the first time over Manila, was greeted with all the honor so punctiliously given the flag on ceremonious occasions both by the army and the navy. The next morning the f oreign men-of-war were officially notified that the city had been occupied and the port was open. Of all the foreign commanders , only Captain Chichester acknowledge the notification by firing the national salute of twenty-one guns with the American ensign at the main." (1'22 )

The "Stars And Stripes" In Place Of The "Sun and Stars."--

The raising of the Flag of the United States at the capital meant war with the recently-established Philippine Republic. Hostilities broke out. With Luna's spirit of defending the Flag, the loyal Filipinos fought bravely and heroically to save the young nation, but bravery and heroism proved unequal to scientific training and modern weapons of a well organized army. Hence the defeat of the Filipino forces" and with the progress and success of the American arms from the Batanes to the Sulus went along the Stars and Stripes supplanting the Philippine National Flag. "An AInerican warship visited Negros during the month~ and furnishing the provisional government with an American Flag, the Stars and Stripes were hoisted over the government building in Bacolod, the 18th of February ....... , The people of Negros seemed proud of their American citizenship, which they claimed from the date of their raising the American Flag.,,(123)

On December 22, 1898, an American Flag presented by the state of Pennsylvania was formally hoisted in one of the public schools of Manila. All the teachers were invited to witness the signifi( 122 ) (1 2R )

Autobiog1'aphy of George Dewey, pp. 279-280. WHdman-Agu'!inaldol, p. 225.

THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE PHILIPPINES

cance of that occasion. (124) In the city of Cebu, at the .old Spanish fort kotta, the American colors was hoisted between 8 and 9 in the morning of March 22, 1899, the bugle sounding To the Colors and a battery firing the National Salute of 21 guns. On the following day the Philippine Flag from the government building was also hauled down and the Stars and Stripes raised in its place. (125) An Incident With The "Moro Flags" .-In the occupation

of Mindanao and Sulu, the American army had occasion to see other flags, not the Sun and Stars but the local Filipino Mohammedan flags, which were really symbols of religious allegiance rather than flags in the political sense. The Moros undoubtedly used them for both purposes. Many of the early American army authorities c.onsidered and looked upon the Moro pennants as political flags of a people different from the Filipinos. Witness what was once reported on this: "I have the honor to report that His Highness the Sultan of J 010 visited this station to-day, flying four Moro flags from the boats of the fleet. "On the 12th instant a messenger came to the post bearing the news that His Highness would visit us within a few days with a fleet which is making a tour of the archipelago. "The messenger was flying a Moro flag when he landed at the pier. I caused him to lower the flag upon his departure and cautioned him against the further use of any but the American (United States) flag. "The messenger reported my action to His Highness upon returning to Bahmbing, but the latter nevertheless entered the harbor here two days afterwards flying the flag mentioned at the place of honor on the boats, they being the only flags displayed from the boats bearing them. There were several United States flags in the fleet, but upon other boats. "This action of His Highness the Sultan of Jolo was regarded by me not only as a direct violation of the treaty with the United States but as open defiance of my authority as acting military governor of the Tawi Tawi group. (124) (12 5)

La Republica Filipina, 27 de Diciembre, 1898. La Independencia, March 23, 1899.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"Upon the departure of the fleet I caused His Highness to lower all the Moro flags except upon His Highness's own boat, and cautioned His Highness that even there it must always be displayed in company with the United States flag, which must always occupy the most exalted position."-Copy of letter from Capt. B. F. Hardaway, Seventeenth Infantry, to Adjutant Seventeenth Infantry, Zamboanga, P. 1., dated Bongao, P. 1., November 14, 1901.

The Right Of The United States Flag To Fly In The Philip-

pines.-The triumph of the American arms in the FilipinoAmerican War settl:ed for the time being the question of sovereignty over the Philippines. By the Treaty of Paris that sover eignty was transferred from Spain to the United States of America. However, historical facts are too true and too recent to be defaced of their true value; congressional records of American conquest, the triumph and achievement of her arms, and the wr itten history on the subject are too glaring to deny the fact that American sovereignty over the Philippines was established after, and then only by reason f, the victory of the American army over the Filipino forces. THe collapse of the young nation and the defeat of its armed hosts were the controlling factors which compelled recognition of and subn1ission to the victor's flag, which thence became the symbol of American sovereignty in these Islands. The subjection under the Stars and Stripes was complete and ~he dominion of the American eagle was recognized; but the hope of the Filipino Flag was kept alive and the lustre of its Sun and Stars remained undimmed in the very face of a stern political reality, that 'of a subject people. The spirit of t his national hope was fel:t and recognized even by the conquerors t hemselves. Not a few of them openly and publicly shared the political view of the President of the First Philippine Commission, Jacob Gould Schurman, who said :-(126) "The destiny of the Philippine Islands is not to be a state or territory in the United States of America, but a daughter republic of ours-a new birth of liberty on the other side of the Pacific, which sh all animate and energize those lovely islands of the tropical seas, (1 26) J acob Gould Schurman~"Philippine! Affairs--A Restrospect and Out look,"-A ddl'ess before t he m emb ers of Cornell Univel'Siity.

THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE PHILIPPINES

and rearing its head aloft, stand as a monument of progress and a beacon of hope to all the oppressed and benighted millions of the Asiatic continent."

Flying The Filipino National Flag By Sufferance.-By the laws of war, sanctioned by international customs and usage, the Philippine Flag, immediately after the dissolution of the Philippine Republic, had lost its right of national existence and could had been, therefore, justly prescribed by executive proclamation or by military orders. N one of this formalities were made by the ruling power; but the use, display or possessi'on of the Philippine Flag during the military form of government was considered an attitude of disloyalty to the United States if not a challenge or an act of open hostility to its constituted government in the Islands. Such interpretation, rendered necessary by the exigencies of the laws of war in an occupied foreign territory, made formal proscription unnecessary. However, w.flen the functions of government passed from the military to the Philippine Commission, the unwritten proscription of the flag began to relax little by little. But even then, it was considered disloyal and unfaithful for a Filipino to fly any flag other than that of the United States. Those who violated this established norm of conduct, rightly forced upon the inhabitants of a conquered territory and carefully carried out, were usually under the suspicion of the military authorities and were, therefore, kept under close observation. (127) So to avoid petty molestation or summary arrest, which characterized that period of political and social readjustment, practically all kinds of Katipunan, revolutionary or Philippine flags were burned, destroyed or hidden away to rot under the ground. This was particularly true among the coun(127) "Although no law prescribed the use of the Philippine F1ag, n evertheless it was prohibited long before the Flag Act WIllS approved by tM Philippin e Commission. Any individual who used any trinket, watch chain, button or pin with the colors or design of the Philippine flag was prosecuted and incaroerate d by the Constabulary. The undersigned together with his unCle and his brotherin-law was detained and imprisoned at Cavite (1903) only because the number of his house was written on a tablet upon which was painted the Philippine Flag'." -Carlos Ronquillo's letter of September 8, 1926, at the end of Chapter III. See AlJpendix V.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

try population who, on account of the strict observance of police regulations, felt most the weight of military control. With the establishment of complete peace in all Christian provinces, went hand in hand the fO'rces of civil government as outlined in President McKinley's Instructions to the First Philippine Commission. The political development was very slow; but it was fast enough to keep pace withthe creation and development of an atmosphere of tolerance and mutual understanding between the rulers and the ruled. Then, as if by formal consent, the laws of war pertaining tO'the enemy's flag was put aside and the Filipino national colors was occasionally allowed to fly. The freedom to use it, however, was confined within a limited sphere of social and official functions; and even at that, it was tolerated not as a political right but only as an exceptional privilege which was never sanctioned either by an executive proclamation or by a written instrument. It was merely a concession by sufferâ&#x20AC;˘ ance, an act of generosity on the part of the victor, made possible because the govern~ng power is a democracy which permits leniency over a conquered territory. It was very evident, therefore, that the use of the Filipino Flag after the Filipino-American war rested on a very slim foundation, had no legal sanction, and was subject to proscription any moment at the slightest provocation. (128)

(1 28 ) During this critical period in the life of the national colors, the best liter ature ever written on it was produced. It was a poem called La Bandera written in Spanish by Fernando M. Guerrero, quoted in Chapter XVII, The Flag

and the Young Citizens.

CHAPTER

VIII

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG (Act 1696 of the Philippine Commission) "I am interested in the welfare of the Filipino people, but I love and am interested in my mother country, the United States. I wish to be tolerant, and when the army authorities told me that such tolerance would be of evil results in the future, I answered that we should not be very exacting because the Filipino Flag symbolized an ideal bathed in blood and tears." F. SMITH Got'ernOT General

JAMES

Political Events Leading To The Proscription Of The Flag.-

Such provocations, slight and insignificant from the Filipino standpoint but highly insulting to the Stars and Stripes from the American point of view, came and proved more than sufficient to bring about the complete and unconditional prohibition of the use of the Filipino Flag. The incident, or rather series of incidents, happened in this manner. By Section 7 of the Philippine Bill, Act of Oongress of July 1st, 1902, it was provided -"That two years after the completion and publication of the census, in case such condition of general and complete peace 'with recognition of the authority of the United States shall have continued in the territory of said Islands not inhabited by Moros or other non-Christian tribes and such facts shall have been certified to the President by the Philippine Commissi'on, the President upon being satisfied thereof shall direct said Commission to call, and the Commission shall call, a general election for the choiee of delegates to a popular assembly of the people of said territory in the Philippine Islands which shall be known as the Philippine Assembly ... " On September 11, 1902, the Philippine Commission reported to the President as to the peaceful conditions prevailing in all 85

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the Christian provinces certifying that "The recently existing insurrection of the Philippine Islands has ceased and a condition of general and complete peace has been established therein." On September 25th the President issued the order for the taking of the census. On its completiJon and pUblication on March 27, 1905, he cabled the Governor-General that if the conditions of peace should be as indicated in the foregoing law on March 27, 1907, he will direct the Commission to call for a general election. Pursuant to this order the Governor-General promulgated on the first day of April of the same year an executive proclamation setting aside July 30, 1907 for the election of the deputies to the Assembly. During the political campaign and especially during election day, some parades were held in which the American flags were smaller than those of the Philippines and in some cases were carried to the left of the latter. Facts or not, these were the motives on which the American community lost no time in registering its protest openly and through the press. Both ~ides displayed and showed ill-feeling: passionate remarks calculated for no pther effect than to embitter racial animosities were freely made; and uncharitable criticisms mixed with ungenerous galling remarks were distributed wholesale. Filipino and American papers became the instruments of these unneces8ary explanations and uncalled-for comments. The question drag~ed on for many days; editorial bickerings helped to raise the spirit of the discussion; and meetings with lots of speeches made this mÂˇattJer of government oonoern an issue of cheap patriotism on both sides. (129)

a critical moment in the political life of the peopl'â&#x201A;Ź, it was unique in that on the one hand the superior controlling force of the sovereign power was heralded unnecessarily and advertised conspicuously in the press; while on the other, an armless and a defenseless Filipino people, weak ,a nd helpless, exhibited its unfortunate characteristic towards a public question by being very Press Comments And Discussion On The Flag Issue.-As

(1 29 ) R. B. Wescott edited many of these articles under the name of The Exaltation of the Flag.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

prolix and too verbose. (130) The best examples from representative dailies are herein quoted to give the readers an insight into the stringent community spirit between Filipinos and Americans and the racial outlook affecting the governmental policy of that period. THE FILIPINO FLAG AND ANTHEM Should any exception be taken by Americans to the playingof the Filipino "March" Aguinaldo, which comes the nearest they have to a national anthem, and to the display of the old Katipunan or Filipino Flag? Yesterday not a little adverse comment was passed on these features of the political celebration by nearly all foreigners present and by not a few Americans路 The American Flag was in evidence but it was not given such prominence as the oth~r flag and our national anthem, while played evoked little or no 'demonstration. The general feeling of those Americans and foreigners who criticized the use of the Filipino Flag and the playing of the Filipino air was one of resentment. The tenor of the views expressed was that the government of the United States was exceedingly foolish in permitting such demonstrations. It cannot be expected that the old soldier who saw his com-

manders give their lives and who risked his own in r:a ising the Stars and Stripes triumphant over the Sun and the Tricolored Triangle should not feel something burn within him on seeing those two flags now placed side by side and more reverence shown the latter than the former. Even the civilian who has no battlefield memories to stir him also experiences a sensation which has in it certainly no suggestion of pride. Nevertheless, there is in such an apparent degradation of our own heaven-given banner cause for pride if we can only look at the matter in the right way. The Filipino Flag and the Filipino anthem are there on sufferance-by our sufferance', and, if we look beyond them and the seeming humiliation and fix our eyes on the noble altruism which (130) Ex-Assemblyman L. Fenoy of Pangasinan, wrote two good articles in Spanish on the flag issue. See El Renacim路iento, Aug'ust 23 and 27, 1907.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

makes such a thing possible, we have cause for a pride, loftier than that which even the glories and splendours pf the battlefield can furnish. When we hauled down the flag in Cuba we glorified the cause .of Liberty and commended ourselves to the world in a manner which the conquest of a hundred Cubas could not have done. And so here. It has been written in Washington that one must decrease and the other increase. Here on the ground the process of transition is going to prick and jar us at times, causing irritation and provoking resentment. The task is going to be no easy one. But it has been decreed.

And, so long as the present policy holds, it is the duty of the patriotic American to place no obstacle in the way pf its fulfillment. Even while he may not agree' with it, he owes it to his government .t o abstain from making it unnecessarily difficult. The Filipino Flag and the Filipino anthem may not be to our 'liking and may cause us a wry face in the swallowing, but Washington apparently thin~s they are not improper and it is Washington which is running things in the Philippines: THE PHILIPPINES FOR THE FILIPINOS.-The Manila Times, August 12, 1907. THE RESENTMENT OVER THE "FLAG" INCIDENT From a political aspect the chief feature of yesterday's celebration was the open resentment of the members of the Veteran Army of the Philippines at the display of the Katipunan or Filipino Flag 'a t the festival of the followers of Guerrero last Sunday, with the subsequent visit to the V. A. P. hall and the playing there of Aguinaldo's march in presumable derision of the Veterans. This sentiment was expressed by Major Bishop at the meeting last night and the manner in which it was applauded showed that his feelings were those of the men who wore the blue and khaki. That such resentment should be felt am.ong the men who drove the Sun and Tricolor Flag from the field and triumphantly planted the Stars and Stripes on many a well-won ground is but natural and to be expected. As we said fa day or two ago, even the American who did not have the honor of fighting for his country in the strenuous days of '98 and '99 ... even he feels something, akin to anger, stir within him at the sight of the insurgent banner flying side by

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

side with Old Glory, and the latter given secondary place, and the insult to the V. A. P. was almost more than any man ought to be called upon to stand. If the Filipinos felt the appreciation which we think they ought for the liberal manner in which they have been treated since being vanquished, we believe they would not thus flaunt the old insurgent flag in the faces of those who, when it came to a trial of strength, chased it from the field. To say the least, it shows very poor taste. It cannot but arouse animosity and provoke resentment. It seems like an abuse of privilege which they were unable to win by force of arms in time of war. The memories of those red days are still too fresh.

So long as our government sees fit to allow such exhibitions, however, it is the part of every good American citizen here to restrain such promptings of violence as rise within him and stiffle such anger as he may feel. As the Governor-General counselled last night, there must be patience, one of the most necessary if also one of the most trying virtues in a good soldier. The task of reconstruction and reconc'liation is go'ng to be a hard one, and our temper is going to be hied on not one but many occasions; but it is the duty of every good citizen here not to make the carrying out of our policy harder than it necessarily is, or to put obstacles in the way of its accomplishment. It has been .s aid that peace hath her victories no less renowned than war. Here we can give it exemplification by subduing the hot passions which may at times provoke us to temper and violence and by playing our part in sympathetic and helpful co-operation with the purposes of our government.

Our Veterans showed they were patriots in time of war. They are now called upon to display an even higher and more consecrated forms of patriotism in time of peace.-The Manila Times. August 14, 1907. ONE GOVERNMENT: ONE FLAG In the cas'e of the display of the Filipino Flag and the playing of the Filipino march there is something to be said for as well as against. After all is said, however, "ve think the conclusion reached must be that they are still premature. There is at present but one government here and its symbol is the Stars and Stripes, and, until another government is instituted, we believe no other emblem

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

should be recognized. We cannot have a dual sovereignty in these Islands or even the implication of it. In saying this we are moved by concern for the Filipino people rather than ourselves. In the event of trouble it is they and not we who would have everything to lose. And there are Americans, who are not their friends, who would welcome nothing more than an outbreak which would call for the stern repression of the iron hand. And at present they profess to see signs which bespeak the realization of their desire.-The Manila Times, August 15, 190'1. THE SIGNIFICANT MOVEMENT BEHIND THE ELECTION Instead of accepting the privilege of the suffrage as a means to elect those men who could best represent their country it is evident that in not a few instances it was made to serve intentions which, followed out to their logical conclusion, mean revolt. Behind the apparently frank and open registration of the popular will there may here and there be seen a sinister shadow significant of anything but peace. T e flying of the insurgent flag and the playing of Aguinaldo'S march are calculated to revive memories which still rankle and to arouse those passions which engender strife ... -The Manila Times, August 15, 1907. EL RENACIMIENTO AND THE FLAG We see El Renacimiento, the leading Filipino paper, comments, editorially on the question of "the flag." In an article which begins by gloryfying the "camps of the revolution" and ends with a defiant note championing "the ideal we have sworn to defend and which America will have to respect until we have attained our goal," it throws down the gauntlet to such opposition as has been shown by Americans to the display of the Katipunan flag, and, in degrading association, the Stars and Stripes. , Elsewhere it says: "Being a nation entitled to independence we must have a flag as well as the rights of citizens and that banner must be no other than the one which was once wafted to the breeze in the bosque in the protection of the ancient liberties of our country." We do not wish to stir up any ill blood but, unless El Renacimiento and those "Independent" Filipinos who act as leaders for their people change their tune we fear there will be trouble.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

It is not we who are disposed "to revert to the lays of the empire" but the Filipino politicians. Considering that the Filipinos never won the right to fly their flag, considering that its display has been tolerated but never officially sanctioned, considering that there is no Filipino nation and that its flag is unknown and has no standing in any court of nations, considering that to many Americans the Katipunan banner is still the symbol of insurrection, murder, and revolt, considering that there is only one government here and that government American, considering all these things we can see in the display of that flag nothing but vain presumption and dangerous folly.

We have given proof of our benevolent intentions here, we have shown sympathy with the aspirations of the Filipinos . some day to have !1 government of their own, we have given them a large share in the government when no such obligation rested upon us, we have treated them as no other conquered people were ever before treated, calling down upon ourselves the ridicule and contempt of other nations, we have catered to their whims, yielded to their wishes, we have borne patiently with the insults and obstruction of designing demagogues and suffered while a press that knows not liberty from license has befouled and defamed us-we have done all this arid stood all this but our flag is something sacred and there we call a halt. Possibly giving the Stars and Stripes a place in the political parades was meant to flatter out vanity but we do not feel at all flattered at having our holy emblem borne in such hands as those of Pio del Pilar and the ragtag and bobtail which characterized parts of those processions or in its being placed side by side with that of the Katipunero. After over a hundred years in which it has "braved the battle and breeze" and stood as the proud symbol of a great nation we do not feel honored at such unsought-for distinction. And, when it comes down to "must", we thought that question was settled about seven years ago. We sympathize with the unfortunate lot of the Filipinos that they have never yet had a nationality of their own, and we can even recognize that possibly something of the same feeling which animate us towards our flag inspires them towards theirs, but when it. comes to anything savoring of disrespect towards our emblem the:\' are treading on dangerous ground. There is no reasoning with sentiment. The last naked argument in this world is force. If El Renar cimiento and those who identify themselves with its policy feel they must invoke that resort, it will be their misfortune and not ours.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

We want to administer the government of these Islands kindly and benevolently, and in so far as we can in accordance with the desires of their inhabitants, but the fact should never be lost sight of that at the last it must be our way and not their way. LIBERTY OF THE PRESS HERE AND ELSEWHERE Among the liberties which the people of these Islands enjoy but do not always appreciate is the liberty of the press. What degree of press is granted other people similarly situated is shown by the fact that in Java, a Dutch colony, a signed copy of every newspaper must be sent to the local official within twentyfour hours after its publication. If it contains any matter reflecting upon Dutch officials or upon the Dutch government the person responsible is at once "called upon the carpet" and either reprinted or punished.

In India recently for a seditious publication a native agitator was sent to jail for five years. An order has also be~n issued by the Director of Education in the Punjab decreeing that no newspaper is to be purchased by any school without first obtaining his sanction. After the Spanish regime one might think the Filipinos would show some appreciation of the liberal manner in which they are allowed to express their views, even when they are severely critical and condemnatory of the government or its officers, but appreciation is apparently foreign to the Filipino. -The Manila Times, August 20, 1907. FROM BAD TO WORSE? THE PROHIBITION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG IS AN IN JURY TO THE PEOPLE AND A VIOLATION IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS OF THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE OF FREE EXPRESSION OF THOUGHT SEDITION ACT AMENDED The Commission has amended the Sedition Act by extending it to other matters not embraced by its original enactment; it will also adopt another measure absolutely prohibiting the use of the Philippine Flag. These two actions seemingly, nay, manifestly show a

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

tendency towards the restriction of the liberties now enjoyed by the Filipino people. The most natural and approximate reason that has probably influenced the minds of the legislators is a fear of freedom . Freedom is sometimes an evil when the same is abused. Perhaps America understands it so, that is why she is far-seeing, too far-seeing, since she attempts, with respect to the Philippine Flag, to do an outrage to the Filipino people and their legitimate aspiration, final independence. Have the poeple misused the liberties they are enjoying nowadays? No; then what is the use of the restrictions and of the groundless fear of the Government? In the last political campaign, contrary to all the old prejudices, there was shown a love for order and peace. In the speeches there was not even that harsh tone against the constituted authorities that could and should be expected from the losers, who nevertheless, maintained in their defeat the ideal of this period of reconstruction. Not even that. The American press was well informed and agreed with us on this fact. We repeat, has freedom been misused in the minutest detail? A majority of Nacionalistas has won, according to the electoral returns. We do not believe this to be any reason or ground for the present attitude of the Government. It would show meanness and contrary to the fairne8s and justice which have always guided the acts of our authorities and would smash the present administration against the reef of unpopularity. Let the notables and authorities ponder over the last happenings in this country. We would that others consider this question. From the depth of our hearts arises a painful cry in seeing the old and inveterate principles are taking hold of the very Commission. It was within an ace that our minds have not been killed, this free mind that leads us still in these stormy days to dream of the independence which we desire to attain by the most honorable and legal means, along the path pointed out by America's greatness. The prohibition of the flag is an offense to the people, we repeat. The flag is the symbol of our ideal of liberty. To prohibit it, is it not tantamount to attempt against the most sacred of our aspiration? Indeed, there is in our present situation a preponderant fact, that of our being a vanquished people. Vanquished we are, and we accept this condition resignedly, respecting here American sovereignty, as the subjects of the same. In which moment of their life

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

have the people ignored this fact? Albeit, there is also the fact that we desire our complete freedom, and this desire is known to and respected by America, who has promised to grant us the independence at a time when, according to her, we can govern ourselves. There is a party, the Nacionalista Party, which maintains the principle of a prompt separation. This is an unassailable principle because it is the outgrowth of a fundamental precept, namely, the free expression of thought. To prohibit a flag, which is a real representation of the ideal of independence recognized by America, is it not to violate that fundamental principle and give the lie to solemn promises of freedom made to us by the federal government? This is our grievance. A flag is the national symbol of a thought. It is like any other emblem, the difference being that it has a political significance. If the government begins by prohibiting emblems or symbols it will end by suppressing every expression of that free thought which is the basis of peoples, governments and human greatness. Are we going

~rom

bad to worse?

-El R enacimiento, August 21, 1907. AN

ACCOUNT OF AN INTERVIEW WITH GOVERNORGENERAL JAMES F. SMITH ON AUGUST 21, 1907, PUBLISHED BY THE EL RENACIMIENTO ON AUGUST 22.

Mr. Smith welcomed us courteously and amiably in his office at Malacafiang with his typical "Irish smile". "We would like to know"-we told him-"upon what concrete facts the contemplated Act on the Philippine Flag will be based." We perceived in the illustrious governor, upon making such inquiry, something like an uncontrollable movement of impatience before giving an answer. "There are several"-the governor replied nervously and lively. "In some parades in this city it was noted that the American flag appeared to be smaller than the Filipino Flag; that the former was to the left; a funeral music was played in front of the building occupied by the Army Veterans of the Islands. There is also the Kalookan incident, that of Nabotas where 'Down with the Americans! Out with the Americanistas,' were unmistakably heard. According to the reports, because of the hostile attitude of the paraders, the wife of the municipal president had to provide herself with a re-

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

volver. In Camarines"-he added-"the American flag was not exhibited at all in the parades." The voice of the governor sounded with inflexions of severity, of strong patriotic exaltation. "AU this"-he continued-"is an insult to the Americans. I believe this incident to be of worse effect in America than the very armed uprising in 1896. It was a bitter thing for me. I am interested in the welfare of the Filipino people, but I love and am interested in my mother country, the United States. I wished to be tolerant, and when the Army authorities told me that such a tolerance would be of evil results in the future, I answered that we should not be very exacting because the Filipino Flag symbolized an ideal bathed in blood and tears. N ow I can tell you that the augurs will become proud on seeing that they hit the mark and their prognostications came true." Mr. Smith finished, and then we spoke as newspaper men and as representatives of a Philippine publication which has always aimed at harmony between the people and the government, between Americans and Filipinos. "Mr. Governor"- e said-"we sincerely believe that in all those public demonstrations the people have not the slightest intention of insulting the people or the flag of the United States. "The Filipinos are well aware tbat they are a subject people, and you yourself know that they are peaceful, respectful and not quarrelsome or aggressive; there might have been, as we acknowledge, an excessive or abundant exhibition of the Philippine Flag in the recent parades, but we can swear that there never was in the minds of the FilipInos the idea or intention of inflicting an insult against American sovereignty. That abundance of Filipino flags is easily explainable from the standpoint of mass psychology. Whenever a sentiment which is long repressed finds an outlet, opened by tolerance or liberality, it comes forth and expresses itself impetuously, exuberantly, perhaps with too much excess. There was not any intention of hurting, con tempting, or insulting the American flag .. " Then we began to make clear, or rather rectify, the facts which have been maliciously transmitted to the government. With respect to the smallness of the American flags, we explained that such fact had an economical reason. The American flags, made of wool and of regular size, are ' too costly and, besides, the making of them by adj usting one piece of cloth to another is very complicated and difficult on account of the bars and stars. On the other hand, there is no such complexity in making a Filipino

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Flag, and therefore it came within the reach of the means of the poor class which formed the large majority of the paraders in Manila. It was but natural then that the people had to exhibit American flags of smaller size and of ordinary cloth which cost but three or four pesos. Governor Smith objected and said that the government could have furnished the flag .... Anent the 'funeral music' played before the headquarters of the Veterans, we told Mr. Smith that an explanation having been asked by Mr. Guerrero from the members of the Committee of the Nationalist League of Quiapo, they answered that in the first place they did not know that the Veterans' headquarters was in that vicinity, secondly that they were giving a serenade to one of the subscribers in the district of Quiapo in accordance with a typical custom of the country. In fact, no 'funeral music' was played. We were informed last night by a member of the Committee of the League of Quiapo, that the Philippine National March was played ... As regards the Caloocan incident we said to the Hon. Governor Smith that we had personally seen the lantern which gave rise to the conflict. It was made of paper with two faces, the American and Filipino flags crossing at its base. In fact that lantern had no right or left side because the bamboo pole makes a circular movement which gives both flags the right and the left sides successively. We could not give any explanation in regard to the Navotas and Camarines incidents for lack of information and because that was the first time we heard of them. Upon leaving we most sincerely assured Mr. Smith that on account of the noble attitude of the Filipino people and the truth of what had really occurred, a radical measure or the suppression of the Philippine Flag would be considered by the whole country as an ordeal or revenge, as an unpolitical action and perhaps utterly inj urious to the harmony between the people and the government. All that should be done at most would be to regulate the use of the Filipino Flag but not to prohibit it. Last night we met Mr. Cayetano Lukban, elected representative of the first district of Rizal. He told us that the contents of the report about the N avotas incident was altogether untrue. He said that "Out with the Americans" or "Out with the Americanistas," were never heard. The American flag was as large as, or larger than the Filipino Flag. He said that he was present at that incident. Our correspondent in Malabon, who had also been at that parade, affirms that no such outcries were given out against the Americans or the Federalists.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

Libertas, a Catholic newspaper, had the following to say on the same matter: The American residents of Manila are preparing to protest collectively against the true or supposed insults inflicted upon their glorious flag during the popular outbursts within the last few weeks. Prominent members of the American colony have signed the call to a protest meeting, and the initiative having come from influential persons and of high social standing it may be anticipated without fear of mistake that the Opera House will be filled to the top on Friday night ... Protesting against insults and offenses to one's own flag, laboring to the end that deserved honor may be given the emblem of a nation cannot be censured. They spring spontaneously and naturally from the noble patriotic sentiment which is present more or less in the heart of every man. Few persons will fail to feel their whole being traversed by a current of enthusiasm and pleasant emotion upon beholding the colors of their national flag, a symbol of the greatness of their fatherland; and perhaps there is no one who could bear it calmly and without protest if his national flag is insulted. The enthusiasm, the intense love, the exuberant feeling of the Americans for the flag of the Union, the Star Spangled Banner, is well known. In their demonstration of love they sometimes commit abuses. With it they decorate their buildings, they shroud the corpses of their heroes with it, they take off their hats before it in a religious attitude, and with it they even cover their horses and the wheels of their carriages. Furthermore they are convinced that for the time being their flag ought to be the sole national flag recognized jn the Philippines, the one alone which should be honored as such in all public demonstrations. Regarding the motive which have aroused the indignation among the Americans and which have prompted the meeting of protest, we have no particular information of our own. We have heard certain reports on incidents which, were they true, amply justify the attitude adopted by the Americans, although we doubt the veracity of such reports. Aside from this collective protest we are surprised at the calmness and tranquility of some Americans. Under authorities more impulsive and less forbearing, unpleasant and perhaps bloody scenes would have been staged on the streets. We hope that the temperance and moderation shown by the Americans during the recent and unpleasant events, which it is said

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

have occurred, will prevail in the deliberations at the meeting, and that the generous citizens of the Union will be able to distinguish the insolence of irresponsible persons or of an ignorant mob from the opinion of the Filipino people. If some individuals have dared to outrage by words or acts the American flag, we believe that the whole people should not be blamed nor is it just that they all should pay for the foolishness and stupidity of a few.

We are sure that many learned and wise Filipinos will have no objection to be at the meeting, if they were invited and were assured that no offensive language will be uttered against the Filipino people and no measures will be taken to restrain the liberties they are enjoying. Should the purpose be to sing enthusiastically the Star S'pangled Banner, they will unite their voices to the general chorus and render their homage to the glorious flag which shelters them.

La Democracia, organ of the Federal Party, in its issue of August 21, 1907, said with reference to this same affair: The government is compelled to strengthen the law of rebellion and sedition in order to suppress the abuse committed against the tolerant and courteous attitude heretofore observed by the authorities toward the people of these Islands. The American press usually respectful of its Filipino colleagues, laid aside its sentiments of friendliness due to the buffonery of El Renacimiento which contended that the Filipino people is at present a nation entitled to use its flag and play its national march. The American press reminds the people that it was recently "dominated by force but nevertheless is treated as no other conquered people has been treated before. They are given not only the liberties they are now enjoying but also a share in the administration of public affairs even at the risk of courting the ridicule and contempt of other nations. It also reminds the people that the Americans have tolerated the caprices of the Filipinos, have patiently forebore the insults and obstructions from ill-intended demagogues, and have suffered the ignominy of defamation from a press which cannot distinguish freedom from license. It states that they have tolerated everything so far, but no further when something sacred like their flag is concerned. And those Americans who heretofore sympathized with the aspirations of the Filipino people, upon beholding such parades organized and conducted in the same manner and with the same solemnity as the so-called Santa Cruz de Mayo, could not refrain from condemning the insolence shown by the paraders against the American flag.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

But the sad, the regretful aspect of it all for us Progressists, what impels us to respectfully protest against said acts, against said clamors and the measures which the government are beginning to adopt, is that in such downfall the entire people is dragged with and chastised by a retrogression in their path toward emancipation .... No, we cannot agree that the whole people should be judged by the conduct of some persons in whom we can hardly distinguish ignorance from bad faith. The Filipino people, or a large proportion of that people, have not yet reached that degree of education which is necessary in order that they can restrain the impulse of the will by the command of the mind; so they are led by those who cater to their sentiments and who stir up their passions; on the other hand, they feel indifferent, if not distrustful, towards those who, acknowledging that they are an intelligent people, are attracting them by means of reason. That people has been approached by those who are intent on using them as a ladder so that they may jump from their obscurity to the limelight. These leaders of yesterday strongly opposed the American government but now they do not hesitate to meanly deceive the people by making them believe that they are capable, not only potentially but actually, to run their own government and that they are a people which is a nation entitled to use their own flag and sing their own national hymn. The consequences of such a crime, for it is a crime and not anything else, committed by those who in their desire to gain an unjustified popularity make use of every possible means, is to lead the people to demonstrations in which that people are bound to lose and their instigators to win .... CAPTAIN OF POLICE REMOVES INSURRECTO EMBLEM FROM STREET PARADE.-The use of the so-called Filipino flag or any emblem of the recent insurrection or of the Katipunan society is forbidden in any procession or any public place which will tend to incite the people. Precinct commanders are to strictly enforce this order and if any flag or ba.nner is taken up by them, receipt for the same should be given. (Sgd.) J. E. HARDING Chief of Police The foregoing is the "'flag" order issued by Chief Harding last night.

100

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The first Katipunan or Filipino banner to be suppressed under this new order fell to the lot of Captain Jose de Crame, commanding the Paco police station. It was between Santa Ana and Paco last evening during a political procession, celebrating the election of Cayetano Lukban in Rizal province. A large Katipunan or Filipino banner was displayed. Captain Crame stopped the procession and informed the paraders that the flag could not be used in public processions, took the banner in charge and gave a receipt for it and today it was placed in the police storeroom for safe keeping. The order for the suppression of the flags in public places and in processions was issued yesterday afternoon shortly after four o'clock. Copies were sent to the police stations throughout the city and all patrolmen going on duty for the night were notified of the new order. The order of Chief Harding comes under the head of general orders of the police department. At the processio in Santa Ana several bands of music were in attendance the principal feature of the procession being a float fro'm which the Katipunan flag floated. Around the edge of the float were a number of small American flags. Standing on the float in triangular form were three people, one dressed in red, one in white, and one in blue. In the center of the triangle stood a young girl, clothed in gorgeous colors and holding a Kati.punan flag of large dimensions while the crowd that followed cheered to the music of the bands. Captain Crame stopped the procession for a few moments, explained to those in it that the banner was objectionable, and took it in charge, giving receipt therefor. He then informed the paraders that they might go ahead with the procession, but the procession broke up. The leaders led the way across the river to Mandaloyon, the crowd following where a meeting was held and speeches made. One of the speakers said: "The Americans hold most all the offices at present, but it will not be long until the tables will be turned. We shall have the .offices and then we shall see what banner will be displayed." At the close of the speech the meeting turned its attention to the coming election in Rizal for governor, and unanimously endorsed Lope K. Santos, Editor of the Tag~log section of El Renacimiento, as the candidate of the Independistas.

-The Manila Times, Friday, August 23, 1907.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

101

TURNED FLAGS UPSIDE DOWN NUMBER OF MUCHACHOS NOW LOOKING FOR JOBS AS RESULT OF IGNORANCE OR MALICE Great was the consternation of a number of Manila business men this morning when they arrived at their place of business. What they beheld took their breath away. The cause of it all was that some one had instructed their muchachos in flag raising. Flags, the Stars and Stripes, were not only left at half-mast, but were placed upside down and at half-mast at that, a genuine distress call. It may have been only a coincidence, but as so many instances occurred at different places it looked like a prearranged affair. Walter Olsen's flag was upgide down and at half-mast. McCondray and Company's flag suffered a similar fate while a number of others were left at half-mast. As a result of it all there are a number of muchachos looking for employment.-Manila Times, August 23, 1907.

THE MEETING OF TO-NIGHT (EDITORIAL) The meeting planned for this evening at the Grand Opera House is especially noteworthy in that it is an expression of the American government in the Philippines.

It represents a spontaneous outburst of feeling over the indignities to which our flag has recently been subjected and is intended to voice again our fealty to and respect for that banner and to warn those who, intentionally or unintentionally, may be tempted to degrade it. We trust that the assemblage will be marked by no untowar d word or act. Feeling has already run somewhat high and the temptation will be strong to say or do things. which On second thought and in calm deliberation, we shall be inclined to regret. It is fitting that we, who are continually preaching restraint to the Filipinos, should show ourselves capable of that restraint. We are too big a people to be led into extravagant utterance or display over a matter which, while irritating threatens no serious consequences. Moreover, our government has shown a disposition to recognize what the situation seems to demand and has already done the thing we would do. Further, we owe it to our government to do nothing and say nothing which will tend to embitter the relations between us and the Filipinos.

102

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

By denunciation and fierce harangue we can stir up passions which will rankle and acco"m plish nothing but harm, and only embarrass our government in its already very difficult problem. The part of true patriotism seems to call for repression and conservatism, and to forego those appeals which will win applause and flatter personal vanity. As for our attitude towards the Filipinos in the matter, we be.lieve it should be as much one of sorrow as of anger. As we have already contended, we have ourselves largely to blame for such excesses as the recent elections evoked. Playing the part of an overindulgent parent we have by tolerance invited them to go to extremes, and naturally, they have gone as far and just a little farther than they might. Now, in vesting upon them the penalty for their excess, we ought not to forget our own responsibility. Moreover, on the part of not a few Filipinos who participated in those parades which have provoked this demonstration, there has been evinced a spirit of regret if not of contrition. All of this should temper our utterances chasten our resentment.-The Manila Times, Friday, August 23, 1907. THE TWO FLAGS

The Philippine Flag Prohibited in Houses and Commercial Establishments AN OFFICIAL EDICT

Yesterday's information about the suppression of objects for everyday use, luxury, or art representing the Philippine Flag and other patriotic emblems displayed in the local shops has been totally and officially confirmed. The American gives detailed news on the matter with a certain rejoice. According to the contemporary, an official edict has been issued prohibiting the display of the Katipunan flag in private residences, and the police of Manila has been instructed to confiscate the flag and emblems wherever they may be found, in houses, or show-windows, or used by individuals. The imperial edict-let us call it so-comes from the Ayuntamiento, and it is said that it was the Governor-General Who issued it. The officers have shut their gold becks and were disinclined to talk about the measure, according to The American. The end in view is that in public gatherings and acts no flags be displayed other

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

103

than those recognized by the nations. It is absolutely prohibited to exhibit any other private flag as a national flag. The first action taken in this connection is the refusal by the Collector of Customs to admit a consignment of woolen merchandise bearing the flag of the Katipunan as a trademark. The GovernorGeneral has approved of that action of the Collector of Customs. The said merchandise cannot be landed as long as it bears that trademark. Later the chief of police of the city received instructions directly from superior authority to the effect that the use of the Katipunan flag be prohibited in Manila, and that articles bearing that emblem be withdrawn from show-windows and show-cases. Such orders have been observed just from yesterday with the results which we reported. Now, may we be permitted to make some remarks. We have noted from the beginning that such repressive measures are prompted by imaginary acts and events. The information given the authorities attributing to the people or a portion of them an aggressive or insulting attitude toward the glorious banner of the United States has been altogether refuted by prominent persons during the conferences held with the Chief Executive of the Islands, and by the noble and dignified attitude of our countrymen, which is a remarkable contrast to the excitement showh by certain Americans who are posing as the genuine representatives of the community. The Filipino people have always shown themselves to be lawabiding, manageable, and respectful to the authorities. The orders which have just been issued will be obeyed and in all probability will not give rise to any protest. Nevertheless \ve cannot but help observe once more that a serious and lamentable error is being made by fettering the mind into irons, and by confining, if not suffocating, into the narrowest bounds, the popular sentiments. Will the resplendent and beaming light emitted by the powerful lantern of the goddess of Liberty illuminating a portion, the happiest portion of the earth, find in our laws an obstacle for shining in the Philippine Islands? We do not believe so. The American tradition destroys the fatidical legends against freedom and implants a dope in our souls. These are moments of exaltation expanding in the wings of liberty. All are free to express their opinions on this regretful affair, and when serenity controls again the souls, things will take anew their usual course. Peace among men is the need of the present moments.

104

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Another remark. The Philippine tricolor flag with a triangle, the sun and three stars is not the flag of the Katipunan; the latter is red and bears the three symbolic K. K. K. It was with the former that we offered our courtesies to the American people represented in the person of Admiral Dewey in 1898. ~efore it the triumphant American troops passed in a column of honor, and the two armies celebrated a glorious and august apotheosis in honor of the flag of the United States and the flag of the former Philippine Republic. -El Renacimiento, August 23, 1907. IS IT ILLEGAL TO EXHIBIT THE BADGE OF THE NACIONALISTA PARTY? THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

The parade organized by the neighbors of Mandaloyong (San Felipe Neri) in honor of Mr. Cayetano Lukban, the successful Nacionalista candidate, could not be carried out owing to some incidents. In the parade there was going to be exhibited an allegorical float ornamented with the American and Philippine flags and three girls dressed with the national colors. Before the parade started, Captain Crame of the Paco police station, accompanied by an American detective and a number of policemen, arrived at the place of the demonstration and prohibited the display of the Philippine Flag or of any emblem or banner of the Revolution pursuant, he said, to an order given him by the Manila chief of police. The Philippine . Flag which ' was kept in a house was seized by Captain Crame himself who repeated that he was only complying with a superior order, in view of the silent protest of the persons present. At about five and a half, Mr. F. M. Guerrero arrived with others from San Felipe Neri to take part in the proposed parade. After speaking to Captain Crame, and while both lamented the incident, the American detective called the attention of Captain Crame to a tricolor button which Mr. Guerrero had on the lapel of his coat. In the judgment of Captain Crame, the boutonier having the three colors, white, blue and red, was an emblem of the Revolution, and he so stated to Mr. Guerrero. The latter, in his turn, t.old Captain Crame that the three colors, white, blue and red, also represented the American flag, and that the boutonier was not in fact any emblem of the Revolution but a badge of the Nacionalista Party, a legal association existing under the laws in force. Mr. Crame said again that he was only complying with strict orders from his superiors, commanding him to prohibit the exhibi-

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

105

tion of any emblem, banner, or flag of the Revolution, and Mr. Guerrero replied that he was not attempting to discuss the very orders but a question of interpretation of said orders because the three colors, white, blue and red are colors common to many emblems. If it is the emblem of a party legally organized, he added, its use is not illegal, and if it represents an emblem of the Revolution, then I would be a revolutionist, which is not true. "Are you going to seize my badge, Mr. Crame?"-asked Mr. Guerrero. "If you are kind enough to deliver it to me, I will tell the chief of police that it is a badge of your party," answered Mr. Crame. "Well, I want to set to all an example of respect to law and order by handling to you this button, without prejudice to my asking tomorrow for its return." And thus ended the incident. Captain Crame bade farewell courteously and went to report the case to the chief of police. The crowd went to Calle Francisco Roxas where a Nacionalista meeting was held, and several orat ors spoke thanking the people of Mandaloyong for their loyalty to the N acionalista creed. Half an hour later came Captain Crame to interview Mr. Guerrero and returned the seized badge prohibiting him the use of it. -El Renacimiento, August 23, 1907. (The then Provincial Governor Sergio Osmefia, who was in Manila at the time, in representation of the N acionalista Party, sent an explanatory letter to the Governor General on August 30, 1907, describing and clarifying the meaning of the party's badge. The Governor-General, prevailed upon by the allegations of Mr. Osmefia, wrote to the Chief of Constabulary on September 2, 1907, stating that the N acionalista tricolor insignia did not come within the prohibitions of Act 1696.-From personal files of Vice-President Osmefia and from the Executive Department Files.)

The American Point Of View Puhlicly Expressed.-One of

the immediate effects of all these bickerings, in which all parties in passionate and bombastic manner partook and shared in the unrestrained popular expression of personal or group opinion on a public question, was the widening of the already deep social and political gap which naturally existed between two peoples who had been recent enemies in the battlefield, Filipinos and Americans. The latter called for a mass meeting of all their

106

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

representative elements residing in the City of Manila and its suburbs; and they met in the evening of August 23, 1907, at the Grand Opera House. An interesting as well as an accurate account of what transpired in this meeting was published by The Manila Times, in its issue of August 24, and is reproduced in this present narrative because it was in reality a summary of the American point of view. THE PRAYER BY REV. MERCER G. JOHNSTON "0 Lord our Governor, the high and mighty Ruler of the universe, who has made and preserve us a nation, great and strong, rejoicing as a giant to run its course, we beseech Thee direct and prosper all our acts and utterances in this mass meeting to the advancement of Thy glory, the good of all mankind, the honor, welfare and peace of our Nation. "We are met together in this strange land in which Thou hast been pleased to plant the American flag, for the not unfriendly purpose of making plain to the blind leaders of the blind over whom that flag floats, the fiery halo about its Stars and Stripes, and the pit of destruction that awaits the foolish body who, being forewarned, refuses to loose the latchet of his shoe before he sets foot on the holy ground within that awful circle. "The Nation's flag is the Nation's Sacrament. The Stars and Stripes are the Bread and Wine of America: the outward and visible sign of the inward and spiritual grace of patriotism: the symbol of our passionate love for the land of the free, and the home of the brave. Let no demagogue, no fanatic, no opportunist, no dreamer of fondly foolish dreams, forget this, 0 God, lest we be tempted above that we are able to endure. "We would not willingly seem to be too easily jealous: we would not willingly seem greatly to find quarrel in a straw, save when national ' honor is indeed at the stake; but knowing by the quickened motion of our blood at the first sign of disrespect towards our country's flag, that once being wrought in the matter, we would be perplexed in the extreme, we venture, while as yet it is full time, to bare our bosoms to those with whom we are willing to be friends, that they may see the ominous surgings there, and cease inviting the storm that would sweep away forever the possibility of friendship. "Fill us with the fear and love of Thy holy Name, 0 merciful and magnanimous God of our fathers. Suffer us not to forget the

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

107

dignity and responsibility of our American citizenship and our divine sonship. Let us not even give to any unproportioned thought his acts. Let mercy and truth meet together in our words, and righteousness and peace kiss each other in our acts. "And, 0 heavenly Father, let Thy continual pity, we beseech Thee, cleanse our hands, free our hearts from every root of bitterness, and broaden and deepen our sense of brotherhood, that we may be worthier of our national ideals, and worthier to be a guard of honor to our Nation's flag here in this strange land. Amen." Chairman William H. Anderson, after a few opening remarks, said: "The United States Government, of which we are a part, is responsible through Congress for the present chaotic condition in the Philippines. In mapping out the affairs touching the general policy of the insular possessions, the local authorities have little or no power. "It is always pleasing to study a government from a removed point of view. The fiery contest of political strife between Republicans and Democrats is missing here. We have forgotten the torchlight procession of campaign meetings, the crime of '73, the f r ee silver bugaboo, the gold bug, and all that pertains to them.

"We are united in our Philippine politics. We have forgo tten the platform of the Prohibitionists and never object to tempering our soda with a small amount of Scoth. The Populist, the Democrat, the Republican, are one. It is gratifying to find what unanimous harmony exists among Americans who have cast their fortunes in these Islands. It 路is certain that we are united in our desires to s ee these Islands advance for the Filipinos as well as ourselves. The progress of the one will necessarily bring progress to the other. We are here to support good government, and the better Filipinos are with us. We want order and we do not want strife. We believe after the patience displayed for five long years that we are entitled to a declared policy. Without an outlined policy, we cannot go ahead. Capital will not come to our aid and the long dreamed of material prosperity will never be realized. Energy is expended in political development of the Islands. The highest developed and most beautiful system of g~vernment is naught without commercial prosperity. "I do not believe there is one sound American here to-night who wishes the Filipino the slightest harm. If the Filipinos are equipped to govern themselves, we should be honest and turn over the reins of government. If on the other hand, as the United States has declared, they are not yet fitted to exercise an independent position,

108

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

then they must take the subordinate position to the home power. If they need our government, then they must hold corresponding position to the undeveloped child. All of us love our children but we would not give them power or freedom which should harm their mental or physical growth. The parental guidance is only removed when man's estate is reached. Because they- are children of our blood, we do not maltreat them. We do not break up their innocent amusements ;-in other words, we never do them an injustice. "Where are we? As near as I can find out, the United States is looking after the Filipino as his own child. Why then not honestly declare that position? The greatest justice must always be, maintained. The education and training must be of the right kind to elevate the Filipino to the 21 years old state. Will the father who loves his child permit h1s son to adopt a reckless course of dissipation, resulting in a topsy-turvy house, the usurpation of his home, a spoiled child and a divided household? No. 'Vhile the child remains under the parental roof, the father will not be downed. He will demand his prerogative and his position as head of the family must be respected. His ensign representing good order and good family government will always wave over his home. "There is one distinguished citizen who would grace this platform tonight were he in the Islands,-one who is independent of government and commercial pursuits,-a friend of the Secretary of War and the President of the United States,-friend of the Filipino, -friend of the American,-friend of everybody. I can think of no more fitting closing than an extract from the farewell sermon of our beloved Bishop Brent: " 'In matters of public policy let nothing else than truth be your foundation stone; hate and denounce humbug and unreality, especially in matters of government. You who are subordinates, have the courage to tell the story of the situation to your superior in of-, fice in no other terms than these your experience and observation have taught you. Be scrupulously truthful in presenting facts to the public; do not connive at or condone a lie.' " After music by the band, Judge L. M. Southworth was introduced. He said: "My Countrymen: This is perhaps, the most momentous occasion upon which the Americans of these Islands have been called to assemble since American occupation. The Capture of Manila and the suppression of insurrection challenged the prowess of American arms. "With what courage and gallantry the brave sons of America met these challenges and triumphed, are subjects with which we are

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

109

all familiar. The question which we have met here to~night to discuss, is one which challenges American sovereignty in these Islands, one which affects the honor and dignity of our country 'and the sanctity and supremacy of our national flag. Shall we meet this challenge with the same firmness, the same determination and the same courage that inspired those brave sons of America who made it possible to unfurl to Oriental breezes the Stars and Stripes, the flag of the greatest and grandest nation on t~e face of the earth? Or shall we, on account of some sickly and sentimental political policy, cower and cringe and permit our flag, the pride of every American's heart, to be publicly reviled, spat upon and ground into the dust of the earth? If I mistake not the temper of the Americans everywhere, they are ready to resent any such indignities as have been, in the last few weeks, offered the flag of their country. "What is there, that as a nation, we have to be more proud of, more to be glad for in our own history than our flag? We have a right to be proud of our flag and as long as one of its stars remains undimmed and one of its stripes untarnished, we will defend and protect it if needs be with our lives. As to the character and circumstances of the insults offered our flag, I will leave to other speakers to relate and will C(llltent myself with saying here, that the insult offered our flag galled the American community with indignation. The sense of outJiage and resentment was so severe and so strong, that at the time, if the sentiment of the people had been consulted, it would have found a true expression in violence and perhaps bloodshed. It is needless for me to say to you that I and all of us would have had occasion to regret this in every sense, as wrong, unnecessary and, therefore, as wholly unjustifiable, on the part of a people representing so powerful a nation as ours. "Our government in these Islands has ample power to prevent the recurrence of the outrageous acts which have taken place in our community within the last few weeks. "The public passion on this subject having somewhat subsided, we are here tonight to appeal to the government to enact a law which will forever settle this question and we are sure that our appeal will not be in vain. Would that I had eloquence to inspire in this audience some of the feelings which animated the breasts of our forefathers of 1776 when they undertook and performed the difficult and delicate task of founding our government. The question 'Have the American colonies the ability to establish and maintain a government such as is outlined by its founders?' was then an interesting one indeed. The purest patriots, the most sagacious statesmen doubted it. The experiment had never been successfully made. The

110

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

fallen splendors of the Republics of antiquity were poor arguments in its favor. The pomp, power and circumstance of monarchial Europe was in hostile array against it. Our ancestors determined to set a defiance to the experience of the past. They acted and as a result of that action, they gave to man-kind a government which is today the wonder and admiration of the civilized world. This nation has expanded from the stormy waters of the Atlantic to the sunkissed shores of the Pacific and from the icy lakes of the north to the orange groves and citron dells of the Mexican Gulf. "These people who, in their weakness, crossed the Atlantic to establish a government on the virgin soil of America, did not in their power and greatness hesitate to cross the greater ocean and plant the flag of their nation in these far off Isles, where God grant, it may forever wave in eternal honor and glory." Mr. J. W. Haussermann was the next orator.

He said:

"Mr. Chairman-Ladies and Gentlemen:"In Manila and the surrounding provinces, the political party that was successful at the recent election has been celebrating that victory by public parades. It was proper to give public demonstration of its joy; but all lovers of peace and good order were pained and shocked to learn that tlie victorious political -party saw fit to openly insult the American people by overt acts of disrespect to the American flag. American citizens who witnessed such overt acts of disrespect were sorely offended, but being patient, long suffering, tolerant, indulgent and law-abiding, they gave due consideration to the critical conditions prevalent in these Islands, and remained calm; and rather than commit breaches of the peace at that critical time refrained from resenting such disrespect on the spot. Two weeks have elapsed, during which time we have waited patiently for the leaders of that party to give some public sign of disapproval. They have either remained silent or have indirectly attempted to justify the action of their followers. We are assembled, therefore to publicly demonstrate to that political party, and to the people at large, that the American people though patient, long suffering and overindulgent, will, under no circumstances, and under no pretext whatsoever, permit the slightest disrespect shown to their flag. "For more than 350 years this archipelago was a territory of Spain and the inhabitants thereof Spanish subjects. During all of that time the people were denied political rights and given no voice in the government. A war between Spain and America was fought and at the close thereof the United States unwillingly accepted sovereignty over these Islands. As soon as the cession was made

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

111

our government promptly announced to these people, and to the world at large, that sovereignity was not accepted for selfish purposes, but solely for the benefit and welfare of all the people of the Islands. The announcement was received with mistrust and an attempt was made to overthrow our sovereign authority by force of arms. The insurrection was crushed and as soon as hostilities ceased our nation proceeded with undisturbed serenity and tranquility to carry out the promises which had been made before the first hostile shot was fired. Nine years have elapsed since then. Has our nation kept its promises? Let the record speak for itself. During these nine years schools have been established, home rule has been granted to the municipalities and provinces, a pure judiciary was created, roads have been built, telegraph lines established, and harbor works improved; young Filipinos have been sent to the homeland to our universities in order that they might learn of our institutions and be informed of our laws and customs; freedom of speech and liberty of press have been granted; the right of suffrage has been conferred and the people have been called upon to elect an assembly and assume a part of the responsibilities of the law making power. In short, our nation has more than carried out its promisesshe has literally thrust rights and privileges upon these people so rapidly and in such abundance that they have not had the time to appreciate such gifts, nor to fully understand the responsibilities which go with them, even though they had the requisite capacity. However, one would think that the granting of so many privileges in so short a space of time would at least earn the gratitude of the people. I think, in so far as the great bulk of the people are concerned, we have their gratitude. They are contented and satisfied with the progress made by the government, but there are a number of politicians with little or no patriotism, who are ever ready to take advantage of the peculiar susceptibilities of the mass of the people to ' stir up discontent and discord, in order that they may reap somE' personal advantage. In order to gain votes, Gomez, Guerrero and other N acionalista leaders, by their erratic speeches, made the mass of their constitutents believe that the success of the Nacionalistas meant the immediate political independence of these Islands. The election is over and these leaders are .still at work stirring up the people. In their parades they very carefully place large so-called Katipunan flags at the post of honor, relegating our national emblem to a secondary position-this with the intent to deceive the people and make them think that the Katipunan flag is really in fact the flag of these people, and that political independence had been attained. Such base deception and open insult to our flag cannot .and will not be permitted because, unless restrained, it is bound to

112

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

lead to breaches of the peace and open violence of far-reaching effects. The Commission, however, is fully alive to its responsibilities and the danger of such practices to peace and good order, and this morning passed a law making the recurrence of such offenses impossible. The Commission also has under consideration legislation to prevent the promiscuous display of the Katipunan flag in public processions. It is to be regretted that the organ of the radical element of the Nacionalista Party oppose such restrictive legislation, and avers such legislation is a slight to the Filipino people. I wonder if the editor of that paper fully appreciates of what a flag should be emblematic. For his benefit I shall quote from a decision of the Supreme Court of the State of Nebraska, which very ably expresses the principle and sentiment underlying this subject:" 'Patriotism has ever been regarded as the highest civic virtue, and whatever tends to foster that virtue certainly makes for the common good. That familiarity breeds contempt has the force of a maxim. That contempt or disrespect for an emblem begets a like state of mind toward that for which it stands is a psychological law which underlies the canons against profanation which abound in every system of religious instruction. Such inhibitions against the irreverent use of sacred things are not mere arbitrary fulminations, but are grounded on sound practical considerations and the conviction that such use Qf the sac.red emblems of religion is inimical to the cause of religion itself.' "The legislation under consideration may be justified on the same principle. The flag is the emblem of national authority. To the citizen it is an object of patriotic adoration, emblematic of all for which his country stands-her institutions, her achievements, her long roster of heroic dead, the story of her past, the promise of her future; and it is not fitting that it should become associated in hi's mind with anything less exalted, nor that it should be put to any mean or ignoble use. . "Moreover, that the citizen resents any improper use of the flag of his country, and that his resentment is frequently carried to the extent of a breach of the peace, are matters of common knowledge. The state has the undoubted right to legislate in the interests of the public peace. As was said in Undegraph v. Commonwealth, II Sergo p. 406: 'An offense against the public peace may consist either of an actual breach of the peace, or doing that which tends to provoke or excite others to do it.' "If the Katipunan flag in fact represented simply a sentiment for a lost cause, American citizens would undoubtedly respect such sentiment to the same extent with which they now respect the senti-

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

113

ment of the Southern people toward the Confederate flag, but the cases are not parallel. Whatever the Katipunan flag may have stood for during the insurrection of these Islands, since then it has served for no legitimate purpose. On the other hand, under its folds murder has been committed, women violated, natives of these Islands mutilated, and other depredations committed. It has been the flag of all the bandits. Much blood of both American and Filipino soldiers has been shed under the folds of the American flag in order that the bandits, ladrones and murderers operating in the bosque under the Katipunan flag should be exterminated, and the natives of these Islands be permitted to pursue their vocations in peace. Hence it is that every true American and every native of these Islands who deplores the acts of the bandits, ladrones and murderers cannot help but feel offended by seeing the banner of such bandits unfurled to the breeze on the public streets and highways of these Islands路 "The Katipunan flag is not the emblem of any legalized body or society. One cannot look upon its folds without being reminded of the thousands of unfortunate natives who were robbed, beaten, mutilated and murdered by bandits of their own blood. "On the other hand, our flag reminds us of the common country, of its liberties and its laws, of the men who have laid down their lives for it. It has ever been the banner of noble and heroic deeds. As was stated by the Supreme Court of the United States less than five months ago: "For that flag every American has not simply an appreciation but a deep affection. No American nor any foreign born person who enjoys the privileges of Ameri'c an citizenship, ever looks upon it without taking pride in the fact that he lives under this free government. Hence it has often occurred that insults to the flag have been the cause of war, and indignities put upon it in the presence of those who revere it have often been resented and sometimes punished on the spot. " 'Therefore, a state will be wanting in care for the well-being of its people if it ignores the fact that they regard the flag as a symbol of their country's power and prestige and will be impatient if any open disrespect is shown towards it.' "It is of no great importance what the Filipino may at this time think of the Stars, and Stripes. We know that it was under that flag that these people were given protection of life and property, civil and religious freedom, and wise, and unselfish guidance

114

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

in paths Qf peace and prQsperity, and we live in the firm hQpe that the time will CQme when all the inhabitants Qf the Philippine Islands may CQme to. IQQk back with gratitude to. the day when GQd gave victQry to. American arms at Manila and set their land under the sQvereignty and prQtectiQn Qf the peQple Qf the United States. In the meantime there must be no. disrespect to. that flag Qr the natiQn fQr which it stands." MajQr W. H. BishQP sPQke in part as fQllQws: "I do. nQt believe that Dewey made a mistake when he sailed into. Manila Bay with the flag at the masthead. I do nQt believe that McKinley made a mistake when he sent the American sQldier to. the Islands, but I do. believe that Qur cQuntry, Qur gQvernment rather at WashingtQn, has made a seriQus mistake. I believe that our gQvernment has been weak and vacillating in reference to. its PQlicy as to. these Islands; I believe that Qur gQvernment shQuld have said that the Islands, which were nQt purchased with mQney, $20,000,000, is nQthing to. us, but which were purchased with the blQQd Qf American sQldiers, WQuld remain in PQssession Qf America,. and I believe that Qur gQvernment made a mistake in nQt saying to. the peQple Qf these Islands that the Philippine Islands are territQry Qf the United States and are gQing to. remain the territQry Qf the United States. "NQw, I believe in benevQlent assimilatiQn. I believe in it so. strQngly that I WQuld say 'If necessary, pin it to. these Islands with the baYQnet.' NQW in speaking Qf these peQple we shQuld nQt refer to. them as Qne peQple, as the FilipinQs. There is Qne class Qf FilipinQs in these Islands, and I believe that they in thel majQrity that, if they were given an QPPQrtunity to. say as to. whether they WQuld be ruled by the GQmezes and the GuerrerQs Qr by the United States gQvernment, they WQuld say by the United States. There is no. dQubt but what that WQuid be the PQsitiQn Qf the Partido. Federal; there is no. dQubt but what that WQuld be the PQsitiQn Qf Qne Qf. the large divisiQns of what is knQwn as the NaciQnalista party here; and in discussing these peQple and their PQlitics, yQU must remember that there' is a difference in their PQlitics, the same as we have at home. Remember that the NaciQnalista: party is nQt the party that was successful. It was the league Qf the NaciQnalista party that was successful-the party that was led by the man who. was saved frQm the gallQws by the amnesty prQclamation which was sent here frQm WashingtQn, and the cQnservative FilipinQs do. nQt want to. fQllQW that man.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

115

"The mistake of our government was that we have not announced a definite policy, and it is frequently said that our government has promised these pepple independence-sometime... And I want to prophesy that the people of these Istands will respect the: American who will have the courage to say that you have got to obey the laws that are put in force in the Philippine Islands and that those laws are going to cpme from the constitution of the United States. I am sorry that our supreme court said that the 'Constitution does not follow the flag, but this I do know-that patriotism and loyalty will always follow the flag." Congressman James McKinney from Illinois was introduced by Chairman Anderson as having encountered his first Manila typhoon. Mr. McKinney spoke briefly and to the point. Part of his speech fol1ows: "The magnet which brought me hlther this evening is displayed in every part of the splendid edifice. I offer my obeisance to it; I pledge to it my loyal devotion whether it flies in any of the States of the Union or in the remotest American outpost. This starry emblem was brought here by our gallant sailors and OUfl soldiers. It was raised over these Islands in honor and if the day ever comes when it shall be taken down, please God, ' it will come down in honor. But it will not be brought down without the full knowledge and consent of the American people and never through a hostile demonstration. One flag at a time will do. Ours came here honorably, triumphed on the field of battle here and the spirit of the American people is such that under the fplds of that flag there flies not only protection, but better than that, higher than that, more than that, absolute justice to eVe'ry man, woman and child." Captain Thomas Leonard prefaced his speech by a quotation from a famous American soldier to the effect that 'If anyone tramples on the American flag, shoot him on the spot.' He said in part: "My friends, the fortunes of war brought us to tliese Islands. We need not palliate the' fact. We may cover it up and put it out as smoothly and nicely as we can and make it as easy as possible, but the fact remains that we came as an armed force and remained as the conquerors. .. Too much independence is very bad... We reserve to ourselves the privilege that if the government is wrong we can help set it right. .. I will only say in conclusion that when some power grand enough and big enough can take the stars down from the high heaven, then they can take the Stars and Stripes from these Islands-and not before. If that be treason, make the most of it."

116

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Dr. S. B. Rossiter, chairman of the committee on resolutions then addressed the vast audience as follows: "This meeting is called in the interests of peace. "I am here on this occasion, because there is involved the question of the happiness and the safety of a whole race of people, who if rightly guided are to become prosperous and great and also in the interests of the calm rights of Americans who are over here, not because of choice, but by the overrulings of a power which Americans, deeply reverence and obey. "It is a meeting called in the interest of good fellowship and friendship which we hope to secure between the Filipino people and the American people, brought together and in close contact, by the fortunes of war.

"And the question is: Can Americans and Filipinos live together in these Islands in peace and harmony, engage in business, social fellowship and all the amenities of life? "As Americans, we say, as far as we are concerned, we can. Weare the most peace ble people on the face of the earth. All our training in Democracy leads us to respect the rights of our neighbors and submit to the rule of majority. We came to these Islands with good intent, wi.th largeness of heart, with money to spend, with ideas which we have arrived at after long struggle and bloodshed and money spent, ' and are wilJjng to plant them in the Philippine soil and let them grow. Up to this point, I believe, there is nothing that a kindly disposed people, accepting conditions imposed upon them by the fortunes of war could complain of. I t is up to the Filipino to say whether we can live in peace and harmony. "We have not been slow in introducing Filipinos into places of trust and responsibility. We have not been niggardly in expenses for their welfare and ours. We have recognized as far as possible all reasonable demands. We have a gentle and kindly policy which we are pursuing and which slowly exalts the Filipinos to an equality with the Americans. We have learned so far to that side that many Ame'r icans feel that this government is run in the interests of Filipinos exclusively. It is up to the Filipinos to recognize this and to respond in like manner. The: question is: Have the Filipinos done as much for us, proportionately, as we have done for them? But there are some things we claim, we affirm, we' fight for, with .all our peace-loving nature, and one of these is respect for the flag of our country.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

117

"And therefore we are brought face to face with the question of the evening: Are the Filipino people paying proper respect to the American flag, whose folds this day prot.ect them and whose authority assures them of justice and fair play and equal chance, whose presence here in these Islands means schools, roads, farms, railways, latest devices of improved machinery, new industries, wider cultivation of unclaimed areas, all the blessings of the latest civilization? Do they pay proper respect to it in permitting the Katipunan flag, which represents only insurrection and disloyalty to every recognized form of government, to be carried in processions, and to be used on public occasions, along with the American flag, thereby expressing themselves to be holders of a feeling of resentment and revolt against the government, which feeling ought not to dwell in Filipino breasts? "1 would like to appeal to candid Filipinos as to that question. I believe I would get a favorable response from the nine tenth of the Filipino people.

"For these reasons: 1. The Katipunan flag does not represent the heart throb of the Filipino people as a people.

2. The Katipunan flag is recognized by only a small portion of the Filipino people, as something they hardly know what, only that it is against the existing order. Mark you, not one of them pretends it is for the government, for the peace of the Islands, for good will between Filipinos and Americans, but against. "I am inclined to believe that if calmness ang good judgment were allowed to prevail in this small fraction, and it were not stirred up by wild declamatory newspapers, which will properly fall under the sedition law, they would recognize the ungenerous and unthankful spirit that advances the Katipunan flag to the forefront and to the position of honor on public occasions. "Men who are statesmen, who take a broad view of affairs, who sink personal considerations in the public welfare, who work for the elevation of the races, will not lend themselves to expressions or to acts that are apt to stir up strife between peoples. 3. The Katipunan flag does not represent home, family ties, patriotism, liberty and is not drenched with eloquent and noble historic associations. It never stood in any regularly called, representative gathering of Filipino people. It is not the flag of the Filipino people as yet in any proper sense They have made no such claim

118

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

for it as yet. The Filipino people will have their flag some day, but it will not be the Katipunan. When the time comes we will help them devise their flag, we will help them make it and help them hoist it to the mast-head of ships and to the summit of liberty poles, but it will not be the Katipunan. "What is a flag? "Does a piece of cloth hanging from a pole constitute a flag? No. If it has various colors and stripes, does that made it a flag? No. Even if it has symbols of various kinds, does that make it fully a flag? No. It must be a piece of bunting, hung from a flag staff, it may have different colors, or be one solid mass of color, if it must have symbols and above all it 'must be legally adopted by a party' ~ 'o r a nation, and recognized by other nations, before it is admitted into the congress of flags. Then its history commences. Then it begins to become dear. It is associated with great public and festal occasions. Music and song sing its praises and exalt its meaning. And bye and bye, w-ar comes and the flag is borne onto the battle field, at the head pf troops and it is shot at and torn and drenched in the blood of its so s. Then the flag begins to become sacred. Then there is victory and the flag is borne in joyful processions, and hands are playing martial airs, people take off their hats in salute. The strange new wine of stability and success gets into the blood and the flag becomes exalted. All the triumphs of years of peace and prosperity, rise up to salute it. All the new ideas for the betterment of men cuddle down in its folds; the all, the all, the all, that makes a n~tion what it is, distinct, and glorious and advanced, surround it like a halo and you have at last a flag, as Americans understand it. Therefore you will understand why the American Flag is dear to America. It represents so much. You can not put into words all that it represents. Home, fellowship, ideals, institutions, a hundred battles, red life blood poured out like water, a willingness to die for our country, and that willingness on the part of the people is a Nation's great asset. A welded nation, an advanced civilization, a poor man's paradise. Justice between man and man and Heaven. It floats in the tropics. If floats in the Arctic snows. It floats over islands of the sea and over vast continents. Our hearts leap to our throats when after long voyages in foreign lands we see in the o~fing floating at the masthead of some ship, the Stars and Stripes. It represents our government wherever it floats. So you see we are sensitive at this point. We can be easily hurt, just at this point. I would not advise any man, or nation to hurt us' in the matter of the rightful place of our flag.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

119

"Do the Filipinos understand this? I fear they do not. The Filipino who does not take off his hat, when the band plays the Star-Spangled Banner on the Luneta, as a salute to our flag and to his flag for the time being, has not entered a little bit into the merits of the question. The flag represents a benevolence, not a tyranny. uThis Filipino people which allows such a flag as the Katipunan flag, which is not their flag, and does not represent their heart throb nor their convictions, their hopes, nor their national aspirations, to float in the same air with the Star-Spangled Banner, without rebuke to the small minority that were ,so ignorant of the meaning and solemnity of the symbol as to carry it, have not entered a little bit into the solemnity of the question of a national life."

Resolutions Passed To Proscrihe The Use Of The Filipino

Flag.-Those patriotic American residents who assembled on that day were in the height of enthusiasm and of course f elt themselves well rewarded for their effort in making that meeting a success. After delivering all those appealing and emotional speeches, which wer~ in all cases clear, terse, concise, and abruptly to the point, the assembly wi't h a rousing cheer adopted and approved the following resolutions: RESOLUTIONS OF THE MASS MEETING OF AMERICANS HELD AUGUST 23,1907, AT THE GRAND OPERA HOUSE, MANILA ,

"Whereas, in the last few weeks, on several public occasions. and on the streets and in some cases offensively, a flag, known as the Katipunan flag has appeared, borne in the hands of Filipinos: "And Whereas, the Katipunan flag was the flag of the insurrectos and has no national status and has never been adopted by any national assembly and represents no people, and symbolizes, if anything at all, a spirit of revolt against order, or a demand that can not now be granted; "And Whereas, the flag has been used in connection with speeches from the public platform which were very offensive to Americans, connected with personal demonstrations, which tended to engender in the millds of the a.udience feelings of hostility and revolt, thus baptizing it as it were in the spirit of animosity towards the reigning government;

120

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"And Whereas, this example of the use of the Katipunan flag, here in Manila, at the seat of government in the very presence of our officials and War Veterans and Army and Navy, will if not stamped into the ground, be copied far and wide and will tend to create a wide-spread dissatisfaction and revolt, unreasonable as it is uncalled for, and lead to consequences greatly to be deplored; "And Whereas, the American people are held responsible by other nations for the peace and the progress of the Islands and they cannot put off the imposed obligation even if they would; "And Whereas, silence of our government upon so grave and trying a matter. tends to discredit the wisdom of our rule, the extent of our power, and the honesty of our professions; Therefore, be it resolve; "That we rejoice that our Government has seen fit in its wisdom, to speak out plainly on this question, anticipating the sentiment and feeling of resident Americans, providing themselves to be just as patriotic as we are, and has passed the amendment to the sedition law and passed also the flag law, which law will properly inform the peop e among whom we live, of our greatness of heart and our firmness in matters that touch the national honor and tend to better mutual understanding; "Resolved, that we rejoice that the constitution of things is so arranged that when a people go too far, step over a line, demand too much, they meet an instant check by the force of organized government, are taught the limitations that are around freedom of action and freedom of speech; "Resolved, Therefore, that it is the opinion of the patriots here assembled, that but one flag be recognized in these Islands, as the Flag of the United States and of the Philippine Islands, viz, the Stars and Stripes, and as long as we are in these Islands as the governing nation we can permit no other flag, except the flag of other nations, to be displayed, without the consent of the governing powers; "Resolved that we call upon all Filipinos to enter with us into the great duty of making these Islands rich and prosperous, the ,deligh t of the world and the best home in this eastern world of Liberty as it is at present understood by the best of minds among philosophers, statesmen and patriots. We also call upon them to entertain towards us feelings of regard and affection as we do towards them, adopt our flags as their flag; accept from us what we freely give the best thing in liberty, life and literature, which

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

121

we have slowly amassed through years of labors, study, research, peril and blood; "And be it further resolved that copies of this resolution be furnished the Hon. U. S. Philippine Commission and the Manila press." PRESS COMMENTS ON THE MASS MEETING AND RESOLUTIONS OF THE AMERICAN COMMUNITY LAST NIGHT'S MEETING.-The Committee of Committees responsible for the mass meeting of last night deserve the thanks of the American community for their efforts and sacrifice. The gathering was one long to be remembered. Every American who attended left the house a better American than when he went in, more devoted to his flag and country, more firmly resolved to live worthy of them, and more determined that the emblem which waves over "the land of the free and the home of the brave" and its overseas possessions shall be respected. While unreservedly pro-Americaln, the meeting was not antiFilipino. It is true one of the speakers said the Stars and Stripes would never come down in these Islands, but other speakers who touched on this question of insular policy left the issue open, stipulating only that there was no power on earth but the United States of America could pull the flag down. Even the declaration-that the Stars and Stripes would never come down was animated by the idea of benevolence as well as self-interest, the speaker maintaining that such a course benefit the Filipinos as well as ourselves.

Where the Filipinos were referred to the tone, almost without exception, was not one of hostility, contempt, or indifference, but of consideration and friendliness. Stern resolve expressing jealousy of our flag and determination to maintain its proud colors unsullied was tempered. with a desire to promote the welfare of the inhabitants of these Islands. Discrimination was even shown in apportioning blame for t.he recent insults put upon our flag and a desire was manifested to censure the political leaders who had encouraged the display of the two banners rather than to indulge in condemnation of the Filipinos at large. Probably the most striking features of the demonstration was the unanimous opinion that the policy of our government in these Islands has been wrong. On this question an impressive unanimity

122

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

prevailed. It was contended that our government had gone too fast and too far in its benevolent efforts to prove to the Filipinos that we are disposed to give them a government of their own. Our honorable record as a nation and our policy in these Islands, it was contended, were sufficient evidence of our good faith and our intentions ought not to be subjected to suspicious scrutiny or malevolent insinuation. This line of cleavage between the ideas of the American citizens in the Philippines and the policy of our administration was distinctly and deeply marked, and we trust it will have some effect. Even while differing from our government on this issue of policy, however, it was made clearly plain that though the citizen's right to criticize his government and make such suggestions as he might think would be helpful be reserved there would be no impairment of loyalty, no sympathy with disaffection. We were still one under the same flag and our purpose was one, even while ideas as to the right might differ. N ow that the meeting is over and everything has been said and done, we have cause 0 congratulate ourselves on its inception. It was not marred by the boisterous excess and the waving of the bloody shirt which some feared. Throughout it was marked by the soberness, earnestness, and dignity becoming a great people, and we have nothing to regret; rather did we reflect credit upon ourselves. The atmosphere has been cleared. Once more we can pursue the efVen tenor of our way with patriotism refreshed and loyalty and devotion to our flag and government increased. LAST NIGHT'S CALL TO PATRIOTISM.-The Eagle screamed. Three thousand Americans-men, women and children-were there and heard it. And they gave it deep-chested cheers that rang with the spirit which filled them. A speaker asked the question: Will any other than the Stars and Stripes wave untrammeled in these Islands? and it was the voice of an American woman that came back clear and distinct: "No sir!" There was the sincere ring in the voice which was the key note of the whole meeting. There was dignified speech and enthusiastic response but with all a calm sense of the responsibility which rested on the shoulders of the American people in the Islands. Said more than one public man last night: "I didn't think there were as many Americans in the city." There were more, but

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

123

they couldn't get in. When the Veteran Army of the Philippines marched into the hall, 500 strong, and took the seats reserved for them at 8 o'clock, the remainder of the house was fairly well filled. But by the time the meeting was called to order standing room was at a premium. As the patriotic airs were played by the 26th Infantry band, the crowd was moved by their spirit and the waving flags above the sea of faces sent a thrill of pride thru the spectator and many a throat filled to choking with the pride of being an American. The meeting was inspired with a feeling of righteous indignation but a desire to be just to the greater mass of the Filipino people, condemning only the demagogues and those whose acts had carried affront to the American people. The puzzling policy of the Government was criticized and a neclaration of a defined policy besought. The action of the Government in providing against the repetition of any of the insults which provoked the meefing was lauded. Three thousand Americans left the hall at 11 o'clock the better for the closer association with the Flag and for the patriotic sentiments which were expressed. At 8 :30 the National Anthem was played and every voicE' joined in "My Country 'Tis of Thee," at the conclusion of which the audience remained standing while Reverend Mercer G. Johnston prayed. He asked Divine blessing upon the meeting and Divine aid in leading the blind leaders of a blind people to a more thorough understanding of the significance of the Stars and Stripes, the bread and wine of the American people.

The Philippine Commission Acts-The Flag Law.-A copy

of the resolutions signed by many prominent Americans was put in the hands of the Philippine Commission on the same date that it was adopted. This law-making body on that very day, August 23, following the trend of public sentiment and listening to the voice 'o f American community opinion, especially and most naturally that which was sponsored and expressed by the American papers, presented and passed Act No. 1696, commonly known as the Flag Law, the culminating point of that long argument which threatened the social as well as the political stability of the government. It was approved and made effec-

124

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

tive on September 6, 1907. Hence this statement of ex-Governor General Harrison: "The exhibition of the Filipino Flag, under which they had fought their war against us, was made by statute a criminal offense. (131)

The law reads: FLAG LAW

No. 1696

AN ACT TO. PRo.HIBIT THE DISPLAY o.F FLAGS, BANNERS, EMBLEMS, o.R DEVICES USED IN THE PHILIPPIN'E ISLANDS Fo.R THE PURPo.SE o.F REBELLION o.R INSURRECTION AlGAINST THE AUTHo.RITY o.F THE UNITED STATES AND THE DISPLAY OF KATIPUNAN FLAGS, BANNERS, EMBLEMS, o.R DEVICES, AND Fo.R o.THER PURPo.SES .

By authority of the United States, be it enacted by the Philippine Commissi'm, that: SEC'l'I'ON 1. Any person who shall expose, or cause or permit ,to be exposed, to public view on his own premises, or who shall expose, or cause to be exposed, to publiC' view, either on his own premises or elsewhere, any flag, banner, emblem, or device used during the late insurrection in the Philippine Islands to designate or identify those in armed rebellion against the United States, or any flag, banner, emblem, or device used or adopted at any time by the public enemies of the United States in the Philippine Islands for the purposes of public disorder or of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States in the Philippine Islands, or any flag, banner, emblem, or device of the Katipunan Society, or which is commonly known as such, shall be punished by a fine of not less than five hundred pesos nor more than five thousand pesos, or by imprisonment for not less than three months nor more than five years, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court. SEC. 2. Any person or persons having charge of any banquet, public entertainment, public meeting, or reunion, or any parade, procession, or review, who shall display, or cause or permit to be displayed, at such banquet, public entertainment, public meeting, or reunion, or in such parade, procession, or review, or who shall expose, or cause to be exposed, to public view any flag, banner, emblem, or device used during the late insurrection in the Philippine Islands to designate or identify those in armed rebellion against the United States, or any flag, banner, emblem, or device used or adopted at any time by the public enemies of the United States in the Philippine Islands for the purposes of public disorder or of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States in the Philippine Islands, or any flag, banner, emblem, or device of the Katipunan Society, or which is commonly known as such, shall be punished by a fine of not less than five hundred pesos nor more than five thousand pesos, or by imprisonment for not less than three months nor more than five years, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court. SEC. 3. 'It shall be unlawful for any person to expose, or cause or permit to be exposed, to public view on his own premises, or to expose, or cause to be exposed to public view either on his own premises or elsewhere, or to display or cause to be displayed at any banquet, public entertainment, meeting, or reunion, or in any parade, procession, or review, or for any person having charge of such banquet, public enter(1 31) F. B. Harrison, The CO?'nerstone of Philippine Inde1Jendence, p. 45.

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

125

tainment, meeting or reunion, or of such parade, procession, or review, to permit to be displayed or exposed to public view any flag or banner the use or display of which is prohibited by executive order of the Governor-General. Any person who shall violate the pl'ovisions of this section shall be punished by a fine of not less than five hundred pesos nor more than five thousand pesos, 'or by imprisonment for not less than three months nor more than five years, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court: P?'ovided, however, That nothing in this section contained shall be construed to authorize the Governor-General to permit the use or display of any flag, banner, emblem, or device whose use, display, or exposition to public view is prohibited by the preceding sections of this Act. SEC. 4. Any person who shall wear, use, or expose to public view in any parade, procession, or review any uniform or dress, or part thereof, adopted or used during the late insurrection in the Philippine Islands to designate or identify those in armed rebellion against the United States, or any uniform or dress, or part thereof, adopted 01' used at any time by the public enemies of the United States in the Philippine If'.lands for the purposes of public disorder or of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States in the Philippine Islands, shall be punished by a fine of not less than five hundred pesos nor more than five thousand pesos, or by imprisonment for not less than thl'ee months nor more than five years or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court.

PRESS COMMENT ON THE ACT OF THE PHILIPPINE COMMISSION THE FLAG LAW BEGINNING OF AN ERA OF DANGEROUS POLITICAL REACTION AND PERHAPS RETURN TO THE DAYS OF CONQUEST.

WORDS OF A RESPECTFUL PROTEST

The Philippine Commission has just accomplished one of the most transcendent acts of government, if not the most transcendent one, since the establishment of the civil regime. This measure together with the amendment of the Sedition Act marks in the life of this people the commencement of an era of dangerous political reaction, perhaps of a return to the days of the empire. The work was done with a surprising and unusual rapidity; nobody excepting those who participated in it could have foreseen that "coup," for it was a blow on our system of government, on our public institutions modelled after the liberal principles of the American Constitution, and under the shadow and protection of which the Filipino people has been living. The jingoist elements and their unconscious allies, the ex-Federals, are perhaps satisfied. The former is not hiding the gladness they feel. According to the Cablenews, the 23rd day of August, 1907, is a date as memorable for the Americans residing in these Islands as the 1st of May, 1898, when the Spanish squadron was destroyed, as the 13th of August Of the same year, and as the

126

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

4th of July, 1902, when the American sovereignty was effectively established over the Archipelago. We judge the facts in a calm mood. Bitter is the desillusion, deep the sorrow that fills the Filipino hearts in seeing that the mast on which our flag was waving is now down on the ground, but we are not feeling that fall so much. We shall pick up our sacred emblem, fold it with loving care, kiss it with affection and respect, and deposit it in the sanctuary of our national soul to cover with it our holy ideal. The symbol of the spirituality of a people is not lost or destroyed until the spirit itself is lost. It is not that fall that hurts us most, but the restriction of freedom imposed by those two imperial edicts. The right to assemble and the right of free speech are restricted to an unimaginable extent. The use of the Nacionalista emblem, as a symbol of the ideal of independence sanctioned by the policy heretofore followed by the Executive power in the Philippines and approved by an uninterrupted series of governmental acts in their relations to the governed, has become the clearest evidence of the fact that the ideal is alive ... But the damage inflicted on us is greater by the restriction of the right of free speech, liberty of the press, and the right of peaceable assembly. There is a serious danger in the triumph of reactionary elements which maintain the doctrine of peaceful penetration-call it "exploitation." .,. * * There is a menace which threatens the very foundation of the movement which the American people had commenced to erect in memory of the 'work of redemption of this race. To this task a promise was given, upon the faith and honor of the great Republic of the United States, to make of the Philippines an independent nation. There is now an attempt against this established policy of the government as laid down by the leaders of America. And jingoism is assaulting with new courage, with blind fury, the plan of the federal administration, which seemed heretofore resolved to carry into effect the beautiful ideal, a just pride of the American race, in raising weak peoples to the level of the American genius through its civic institutions. The Insular Government has acted, in our judgment, under the control of strange influences, very unfitting to the policy of the administration. There has been a lack of independent criterion on the part of the American administrators and a lack of patriotism on the part of the FilIpinos... above all, we cannot understand why no protest has been made by the Filipino commissioners. The Flag Act ends with a section common to nearly all the Acts declaring that "the common good requires its speedy passage," which is tantamount to

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

127

preventing its public discussion on the part of the people or the press. The haste of the Commission in passing that Act which was published by the press some hours before the meeting at the Opera House was well marked. The tempest became nearly calmed, the exalted anxiousness of those 'who attended the meeting was satisfied ... Can the American sovereignty be represented in the Philippine Islands by a flag other than that of the United States? This was the question propounded by the organizers of the meeting held last night at the Opera House. It was an arrogant, unnecessary, and useless question. Nobody ignores or has forgotten what the flag of the sovereign nation repreRents. The Star-Spangled Banner is a symbol of the sovereignty of the United States just the same as the Philippine Flag represents a memory and a hope.

-El Renacimiento, August 24, 1907.

Violations Of The Flag Law.-The Flag'! Law failed to

accomplish the purpose for which it was sponsored. In many ways, of course, it strengthened the sedition law, and sanctioned a few arrests; but beyond these temporary superficial effects, no actual good ever accrued to the government of the Philippines or to the right of sovereignty of the ruling power over these Islands. By its enactment there was nothing added to the respect which the Filipinos already entertained towards the American flag; there was every reason to believe, on the other hand, that something was subtracted therefrom; and by its unnecessary harsh enforcement the political allegiance to the sovereign nation (which as a result of a lost war was naturally painful and irksome) became more irritating. Instead of abating or lessening the people's love for their own Flag, as the sponsors of the Flag Law would have had it, it increased it a great deal more, and made them realize the significance of their allegiance to the country's only tangible representation; and so never before was that Flag closer to their hearts and more truly expressive of the national soul than in those days of its proscription. 路 There were a few violations recorded against the Flag Law, but practically none of these were willfully or maliciously committed. The wrong but popular excuse of ignorance of the law could had been pleaded in almost all of the cases that came to

128

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

court. Among these, the best example was the case against Go Chico, a Chinese Manila merchant convicted of violating this act of the Philippine Commission. Being a foreigner, he was not concerned in any way with the national sentiment of the Philippine Flag, and in all probability he did not care; and on account of his nationality, he was the last man who could had been guilty of the slightest malicious intention to willfully violate its provisions. Because of the strict interpretation of the point of the law involve, the case is partly quoted as follows: "THE UNITED STATES, plaintiff and appellee, vs. GO CHICO, defendant and appellant. "The Flag Law: Interpretation of Section 1 of Act No. 1696. "Held first, that a specific criminal intent, apart from the act of displaying, is not necessary to violation of said statute; held, second, that said statute includes not only the identical flags, etc., actually used in the insurrection referred to but also every flag, etc., of that type." "The defendant was tried in the Court of First Instance of the , city of Manila on the 8th day of September, 1908. After hearing the evidence adduced the court adjudged the defendant guilty of the crime charged and sentenced him under that judgment to pay a fine of P500, Philippine currency, and to pay the costs of the action, and to suffer subsidiary imprisonment during the time and in the form and in the place prescribed by law until said fine should be paid. From that judgment and sentence the defendant appealed to this court." "A careful examination of the record brought to this court discloses the following facts: "That on or about the 14th day of August, 1908, in the City of Manila, the appellant Go Chico displayed in one of the windows and one of the show cases of his store, No. 89 Calle Rosario, a number of medallions, in the form of small buttons, upon the faces of which were imprinted in miniature the picture of Emilio Aguinaldo, and the flag or banner or device used during the late insurrection in the Philippine Islands to designate and identify those in armed insurrection against the United States. On the day previous to the one above set forth the appellant had purchased the stock of goods in said store, of which the medallions formed a part, at a public sale made under authority of the sheriff of the city of Manila. On the

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

129

day in question, the 4th of August aforesaid, the appellant was arranging his stocks of goods for the purpose of displaying them to the public and in so doing placed in his show case and in one of the windows of his store the medallions described. The appellant was ignorant of the existence of a law against the display of the medallions in question and had consequently no corrupt intention. The facts above stated are admitted.

"It must not be forgotten that the Commission, by the words and phrases used, was not attempting to describe a particular flag, but a type of flag. They were not describing a flag used upon a particular field or in a certain battle, but a type of flag used by an army-a flag under which many persons rallied and which stirred their sentiments and feelings wherever seen or in whatever form it appeared. It is a mere incident of description that the flag was used upon a particular field or in a particular battle. They were describing the flag not a flag. It has a quality and significance and an entity apart from any place where or form in which it was used." "The judgment of the court below and the sentence imposed thereunder are hereby affirmed. So ordered. (132)

The last two cases filed in court for violations of Act 1696 were committed by the El Debate and Confetti, (133) a morning daily and a bi-weekly review respectiveJy. Both papers violated the law by printing the picture of the Filipino Flag, the former on October 19, 1919, and the latter on October 21. In both cases the law was violated after the Philippine Legislature had approved Senate Bill No.1, but since it was only a bill and had not been signed yet by the Governor-General, the provisions of Act No. 1696 were still in force. A Manila press commented on this matter saying: "EDITORS CHARGED WITH VIOLATING P. 1. FLAG LAW "Publication Of Papers Containing Philippine Emblem In Colors Brings Action. "Probably will drop cases. Philippine Repo1'ts, vol. 14, p. 128. Criminal Case No. 19665. Court of Firs.t Instance, Manila, against Ramon Torres and FranciS<!{) Varona, Associate Editors of El Debate. Criminal Case No. 19666, Court of First Instance, Manila, against L. Laconico Luna Editor of Confetti. ' (132) (133)

130

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"Moved Toward Prosecution Expected To Stop When New Bill is Signed. "Ramon Torres and Francisco Varona, associate editors of the El Debate and L. Laconico Luna, director and editor of Confetti, are charged with having violated the flag law, of having published papers in which were printed in colors the Philippine Flag, before the bill which would permit the display of the banner and which passed both Houses, had been signed by the Governor-General. The charge was filed yesterday afternoon by City Fiscal Anacleto Diaz in the Court of First Instance. "Mr. Varona declared yesterday that it was not the intention of his associate and himself to violate the law. When they printed the Philippine Flag he said they were expecting that the Governor-General would sign the bill immediately and before copies of the El Debate were sold. "Senate President Quezon made the statement yesterday afternoon that the Governor-General would sign the bill before 12 o'clock to-day if he had I;Lot signed it yesterday or last night. The Senate President believes that the signature of the Governor-General to the bill wipe out the charge against the editors. "This idea is expressed because the repeal of a law which a person is charge with violating is taken as grounds for dropping the charges although the law was in full force when the alleged offense was committed. HIt seems that no legal action has been taken regarding the presentation of a Philippine Flag to the House of Representatives by the directress and some students of the Centro Escolar de Senoritas." -The Manila Daily Bulletin, October 22, 1919.

This violation of the Flag Law was the result of over-enthusiasm caused by the news that the legal ban prohibiting the use of the Philippine Flag was to be erased from the statute book. With or without malicious intent, the governmental machinery could not with justice to itself overlook the matter, and the sense of public responsibility demanded the corresponding action. So, although the Bill was about to become a law, nevertheless, both editors were accused on October 21st, before the Court of First Instance in the city of Manila, of violating the provisions of Act 1696. Considering, however, that the Gov-

THE PROSCRIPTION OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

131

ernor-General signed the Bill on the following day, October 22, both cases were dropped on the same date. What Was Not The Intention Of The Flag ILaw.-A close study of the Flag Law and the discussions on its passage showed that it was not the intention of the Philippine Commission to prohibit the mere possession of the Filipino Flag or its display in private houses. President Quezon while serving his term of duty as Resident Commissioner at Washington had a Filipino Flag properly displayed in his office. That was not considered a violation of the law, and on this point the then Secretary of Commerce and Police, W. Cameron Forbes, later Governor General, sent a communication on September 2, 1907, to General H. H. Bandholtz, Director of Constabulary, saying: "Sir: "On my visit to Laguna yesterday, I f.ound that the Senior Inspector of Constabulary had sent out an order notifying local officials to take up Filipino flags, believing that Act numbered 1696, of .which I beg to inclose herewith a copy, prohibited the possession of the same, or its display in private houses. This was not the intent of the law. That matter was very carefully discussed in the Commission, and while it is unnecessary to advertise the fact that these flags may be used for decorating the interior of houses, notices should be sent to the Constabulary to make sure that no mistake is made in regard to the matter."

CHAPTER

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG (THE REPEAL OF ACT 1696 BY ACT 2871 OF THE PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE)

Early Legislation To Restore The Use Of The Flag Unsuccessful.-Amidst imposing ceremonies the first Philippine Assembly was inaugurated on October 16, 1907, at the Marble Hall. The decoration of that first seat of the Legislature was in great contrast for the occasion; the background with its taste of European art clearly showed the marks of the past dominion of Spain; the foreground, striking because of the prominence and display of the Stars 'and Stripes, unmistakably portrayed the present political status of the Philippines under the .United States of America. In that sumvtuous hall there was nothing symbolic of country except the elected delegates from all over the Philippines. By its absence the Philippine Flag was very conspicuous, so much so that it was the topic of conversation among the general public and the subject of comment among the newly elected representatives. However, realizing that the matter had just been freshly treated by passionate opinion and excitable remarks, and fearing the repetition of so much undesirable public antagonism of a racial color, the elected delegates decided to postpone whatever legislative recourse they had. In every legislative session from 1908 to 1914 the Philippine Assembly drafted and presented a bill, for the purpose of either repealing entirely Act 1696 or amending it only to the extent of permitting the use of the Philippine Flag under certain conditions and limitations. The first attempt to repeal that prohibition was presented on May 12, 1908. Twelve ather similar bills and one resolution were submitted from that date until this legislative body and its older partner, the Philippine Commission~ 132

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

133

went out of existence by operation of the Jones Law in 1916. Out of these total of 13 bills and one resolution, only five of the former were voted upon and passed by the Philippine Assembly the rest being pigeonholed in committees. (134) The approved five bills were sent to the Philippine Commission but this body either refused or purposely failed to act on any of them. On October 16, 1916, in accordance with the provisions of the Jones Law, the new Philippine Legislature consisting of an upper and a lower house, the Senate and the House of Representatives :respectively, met for the first time. On the following day legislative business was in order and the first bill presented in the House of Representatives was to repeal the Flag Law. Within the short space of three years of the Fourth Legislature, it was followed by eight bills and one joint resolution on the same subject, all of which died in the hands of committees, were pigeonholed, or otherwise held pending. Not one of them was approved. (135) . At a glance it would seem paradoxical that the Philippine Assembly approved five bills repealing the Flag Law and forwarded them to the Philippine Commission at a time when everything was hostile to such political concession, while the House of Representatives failed to pass any at a time when the Philippine Legislature was all composed of Filipinos, when the political atmosphere was most favorable here and abroad, and when the people were enjoying more political local autonomy than under the Commission form of government. The explanation to this seemingly contradictory attitude between the Philippine Assembly and the Philippine Legislature on the restoration of the use of the National Flag was not due to a change of administration in the United States or to local views in the matter but to the political situation of the world at the period. The United States was at war with a foreign European power which had colonies and commercial dealings all over the Pacific and the H. B. No. 275, First Philippine Legislature. H. B. No. 183 and H. B. No. 983, Second Philippine Legislature-. H. B. No. 186 and H. B. No. 1105, Third Philippine Legislature . (135 ) See Appendix XII, -list of bilLs la nd resolutions on the flag, at the end of this chapter. (1 34 )

134

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

world was full of political propaganda. To avoid any possible international complication arising from the use or recognition of any emblem in her possession other than that of her national colors, it was imperative that only the flag of the United States should fly at that time over the Philippines. In view of this necessary and reasonable precaution, Governor-General Harrison made his objections known against the repeal of the Flag Law. The Philippine Legislature, therefore, fearing that his vetoing a bill on the flag might, for all time, establish a definite stand of the Chief Executive on the subject, purposely failed then to pass any bill repealing it. The Governor-General In His 17th Annual Message.-However, things changed in 1919: international politics and racial views were slightly modified and the iron-hand of colonial administration over subject races relaxed everywhere, at least in the public mind. When. the World War ended, the United States emerged triumphant in many ways: her military prowess was tested and proved formidable; her economic and financial resources stood the burden of the war and gained more; her international relations with other powers were multiplied, sought for, and given weight; and her merchant marine was developed for her new field of business enterprises in the entire stretch of the broad Pacific. Such was her position in world affairs after the war. The Filipinos felt it and took advantage of the psychological moment. And ten days before the opening of the Fifth Legislature, Hon. Sergio Osmeiia, Speaker of the House of Representatives, then enjoying his vacation in Japan, sent the following cable to Senate President Quezon recommending the repeal of the Flag Law: Keijye, October 6, 1919. "In view of the fact that circumstances have totally changed that the American People, according to their authorized representatives, now no longer entertain doubts in respect to the loyalty of the Filipino People, which has been from time to time demonstrated in recent years, I believe firmly that the occasion has come to submit again to the Governor-General the question of our flag, that he may be persuaded this time to withdraw his objection to the repeal of the law which prohibits its use."-OSMEftA.

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

135

On October 16, 1919, Governor-General Harrison read his 17th annual message to the Fifth Legislature, and referring to the repeal of the Flag Law, on which matter he had been personally and officially approached by our political spokesmen, said: "The time has now long passed for suspicion and distrust between the two peoples, and Act No. 1696 known as the Flag Law was passed during a period of temporary feeling which has long since been allayed; I recommend to you, therefore, the repeal of the Flag Law so that it may no longer be a crime for a Filipino to exhibit in public that Flag under which his people had set up a generation ago their own form of government."

In The House Of The Senate.-After the joint session of

both Houses of the Legislature, and in that same evening, this recommendation of the Governor-General was taken up, and Senator Rafael Palma presented in the upper House Senate Bill No. 1, repealing the Flag Uaw. Party lines and political partisanship were not spared in its discussion. In support of his measure the author of the bill made the following explanations: "Mr. President: Due to the political vision and sagacity of the present Governor-General, we are now able to discuss this bill which deeply concerns the sentiments of the Filipino people. For a long time, since 1907, during which the display of the Philippine Flag was prohibited, the people of the Islands had been claiming for the restoration of that Flag. At that time the atmosphere prevailing in the Islands between the two elements, the Americans and the Filipinos, was not favorable for the consideration of a bill like this. In a thousand forms and on many occasions my name has been linked with this affair. I had been attacked, unjustly, in my opinion, because of the fact that I was supposed to entertain a view contrary to the restoration of our Flag. Public men, who are courageous enough to express their ideas and to make these Islands of some value before the crowd, must frequently be the target of criticism and unjust attacks. But I have never at any time or moment of my life been opposed to the display of our Flag that it may be respected, not only by the Filipinos but also by foreigners. It was a serious concern; the respect itself for that Flag, has constrained many Filipinos in their desire to allow it to be displayed under un-

136

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

favorable circumstances for the reason that they would be unable to demand respect for it. "It is no secret for anybody that during the Republican administration, the controlling ideas were entirely disfavorable not only to our Flag but also to the cause of the independence of the country; and had this bill been introduced, the representative of the American sovereignty over the Archipelago would most assuredly not have supported our claim, but, even if he had supported it, the public sentiment prevailing among the American residents would had been against the display of that Flag, and who knows whether they would have insulted, instead of respecting it. It was because of our forebearance, because of our earnest desire that flag is revindicated in due time, in this time when not only the local American administration but also the American administration in the United States are inclined to gratify the wishes of the Filipino people. It is indeed a source of gratefulness for us to see that the initiative for the restoration of the Philippine Flag comes from the American Chief Executive of the Islands himself. There is no doubt that an unjustified offense to the feelings of the Filipino people prompted the law forbiding display of our Flag. But it must be acknowledged that such offense is now vindicated by the just and generous action taken by the Chief Executive in recommending in his annual message the restoration of the Philippine Flag. We knew how to wait, we knew how to be steadfast and now, we reap the fruit of the patience, attitude, and confidence we have observed up to the present moments. This is a great day of victory, Mr. President, and this bill marks a step forward to the conquest of our political rights. The approval of this bill will forever remove any doubt or uncertainty in the minds of the Filipino people about the readiness of the United States to consider favorably the petition and demand of independence by this people. Not only have we a solemn and certain promise in the provisions of the Jones Law that the American people is willing to grant such independence to the Filipinos but we may be convinced that, with the steps that are being taken, our independence is assured. And the approval pf the bill now under the consideration of this House will be a cumulative evidence, a new testimony ' of the sincere purposes of the American administration in these Islands."

Following the same line of thought but under a different tenor and point of view, Senate President Quezon added: "The bill now under our consideration has deserved the hearty and enthusiastic approval of the President of the Nacionalista

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

137

Party, Mr. Osmefia, with whom I have communicated this matter by cable. "The Governor-General has already some days ago discussed with the Council of State the advisibility of this bill being considered by the Legislature, and the result of this discussion was the message which has just been read to the Legislature to-night. . "I want to say, Mr. Chairman, that the Nacionalista Party is again accredited with the gratitude of the Filipino people. Once more we are showing that this party has always in mind the interests and rights of our country. That Flag, which was once the sacred ensign of the Filipino Revolutionary Government, as a result of the defeat suffered by our arms, had to be folded, and the past exalted passion cause it to be a crime to display that Flag. At the time when that Act was passed, the Filipino people was not yet represented in the legislative Houses. The Philippine Assembly was not organized, and the Nacionalista Party has not yet begun to take part in the management of the public affairs of this country. I will not indulge now in a new account of the work accomplished by the party thenceforth. I will confine myself to state that that Flag which the Philippine a~y carried in victory will hereafter be displayed within and without the Philippjne territory, due to the work of the Nacionalista Party. So that this party has once more rescued from the wreckage, as it will do completely and very soon, the ideals of the Filipino people. "As the Senator for the Fourth District (Mr. Palma) has rightly said, it was the wisdom, intelligence, and patriotism of the Filipino people, shown by their representatives in the government, which made it possible for that Flag, condemned to reclusion by an Act of the representatives of the metropolis in the Islands, to come up again to public light and to be greeted with love and veneration by the Filipino people. The Nacionalista Party could have perhaps used this Act as a political capital by approving it in the eve of the last general election; because then existed the same reasons that are found now for approving this bill, and the Governor-General was then ready to grant the demand for repealing said Act, but we have preferred to act in such a manner that our action may not be judged from the standpoint of party politics; and 'so, the day following our victory, when there are still three years ahead in which the service rendered by the Nacionalista Party may be forgotten, we place before the Filipino people, in order that it may be blessed and worshipped, that Flag which, thanks to our vote, may hereafter be legally displayed. And I hope that the Nacionalista Party will not stop at that, but will even approve an Act by which the display

138

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

of that Flag, or of any 路 other shall be legalized and adopted as the Flag of the Government of the Philippines. "True it is that the reason why the approval of this bill, which I hope we will approve within a moment, has been postponed, is because it has been considered inopportune. Misgivings and suspicions already existed between Americans and Filipinos, and said suspicions and distrusts might have caused a disturbance of the public peace and that our beloved Flag could had been exposed to insult. The attitude, however, of the Filipino people during the last war, with which they showed their fealty to the democratic ideals of America, must have made all suspicion or doubt to disappear forever, and must have gained for the Filipino people the appreciation, consideration, and respect of the American people; and with the approval within this present sess.ion of the bill which will permit the display of our Flag, we will secure a greater spiritual union and a larger interchange of liberal and democratic ideas between America and the Philippines."

One of the spokesmen of the opposition party, Senator Sandiko, listening to the allusions exclusively crediting the N acionalistas for the favorable ' recommendation of the Governor General, replied his colleagues in the same terms of political partisanship: "The Senator for the Fifth District (Mr. Quezon) has just stated that the President of the Nacionalista Party, has enthusiastically welcomed the bill to restore the use of the Philippine Flag. I, in the name of the Democrata Party, may and do assure you that this party does also accept with enthusiasm the restoration of said Flag. "Mr. Chairman: The Senator for the Fifth District (Mr. Quezon) has also stated that the Nacionalista Party has always defended the interests and rights of the people. I like it to be made of record that the Democrata Party has always equally defended the interests and rights of the Filipino people. "I have heard the Senator for the Fourth District (Mr. Palma) saying that he has been made the subject of an unjust accusation in connection with the Philippine Flag. In saying this, he perhaps wished to allude to the Democrata Party. And for this reason, Mr. Chairman, I desire to state that I believe that the charge was just, because at that time the Filipino people was anxious to restore the Flag and hoped that the only Nacionalista member of the Philip-

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

139

pine Commission, who is now the Senator for the Fourth District (Mr. Palma), would have worked for the restoration of the Flag, but that said senator did not do so claiming adverse circumstances then prevailing. So I repeat that the accusation was only just. "Referring to the statement of the senator for the Fifth District (Mr. Quezon), he said that the conditions existing then were not identical to the present, that the Filipino people was not truly represented in the Legislature. It is true; but there were times when it could have done so, because the Filipino people was represented in both Houses; namely, the upper House and the lower House and for this reason the Filipino people expected that that Nacionalista Legislature could have restored the Flag without the necessity of having the' Chief Executive initiating such a patriotic measure. "I like to state that whatever and wherever the source of this measure may be, in the name of the Democrata Party, I welcome it enthusiastically and I feel highly satisfied for the restoration of the Philippine Flag."

Such a bill, touching the national sentiment of a people, should never had been the subject of party politics; and should not had formed a ground for discussions invoking party lines. But as a matter of fact, it was not save from that unfortunate feature of political partisanship. Fortunately, however, and notwithstanding the uncalled-for arguments and unnecessary remarks, which serve to annoy more than anything else, the bill was unanimously approved. A Manila press editorial spoke of this discussion in the following terms: "One of the most fiery and interesting debates that has taken place on the floor of the Philippine Senate in which the participants were the leaders of the N acionalista Party, Senate President Quezon, ~nd Senators Palma and Guevarra on one side, and Senator Sandiko, the lone member of the opposition party on the other, was staged at the opening session of that body last night in connection with the discussion of that bill introduced by Senator Palma to repeal the Flag Law and authorize thereby the use, display, and exhibition of the Filipino Katipunan flag. After the heated controversJ.~ was over, the bill was unanimously passed and now goes to the lower house."-Manila Daily Bulletin, Oct. 7, 1919.

In The House Of Representatives.-On the following day

October 17, the bill was sent to the House of Representatives,

140

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

where the same kind of political partisanship was as much in evidence as in the upper House. Speaking for the Nacionalistas, Representative Generoso said: "Mr. President, Gentlemen of the Committee of the Whole: Filled with the emotion of one who again sees the light after a long darkness, of one who feels that the hopes, which stirred up his being and excited his whole soul into fighting for the attainment of a cherished ideal are well-nigh attained, I am now speaking to report on the bill approved by the Senate, and today under consideration before the Committee of the Whole. It is as already said, a; bill in which the present Legislature may and should take pride, because it will be one of the most important and transcendent laws in connection with the national aspirations of the Filipino people in so far as their political substantivity is concerned. It shall have that character, for it will repeal the Act which has heretofore prohibited the display of our Flag and will restore the use of it so that we shall behold it again in our public buildings and places and in our own homes. The public use of the colors, which we had defended with all the energy of our feelings and our action as a people, of the emblem for which we had shed so much blood and for which we had offered so much sacrifices, is almost equivalent to the affirmation that there exist here a free and independent people. On seeing it wave majestically, after the long period we had been unable to display it publicly, we shall remember the glorious past of the Filipino peopIe; a past in which this people succeeded in establishing for a period, short indeed yet fruitful, a government which deserved not only our plaudits but also the admiration of foreigners. "For the very reason that this is a question of vital importance, a question of national character for us, allow me to briefly narrate the history of the Flag since the enactment of the Act prohibiting its display up to this moment when by another Act we want to restore its use. In reviewing this history, I do not intend to refer to party affairs because I, for one, believe that in a question like this, the members of this committee as well as the whole people should forget their party differences and the tenets of their political creeds, in order to devote themselves as a whole to something greater than the opinion of a group, that is, our national substantivity, our ideal of independence. Any reference to the activities of some party which I may make in the course of this brief narrative will be a reference to a fact needed to support my statements and not for the purpose of reflecting upon or criticizing the conduct of any political party that ever existed or exists in the Philippine Islands.

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

141

"We all know that the Act prohibiting the use of our Flag was approved in 1907. It was enacted at a time when the majority of this House was not controlling nor had any intervention in the management of public affairs in this country. This is not the occasion to tell what should had been done at that time; but it seems to me, as a member of the majority party, that it is necessary to call to mind that when this party took an effective part in the government of this coutnry, it made many efforts to repeal that Act. This was shown by the fact that the Philippine Assembly, long before the Filipinization of the Legislature, approved a bill repealing the Act which prohibits the use of the Philippine Flag. That Act approved by the Philippine Assembly did not become a law for the reason that the Nacionalistas had then no effective intervention in the upper House of our Legislature. Since then there had been a change in the state of things in this country. The Jones Law took effect, and since the year 1916 the two Houses of this Legislature have been composed of members a large majority of whom are elected by the people and who have mostly belonged always to the Nacionalista Party. It has been said outside of this House, on some occasions, that the Nacionalista Party is to be made accountable for our failure to restore the use of tpe Philippine Flag; that the Nacionalista Party is at least negligent because, having almost under its control the legislative power, has failed to pass a law repealing .that Act which prohibits the Filipinos to display their sacred and beloved emblem. Such an accusation is groundless. It must be taken into account that since the year 1916, when the Nacionalista Party assumed a more effective intervention in the administration of public affairs in the Philippine Islands, a courteous conduct towards the American people, who by approving the Jones Law through their constitutional representatives expressed their purpose to acknowledge the political independence of the Filipino people, required a cautious self-restrain in every action closely related to the sovereignty represented by the Star-Spangled Banner. Moreover, the representative of the American sovereignty in these Islands ever since his arrival at our shores has repeatedly stated on every occasion offered to him that he recognizes our right to a free and independent life as a people, for which reason we Filipinos are doubly obliged to show the courteous attitude I have mentioned. So that even though several bills, like the one under consideration, now had been presented in 1916 and in subsequent years in this House as well as in the Senate, no final action like the approval of the bill yesterday by the Senate was ever taken. Formerly the Governor-General did not agree in repealing the law which prohibits the use of our Flag. Now that he himself has stated that the prevailing circum-

142

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

stances have changed-perchance because there are no longer any reasons to believe that America, in a manner prej udicial to our aspiration to an independent life will misinterpret the purpose of restoring the use of our Flag-the Nacionalista Party, in a way denoting its anxiety to solve a question long ago waited for by the natives of these Islands, is acting immediately; and the committee appointed to report on this bill recommends that it be approved with the amendment proposed by the same. "I believe that on this occasion it would be unjust to fail to mention the President of the N acionalista Party as one of those who labored for the restoration of the use of our Flag. In the telegram read a moment ago to the members of the House, Speaker Osmefia says that he believes firmly that it is high time for submitting again to the Governor-General the question of our Flag so that he may be pleased to withdraw his objections to the repeal of the Act prohibiting the use thereof. All those among us who belong to the Nacionalista Party, who share with its chief the responsibilities of our party in connection with the present government of this country, are aware of the efforts made by Speaker Osmefia, ever since his party began to cooperate in the management of public affairs in the Philippine Islands, to take away from its legal inclosure the sacred colors which symbolize the struggles of the Filipinos for their freedom. Knowing of this work, we would be unjust if on an occasion like this, we should fail to proclaim that he contributed a great deal of his ability and tact in order that the Legislature may now, as it should, approve the bill repealing the Act which prohibits the use of the Philippine Flag. "Now, a few words about the amendment made by the committee. It provides that a day be fixed by the Governor-General as a holiday for the purpose of celebrating the restoration of the use of our Flag. The committee thinks it proper to make this amendment in order that the act may be solemnized appropriately, and that on a given day there may be celebrated all over the Archipelago the official reappearance of the sacred banner which is for us the symbol of our right to be independent. "Mr. President: If we have not forgotten that we have been struggling for liberty in this country since the mournful days of the first revolution, laboring steadfastly for the attainment of our ideal; if we are conscious that the most important, the fundamental command of our country men-who by their votes have raised us to this august temple-is that we do our utmost and display the necessary efforts for the accomplishment of our freedom and independence, we are in duty bound to approve this bill without further delay. We are so bound because by approving it we shall once more

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

143

ratify the ideal supported by our people in times of war, and show the evidence of the capacity and sense of responsibility of our people in times of peace."

To this speech of Representative Generoso as the exponent of the N acionalista Party, Representative Recto delivered a reply as the Spokesman of the Democratas in the House, saying: "Mr. President, Gentlemen of the Committee of the Whole: I stand up at this moment from a position which could be occupied with more brilliancy and honor by any of the distinguished gentlemen here present. But, gentlemen, my knowledge of my own defficiency has been overcome by an uncontrollable desire of conveying before this committee-without stridency and passion, with justice and truth, and, above all, with the equanimity needed to realize both one's own defects and the merits of others-the thoughts and feelings of the minority of this House on the bill now under our consideration. "Gentlemen: The ancient peoples used to mark with a white or black stone the lucky or unlucky events that come to alter the placidness of their primitive and simple life. I believe, gentlemen, that this day should certainly be marked with a white stone in the annals of our country, with the whitest stone that can be found in the most privileged quarry in the world; because on this day, gentlemen, the representatives of the people, in the exercise of their high attributes and prerogatives, will resolve unanimously that there be hoisted, never again to lower down, very high in the space, where it may be kissed by the sun or caressed by the storms, and where it may not be reached by the mud splatter of our journey or the noise of our petty grudges, that immortal banner, blessed among all. Its white color symbolizes the purity of the customs of our face, its red the bloody sacrifices of our braves, and its blue the ideal that throbs in its divine folds. That immaculate cloth, gentlemen, which was the source of patriotic inspirations for those first constitutionalists who, in the Malolos Parliament and under the hissing of bullets, drew up the first Philippine Constitution with their hope put on God and on the substantivity of cur race, will shine from now on in the cloudy heaven of our destinies like a star of enthusiasm and redemption. "Gentlemen of the Committee of the Whole: Public opinion was long ago strongly knocking at the door of the .Legislature urging the restoration of the Philippine Flag. The Chief Executive

144

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

of the Islands, knowing that the old imperialistic principles have been finally relegated to the past to give way to a new life more inclined to create truth and impart justice, has recommended the approval of an Act repealing the ill-starred Flag Act which at one time was, the natural product of an atmosphere pregnant with uncertainty, prejudice and intolerance. The minority of this House in favorably casting its votes, as it will do unanimously, for the approval of this bill, will show that the patriotism of the minority knows how to agree, as it does in fact, with that of the majority in matter-~ fundamental, to the end that the national dogmas be not shattered to pieces, and that both the majority and the minority are ready to forget their little differences and shake hands for the sake of the welfare of the fatherland. "Mr. President and Gentlemen pf the Committee of the Whole: The restoration of the Philippine Flag, by the approval of the present bill, is a triumph of the Filipino people. We, the minority members of this House, do believe that the majority party is convinced that all these great conquests of the Filipino people, all these grand achievement which cover them with glory are the products of common efforts, of that great and meritorious labor to which both the majority and the ~inority have together contributed their patriotism. Patriotism is not, Mr. President, an exclusive patrimony of a given group or party. If monopoly of staple products is a hateful thing, a 'monopoly of patriotism is more so. In this work for the restoration of the Philippine Flag, the whole Philippine people -all the parties without excluding independent opinion, as respectable as any other-have put their hearts, their minds, and their work. "The last Legislative, possessing a superabundance of prudence and carefulness, was unable to approve this bill. Some reasons apparently strong were adduced; it was allegd that we had no army which could command respect to our Flag; it was alleged that a pair of drunkards might entertain themselves in acts offensive and insulting to our Flag. As regards these two points, Mr. President, I believe these circumstances have not changed. There is still lacking a native army which could constitute a guard of honor to our Flag, and there are still roaming about our streets, more than a pair of drunkards who might insult it; and yet, even confronted with this same situation, we are restoring today the use of our ban-ner, for we are convinced that the voice of public opinion has become very imperative, and that this is a matter which can no longer be postponed. "Blessed be a thousand times that sacred emblem which, hoisted on the most rugged and loftiest peak of the native mountains~

THE

R~BIRTH

OF THE PHILIPPINE- FLAG

145

will be viewed by the generations and centuries which are marching on as the eternal symbol of the ideal which has given us greatness, and will give freedom to our race. "Mr. President, I shall no longer entertain the attention of this committee, and do thank the indulgence granted me by my worthy colleagues, any of whom could, as I have said in the beginning, take the floor with more honor than myself. 0

"For all the above reasons, I have the honor to inform this committee that the minority agrees to the approval of this bill."

Senate Bill No.1, 1919, Becomes Act. No. 2871.-The bill

was ~pproved in the lower House with an amendment to the effect that the Governor-General will set aside by proclamation a day to celebrate the restoration of the Flag. The Senate accepted the said amendment on that same date. (136) Five days later, the bill was approved and signed by the Chief Executive, who was in the City of Baguio at the time. His approval, awaited with much anxiety and suspense, was telegraphed to the Legislature in Manila, where it was received by the public with rejoicing and enthusiasm. The Act as passed reads: FIFTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE First Session.

So ' No. 1. [No. 2871.]

AN ACT TO REPEAL ACT NUMBERED SIXTEEN HUNDRED AND NINETYSIX, ENTITLED "AN ACT TO PROHIBIT THE DISPLAY OF FLAGS, BANNERS, EMBLEMS, OR DEVICES USED IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS FOR THE PURPOSE OF REBELLION OR INSURRECTION AGAINST THE AUTHORITY OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE DISPLAY OF KATIPUNAN FLAGS, BANNERS, EMBLEMS, OR DEVICES, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES." (136) On the following day, October 18, Miss Librada Avelino, Directress of the Centro Escolar de Senoritas, accompanied by a group of girlS, went to the House of Representatives to present a l<'ilipmo Flag, whicn was made by the girl students themselves, After the regular seSSIon, a teacher, Manuel Ravago, presented the Flag on behalf of the institution in the following words: HI have the honor' to presenr; to the House of Representatives Lne first p'aipino i"lag to be display ea after the passage of the bill repealing the Flag 1.Jaw and 1'estor'ing the u~e of the National Flag. The Cent?'o Escolar de Senvrotws is gratefuL of the opportunity given it to show the love which its teachers and 8tud6n~s proofess towarod the country as symbolized by this flag." , The response to this offer was Senate Resolution No. 12, 5th Philippine Legislature, thanking the Board of Directors of the Centro Escolar de Senoritas for the gift.-(See Resolutions 10 H. R. and 12 P. S., Appendix XlI at the end of this chapter.)

146

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Be it enacted by the Senate and Hou se of Representatives of the Philippines in Legislatur e assembled and by the auth01'ity of the same: SECTION 1. Act Numbered Sixteen hundred and ninety-six, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," is hereby repealed. SEC. 2. The Governor-General shall, by proclamation, designate once only a day which shall be declared an official holiday, for the purpose of celebrating the restoration of the use of the Filipino flag. SEC. 3.

This Act shall take effect on its approval.

Approved, October 22, 1919.

Sought by the representatives of the Manila press for a statement on the restoration of the use of the Filipino Flag, General Aguinaldo was quoted saying: (137) "The restoration of the Filipino Flag is a source of reJOIcmg for the people and for me, of immense satisfaction, a solace.

"I have absolute faith in the fact that our people will know how to respect and h nor the American Fla.g just as they want theirs to be respected and honored .... "The passage of the bill restoring the use of our Flag' is merely a local recognition, and I hope that in the not distant future this recognition will become universal. "The most historic Filipino Flag was the one we raised in Kawit, Cavite, it having been recognized and saluted by the American squadron. It was the same flag which we used in Malolos, Bulacan, and was defended by our hosts and which, I believe, was finally deposited in the caves of the northern Carballo mountains in Nueva Vizcaya. "The sun represents the light which illumines the country; its eight rays are the eight first constituent provinces. The three stars represent the three regions of the Archipelago. The white triangle indicates equality. The blue field denotes our patriotism, the lofty principles and purposes, wisdom. And the wide red stripe means valor, blood."

Expressions Of The American Point Of View.-The Amer-

ican community was naturally interested in the development of (13.)

The Citizen, (General Aguinaldo on the Filipino Flag), October 23, 1919.

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

147

this law when it was being discussed, and not a few were against its becoming a reality. However, the American public opinion was such that their exponent members were at least in sympathy if not behind the Governor-General's attitude towards the people and their political program. The few Americans who were not in favor of this step of the Legislature did not file any formal objection or protest except to voice their sentiment on the subject of the American Flag as it flies over these Islands. What passive opposition they put up could well be summarized in the two editorials of an American representative press, the Manila Daily Bulletin: one on October 18, The Flag Law Repeal; and another on October 20, A Colonial Flag-Why Not? These read: "THE FLAG LAW REPEAL. The moment that an American chief executive of the Philippine Islands publicly announced his stand in favor of the repeal of a law which prohibits the exhibition of the flag or emblem of the short-lived Filipino Republic, there was no doubt as to the action which would be taken by the Filipino Legislature. "With Governor Harrison we believe that there is no longer any need to make legal prohibition against the display of these emblems, but much will depend upon the attitude adopted by the Filipino people themselves as to the recurrence of unpleasant incidents in this connection. "The sovereign country in these Islands is still the United States of America, and in a very large sense, it must be remembered, there is only one national flag. The Filipino emblem cannot yet have any political significance, whatever may be its sentimental appeal to the natives of these Islands, an appeal which we think all liberal minded Americans must appreciate. "The only danger of future misunderstandings, which would be deplorable, will lie in misconceptions which seek to clothe the Filipino emblem with a significance which it has not or which seek to ignore the significance of sovereignty which is still a vital attribute of Old Glory. We are convinced that the level headed leaders of the Filipino people will appreciate the distinctions made. "The Filipino emblem, until the day when American sovereignty is withdrawn from the Islands, cannot be a national emblem, nor can it share that honor with the American Flag. It can be respected and honored by the Filipino and American alike, however, as representative of a great ideal, and the admiration of the Filipino

148

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

people for it may well be accepted as indicative of a gratifying adherence to that ideal through twenty years-an adherence which we may believe has been strengthened rather than weakened by American tutelage. "There can be no comparison between the flags which we may expect to see side by side in the near future. The one represents a living government, the other a cherished ideal. The one is a national flag, the other a memento of the past. Each in its place may be received with honor by us all and without detracting from the other. "There is no justifiable ground for prejudice in the matter, but all elements of the ,community would do well to take counsel to the end that rash demonstrations, which might revive prejudices of the past, may be prevented in the future." "A COLONIAL FLAG-WHY NOT? A suggestion is made for the adoption by the Filipino Legislature of a colonial flag to be flown with the Stars and Stripes during the period of American occupation. To such a flag, it is pointed out, an official significance might be given which can never be accorded to the banner which for the past ten years has been under legal ban. "We believe that, if the Filipino people are really desirous of flying an official emblePl that can carry with it some semblance of authority and at the same time not arouse feelings of antagonism in any quarter, the suggestion ' is worthy of every consideration. "We are reasonably certain that no American would object to seeing such a flag shown equal honor with that of his own country, any more than the Englishman objects to the honors afforded to the flag of the Dominion of Canada. "The emblem of the defunct Filipino Republic, quartered upon the American flag, would typify at once the past achievements and the future aspirations of the Filipino people, while a~ the same time paying due tribute to the sovereignty of the United States. An insult to such a flag would be an insult to American and to Filipino alike. "Its appearance on public buildings or given equal prominence with the American flag would excite no rancor, we are certain, and if a day of complete separation from the United States should finally come through the expressed desire of the Filipino people, the emblem which has appeared 'as surrounded by the protecting stars and stripes of our own flag may be lifted bodily from it to become the ' official standard of an independent Philippine Government. "The action of Congress to approve such a flag wou1d probably be required, but we ' do 'not believe that other conditions would be

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

149

placed upon the grant of permission than a stipulation that it not be given precedence over our own banner. "As we have said before, attempts to give the old Filipino Flag an official significance are fraught with grave danger and are almost certain, sooner or later, to cause unpleasant occurrences. If it is an official flag that is desired, might not the colonial emblem suggested meet immediate requirements?"

APPENDIX XII LIST OF BILLS AND RESOLUTIONS ON THE FLAG FIRST PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE. 203.-An Act entirely repealing Act Numbered 1696 of the Philippine Commission entiled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices 'used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States, and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," putting an end to all actions instituted by virtue of the provisions of, said Act. Presented by Assemblyman Sotto on May 12, 1908; Referred to the Special Committee the same day; Pending before said committee. 206.-An Act amending the Sotto Bill repealing Act Numbered 1696 of the Commission entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States, and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by Assemblyman Fenoy on May 12, 1908; Referred to the Special Committee the same day; Pending before said committee. 275.-An Act amending sections one, two, and three of Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six of the Philippine Commission, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States, and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," putting an end to all actions instituted by virtue of said sections one, two and three. Presented by Assemblyman Sotto on May 20, 1909; Approved by the Assembly the same day; Transmitted to the Commission the same day; Left on the table by the Commission on May 20, 1909.

150

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

151

SECOND PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE.

183.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States, and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by Assemblyman Fuentebella on October 28, 1910; Referred to the Committee together with a favorable opinion on the same on January 25, 1911; Approved by the Assembly on January 26, 1911; Transmitted to the Commission on January 28, 1911; Pending before the Commission. 197.-An Act authorizing the display of the Philippine flags in all educational institutions in the Philippine Islands under certain conditions. Presented by Assemblyman Borja on October 31, 1910; Referred to a Special Committee on November 1st, 1911; Pending before said committee. 350.-An Act authorizing the display of the Philippine flag in houses, streets and squares in all of the towns of the Philippine Islands on the thirtieth of December of each year. Presented by Assemblymen Manikan and Acuna on November 26, 1910; Transferred to a Special Committee the same day; Pending before said committee. 607.-An Act authorizing the Governor-General to permit the display of the Philippine flag on certain public holidays under certain conditions. Presented by Assemblyman Pecson on October 18, 1911; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws the same day; Returned with a memorandum (A. M. No. 384) on January 23, 1912, recommending that for the same H. B. No. 982, be subst.i~ tuted. 807.-An Act prescribing the use of the Philippine flag and repealing any provisions to the contrary. Presented by Assemblymen Contreras and Claravall on November 18, 1911; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws the same day; Pending before said committee.

152

PHILIpPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND' ANTHEM

983.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, ban" ners, emblems, or dev'ices used in the Philippine Islands for the pu-rpose ' of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States and the display of Katipunan' flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by the Committee on Revision of Laws with a memorandum (A. M. No. 384) on January 23, 1912; in lieu of A. B. Nos. 607 and 807; Approved by the Assembly, January 24, 1912; Transmitted to the Commission on January 26, 1912';' Left on table by the Commission on January 30, 1912.

18.-A Joint Resolution Joint Resolution resolving that the Philippine flag may be displayed in the session 'hall of the Philippine , Commission the provisions of existing law to the contrary notwithstanding. Presented by Assemblyman Sot to on January 30, 1911; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws the same day; Pending before said committee. THIRD PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE.

42.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousan~ six hundred and ninety-six, known as "The Flag Act." Presented by Assemblyman Fonacier on O~tober 19, '1912; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws the samA day; Returned by said committee with a memorandum (A. M. No. 2,1) on November 18, 1912, recommending that for same A. B. No. 186 be substituted. 186.-An Act to repeal in its entirety Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six of the Philippine Commission, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," putting an end to all actions instituted by virtue of the provisions of said Act. Presented by the 'Committee on Revision of Laws with a memorandum (A. M. No. 24) on November 18, 1912; To substitute for A. B. No. 42; Approved by the Assembly on February 1st., 1913; Transmitted to the Commission on February 3, 1913; Left on table by the Commission the same day.

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE , FLAG

153

445.-An Act to repeal in its entirety Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six of the Philippine Commission, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used il'l: the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of . the United States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," putting an end to all actions instituted by virtue of the provisions of said Act. Presented by Assemlyman Acuna on October 20, 1913; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 21, 1913; Withdrawn by its author the same day. 1l05.-An act to repeal in its entirety Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six of the Philippine Commission, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection .::tgainst the authority of the United States and the display of 'K atipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," dropping all cases instituted by virtue of the provisions of said Act. Presented by Assemblyman Sotto on October 19, 1915; Referred to the Committee on Police on October 20, 1915; Returned by said committee with an oral statement on February 4, 1915, recommending that the same be approved without amendments; Approved by the Assembly the same day; Transmitted to the Commission the same day; Left on table by the Commission the same day. FOURTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE.

I.-An Act restoring the use of the Philippine flag, repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, fixing penalties for the illegal use of the said flag and lack of respect thereto, and for other purposes. Presented by Representative Generoso on October 17, 191.6; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1916; Pending before said committee. 7.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, of the Philippine Commission, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insur-

154

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

recti on against the authority of the United States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems,or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by Representative Escueta on October 17, 1916; Referred to the Committee on Revision . of Laws on October 18, 1916; Pending before said committee. 10.-An Act permitting and establishing forms for the use of the Philippine National Flag. Presented by Representative Reyes (A.) on October 17, 1916; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1916; Pending before said committee. 14.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United -States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes," and authorizing the use of the Philippine flag under certain conditions. Presented by RepreseI;1tative Morales (P.) on October 17, 1916; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, . 1916; Pending before said committee. 23.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States and the display of Katipiman flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by Representative Montenegro on October 17, 1916; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1916; Pending before said committee. 30.-An Act amending the provisions of Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six by allowing the display of the flag, banner and other national emblems of the late Philippine Republic on certain days in the year. Presented by Representative Gomez T. Y. on October 18, 1916; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 19, 1916; Pending before said committee.

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

155

736.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six and penalizing any act of disrespect to any national emblem, and for other purposes. Presented by Representatives Gonzales Lloret, De Leon and Alba on October 17, 1917; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1917; Pending before said committee. 744.-An Act punishing acts of disrespect to the American flag and the arms of the Government of the Philippine Islands and prohibiting the display of banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands during the revolution, fixing penalties therefor, and for other purposes. Presented by Representative Lucero on October 17, 1917; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1917; Pending before said committee. 32.-Joint Resolution providing that the National Guard shall bear the Philippine flag together with the American flag. Presented by Representatives Generoso and Arroyo on February 4, 1918; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws the same day; Pending before said committee. FIFTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE.

I.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection 'a gainst the authority of the United States and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purposes." Presented by Senator Palma on October 16, 1919; Approved by the Senate on October 17, 1919; Submitted to the House on October 17, 1919; Ref1erred to the Special Committee the same cl!ate; Returned by said committee the same day with a v'e rbal statement recommending that the same be approved' with certain amendments; Approved by the House on the same date; Returned to the Senate on the same date; Senate accepted the amendments proposed by the House on the same date; (Act No. 2871.) 22.-An Act restoring the use of the Philippine flag, repealing Act Numbred One thousand six hundred and nintey-six, fixing pen-

.156

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

alties for illegal use and disrespect of the same, and for other purposes. Presented by Representative Generoso on October 17, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of :J;.aws on October 18, 1919; Pending .before said committee. 24.-An Act to repeal the Act known as the "Flag Law". Presented by Representative Casefias Orbeta on October 17, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1919; Pending before said committee. 31.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six of the Philippine Commission, and for other purposes. (On Flags.) Presented by Representaive De Jesus on October 17, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1919; Pending before said committee. 32.-Acts on the display on the Philippine flag on public buildings. Presented by Representative Bengson on October 17-, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1919; 路Pending before said committee. 17.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hundred and ninety-six, and for other purposes. (On flags) Presented by Representative Leuterio on October 17, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1919; . Pending before said committee: 20.-An Act authorizing the conditional use of the Philippine flag and punishes any offense against the same. Presented by Representative Melendres on October 17, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 18, 1919; Pending before said committee. 37.-An Act punishing any outrage committed by any person or entity aga.i nst any flag, banner, or emblem, of any acknowledged nation including those used in the Philippine Islands by the late Philippine Republic. Presented by Representative Gonzalez on October 18, 1919;

THE REBIRTH OF THE PHILIPPINE FLAG

157

Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on the same day; Pending before said committee. 63.-An Act repealing Act Numbered One thousand six hU,n dred and ninety-six, entitled "An Act to prohibit the display of flags, banners, emblems, or devices used in the Philippine Islands for the purpose of rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United states and the display of Katipunan flags, banners, emblems, or devices, and for other purpose." Presented by Representative Cuenco on Octob~r 20, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 21, 1919; Pending before said committee. 6.-Joint Resolution expressing to the Governor-General of the Islands Honorable Francis Burton Harrison the deep gratitude of the Philippine people for having recommended the restoration of the use of the Philippine flag. Presented by Representative Julio Cecilio on October 23, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Rules on October 24, 1919; Pending before said committee. l37.-An Act providing that the Philippine flag be placed on the side of the American flag in buildings, public places, and ships devoted to the interisland traffic, and for other purposes. Presented by Representative Casenas Orbeta on October 28: 1919; Referred to the Committee on Revision of Laws on October 29, 1919; Pending before said committee. l59.-An Act fixing the twelfth day of June of each year as the Flag Day. 'Presented by Representative Virata on October 31, 1919; Referred to the Special Committee on November 1, 1919; Pending before said committee. 10.-Resolution providing for the Use Which Should Be Made of the Philippine Flag Presented to the House of Representatives by EI Centro Escolar de Senoritas. Presented by Representative Casenas Orbeta on November 4, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Rules the same day; Pending before said committee. l2.-Senate Resolution, 5th LegislatureTo thank a.nd express the gratitude of the Philippine Senate to the Board of Directors of the Centro Escola.r de Senoritas for

158

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the Philippine Flag donated by this school to the Legislature. Passed and carried out. 278.-An Act to prevent cases of insults against the American Official Flag and the Philippine National Flag and prescribing the penalties to be imposed therefor. Presented by Representative Evangelista (J) on November 12, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Laws, November 13; Pending before said committee. 58.-An Act to adopt ,an Official Flag for the Government of the Philippine Islands, Prescribe Rules for its Use, and Provid'e Penalties for the Violation of said Rules. Presented by Senator Sotto on December 12, 1919; Referred to the Committee on Justice on the same day; Submitted by said Committee with amendment to the Senate on February 7, 1920, recommending approval;" Passed by the Senate on the same day; Referred to the House on February 9, 1920; Passed by the House with amendments on March 6, 1920; Returned to the Senate on the same day; The Senate disagreed! with the House on the amendments, and appointed a Conference Committee on the same day-Senators Sison, Sotto, and de Guzman being the members; The House on the same day appointed representatives Pablo, Evangelista, J., and Padilla as th'e ir conferees. The Committee submitted its report on the same day that an agreement had been reached; The House approved the report on the same day; The Senate approvedl the report on the same day; Act No. 2928. I

SEVENTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE.

290.-An Act to amend Section Two Act Numbered Twenty-Nine Hundred and Twenty-Eight entitled: "An Act to adopt an Official F1ag for the government of the Philippine Islands, Prescribe Rules for Its Use, and Provide Penalties for the Violation of said Rules, and for Other Purposes." Presented by Senator Camilo Osias on September 8, 1926; Referred to the Committee on the Revision of Laws the same day; Pending in said committee.

NINTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE SECOND SESSION AN ACT TO DECLARE THE LAST SUNDAY OF MAY OF EACH YEAR AN OFFICIAL HOLIDAY UNDER THE NAME OF "PHILIPPINE FLAG DAY."

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the -P hilippines in Legislature assembled and by the authority of the same: Section 1. The last Sunday of May of each year is hereby declared an official holiday under the name -of "Philippine Flag Day." Sec. 2. This Act shall take effect on its approval. Approved, Nov. 29, 1932. Act 3937. Presented by Representatives Hilario, Boncan, Ozamis, Cuenco, Romero, Baltazar and Gerona as House Bill No. 1558.

159

CHAPTER

"RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG" "I realize how much this day must mean to General Aguinaldo and his brave comrades in arms to see flying in the breeze once more that flag which waved over so many a hard-fought battle and so many deliberations in council, but it is equally touching to me to see the little children marching through the streets of Manila bearing lively with honor for the first time in their lives that flag, the symbol of the first Filipino Republic. FRANCIS BURTON HARRISON

Governor-General."

Executive Proclamation No. 18, 1919.-Two days after the

approval of the first flag law of the Legislature, Act No. 2871, and in pursuance with the provisions of Section 2 thereof, the Governor-General issued the fDllowing proclamation restoring the use of the Filipino Flag: BY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDSA PROCLAMATION No. 18 Whereas, Act Numbered Two thousand eight hundred seventy-one of the Philippine Legislature, approved October twenty-two, nineteen hundred and nineteen, contains the following provision: "SEC. 2. The Governor-General shall, by proclamation, designate once only a day which shall be declared an official holiday for the purpose of celebrating the restoration of the use of the Filipino flag." Now, therefore, I Francis Burton Harrison, Governor-General of the Philippine Islands, by virtue of the authority conferred in me by said Act, do hereby proclaim Thursday, the thirtieth day of October, nineteen hundred and nineteen, a public holiday, to be known as "Flag Day." In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the Government of the Philippine Islands to be affixed. Done at the city of Baguio this twenty-fourth day of October in the y'e ar of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and nineteen. FRANCIS BURTON HARRISON

Governor'-Gene;ral.

160

The AMERICAN AND FILIPINO FLAGS which were donated to Governor路General Francis Burton Harrison in the afternoon of the Philippine Flag Restoration Day. October 30.1919. at Malacanang Palace.

LA BANDERA DE LA REPUBLICA FILIPINA EN EL PALACIO DE MALACANANG

Esta es una fotografia con honores de ser hist6,路ica. tomada en Malacaiiang despues del solemne acto de entrega de las d08 banderas. Americana 1/ Fili pina. al Gobernador Gen eral, acto efectuado en la memorable tarde del 90 de Octubre, 1919, dia de la bandera. De izquierda a derecha: el Secretario Rafael Palma, que hizo La ent,'ega; el Gobernador General Francis Burton Harrison, que recibi6, 1/ el nallie>'o Sr. Vicente Madrigal, que r ega/6 la preciosa Bande,'a Filipina aqut retratada. LA VANGUARDIA, Viernes, Octubre 91,1919,

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

161

The Filipino People Showed Rejoicing on the Restoration of Their Flag.-Having learned of this proclamation and of the

program which was planned to commemorate the first Flag Restoration Day, and desiring to show his love for the country's flag, General Aguinaldo, although then very sick at the Philippine General Hospital, sent the following letter to Senate President Quezon: Manila, October 27, 1919. "My dear Mr. President: "Without pretending for a moment to introduce any alteration in the Flag Day program on which occasion the Filipino Flag again be allowed to fly, I request that I be permitted to take part in the ceremonies by being the bearer of the Flag to be hoisted by Mrs. Quezon. I shall be able to come to the scene of ceremonies in one of the ambulances of the General Hospital. "It is not my intention in asking this participation to bring out the fact that I have been the author of the Filipino Flag, and that I have with the entire Filipino people defended it in our struggle f or liberty during those sad unfortunate days of our country; no, and may God keep me from such vanity. "Another motive, sentimental (you may call it, if you please) but sincere, impels me do this. I make this request because I have the complete assurance that my participation in the ceremony, in whatever form, will be a comforting balsam to me on my sick bed and will accelerate my slow convalescence. EMILIO AGUINALDO."

This request of the veteran soldier was denied, and in that denial, both the press and the public at once saw something tangible to comment upon. Some exprssed the view that it was a means to purposely hurt the feeling of the old general; while others even went further by saying that it was to put aside the significance of the last two wars which gave lustre to the Filipino Flag and in which the younger generation did not have any active participation. This incident in the restoration of the use of the Flag was given more importance than what was warranted by the occasion, and some political articles even referred to it as one of the things which hurt the general most in his social relation with the Filipino political leaders of today. In an article "The Political Transformation of Aguinaldo", former Pro-

162

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

fessor M. Kalaw of the Political Science Department in the University of the Philippines said, "What probably hurt him most poignantly was the incident in connection with the restoration of the Philippine Flag. Shortly after Harrison arrived the law restoring the National Emblem was approved, and there was going to be a national celebration for its display. The general was then sick at the hospital, but already in a convalescent state. He begged the leaders to allow him the privilege of hoisting that sacred emblem which he had carried in so many a battle field. The doctors attending him, however,-probably obeying superior orders-prevented his attending the celebration on the ground that he might suffer a relapse. At least this was the explanation which circulated as to why he was not given that coveted honor." (138) An example of a different nature but an equally significant expression of love for the Flag, was the act of Mr. and Mrs. Vicente Madrigal who, following and observing the beautiful tradition of donating a national flag on important occasions which bring out the significance of the country's political symbol or which appropriately invoke a sentiment of nationalism, presented an expensive Philippin'e Flag to be given as a gift of the Filipino people to Governor-General Harrison. The donation of the Madrigals was animated by that same spirit which made the Centro Escolar de Senoritas to preesnt a flag to the House of Representatives when this body passed Act 2871. "I offered the gift at the suggestion of the then Hon. Secretary of the Interior, Rafael Palma, and I was glad of the honor given me because the occasion was opportune, timely and significant, it being the first instance that a Filipino Flag was displayed officially at Malacanang Palace," said Mr. Madrigal on October 2, 1928. Celebrating the "Restoration of the Use of the Filipino Flag".

-The restoration of the use of ou ' country's Flag on October 30, 1919, was fittingly observed as a national holiday throughout the Philippines: festive celebrations, parades, and programs in provincial capitals as well as in small towns were held on that (138 ) "The Political Tl'ansformation of A~uinaldo~'-(Aguinaldo not allowed to hoist Filipino Flag)-By M, M. Kalaw-Sunday Tribune, August, 25, 1929.

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

163

day. In Cavite "the presence of a delegation of marines and sailors together with a band from the Naval Base contributed much to make the occasion more impressive. The American and the Filipino flags were hoisted simultaneously by the Provincial Governor and the Commandant of the Naval Base respectively, while the Marine Band played. The celebration was made still more impressive by the fact that the Filipino Flag which was hoisted was a historic one, it being the second Filipino Flag made, the one used by the battalion of General Trias during the revolution." (139) On account of his still weak condition at the hospital, President Aguinaldo was unable to participate in any ceremony. With the exception of the glorious days of the defunct Philippine Republic, never was the patriotic emotion and sentiment of the people more in evidence than on that occasion, and "Never before was seen a greater cr wd of enthusiastic people in the streets of Manila and particularlyLaround the Normal School grounds than that which gathered on Thursday to witness the unfurling of the national emblem, which for the first time after . more than a decade made its public appearance."(140) (139) The Cablenews-American, November 1, 1919. The information that it W1aS the second flag made is erToneous, for several months before it was displayed, on Oct. 12, 1898, many Filipino .flags had already been seen flying all over Cavite. The one mentioned here, however, has' a unique significan.ce in that it had been used in many military ceremonies a,nd parades, and was one of the first to be dedioated to the troops. In 1920, sevel'al months. afte<l: the passage of Act No. 2928, it was given to Senate Presi'dent Quezon by the family of the late General Tr ias. As to how it was made see Append:ix XIII at th e end of this chapter. (140) Many 2,ccounts of this celebration had been written in the Manila press. 'The following is a good illustration; "Flag Day, Octob& 30, is gone but it will not altogether sink into oblivion for its celebration will go down as one of the most significant events-an outstanding feature iIi the history of the Islands. Hidden from the light of th~ sun, for over 12 years an outcast arrd unrecognized among the flags of the oth~r nations , the Filipino national emblem was unfurled on Thursday, last, an.d flew in the splendor of the af~ernoon sun amidst the joy and reverence of ' the people . •••••••

•••••••••

•••••

••••

•

••••••••

•••

•

•••••••

••••

..............

"The program at ' the Normal School grounds commenced at promptly 3 :30 p. m. with the Constabulary Band playing the 'n ational anthem, following which the whole air was rent with maddening shouts from the people. "At the grandstand were Senate Eresi:dent Qu ezo n, Speaker Osmena, Secretary Palma, Doctor Tavera, Mr, Madrigal, Mrs. Harrison, Miss HaniS;on, Mrs. Quezon, and Mrs. James Ross, Jr. In front were the senators, representatives, bureau chiefs, department secretaries and other high government officials and prominent private visitors."-The Cablenews-A me?'ican, Saturday, N ovembel' 1, 1919.

164

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The public celebration in Manila to which men and women prominent in official, business, and social circles were invited, was a simple but impressive flag-raising ceremony during which the national anthems of the two countries were played while the American and Philippine flags were being hoisted. (141) Before the very large crowd that gathered to witness the official raising of the national colors, the speakers eulogized the significance of the occasion, and the meaning of the two flags: Vice-President Osmefia, then Speaker of the House of Representatives, said: (142) "We are now assembled to celebrate, in a solemn and collective form, the restoration of the use of the Philippine Flag. "Each country has its own flag. A flag is the emblem of national unity. It has in each epoch the character given it by the people whom it represents. Wherever it waves majestically on the highest masts, a flag generally bespeaks of the sovereignty and power of a nation with an irresistible eloquence. So, every independent country has its own flag before which all its subjects take an oath of inviolable allegiance. Some dependent peoples also have their own flags, such as Australia, Canada, and other English autonomous dependencies. The states of the United States of North America have symbols beside their national flag, and this privilege is generally extended to American territories. "But the Philippine Flag has a very different significance than those of the countries I have just mentioned. It does not represent any sovereignty, for as yet we are not independent, neither does it represent a perpetual union with the mother country the same as the English colonies or of the American territories. This flag is the same that was created by armed revolution but it is not strictly speaking the flag of that revolution for if that revolution by its (141) Mrs. James Ross (Jr.) and Mrs. Manuel L. Quezon raised the two flags for the first time. (142) "The speech of Sp,e aker Osmeiia on Friday afternoon in which the leader of the N acionalista party did not even make mention of the flag of the Philippine Revoqution nor of General Aguinaldo has provoked the unqualified condemnation of the democratas and even of a few nacionalistas. As may be recalled, Speaker Osmeiia, in his flag day address, declared that the present Filipino Flag is not the flag of rebellion which the Katipunan used during the days of the insurrection, not the flag of blood and tears which reminds the Filipinos of grievances long buried in the realm of oblivion, but the flag of peace and good will, the flag of friendship, the flag of perfect harmony between the Americans and the Filipinos. This declaration of the Speaker is construed by the democratas as a direct insult on the Filipino Flag which was defended by the heroes of the revolution, and as an infamous act of sacrileg'e committed against the best and glorious traditions of the Fi'lipino race and the idea.ls of justice 'a nd liJberty for which the leaders of by-gone years fought and died."-Cablenews-American, November 1, 1919.

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

165

failure gave away that flag, another revolution, this time pacific and orderly, triumphantly returns it to the people. Gaze on it! its colors are the same as those which in time past gave exultation to our arms and which also with our arms fell. Its folds and lines are the same. But if the flag of yesterday was bathed in blood, it was because it was stained with blood, the blood of so many patriots sacrificed in the altar of war. On the other hand the present flag boasts with propriety the pure whiteness of the time of peace. This is so because this flag does not signify anything but the supreme embodiment of the actual aspiration of the Filipino people. "The whole world knows what our aspirations are. We desire to be free and independent. We have faith in the promise of the mother country and we hope that these aspirations may soon be recognized the same as they have been recognized in other countries. Anxious as we are for justice and liberty, we believe that we are now able to lead a peaceful, progressive and well-ordered national existence, and therefore demand the right to build our proper foundation for a national existence and to guide our own destiny. This national purpose is not new. It is the same which we demand in times past with arms on our shoulders. Our present Flag and as our Flag of the past intlicates one and the same thing, signify the same aspiration-independence. The difference lies only in the difference of method of obtaining it and in the circumstances and the surroundings of the present collective situation. In the national thought of the past we relied on force as the means of getting the desired end. In the present national thought the desired end has been entrusted to the shoulders of men of peace whose duty, in order to reach the goal, is to follow the peaceful highway that the law has outlined. "I wish to insist on this point which seems to me significant. The flag that the revolution used could not resist the greater force of our enemy. The Flag which we now use, the ensign which we now have the right to, by virtue of the new law approved by the Philippine Legislature, and which we now are privileged to exhibit side by side with the American Flag, is a banner of peace and order. But if for the Filipinos this flag, which we love so much and which we now display with legitimate and profound rejoicing, implies the continuation of our pacific campaigns for liberty, it also embodies the duty of working for the independence of our country. For America the restoration of our Flag implies a solemn reaffirmation, the most solemn perhaps that it can offer to the world, of its solemn promise of making us free and independent, and for this reason the Philippine Flag can with dignity fly side by side with the American Flag.

166

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"These flags are not incompatible with each other. America. has confidence in the loyalty of the Filipinos, and it is for the Filipinos in return always to act on all occasions in such a manner that the veneration that they show to their beloved Flag does not lessen the sentiments of loyalty which they owe America and its flag. The two flags should fly side by side in these Islands to work for the same end-the happiness and liberty of the Filipino people. When the hour of separation shall have come, the alliance between the two flags shall remain firm and lasting as the greatest testimony in history that the universal principles of justice and liberty produce interests and relations more lasting and eternal than those established by oppression and violence. "This Flag is reRuscitated, purified from the hatred and rancor of war. It is free from all hostile purposes. It is completely free from all lack of confidence. This is the Flag which has reconstituted the people in their silent but constructive journey for the last twelve years of representative government. It is a flag which does not admit of dissensions, antagonism and suspicions; it is the sacred ensign of independence which caressingly keeps in its folds our faith in America, love for our brothers, respect and hospitality for foreigners, and friendship and goodwill for all nations of the world."

Dr. Pardo de Tavera, one of the speakers, and representing the older generation, said in part: (143) "I do not propose to describe, not even for one single instant, the emotions which the American flag produces in the soul of an American, for I came here to express Filipino sentiments as a Filipino, hoping that I will faithfully interpret the feeling of our entire people on this momentous occasion, and that I shall not utter words which will not be confirmed by every responsible and patriotic Filipino. "And I do not speak for our people as a people humbled by the American Flag, but rather dignified by it; not subjected, but rather elevated by it; not oppressed, but rather educated and prepared by it to the end that it may be able to conduct its own government. This is the American flag to us."

When the ceremony was over, the big crowd formed a parade and proceeded to the Malacafiang Palace and offered Governor-General Harrison the Filipino and American flags used on that occasion as personal tokens of the Filipino people's gra(143)

The Call1enews-American, Saturday, November 1, 1919.

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

167

titude. Senator Rafael Palma, then also the Secretary of the Interior, in making the presentation of the two emblems to the Chief Executive, said: "It was indeed a great error, I consider it almost a crime that a law should have been passed in the past which made it impossible, for twelve long years, for us to display with all the pride in our heart our dear Filipino Flag.

"In this moment of national rejoicing made possible through the restoration of our National Flag, the American Flag has never been more loved and admired by the Filipino people. It will be more loved and respected when the day comes when alone it shall float as the single sovereign of this country. From the very depths of our hearts, Governor Harrison, we express to you our sincere gratitude for the part you have taken in the restoration of our Flag. It was through your instrumentality that we are now able to place our national ensign side by side with your own, and also to present these two flags to 'you as a memento and remembrance of the time you have spent with us. When you shall have gone back to your country, we pray that in your spare moments you behold this our Flag, and may the sentiment that ~t invokes cause you to turn your memory back to a happy and grateful people."

To this very touching and most sincere expression of national rejoicing and thankfulness, Governor-General Harrison, voicing the confidence and trust which the American people entertains towards the Filipinos, replied in a very friendly spirit: "Of all the popular demonstrations in this historical gardens, this is surely the most happy, as it is one of the happiest days of my life. I shall always be grateful that I was the instrument through which the Philippine Legislature restored to public honor that Flag under which your forefathers fought two wars and set up their own independent government, and these two flags presented to me by the author of the Act repealing the Flag law and made by the gracious hands of Mrs. Vicente Madrigal will be a treasure in my home as long as life shall last. I accept them, Mr. Secretary, as a symbol of the last few years of work which has brought together in bonds of happiness and sentiment the American and Filipino people. No man in any place can doubt the admiration and respect of the people of these Islands for Old Glory today. I need not, therefore, admonish you my Filipino friends to maintain your

168

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

attitude of respect towards that flag. It is unnecessary for me to admonish you because your respect springs not from fear and compulsion but from the affection of the human heart. I realize how much this day must mean to General Aguinaldo and his brave comrades in arms to see flying in the breeze once more that Flag which waved over so many a hard-fought battle and so many deliberations in council, but it is equally touching to me to see the little children marching through the streets of Manila bearing lively with honor for the first time in their lives that Flag, the symbol of the first Filipino Republic. "I hope that this Flag will serve to the young people who are pressing forward in the achievements and in the honors of public life as an inspiration to do the best that in them lies for their own beloved country. I hope that every Filipino will always hold this ,Flag in reverence and in honor. So long as these two flags shall wave together they will send throughout the world, to all mankind, a message that the ideals, the hopes and the principles of our two peoples are fundamentally the same; and are based upon the sanctity of human liberties. May these two flags wave to all the world a message of peace 'On earth and goodwill towards men."

Local celebrations were also held by various organizations, societies, schools, and political parties in different parts of the city. In one of these, organized on October 31 by the Democratas as a sign of protest to the speech of Speaker Osmefia, Mr. Pedro Gil, then editor of La Nacion, said in part: (144) "The men of the past have always deserved by deepest sympathy and veneration. At these sublime moments, I seem to see them before me in a defiant attitude against the iniquitous stare of tyrants; I see them with their eyes flaming with patriotic ardor and enthusiasm; and then, I see the glorious flag of my native land waving amidst the field and smoke of battle, that same flag which we have the rare privilege to use during this public demonstration thanks to the generosity and patriotism of that invincible champion of our nation's liberties-General Aguinaldo-that same flag which was unfurled in Kawit upon the proclamation of the political independence of the Filipino people, that flag which still contains in its immortal folds the most precious blood of our martyrs, the flag almost torn to pieces by the force of shot and shell, the flag under whose magic our soldiers wrote on the battlefields of the revolution (144)

Cablenews-Americwn, November 1, 1919.

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

169

the most sublime and incomparable pages in the golden history of our political redemption. "If that banner had guided the Filipinos in the past in their brave fight for the right of their country, may it likewise be the main fountain of inspiration of our citizens in time of peace!"

A Philippine Flag Day.-The wording in the proclamation which says "Thursda~, the thirtieth day of October, nineteen hundred and nineteen, a public holiday, to be known as FLAG DAY" has caused a wrong popular impression everywhere; that date has so caused an overflow of enthusiasm that civic societies, schools, and the general public now celebrate it every year and call it the Philippine Flag Day. The appellation is a misnomer because it was never intended to be known as such by either' Act No. 2871 or by Proclamation No. 18. The second paragraph of the former very clearly provided that a day be set aside by the Governor-General "for the Purpose of Celebrating The Restoration Of the Use Of The Filipino Flag." October 30, 1919 should, therefore, be appropriately known as the Philippine Flag Restoration Day. This term better explains the intention of the Legislature when it approved Act 2871, as evidenced by the discussions and speeches made on this subject. Furthermore, it will be a great historical error to set a conventional date when there are several dates which are replete with meaning in the life history of the Flag. A day honoring the Philippine Flag indiscriminately chosen without reference to historical events, sentimental background, or political significance is not conducive to awaken the national spirit, which is the very purpose of having a Flag Day. To defeat its very object, therefore, no mistake can be greater than to ignore the actual facts of its early life and war history. October 30th has absolutely no meaning in the birth of the Philippine National Flag; its only possible merit was in connection with the celebration of the restoration of its use in accordance with the Governor-General's proclamation and as specified in Act Number 2871 of the Fifth Philippine Legislature, approved on October 22, 1919. In point of history this latter date had a better claim to be called the Flag Day than the randomly chosen

170

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

date of October 30. But neither one nor the other has a true sentimental or national appeal in the public mind and cannot, therefore, be rightly forced or cultivated into the people's imagination even if adopted by legislation. A Philippine Flag Day should be a day memorable in the life-history of the Flag itself and rich with the memories of its birth in war. With these conditions in view, there are only two appropriate dates either one of which could be selected and designated the Philippine Flag Day. These are May 28, when the Flag received in 1898 its first baptism of blood and fire; and June 12 of the same year, (145) when it received the Revolutionary Army's solemn oath of allegiance after it was, for the first time, officially declared and proclaimed as the National Flag of the Republic. The former date brings out the true historical facts of its actual adoption, real birth and tangible victory; while the latter merely asserts officially its political dominion and the allegiance, to which it is entitled. Considering appropriateness, history, incidents, and everything else connected with its evolution, May 28 has a better claim and is the more logical date to be the Philippine Flag Day. The Legislature Designates The Philippine Flag Day.-The Legislature, aware of these errors and desiring to correct the wrong impression created by Act 2871 and Executive Proclamation No. 18, 1919, passed Act 3937: "AN ACT TO DECLARE THE LAST SUNDAY OF MAY OF EACH YEAR AN OFFICIAL HOLIDAY UNDER THE NAME OF PHILIPPINE FLAG DAY."-Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Philippines in Legislature assembled and by the authority of the same: SECTION 1. The last Sunday of May of each year is hereby declared an official holiday under the name of "PHILIPPINE FLAG DAY." "SECTION 2. This Act shall take effect on its approval. Approved, November 29, 1932." ( 145 ) H. B. No. 1943-Setting June 12th as legal holiday amending Sec. 29 of Act 2711 known as the Administrative Code. Presented by Representative Rodriguez on July 18, 1927. (Pending) 8'e e Act 3937, next page following.

RESTORATION OF THE USE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

171

The date set by the new law is not exactly true to historical facts, but it is satisfactory enough to be in accord with the object and spirit of having a flag day. (146) The first observance of this new provision took place on Sunday, May 28, 1933, COInciding with the true date when the Flag was born.

(146) Act 3937, approved November 29, 1932; presented by R e,p resentatives Hilario, Boncan, Ozamis, Cuenco, Romero, Baltazar, and Gerona (H. B. No. 1558.) The author of this book congratulates these gentlemen for taking notice of his interest in having a properly-designated Philippine Flag Day. By the enactment of this law, the effort &'pent in publishing this book has been more than compensated.

APPENDIX XIII PROVINCIAL GOVERNOR OF CAVITE, CA VITE November 2, 1919. Dear Countryman: In compliance with your request to explain, in so far as I know the true history of the flag which was exhibited at this capital, Cavite, last October 30th, the day of the restoration of our flag fixed by Governor General Harrison, I take pleasure to state the following: According to my recollection, said flag was made in my native town, Malabon, in the year 1898, for the "Trias Battalion" which was then organized by persons born and residing in said town. And in order to solemnize its first display, a fitting ceremony was performed on the 12th day of October of said year (1898), coinciding with the birthday of General Trias. The makers of this flag were the townswomen '!lamed Fermina Clemena de Colmenar, Isabel Asuncion, and Margarita Clemente. This flag is kept at present by General Trias family. Truly yours, LUIS FERRER

Provincial Governor MR. EMANUEL

172

BAJA

THE AlliANCE OF TWO GLORIOUS FLAGS Taken from the Philippine Review, Vol. II, No. 12, December, 1917; and printed by courtesy (If the Editor, Ex-Representative G. Nieva

,_ _ _ _ J

CHAPTER

"AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS"

(Act No. 2928 of The Philippine Legislature) Senate Bill No. 58, 1919, Fifth Legislature.-The r epeal

. of the Flag Law (Act 1696) wiped out the prohibition and the penal legislation against the use of the Filipino Flag, but that legislative act in no way authorized or sanctioned its official exhibition or display except as provided in the second paragraph of Act No. 2871. However , the first step in the long-desir ed direction was gained. The next one was to legalize its public use at all times and to authorize its adoption as the official symbol of the Government of ~he Philippine Islands. So on December 12, 191~, Senate Bill No. 58, Fifth Legislature, was pr esented to this effect. 'Approved here on February 7, 1920, as recommended by the Senate Committee on the Revision of Laws, it was then sent two days later to the House of Representatives, where it was favorably voted upon on March 6 with some amendments. These amendments, however, were not acceptable to the upper House. To avert what might be a possible cause for killing or postponing the bill, a conference committee composed of equal number of members from each House was appointed. Happily the conferees arrived at an agreement which was acceptable to both Houses. The bill as it passed the Legislatur e and as approved by the Chief Executive reads: FIFTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE, Special S ession of 1920. [No. 2928.] S. N o. 58.

AN ACT TO ADOPT AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, PRESCRIBE RULES FOR ITS USE, AND PROVIDE PENALTIES FOR THE VIOLATION OF SAID RULES.

B e it enacted by the S enate and Hou se of R e1J1"eSentatives of the Philippines in L egislature assembled and by the author~ty of the same :

173

174

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SECTION 1. The flag commonly known as the Philippine flag is hereby adopted as the official flag of the Government of the Philippine Islands and shall be used publicly, in the place next to that belonging to the flag of the United States, to represent the Government of the Philippine Islands both on sea and on land. SEC. 2. Whenever the Philippine flag is hoisted in public jointly with the American flag , both shall be hoisted and lowered at the same time. The American flag shall be placed above the Filipino flag when both are in a vertical line, and to the right of the lattel' and at the same height when hoisted in a horizontal line. The Philippine flag shall be accorded the same honors and respect which the existing laws and regulations prescribed 01' may hereafter prescribe for the American flag. SEC. 3. For the purposes of this Act, a Filipino flag is any tricolored quadrangular piece of bunting answering the following description : When the bunting is spread vertically, so that its two parallel shorter sides are to the left and right, respectively, of the observer, and its two parallel longer sides are above and below, respectively, the end of the bunting to the left of the observer s hall be occupied by an equilateral triangle. One of the angles of the triangle shall be in th e upper left cornel' of the bunting; another of the angles of said triangle s hall be in the lower left cornel' of the bunting, and the third angle of the triangle s hall be pointed in a straight horizontal line, from the left to the right of the observer, toward s the center of the quadrangle. The triangle so described shall be white and shall h a ve in its center a s un surrounded by eight rays, and in each of its three angles a f ive-pointed star. Both the sun and three stars shall be yellow and said s tars shall not extent beyond the sides of the triangle. The rest of the quadrang ul a r bunting shall be divided into two parts by an imaginary horizontal line which starting f rom the third angle of the triangle above mentioned, shall Tun straight from the left to the right of the observer to the right border or side of the bunting. The part of the bunting above said imaginary line shan be blue and the part below said imagina ry line shall be red. This description parts from the supposition that the staff 01' pole of the flag, if any, is on the border or side of the flag to the left of the observer. SEC. 4. Any utterance in speech, writing or drawing, and any act or omission casting di shonor, ridicule, or contempt upon the Philippine flag, as well as its use in places of ill-repute or for purposes involving disrespect, including use as trade-marks and for industrial, commercial or agricultural labels or designs, and any drawings or in scription s upon the Philippine flag are hereby prohibited and their execution shall constitute an offense; and any person who, either himself 01' through another, violates any of the provisions of this Act and particularly those contained in this section , shall , upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not less than twenty-five nor more than one thousand pesos, 01' by imprisonment for more than one year, or both s uch fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court: Provided, That, in case of non-payment of the fine or any part thereof, the offender shall serve one day of s ubs idiary imprisonment for each peso of the fine unpaid: And p1'ovided, jU1'the1', That for any second and additional offense, both fine and imprisonment shall always be imposed. SEC. 5. All accompli ces and accessories after the fact, and all attempts and fru strated offenses, such as said accomplices, accessories after the fact, attempts, and fru strated offenses are 01' may hereafter be defined in the existing Penal Code or in any other penal or cOl'l'ectional code or any law that may hereafter replace the same, sh a ll likewi se be liable to trial and punishment under the provisions of this Act. SEC. 6.

This Act shall take effect on its approval.

Approved, March 26, 1920.

AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

175

in the month of July, 1927, the then Speaker Manuel Roxas of the House of Representatives, requested the office of the City Fiscal of Manila for a legal opinion on each of the following points: A Legal Interpretation.-Sometimes

Would the Flag Law be violated if the Philippine Flag should be displayed alone in a parade in a horizontal position? 2. Would the public display of the Philippine Flag without being accompanied by the American Flag be contrary to the law? 1.

The office, replying to the above questions, issued on July 22, 1927, the following legal opinions:1. Act No. 2928 is the law commonly known as the Flag Law. Of said Act, Sec. 1 provides that the Philippine Flag shall be used publicly, in a place next to that belonging to the flag of the United States, to rep res en the Philippine Government, both on land and on sea; Sec. 2 provi es how the Philippine flag shall be used when hoisted in public join~ly with the American flag, and that it shall be accorded the same honors and respect as those prescribed by law for the American flag; Sec. 3 gives a description of the Philippine flag; Sec. 4 contains an enumeration of acts constituting desecration of the Philippine flag, and prescribes penalties therefor; Sec. 5 extends to violations of the Act the provisions of the Penal Code relative to accomplices, accessories, and attempted and frustrated crimes; and its last section (sec. 6) fixes the time when the Act shall take effect. As is seen, there is no express provision in the Flag Law prohibiting or regulating the use of the Philippine flag in parades, or its public displaying in places other than those were it shall be used publicly to represent the Philippine Government, on land and on sea. The whole law rather refers to the use of the Philippine flag when hoisted in public to represent said government, or jointly with the American flag. It contains no provision as to the use of the Philippine flag when displayed alone and carried on through the streets. The displaying at any banquet, public entertainment, public meeting or reunion, or in any parade, procession or review of flags of the U. S., or used during the late insurrection in the Philippine Islands, or adopted at any time by the public enemies of the United States in the Philippine Islands, was prohibited and punished by section 2 of Act No. 1696, but this Act was repealed by Act No. 2871. Therefore, it would not be a violation of the Flag Law to

176

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

display the Philippine flag alone in a parade, whether vertically or horizontally. 2. The Flag Law does not provide that the Philippine flag shall be necessarily used jointly with the American flag on all public occasions. On the contrary, the initial words of Sec. 2 of the Act, "Whenever the Philippine flag is hoisted in public jointly with the American flag, etc." imply the possibility of the Philippine flag being hoisted in public without the American flag. Indeed, the evident purpose of said Sec. 2 is to pay homage and respect to the American colors, as the symbol of the American sovereignty over the Islands, whenever the Philippine flag is exhibited publicly in a mast, post, or pole jointly with the American flag, but not to require on every public occasion the adscititious presence of the United States flag as an indispensable adjunct of the Philippine flag. The phrase "and shall be used puplicly, in the place next to that belonging to the flag of the United States to represent the Government of the Philippine Islands both on sea and on land" in Sec. 1 of the Act may lead to believe that the Philippine flag may in no case be used alone when publicly displayed, but it must always be used in public jointly with the American flag. It should be borne in mind that the Flag Law was originally approved in Spanish, and, therefore the Spanish text must prevail. Sec. 15, Adm. Code.) The Spanish text of the above mentioned part of the law is:

su uso publico, ocupando el lugar inmediata al que con'esponde a la bandera de los Estados Unidos, es por la presente ordenado para representar al Gobierno de las Islas Filipinas, tanto por mar como por tierra. y

The meaning of said provision of Sec. 1 of the Act is thus made clear by the Spanish original. Were we to follow the literal sense of the English translation of said Sec. 1, it might mean that on. every piece and parcel of property, on land and on sea, in the Philippine Islands, exposed to public view, both flags shall be used to the end that the Philippine Government may be represented by them. But if we are to harmonize said English translation with the Spanish original provision, it simply means that, for the particular purpose of representing the Government of the Philippine Islands, the Philippine flag shall be used, in certain public places or occasions, jointly with the American flag. The Philippine Legislature undoubtedly intended, by Sec. 1 of the Act, to order that the Philippine Government be represented by the Philippine flag, both on land and on sea, by using this flag publicly, or in certain public places, jointly with the American flag, but not to provide

AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS 177 how the Philippine flag shall be used in pUblic. The meaning is made clearer by a comparison between said Sec. 1 of the Act, as finally approved, and the corresponding section contained in the original bill (Bill No. 58 introduced by Senator Sotto). Section 2 of the bill (Diario de Sesiones, Vol. XV, p. 733) said: ART. 2. Por la presente se declara, se adopta y se establece que la Bandera Filipina es la Bandera' oficial del Gobierno de las Islas Filipinas, y se ordena que dicha Bandera sea enarbolada diariamente, junto con la bandera Americana, en todos los edificios publicos de Filipinas desde las seis de la manana hasta las seis de la tarde. Toda clase de buques de la propiedad del Gobierno de las Islas Filipinas, asi como los buques mercantes matriculados en Filipinas, enarbolarfm tambien la Bandera Filipina en los mismos dias y horas en que segun las leyes y reglamentos vigentes, debe enarbolarse la Bandera de los Estados Unidos de America. This section, as finally amended and embodied in the Act, reads as follows: SEC. 1. The flag commonly known as the Philippine flag is hereby adopted as the official flag of the Government of the Philippine Islands, and shall be used publicly, in the place next to that belonging to the flag of the United States, to represent the Government of the Philippine Islands, both on sea and on land.

It is thus seen that Sec. 1 of Act No. 2928 is shorter expression of the substantial provisions of the bill on this score, From the foregoing it may, therefore, be concluded that the Philippine flag may , be used publicly without the American flag being joined to it. Summing up: 1. Displaying of the Philippine flag alone in a parade, in a horizontal position, would not be a violation of the Flag Law. 2. The public display of the Philippine flag without being accompanied by the American flag in places other than those intended by the law and for a purpose different from that of representing the Philippine Government, would not be contrary to the Flag Law." ALFONSO FELIX Acting City Fiscal

Authorized Use Of The Philippine Flag.-The above legal

interpretation of the first and second sections upholds then that the law is not violated even if the Flag is used alone and unaccompanied by the Flag of the United States provided: firstly,

178

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

that it is displayed in a horizontal position; secondly, that it is not intended to represent the Government of the Philippines; and thirdly, that it is not used in places where both Flags are prescribed. This view raises a very delicate question, one which is more susceptible to political or sentimental explanations rather than to legal reasoning. The legal opinion is undoubtedly a correct one, for it is based on the literal interpretation of the law and is in accordance with the intention of the Legislature; but it cannot be denied that if such interpretation is literally observed in practice, the probability of raising a second flag issue may not be far, and if ever brought to a head, will, perforce of the present circumstances, be interpreted not in legal terms but in terms of political sovereignty. However, to those who are familiar with the rules and principles of heraldry and to those who understand the heraldic significance of the flag, the display and use of the Filipino colors according to the above interpretations should not be considered derogatory to the spirit of political authority and dominion represented by the American .Flag. There is no question of legality or propriety as to the use ,of the Filipino Flag alone and by itself inside a Filipino home, and in fact it is but a natural thing to do with or without Act No. 2928. As a matter of public policy, however, and for the sake of avoiding any possible source of 'friction, the Filipino -color, if displayed in public, should be accompanied by the Flag of the United States. Of course, there will be certain rare oc,casions, during which the appearance of the. Stars and Stripes is entirely inappropriate, as in the case of a flag consecration, flag ceremony, flag ritual, or as in a representation of a symbolic float, statue, or other work of art in which the Filipino Flag alone is intended to be used. The Reasonable Interpretation To Conform With The Spirit O f Governor-Gen era] Harrisson's Message ..-The law granting the

r ight to use the country's Flag should not be construed in too literal a sense; it must receive a construction liberal enough as to avoid what would be in conflict with the rules relating to the use of internationally recognized flags. Its interpretation to be

AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

179

'c orrect must necessarily be controlled by the actual political cir'c umstances under which the Philippines is at present. To give, for example, the phraseology "An Act to adopt an official flag for the Government of the Philippine Islands'" an absolute literal meaning would be contrary to existing conditions, since the Flag 'of the United States is today the only recognized emblem of political sovereignty in the entire Philippines. To arrive at a reasonably correct interpretation of the purposes and limits of that Act would be to view the subject 路matter from an angle in which we have to consider that the relation between the Philippine and the American flags is the sam'e as that which exists between the Seal of the Philippine Islands and the Great Seal of the United States; that is, the symbolic authority of the former is granted by the actual authority of the latter. In this sense we may formulate the statement that the political significance of the official use of the Philippine Flag at present is only der ived from and conditioned by the consent of the sovereign authority. If the present law on the Flag is interpreted in this broad

political sense, the purely legal as well as the purely sentimental -views will be avoided: the Filipino would not then be inclined to prematurely assert that his Flag is the exclusive national political emblem when in fact it is not so, for it lost that attribute a quarter of a century ago; and the American, seeing that the Filipino in using his Flag has not diminished his respect and obeisance to the Flag of the United States, would not be so sentimental as to interpret that the display of the former is derogatory to the spirit of the latter. Considering this subject from this broader view, there should be no occasion to say this: "The United States made a great mistake in not teaching the Filipinos loyalty to that country. I am sorry to see the Filipino Flag flying side by side with the American Flag. I object to this idea of using two flags in one country. The Army should prohibit two flags to fly in the barrio schools in it~ posts." (1 47) Instead of voicing this kind of adverse interpretation which dis芦 147 ) This statement under the title of OBJECTS TO FILIPIN O COLORS FLYING WITH UNITED STATES FL A G, published in th e T rib1l1t e on Jul y 29, 1927, was attributed to Senator Bingham of the United States Con g ress, who was then touring the country.

180

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

figures the real purpose of the present law, many broad-minded Americans will, as a matter of course, assume the attitude which they had already shown once when they ordered the Philippine national colors to be displayed with the Stars and Stripes during the memorial service held in honor of the late GovernorGeneral Wood at the Burnham Green on August 13, 1927. The Filipino press, commending the spirit shown by the Americans, said that it was the first time the soldiers of the Army were permitted to carry the Filipino Flag together with that of the United States in a public ceremony. (148) There are many, and there will be many more fair and broadminded Americans in civil and military life who, without prejudice to their loyalty to their own flag as full blooded American citizens, will always maintain that already-extended courtesy as a precedent and will not entertain the wrong passionate sentiment that the display of the Filipino colors or its use meant discourtesy to the stars and Stripes. They know too well that the repeal of the Flag Law, Act 1696 of the Philippine Commission, and the subsequent legislation autho izing the use of the Philippine Flag, have made "the Filipino people think more of the American Flag today than they ever did before." (149) Bearing on this point President Quezon, then the head of the Senate, was quoted to have said: (150) "We hope that our people will show once more tokens of their meekness, intelligence and patriotism by avoiding any acts which might provoke the sentiments and jealousy of those who watch us and live with us. The legal exhibition of our flag is a work of the Legislature, but we must not forget the direct part which, on account of his feelings, Governor Harrison has taken in that legislation. Let the use we may make of the national ensign be always accompanied by the most solemn courtesy which we owe to the sovereign power in the Islands. The American Flag is the symbol of sovereignty in our country and should 路be respected and venerated by us more than ever beLa Vanguardia, August 14, 1927. Francis Burton Harrison before one of the convention of local American Democrats at the Manila Hotel in 1920. (1 50 ) The Citizen, October 23, 1919. (14 8) (14 9)

AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

181

fore because the day has finally come when we shall happily and freely exhibit our own side by side with it."

The Attitude Of The Non-Christian Elements Towards The Country's Flag.-The law prescribing the Sun and Stars as the "Official Flag of the Government of the Philippine Islands" made it possible for the country's Flag to wave from Batanes to Bongao and from Palawan to the most easterly coast of Samar~ Flown every day on the masts of all public buildings and schools as required by law, the Flag is brought in contact with the people. In this particular, the schools in the non-Christian provinces and remote mountain regions, where the Flag never reached before, are rendering a very valuable national serVIce. With the possible but very improbable exception of the Moros, the non-Christian elements, like the rest of Filipino communities, have shown due respect and consideration toward our Flag. The detracting and adverse comments on this point have been largely voiced by those inimical to Philippine political interests, but those who are not well disposed towards this country's political program. On the attitude of the Moros towards the Filipino Flag, comments are at variance. Ex-Governor Cameron Forbes said in his book, "The Philippine Islands", vol. 2, pp. 46-47: "One of the Moros pointed through the window to a building over which were flying side by side the two flags, the American flag and the Filipino flag, and said impressively: 'What is that strange flag (meaning the Filipino Flag) flying beside ours? Take it down' ". Doubt may be freely entertained by even the most casual observer as to the veracity of such an incident. Conceding that it happened, doubt is not entertained that it was a frame-up to produce a buffonery, a sort of cheap argument against the claim of Filipino leaders that the Philippines are united, indivisible and inseparable. The author was certainly not serious when he singled out such an incident. It is too ridiculous to have any effect other than to produce an adverse reaction on the reader, a reaction not so much against a Judas as against the mind that

182

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

loves to see Judas' tricks. A made-to-order evidence of that kind, calculated to discredit the natural crystallization and ultimate unification of the various Filipino social and political elements cannot have any weight or merit; the cheapness of the evidence is too apparent to be convincing. And what is more, is that such a clownish act, even if true, could not have any political significance in the national history of the country's flag. Violations of Act 2928.-The code of the Flag is often violated both in private and in public-unconsciously in the majority of cases, only cerelessly in many instances, and seldom intentionally. Violations belonging to the First two classes should not be put within the jurisdiction of our courts of justice. It is only the wilful and intentional violation of the specific provisions of Act 2928, the Philippine Flag Law, which are punished by our courts. In this regard, it is gratifying to note that no Filipino citizen has yet been accused of intentionally or maliciously showing disrespect to his Flag by using it in a manner other than as provided for in the law. The first violation of this act was committed by a Chinese who, in his enthusiasm to advertise his laundry business, used the picture of the Filipino Flag as a poster. He -was, therefore, charged: "That on or about the 1st day of March, 1932, and sometime prior thereto, in the City of Manila, Philippine Islands, the said accused being the owner, manager and person in charge of a laundry located at No. 507 Lara St. of said City, did then" and there willfully, unlawfully and feloniously post and exhibit and case to be posted and exhibited on a wall adjoining his place of business a big poster or sign-board on which the Philippine Flag is drawn, for the purpose of advertising to the public that in the said laundry all kinds of clothes were cleaned, thereby showing disrespect upon the Philippine Flag." (151) The foregoing should serve as a timely notice and a permanent warning to our own citizens and others. U sing the national color~ for advertisement purposes is particularly mentioned as one of the acts punjshable in Section 4 of (1 51) Information No. 43706-The People of the Philippine Islands vs. Wong Kuing, Manila, April 6, 1932. . . ,

AN OFFICIAL FLAG FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

183

the flag law. The accused was found guilty and fined twentyfive pesos, the leniency of the court having been invoked on the ground of his ignorance and lack of civic education. It is a queer coincident that the violators of Acts 1696 and 2928 were both foreigners. It is hoped that there shall be no occasion for ever bringing into court of justice any Filipino citizens路 to answer for any wilful, malicious or intentional violation of the Flag Act. To this end the different civic leagues, patriotic organizations, the schools, and the home should give their attention:

)

CHAPTER XII THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES Constitutional Provisions On The Flag.-The change of

Philippine political status into a Commonwealth as provided in the Tydings-McDuffie Law, Public Act, No. 127, U. S. Congress, March 24, 1934, evoked a new constitution for the Philippines, March 23, 1935. In framing up this fundamental law of the land, the delegates to the CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION thought it fit, proper and meritorious to insert the following provisions on the national colors, (Section 1, Article XIII) : "THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES SHALL BE RED, WHITE, AND BLUE, WITH A SUN AND THREE STARS, AS CONSECRATED AND HONORED BY THE PEOPLE AND RECOGNIZED BY LAW."

The insertion of the above pr ovisions in the Commonwealth Constitution upholds once mor e the national flag of the count r y, recognizes its historical evolution since it was adopted in 1898, and sanctions, for all time to come, the political ideology which it has developed since the first revolutionary movement of 1892.

"It is very meet and proper that the new Commonwealth Government should in its constitution retain unchanged the flag under which your first efforts tow~rd:S national unity were made," said the former Governor-General Francis Burton Harrison on the occasion of his visit to the Islands during the inauguration of the Philippine Corrim,onwealth. (15~) As a general rule, it is not necessary to mention the adoption of a flag in a constitution, although many modern constitutions do include such provisions. (153) Political considerations do ( 152) Written statement of Former governor-General Francis Burton Harrison, Manila Hotel, Manila, on October 25, 1935. (1 53 ) The Constitutions of Germany 1919, Czechoslovokia 1920, and Spain 1931 contain specific provisions on their national colors.

184

路.

The Philippine National Flag displayed "Until the expiration of the Commonwealth Government, the Philippines may be said to have two national flags, that of the Philippines proper, and that of the United States. "-Philippine A rmy Regulations.

The Coat of Arms of the Philippines

The Flag of the President of the Philippines

THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES

185

not usually demand its inclusion; but exceptions may be made when two or more states, having different flags, merge into one political state and adopt one of their flags or another new flag designed out of them all. The case of the Filipino Flag does not come within this category; for all that the Constitutional Convention did was to assure the continuance of the use of the already-adopted flag as designed in 1898. Whether or not such inclusion, in so fundamental a document as that of the Constitution of the country, was a proper political or patriotic gesture, is a question of taste or point of view. Even the Malolos Constitution, under which the present Flag was born did not provide for its adoption. Those responsible for its inclusion in the present Constitution must have based their decision on the idea of assuring the permanency of the Flag whose historical and sentimental value they wished to preserve in the Constitution. In their fruitful gesture, they performed a patriotic act and preserved for posterity an evidence of their loyalty to the spirit of the st ruggle for independence. If these were the true intention of the framers of the Constitution-as undoubtedly they were-the flag provisions are not and will not be in vain. What International Recognition If Any?-In so far as the United States is concerned, the Philippine Flag is the national emblem of a semi-independent state-a sort of a de facto "protectorate" of America, not a real protectorate in the international sense, but more like a free state under the protection or another sovereign state; not like the regular states within the Federal Union, but a little bit more, enjoying and exercising all the ordinary prerogatives of a free state, excepting in matters of foreign relations. So that, although the Philippine Flag does not yet have complete international significance, it is nevertheless already recognized as the Flag of a people, of a country with only one political identity, all separate from, yet under the protection of, the sovereign nation. The United States has vouchsafed this international meaning in the Philippine Flag since the birth of the Commonwealth on November 15, 1935, when her Men-of-War, riding at anchor in Manila Bay, thundered the na-

186

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTI.. ,:,lvl

--------~ --·-~~--7-

~" . 1

f I

I. .,. • ,

• f

lIthe d lMerent

Kingd~m

history.

(1931)

during

t~e

1!"XH3 pr'e sen.t C.o at-of-Arms of the, Spanish ~e'Pub1.ic 'I<

...

•

THE FLAG OF

TH~

187

PHILIPPINES

tional ,salute to the new nation, From the international standpoint, however., it is not a salute to the Philippine Flag. Under the Philippine Commonwealth, the National Flag cannot yet be set up in its former place of honor; but under this government, it win regain the greater part' of its lost political . significance. ' . In the meantime, its display before the world remains under the protecting wings of the American Eagle. However, in the face of a new recognized political status, foreign powers desiring to hold relation with this semi-independent state cannot but, out 6f courtesy, recognize its flag in terms no less. than those accorded to it by the sovereign state. It may not be an "international recognition" in the fullest sense of international law; but it must perforce be some kind of international recognition for the sake of community and good will, if for no other purpose. (See chapter XV, THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG, under the heading of "The Present Significance of the Philippine Flag.") . By arrangement mf~e between the Army and Navy departments of the United States, the President of the Philippines is accorded nineteen guns salute. This' courtesy, observed during the inauguration of the Commonwealth in 1935, is in recognition of the fact that the Commonwealth President is the head of a state. ,

COAT-OF-ARMS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF THE PHILIPPINES

Origin and Development In order to . underst~nd the present political character and symbolic significance of the Arms and Great Seal of the Commonwealth, it is well to trace back their origin and development. The first original arms and seal used in the Philippines were those authorized for the City of Manila, granted in 1596 by King, Philip II of Spain. (See "The Device for the Spanish Colonial Flag in the Philippines", C,,!:ap~er [-"Historical Back-

188

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

ground") . By introducin"g some changes in the details and devices, it became the Coat-of-Arms of the Philippine Islands. Minor modifications and alterations were made from time to time, but the principal devices were unaltered; the Crown of the King, the Castle of Spain, and the Dolphin-Lion armed with a sword remained unchanged. For a short period in the 18th and 19th centuries this Coat-of-Arms was modified slightly by the introduction of the fleur de lis and the Golden Fleece. Some of these representative seals are illustrated to show the development and evolution of the Coat-of-Arms of the Philippines. Act 1365-Philippine Commission On July 3, 1905, this law-making body passed Act 1365, prescribing the Arms and Great Seal of the Government of the Philippine Islands. (l54) The device authorized by this act remained unaltered up to the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines on ~ ovember 15, 1935. The ensemble was designed and prepared in the Department of State, Washington, D. C. by one Mr. Gaillard Hunt in 1903. (For reference see File No. 14039-a 9, etc.-Executive Bureau)

Philippine Coat-of-Arms from July 3, 1905 to Nov. 15, 1935

Act 2711-Philippine Legislature Administrative Code Art. V-Arms and Great Seal The Administrative Code of 1917 included the provisions of Act 1365, with only slight changes in the wordings and phrases used in the law. (155) (1 54) See Appendix XIV at the end of this chapter. (1 55 ) See Appendix XV at the end of this chapter.

THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES

189

Act 4258-Philippine Legislature One of the last acts of the Tenth Philippine Legislature was to pass the following law prescribing the Arms and Great Seal of the Commonwealth of the Philippines:

TENTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE

Second Session

H. No. 2378 [No. 4258] AN ACT TO AMEND ARTICLE FIVE OF CHAPTER ONE OF THE REV~SED ADMINISTRATIVE CODE

Be it enacted by the S enate and House of R epTesentatives of the Philippines in LegislatuTe assembled and by the authority of the same: SECTION 1. Article five of Chapter One of the Revised Administrative Code is hereby amended so as to read as follows: "ARTICLE V.-Arms and Great S eal "ART. 18. Arms and Great Seal of the Commonwealth of the Philippines.-The Arms and Great Seal of the Commonwealth of the Philippines are these:

"Arms-Paleways of two pieces, azure and gules; a chief argent studded with three golden stars equidistant from each other; over all the arms of Manila, per fess gules and argent, in chief the castle of Spain or, doors and windows argent, in base a sea lion, or langued and armed gules, in dexter paw a sword hilted or. CrestThe American eagle displayed proper. Beneath, a scroll with the words 'Commonwealth of of the Philippines' inscribed thereon. "The Great Seal shall be circular in form, with the arms as described in the last preceding paragraph, but without the scroll and the inscription thereon, and surrounding the whole a double marginal circle within which shall appear the words 'United States of

190

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The Presidential Seal of the "Gobierno Revoluoionario de Fi.lipinas tt in 1899. Pet'sonal papers of Senor Jose Maria Rivera. ~~eal used by the General Staff of the Military Department of Southern Luzon , dated Laguna, .July 5th, 1900. Notic.e the words "Ph 11 i ppine Republ.i c路, in

the inner circle instead of in the ou"er, wl'deb should be the C拢lSC it it were to represent the na tional se~l. -File Phi l}

rrJr.le Na tional Library . .

The seal

i~pressed

on the

"La lndepcndencie" , offiCiial or ...

gan of tbe governmen t, shows one of the ordinary seals used by the

minor BAecutive branches of the short-lived Philipp ine Republic of 1899.- Philippine Nat ional Library .

n,e sea l of the Filipino Foreign De le gation Extraordinary in 'PBT' is., France. Notice the t the Sun is portrayed '.'11 t Ol~t the original signs of trle human face; notice also tte r j ce lE'FlvL~ for n bDc~:8round, symbolizing t he national

plant. TRken fran

lett~r

Jated Paris, Nov .

f'hlli0uine j'Jatiol1rll Library.

---- -

1900.-F11e

--------

THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES

191

America,' 'Commonwealth of the Philippines,' the two phrases being divided by two small five-pointed stars. For the purpose of placing the Great Seal, the colors of the arms shall not be deemed essential. "SEC. 19. Custody and use of Great Seal.-The Great Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the President of the Philippines, and shall be affixed to or placed upon all commissions signed by him, and upon such other official documents and papers of the Commonwealth of the Philippines as may by law be provided, or as may be required by customs in the discretion of the President of the Phili ppines." SEC. 2. This Act shall take effect upon its approval. Approved, November 6, 1935.

The above Act No. 4258 merely reformed the previous provisions of Act 2711 on the same subject by having 2 paleways only instead of 13, adding 3 stars, and replacing the words PHILIPPINE ISLANDS with those of the "COMMONWEALTH OF THE PijILIPPINES". With these exceptions, the whole allegorical design remained unchanged. In other words, it is a continued modification of the original seal of the City of Manila. Should There Not Be Consistency And Harmony In The Symbolic Designs And Allegorical Devices Of The National Flag And The Coat-Of-Arms?--There should be, not only in symbolic designs and allegorical devic~s, but also in all representations of any kind whenever possible, and particularly more so in a case in which the historical events creating and developing both Flag and Coat-of-Arms are one and the same. The first Philippine Republic, under the same epochal incidents, efforts, and trialsall of our own making-gave us a National Flag and a Coat-ofArms; the former has remained unchanged to this day of the present Commonwealth; the latter has been relegated to the past. It seems reasonably logical to suppose that eventually, upon the rebirth of the Philippine Republic, the Arms and the Seal (Triangle enclosing the Sun and Stars) of t~e short-lived republic will be permanently adopted as the Coat-of-Arms of the nation. "The reasons for expecting this eventual change are essentially

192

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

11 Secrttarlb de Guerr..:,

Vito IWlffllitlo.

Presidential seal of the Philippine Republic of 1897.

para ieneral conocimiento y 'circuJe3e a los Sres. C6nsules de la~ , Nacione3 extranjeras que residen en .Mlnila.-Dado en Ttrlac 24 • de .lulio de 1X~H).o:..-:E~f(LlO AGUfNALDo.-Rubricado , ' Ln ' (tue D. O. de S. H, se hace sah0f ('n Ill. grnel al de

j t..'::i{.· l

uia para de'1Jido conqcimiento y puntnal ('umplimiento El Guneral Jefe d. E. M. G.

11.._ ....

'Presidential,Senl of 1B99 when tbe l'restiJent of the Republio DSstJmed t i tile 0 f Cap tatn-General of t he Army. Per~onnl pap 91"'8 0 f Senor J OBe Maria I:U vera.

-'--

----

-- --~

tf/nlacl!Zdr/ '1;;~ de!:.1 I:; ~ The Seal of the Secretory of Foreign Affairs. From a doo!,)mentary letter dated 1arlec t July 27, 1899.- File 'Phi11.ppi.,ne Ne.tiomll Librery.

THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES

193

the same as those which have kept us true to the Flag as originally transmitted and handed to us. There are strong political reasons to retain the Castillian Castle, the Sea-Lion armed with a sword, and the powerful Eagle of the United States; but as a whole, all these are not weighty enough to put aside the greater and more important considerations of historical events which, three decades ago, gave strength, soul and spirit to the Filipino arms. These considerations may externally appear empty sentimental patriotism, but they are so full of meaning, historical and factual, that they cannot be easily ignored. It is still a great probability, therefore, that the present Coat-of-Arms of the Commonwealth may yet be changed in the event that the Philippines once more becomes a truly free and a really independent republic. THE FLAG, COAT-OF-ARMS, AND SEAL OF THE UNITED STATES ~IGH COMMISSIONER (1 56) : \ The illustrations shown herewith are the flag and Seal of the High Commissioner of the United States to the Philippines. As can, be readily seen, the Coat-ofArms is nothing more than a modification of the Coatof-Arms of the Philippine Islands as authorized in 1905 by Act 1365. The TO THE retention of the thirteen PHILIPPINE (13) paleways, immediately ISLANDS above the Sea-Lion, and the completely dominating position of the American Eagle clearly indicate the paramount political sovereignty of the United (156 ) See Appendix XVI at the end of this chapter.

194

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

States and the continuing authority of the American Government over the affairs of the Philippines. The whole symbolic arrangement unmistakably describes the still-subsisting political relation between the sovereign country and the Commonwealth; such an allegorical portrayal of the Philippine status is clear and apparent. The Flag Of The President Of The Commonwealth.

(157)_

The Flag of the President of the Commonwealth-a continuation and a modification of the flag of the former office of the Governor-General-is a rectangular blue field, with the Coatof-Arms of the Philippines in the center and with a five-pointed golden star in each corner. Designed and patterned after the flag of the President of the United States, it will also, observe and follow its practice and usage whenever compatible with the present political conditions and circumstances.

(1 57 ) It is a time-honored tradition for the sovereign of the state to have his own flag, different from the national flag, and bearing the Coat-of-Arms of the State. This custom was born in the early times when he was the Chief and Commander of all the forces of the state. Then, he exercised direct command and control; today, he generally exercises this power through some designated members of his cabinet-the Minister or Secretary of War, Minister or Secretary of the Navy, or the like. Following this line of precedence the President of the Commonwealth, by Constitutional provisions, is the Commander in Chief of all the ar~ed forces. As such, and by virtue of his office, he has his own flag. See AppendIx XVII, at the end of this chapter.

The Flag of the United States, the symbol of sovereign political authority in the Philippines.

The Flag of the Governor -G eneral of the Philippine Islands.

By virtue of Act No. 240 of the United States Congress which provides that " H. . . . shall h. Command"in Chi.1 01 alliocall, created arm,dlorces and militia â&#x20AC;˘ .. theGevornor-General's flag has now four stars. One star. that of Brigadier General. represents the highest rank so far granted in the local armed force. the Philippine Constabulary.

The Flag of the High Commissioner of the United States to the Philippines. â&#x20AC;˘

APPENDIX XIV No. 1365.-An Act prescribing and adopting the arms and a Great Seal of the Government of the Philippine Islands, and providing for the use and custody of the Great Seal. By autlJ,fArifiy of the. D:nf.ted -States, be it enacted by the Philippine Commission, that:

SECTION 1. There is hereby prescribed and adopted the arms and a Great Seal of the Government of the Philippine Islands, of the designs hereinafter described: Paleways of thirteen pieces, argent and gules; a- chief azure; over all the arms of Manila, per fess gules and azu{'e, in chief the castle of Spain or, doors and windows azure, in base a sealion, argent langued and armed gules, in dexter paw a sword .hilted or. Crest: The American eagle displayed proper. Beneath, a scroll with the words "Philippine Islands" inscribed thereon. Arms:

SEC. 2. The Great Seal shall be circular in form, with the arms as described in section one, but without the scroll and the inscription thereon, ~nd surrounding the whole _a double margin-al circle within which shail appear the words "Government of the Philippine Islands," "United States of America," the two phrases being divided by two small five-pointed stars. SEC. 3. The Great Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the Executive Secretary, and shall be affixed to or placed upon all commissions signed by the Governor-General, and upon such other official documents and papers of the Government of the Philippine Islands as may by law be provided, and as may be required by custom in the discretion of the Governor-General. SEC. 4. For the purpose of affixing or placing the Great Seal, as provided in section three of this Act, the colors of the arms shall not be considered an essential part thereof, and an impression from the engraved seal, according to the design hereinbefore described, on any commission or other official document or paper, shall be valid to all intents and purposes, whether such colors or a representation of such colors be employed or not. This Act shall take effect on its passage. Enacted, July 3, 1905. 195

APPENDIX XV ACT 2711-ADMINISTRATIVE CODE 1917. "Arms and Great Seal of Government of Philippine Islands.The Arms and Great Seal of the Government of the Philippine Islands are these: Arms-Paleways of thirteen pieces, argent and gules; a chief azure; over all the arms of Manila, per fess gules and azure, in chief the castle of Spain or, doors and windows azure, in base a sea lion, argent langued and armed gules, in dexter paw a sword hilted or. Crest-The American eagle displayed proper. Beneath, a scroll with the words "Philippine Islands" inscribed thereon. The Great Seal shall be circular in form, with the arms as described in the iast preceding paragraph, but without the scroll and the inscription thereon, and surrounding the whole a double marginal circle within which shall appear the words "Government of the Philippine Islands", "United States of America", the two phrases being divided by two small five-pointed stars. For the purpose of placing the Great Seal, the colors of the arms shall not be deemed essential. Custody and use of Great Seal.-The Great Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the Governor-General, and shall be affixed to or placed upon all commissions signed by him, and upon such other official documents and papers of the Government of the Philippine Islands as may by law be provided, or as may be required by custom in the discretion of the Governor-General". Approved March 10, 1917. 196

APPENDIX XVI Washington, September 19, 1935. RADIO RECEIVED: (Army) No. 511 Murphy, Manila. For the Governor General: Reference your No. 418, paragraph 1, September 3, 1935, and Bureaus No. 498, September 13, 1935. The following information is now available relative to the flags and coat of arms to be used by the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands: "The color of the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands will be of silk, 4 feet 4 inches on the pike by 5 feet 6 inches on the fly, divided horizontally, upper half consist ing of 13 vertical stripes, white and red alternated; lower half blue, charged with a sea lio sejant holding in his dexter paw a sword, all white. The color will be trimmed on three edges with a knotted fringe of yellow silk 21;2 inches wide. Attached below the spearhead of the pike will be a cord 8 feet 6 inches in length, with a tassel at each end. Cord and tassels will be of red, white and blue strands. The boat flag of the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands will be of wool bunting, 3 feet hoist by 4 feet 9 inches fly. The design will be the same as that for the color, omitting the fringe, cord and tassels. The automobile flag of the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands will be of wool bunting, 1 foot 6 inches by 2 feet 2 inches fly. The design will be the same as the boat flag. "The coat-of-arms to be used by the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands is described as follows: Shield: per foss paly of 13 pieces argent and gules, and azure; in base a sea lion sejant holding in his dexter paw, a sword of the first. 197

198

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Crest: On a wreath argent and gules an eagle displayed with wings inverted, standing on 2 arrows, one to dexter, one to sinister, and 2 olive branches, all proper. The above coat-of-arms, when used as a seal, to be on an oval with a corded edge and with the inscription 'United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands. Background buff, inscription blue, corded edge gold. "The flags should be used on official occasions similar to any individual flag prescribed for military use." Cox Chief, Bureau of Insular Affairs.

APPENDIX XVII THE FLAGS OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES The various flags of the President of the Philippines and the manner of using them shall be as hereinafter prescribed: 1.

THE FLAG PROPER OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES-

(a) The Flag Proper of the President of the Philippines will be of blue wool bunting six (6) feet eight (8) inches hoist by twelve (12) feet fly. In .each of the four corners will be a golden fivepointed star, ten (10) inches in diameter with one point upward. The center of the star will be twelve (12) inches from the long edges and seventeen (17) inches from the short edges of the flag. In the center of the flag will be the official coat of arms of the Philippine Commonwealth, four (4) feet in height, in the proper colors. (b) The Coat of Arms of the Commonwealth of the Philippines as adopted under Act No. 4258, approved on November 6, 1935, is as follows: Arms-Paleways of two pieces, azure and gules; a chief argent studded with three golden stars equidistant from each other; over all the arms of Manila, per fess gules and argent, in chief the castle of Spain or, doors and windows argent, in base a sea lion, or langued and armed gules, in dexter paw a sword hilted or. Crest-The American eagle displayed proper. Beneath, a scroll with the words "Commonwealth of the Philippines" inscribed thereon. (c) The Flag Proper of the President of the Philippines shall be used in ceremonies of a public nature where the President is present officially. When used on a speaker's platform it shall be displayed flat below the National Colors of the Philippines and above and behind the speaker. It shall not be used to cover the speaker's desk or drape the speaker's stand. 2.

THE COLOR OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES-

(a) The Color of the President of the Philippines will be of blue silk, four (4) feet four (4) inches on the pike and five (5) feet six (6) inches on the fly. In each of the four corners will be a golden five-pointed star, six and one-half (6lh) inches in diameter with one point upward. The centers of the stars will be eight and 199

200

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

one-half (8%) inches from the long edges and twelve (12) inches from the short edges of the color. In the center of the color will be the official coat of arms of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, two (2) feet six and one-half (6%) inches in height, in the proper colors. The device and stars will be embroidered. The color will be trimmed on three edges with a knotted fringe of red silk two and one-half (2%) inches wide. Attached below the spear head of the pike will be a cord eight (8) feet six (6) inches in length with a tassel at each end. Cord and tassel will be red, white and blue silk strands. (b) The Color of the President of the Philippines shall be displayed from a staff behind him when he reviews troops or civic parades or on occasions of public ceremony where to mark the speaker's stand it is not suitable to display his Flag Proper. 3.

THE BOAT FLAG OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES-

(a) The Boat Flag of the President of the Philippines will be of blue wool bunting, three (3) feet hoist by four (4) feet nine (9) inches fly. The design will be the same as his Flag Proper with coat of arms and stars proportionately reduced in size. (b) The Boat Flag of the President of the Philippine shall be displayed from a staff on all ships, tenders, launches and small boats on which the President may be a passenger. 4.

THE AUTOMOBILE FLAG OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES-

(a) The Automobile Flag of the President of the Philippines will be of blue silk, one (1) foot six (6) inches on the staff by t:wo (2) feet six (6) inches on the fly. The design will be the same as that of his Flag Proper, the coat of arms and stars proportionately reduced in size. The flag will be trimmed on three edges with a knotted fringe of red silk, one-half (1 / 2) inch wide. (b) The Automobile Flag of the President of the Philippines s4all be displayed from a staff over the radiator cap of the automobile to indicate his presence therein. 5.

THE AIRCRAFT FLAG OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES-

(a) The Aircraft Flag of the President of the Philippines will be the same as the automobile flag but it will be made of wool bunting.

THE FLAG OF THE PHILIPPINES

201

(b) The Aircraft Flag of the President of the Philippines shall be displayed from a staff on a suitable section of the aircraft when he is travelling in this manner. Issued .Nov. 1, 1935.

PAR T II

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEMTHE WAR HISTORY OF ITS MUSIC AND POETRY ----7--:.. ___ ,..--

"~archa

Nacional Filipina"

June 5-11, 1898

"FiJi pinas" (verse) August-Septem~er,

1899

.#".," .'" ~~ J"

.. '. ~\

,,#

o-}

• , "

ill'

•

. .\. ~ . t./. . • ' ...

,.,

~"I .t •

...

" . "Son, arise, that is the 'expression of the Soul of your COUtntry;!~ and...thli little boy, rememI bering t'h~ str..ain of the ~aJtionit7, anthem, imitated . ... 1.,' \ his father. I . ;

THE COAT OF ARMS OF THE ERSTWHILE PHILIPPINE REPUBLIC

"EI escudo de la f enecida Republica Filipina era un tmingulo equilateral en el centro del cual esiu el sol can ocho rayos y en cada ungula una estrella de cinco puntas." E. AGUINALDO

"The triangle, the sun, and the three stars in the Filipino flag are Masonic symbols." LEO FISCHER, "Freemasonry and War"

HIMNO NACIONAL FILIPINO d~:

Letra

Mu:;ic.a de

J . Palma.

,.,

J. Felipe. J

Tempo d, Marc ' a. MM 120.J

l' -y Tie _ rra ado _ ra _ da, Pa_trla de a _ mo_ res,

t:T

-r

-U

-...;;

•

J .r

Jue _ go ar_ In va

Los A

.. r

t..J

.....-= .

d/en _ Ie 30 _ res

.,.

!' fu azul

t:T

T :

11 .

··

.,.

··

-yo

C l f! _

/0, en ,/ue en

·· .......

. .,.

lion ~

··

mas

" 12.

I En

Hen_d% es _ fa' /a E" No leho _lIa_ r an ja_

-U

" I 2.

.,.

Ie, nat

II/_ia del sol de 0_ r /en cu _ Oel.... he_rols_ 1710

fus

las

au_ ras, En Ii _ des Lil

•

Ius

rnon_tes'y en tu

VIC _ '0_ rIa //" _ m;

•

.,.-

...

- -

By courtesy and with the compliments of Mr. Leopol do R. Aguinaldo.

-0-

ve _ r a

p/!n_ de y

Tn4 r

" ...

.. · 1·

", a

Ire -_

de S ol

· ·· • r

.. ..

ga _

yen _

" t)

zo d en

...

de a

y p<1 _ ra

··

... ~

tc/s

.,..

.. .. · . '. I-'

VI_

1 r.e.s , JOs ,

.. -• -

. I

re _ 0_

It.

tu n

Vlr~

. ~.

...

<!n

m o_r,'r

J .,;.

do te C1- ....

.......l.-

·· ·

T'"e _rra ~

rna

. fi

..... · ..

-t.~

dul_ c e es p ar

··

--,

-V Sol.

··

.... ...

...

II 2.

J a_ l ,

d / _ chas, glo _ r ia

··

.fl

" · · "

It.

S CI

•

6er _ fad,

I" a_ e s_

S us

11.

da L; I/as .y

e r!a g a _ dos

po pa -

r-1

Ie ca

nun _

11.

112.

··

-.- ·· ··

NOTE ,-For the convenience of the si ngers th is s ong h as been re a rrang e d In t h e ke y of G Instead of C as In th e ori gi nal s core now kept In th e Ph ili ppin e Na t io n al Libra ry .

CHAPTER

XIII

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM Authorship: By A ~'lusician And By A Poet.-The Philippine National Anthem and the Philippine National Flag had a common historical background, a people struggling for political freedom and claiming for international recognition. They were not produced in the same place and year, but both were inspired by the same series of events and circumstances, the prolonged political persecution and the bloody wars which followed it. Unlike the Flag whose authorship rested on the people, through their military leaders and their chieftain, General Emilio Aguinaldo, the N aticinal Anthem came to life through the activity of two Filipino minds: Julian Felipe, a music teacher and a composer; and Jose Palma, a poet and a soldier, a private in the ranks. Working independently of each other but guided by the same national in~piration and lofty feeling of idealists, their combined authorship produced this valuable contribution to Filipino music and poetry; the former is a worthy reflection of the artistic and cultural development of the country, and the latter an expressive sentiment of the young Republic's political life, creditable to the idealism of the people and suitable to the form of the new government. The Musical Composition-"Himno Nacional Filipino."The original manuscript of the musical composition is called Himno Nacional Filipino: in song, however, it is usually and popularly referred to as HIMNO; and when played without the words (i.e. music only as MARCHA NACIONAL. The first page of the original containing the introductory part bears the heading Marcha Filipina Magdalo; whence its popularity as Aguinaldo March, Magdalo being Aguinaldo's Katipunan name and nom-de-plume. Even Justice Malcolm in his Philippine Civics, calls it so when he made this reference: "The national anthem is another emblem of patriotism. When the StarSpangled Banner, the anthem of the United States and the Agui205

206

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

naldo March, the anthem of the Philippines, are played everyone should stand and gentleman's hats shGUld he removed." The

following brief account, a literal translation of what was written in Spanish by the author himself on September 26, 1926, shows the incidents and circumstances under which it was composed: (158) "After the naval battle between the Spaniards and the Americans in the Bay of the port of Cavite, on Sunday morning, May 1st, 1898, Julian Felipe, who was born and was living at the said port of Cavite, fearing that further disturbance of the peace might occur in that locality, left therefrom with his family and went to the town of San Francisco de Malabon in the Province of Cavite; and there lodge in the house of General Mariano Trias until about the early part of the month of June, just after the surrender of the Spanish troops stationed in that town. On Saturday, June 4, Julian Felipe left San Francisco de Malabon for Cavite with a recommendation from General Trias. On the following day he offered his respect and adhesion to the then Dictator Don Emilio Aguinaldo who was staying at the residence of the late Sr. Maximo Inocencio (one of the 13 Filipino martyrs shot in Cavite in the year 1896) on Calle Arsenal in the said port of Cavite. "Don Emilio Aguinaldo having learned through the letter of recommendation of General Trias that Julian Felipe was a pianist and a music composer, and there being a piano in the house, requested the latter to playa hymn which was composed by a Filipino and brought down here from Hongkong by Don Emilio Aguinaldo. "To Don Emilio the music of that hymn seemed gooo, and excellent, as was also the opinion of Julian Felipe who was pleased with it; but Don Emilio wanted a national march, a serious and majestic, and so he requested Julian Felipe to compose one, a task which the latter agreed to perform. "Professor Julian Felipe purposely injected in his musical composition some melodical reminiscences of the Spanish Royal March in order to preserve the memory of the old metropolis; a characteristic which, though vaguely, is noticeable in the initial measures of the Marcha Nacional Filipina. "Six days later, on the following Saturday, the 11th of June, Julian Felipe went to the residence of Don Emilio Aguinaldo with (1 58 ) The oringirua.l account of Professor Julian Felipe written in Spanish is appended at the end of this Chapter, see AppeJndix XVIII.

Prof. Julian Felipe, composer of the "Marcha Nacional Filipina ." He was born in Cavite, Cavite, on January 28, 1861 , and studied his first lessons in music at the Recollect convent. He is 66 years old and is still actively engaged in giving private plano lessons In his home路town .

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

207

the rough draft of the march; and it so happened then that Generals Mariano Trias, Baldomero Aguinaldo, and other leaders of the Revolution were visiting him. "General Trias seeing him come into the room where they were assembled, and desiring that the music requested by Don Emilio be heard by all, took him to the latter's presence; and although they were then occupied with matters of greater importance, suspended their deliberation to hear and pass judgment on the merit of the music which was to become later our national march. "Professor Julian Felipe played his composition on the piano, and was requested by those present to repeat it several times for the purpose of better appraising and judging its merits. "Then after a brief interchange of opinion, the gentlemen present resolved to officially adopt the musical composition as "Marcha Nacional Filipina"; and Don Emilio Aguinaldo requested General Trias to see that the author go to San Francisco de Malabon for the purpose of teaching this new music to the town's band which was selected to play it the following day, Sunday, June 12, 1898, on the occasion of the Proclamation of the PhiliI pine Independence and the exhibition of our National Flag. "Between 4 and 5 o'clock in the afternoon of Sunday, June 12, 1898, the Act of Proclamation of the Philippine Independence took place, and that historical document was then read from the balcony of Don Emilio Aguinaldo's house by the then Judge-Advocate Mr. Ambrosio Rianzares. After the reading of the proclamation, our national flag was displayed, while the musical band of San Francisco de Malabon majestically played for the first time the Marcha Nacional Filipina. "Then followed a speech of General Artemio Ricarte who explained to the public the meaning of the symbolism of the National Flag. "For the purpose of popularizing our 'Marcha N acional' all over the archipelago, Don Emilio Aguinaldo ordered the author to prepare sufficient copies for distribution in the different towns of the Philippines. "Admiral Dewey, Commander of the American squadron, which was still anchored at the time in the bay of the port of Cavite, requested the author of the march for two copies to be sent to the United States. "Sometimes in the month of September or October of the following year, 1899, during which the Revolutionary Government was transferred to the province of Tarlac on account of the Filipino-

208

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

American war, the late poet Mr. Jose Palma composed for this march a poem which reads thus": (159)

On May 19, 1924, Professor Julian Felipe applied for a copyright of the National Anthem under the title of EI Himno Nacional Filipino, but on account of the fact that it had acquired the nature of a common public property since the first days of the Republic down to this day, its registration was denied. In its desire to compensate the composer for his meritorious work, however, the Philippine Legislature passed an act authorizing a certain amount "To be paid to him by the Insular Treasurer of the Philippine Islands upon delivery to the Bureau of the Philippine Library and Museum of the original manuscript of said Philippine National Anthem." (160) In compliance with the (1 59 ) Professor Julian Felipe sent the author a copy of this poem as. he had it. It differed from PJalma's original in that the former uS!ed por instead of En in the fourth line of the first stanza. The sixth line of the second stanza which reads En la victoria ilumino as sent and as recorded in the orginal musical compositi'on now on file at the Philippine National Libr~ry should read La victoria ilumino, omitting en. â&#x20AC;˘ (160) SIXTH PHILIPPIfNE LEGISLATURE Third Session H. No. 1051 (No. 3207) AN ACT GRANTING AID OR COMPENSATION IN THE SUM ' OF FOUR THOUSAND PESOS TO JULIAN FELIPE, AUTHOR OF THE "PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM." Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Philippines in Legislature assembled and by the authority of the same: SECTION 1. Aid or compensaition in the sum of four thousand pesos is hereby granted to Julian Felipe, in recogmtion of his inspired and melritorious pl"Oducltion known as the "Plhilippine National Anthem," to be paid to him by the Insular Treasurer of the Philippine Islandfi upon delivery to the Bureau of the Philippine Library and Museum of the original manuscript of said "Philippine National Anthem." SECTION 2. The sum of four thousand pesos is hereby appropriated out of any funds in the Insular Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to carry out the purposes of this Act. SECTION 3. This Act shall take effect on its approval. Approved, December 4, 1924. The Attorney General rendered the opinion "that uncopy-righted works published before the approval of Act 3134 become property of the public domain and consequently, are no longer copyrightable." So on November 24, 1924, Professor Julian Felipe was advised by the Director of the P.hilippine Library and Museum that his work was no longer copyrightable. The composer re'q uested for a. reconsideration, to which he received on February 3, 1925, this reply: "In dernying Mr. F~lipe's application for the copyright registration of his work 'EI Himno Narcional Filipno,' it was considered toot the said work having been publis.hed without having been copyrighted .became, under the provisions of Sec. 8 of the CopyrightLaw, Act No. 3134, a. property of the public domain."

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

209

provisions of the above Act, Professor Julian Felipe forwarded to the Philippine Library and Museum on December 11, 1924, the original manuscript of his composition, which is now deposited and kept among other historical documents in the Filipiniana Division of the National Library. Its Words-"Filipinas" .-The verses for the National An-

them were written much later than its music; the latter was composed in Cavite on June 11, 1898, while the former was written in Bautista, Pangasinan, in the month of August or September of 1899. But unlike the National Flag and the Marcha N acional Filipina, as this music was then popularly called, the poem was inspired from one's individual expression of love for country: flag and music were produced at the instance of General Aguinaldo while the beautiful poem, unbidden, sprung spontaneously to life from a poet's heart and mind. The inspiration of its birth was the product of actual history, and the soul of its verses was the portrayal of the true sentiment of the entire people and of the country as a whole. Actuated by neither gain in office, fame or favor, nor urged by any lucrative aim for self or incentive from friends or authorities, Jose Palma wrote his poem to express the Filipino citizen's devotion to heart and home, to flag and country. "I remember well that the de-路 ceased poet Jose Palma, wrote the words of the National Hymn spontaneously, impelled by the desire to give his people a means of manifesting their love of country," said the poet Fernando Ma. Guerrero. (161) Jose Palma wrote his verses to suit the music of the National Anthem and very appropriately called it "FILIPINAS". (162) It See Appendix XX at the end of this Chapter. Several English and vernacular translations of this foremo st national song have appeared within very recent years. The Osias-Lane translation is widely known in OUr private and public elementary schools. The ProgreSSlive MusiO' Series Book IV contains another. The translation by Mrs. Paz Marquez Benitez 路has been receiving favorable comment both in and outside of the Un.iversity of' the Philip-I pines for which it was expressly written. It was first sung at the Gra"nd. Ope ra House on March 1, 1926, during the presentation of the "Filipino Flag's Messag eJ' held in connection with a dramatic performance under the auspices of this university. Other translation like that of Prof. Jamias has appeared since then. See Appendix XXI at the end of this Chapter. (161) (162)

210

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

was published for the first time on September 3, 1899, In Independencia, and reads as follows:

l~a

FILIPINAS (Letra para la Marcha Nacional Filipina)

Tierra adorada, Hija del Sol de Oriente, Su fuego ardiente En ti latiendo esta. (16 3 ) Patria de Amores, (164) del heroismo cuna, Los invasores No te hallaran jamas. En tu azul cielo, en tus auras, En tus montes y en tu mar Esple~ de y late el poema De tu amada lihertad. Tu pahellon, que en las lides La VictoFia ilumino, (165) No vera nunca apagados Sus estrellas y su sol. Tierra de dichas, de sol y amores, (166) En tu regazo dulce es vivir. Es una gloria para tus hijos, Cuando te ofend en, por ti morir.

This patriotic poem, like the national music and the N ational Flag, was also a natural product of the struggle for independence; and like the words of the national hymn of the United ( 16S) Professor Julian Felipe's origin~l reads Por ti latiendo esta. Either E n or P or are grammatically and poetically c0rrect, but the thought expressed by the use of Por is slightly different from that conveyed by En, which is the correct word. (1 G4 ) This line reads Tierm de amores in MELANCOLICAS (Collection of Jose Palmal' s poems). Patria de amores is correct according to President Rafael Palma. Professor Julian Felipe's original copy of Marcha Nacional Filipina u:;}es the word Patria in the same ' line. (1 G5 ) R'rofessor Julian Felipe's original reads En la victoria ilumino. The use of En is erroneous. (l (6 ) This line reads Tierra de dichas, de sol y de amo'res in MELANCOLICAS. In the same line Professor Julian Felipe's original does not have de before amores .

- I I

JOSE PALMA A soldier and a poet who wrote "FILIPINAS," the beautiful words of the Philippine National Hymn

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

211

States of America, was written during a war for independence and under real conditions of the battlefield. The following record taken from the family notes of President Rafael Palma on September 22, 1926, gives a comprehensive account of its publication and adoption: "JOSE ISAAC PALMA was born on June 3rd. 1876, in the District of Tondo of the Ayuntamiento of Manila, being the youngest of the four children begotten in wedlock by Hermogenes Palma and Hilaria V. Velasquez. At the age of five years he lost his mother. He obtained his first education in the municipal school of his town and afterwards in the Ateneo Municipal under the direction of the Jesuit Fathers. He distinguished himself in the Ateneo for his marked fondness of literature which he shared with C. Apostol and other s who later on figured prominently in national literature. He pursued his studies rather irregularly due to a quaint melancholy temper which controlled his whole being. He was generally silent and reserved, though communicative when in intimacy with his fri ends. "He was initiated into the mysteries of the Katipunan, and when the insurrection broke out in 1896 he joined the insurgents as a private under the command of Colonel Rosendo Simon. In 1898 La Independencia was published as the organ of the Philippine Revolution, and Jose Palma was selected to edit the Tagalog section of that newspaper. He continued this work up to the time when, on account of the unexpected outbreak of the war with the Americans, the printing press and offices of the newspaper were transferred to San Fernando, Pampanga, and the Tagalog edition was discontinued. This induced Jose Palma to return to the r anks . About the month of August, 1899, he felt tired of the military life, and joined again his friends in the staff of La Indep~ndencia, then established in Bautista, Pangasinan. There he worked again for the newspaper, devoting his literary inclination in writing short stories. "During the leisure hours allowed by the daily fidget, and especially at night after the day's work, the members of the staff of La Independencia seeking to amuse themselves and to be relieved from their physical weariness, used to assemble together and sing or play on musical instruments. Their souls afflicted by the military situation, which was growing worst every day, needed spiritual elation, and they found it in singing war tunes and martial songs which made in them forget the bitterness of a sad reality. Fernando Guerrero and Jose Palma, both endowed with musical instinct,

212

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

devoted themselves to writing verses adaptable to well-known musical compositions. "It was in one of those occasions that Jose Palma saw the necessity of writing a poem for the words of the Marcha Nacional Filipina. Although this march was known since the beginning of the Revolution and was hummed by everybody, it had not yet then any words accompanying it. To suit its music he wrote a poem, Filipinas, which was published for the first time in the issue of the first anniversary of La Independencia on September 3, 1899. The spirit of his verses glowed with an optimistic faith in the future because theretofore it was the general belief that it would be impossible for the American forces to dominate the entire archipelago. The members of the staff of La Indep endencia were the first to sing these verses, but their mission in popularizing them was ended when they were forced to disperse on account of the invasion of the town of Bautista by the American troops. Thereafter, however, t he public made the verses popular in combination with the tune of the Marcha Nacional Filipina."

Similarity With The Himno Nacional Espaiiol.-The close similarity between the Himno Nacional Filipino and the Himno Nacional Espaiiol was not done by accident. Professor Julian Felipe himself stated that he put into his composition some melodical reminiscences of the national anthem of the old metropolis in order to preserve the memory of that nation. He succeeded in this regard, and of that likeness which he injected, Filipinos and Spaniards are both aware. On the occasion of the delivery of the Filipino National Flag to the Royal Spanish-American Academy of Sciences and Arts in Spain, a newspaper in the peninsula wrote: "Lastly we shall say that the Philippine National Anthem is a most inspired, harmonious and excellent music which vaguely recalls in some detail our Royal March. It was written by a great Filipino composer, proudly called Master Julian Felipe. Some nights ago we heard it played for the first time with a profound emotion. .. The words, which evince the nerve of the Spanish race transmitted to her daughters, was written by the poet Jose Palma, the well known author of 'Melancolicas' ". (167) (167 )

1925.

From a Spanish newspaper, transcribed in the El Debate, January 18,

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

213

The National Anthem In The Days Of The Republic.-To play the national music when the flag is unfurled or raised with ostentation has been an acquired practice since the days of the Philippine Republic. In San Fernando, Pampanga, "When the Flag was unfurled, the big crowd at the plaza and its vicinities gave a tremendous ovation and applause, mingling their enthusiastic salutation with the notes of the National March which was being played by all the bands present." (1168) rhe same kind of respect was shown to the Flag in the Visayas, where on one of such occasions this had been said: "The center of operations is in Santa Barbara, and here on Sunday November 6, the National March was played during the raising of the flag." (169) This ceremony, which is a general expression of greeting to the Flag, was observed for the first time at the Declaration of Independence on June 12, 1898, and was subsequently followed ever since as a precedence. The National Anthem is also generally played on formal military occasions when the army salute or execute Present Arms to the national colors, another form of showing national respect to the flag and anthem. In keeping with this traditional courtesy, which exclusively belongs to the armed service, the soldiers of the Republic were jealously taught its observance. An example of this was recorded when on one occasion a big National Flag was received in Malolos for the use of the Filipino Congress at Barasoain Palace: "Two companies presented their arms to the ensign of the nation, and a musical band played the National March." (170) It is likewise played upon the arrival or departure of the Chief Magistrate of the nation as a sign of respect to the nation itself. (171) In the days of the Philippine Republic this mark of great distinction had been shown to the President not as a courtesy but in deference to the political authority which he symbolized in his person. Of this it was said that: "While the President (Aguinaldo) was (168) (169)

La Independencia, (Salute to the flag) Tuesday, September 6, 1898. La Independencia, (Official News from Iloilo and Negros) Monday,

November 14, 1898. (170) La Independencia, (Telegraphic Service) June 13, 1899. (171) "The President of the United States will be received at the reviewing stand or a.t the building at which he is being entertained with the national anthem, or in the absence of a band, the bugles sounding "To the colors'."-United S tates, Army Regulations, 600-30.

214

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

boarding his train, the public rendered a warm, hearty greeting, the soldiers presented arms, and the band played the National Anthem." (172) All these beautiful practices, reminding the people of the political symbolism of the Flag and the unifying spirit of the National Anthem, had been firmly established since the days of the Republic and are now considered traditional throughout the country. The Adoption Of The National Anthem.-The national sentiment of unity produced by the war, coupled with the ideas of political renaissance as laid down in the constructive program of the young Republic, was looking for some means of outward expression: the birth of the :B-'lag and the timely production of the National Anthem supplied this want. The latter, like the former, was not forced unto the people by any formal executive proclamation, circular, resolution, or by any act of the Malolos Congress ; in fact it was never mentioned or touched upon by any state papers ordering its use. It was, however, the only music exclusively played on all state occasions, official ceremonies, and military reviews. Like the Star-Spangled Banner of the United States of America and those of many countries, (173) it was tacitly adopted as such only after it had undergone the ordeal of assented growth, spontaneous popular acceptance, Act general and continued usage, and governmental sanction. No. 3207 of the Philippine Legislature granting aid or compensation to the author on condition that the original composition be turned over to the government was a very strong evidence of recognition which is now equivalent to its official adoption. The National Anthem Under The American Flag.-The N ational Anthem, though glorious in birth and rich in romance as the country's Flag, like the latter suffered also the same colorL a Independencia, (The President's Trip to Malolos) September 10, 1898. "The Star,- Spangled Banner, a patriotic song composed by Francis Scott Key, 14th. September, 1814, and now recognized throughout the United States as the national anthem, although it is not such in legal fact, Congress having repeatedly rejected pr9posals-one as recently as 1914-to make a declaration to the effect by resolution. Nearly 100 years after it was written, the song was prescribed by formal orders to be played in the army and navy on occasions of ceremony, and that is the extent of its official recognition today."-The A 'rnericana, Vol. 25, p. 490. (1 72 ) ( 173 )

THE PHILIPPINE NAT.IONAL ANTHEM

215

ful incidents which characterized the rise and fall of the struggling nation. In the early days of American sovereignty, the playing of the national air was in disfavor if not frowned at by the civil and military authorities. This attitude was naturally to be expected, for as the Stars and Stripes had supplanted the Filipino Flag so also had the Star-Spangled Banner actually replaced the Philippine National Anthem. However, the playing of the latter in the home and in the public plazas, like the display of the Flag, was allowed and permitted by sufferance. This privilege was not granted to the boys and girls of the public schools because of the outlined policy of teaching the younger generation the national anthem of the sovereign nation. It was not strange, therefore, that such restriction prevented many of the present generation from having a proper appreciation of the meaning of our own National Anthem. While the questjon of proscribing the use of the Filipino Flag was being agita~ed at the instance of the American community in 1907, the national song was never heard except in the remote places where, it could neither invite public attention nor affect the heated argument between the Filipino and American press on the flag issue. When it was played in Manila and the nearby suburbs on several occasions in connection with the political campaign of that year, the American press openly chided and upbraided the Filipino community by referring to the National Anthem with such appellation as funeral music. (174) On account of the impracticability of enforcing a law prohibiting the playing of musical 路 notes, and for other sufficient good reasons which were clearly foreseen by the authorities, the National Anthem was not proscribed by statute, thus escaping the fate of the Flag. But an unwritten law on this matter, enforced and carried out in the form of a well laid out policy, was dictated by the civil and military authorities; and so the playing or singing of the National Anthem, was forbidden. However, in the absence of a statute penalizing its violation or sanctioning such prohibition, it was occasionally heard here and there throughout the Archipelago. . VIII.

(174)

Read the Manila Times of August 12 and 14, 1907, quoted in chapter

216

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

In the course of time, the severity of the unwritten law relaxed and the palicy was modified to the extent of allowing it to be played or sung on condition that it was to be followed by the Star-Spangled Banner, a custom which is still observed even up to the present time. Mr. Eulogio B. Rodriguez of the N ational Library noted that "Some years ago, the hymn used to be played by the Philippine Constabulary Band after the StarSpangled Banner which closes their Sunday concerts on the Luneta. Why this practice was discontinued, we do not know; but I think every Filipino will agree with me when I say that the custom should be revived."(175) The repeal of Act 1696 of the Philippine Commission and the subsequent passage of the present law authorizing the display of the Filipino Flag, gave also the people full liberty of singing and playing their national song. As a further political concession it is now allowed to be taught and sung in the public schools, a grant of far-reaching effect, for it touches and reaches the very heart of the Filipino nation, the youth of the country. The National Anthem Under The Commonwealth.-N ow that the Philippine status has changed from a mere colonial possession to what may now be considered a more or less self-governing commonwealth, the National Anthem should likewise acquire a new sense of value as the soul expression of the Filipino body politic. The recognition accorded to it by the people and by the erst-while Philippine Republic is further enhanced by the official sanction it received when it was played during the inaugural ceremonies of the Commonwealth on November 15, 1935. "As the President rises to take the oath, the audience will also rise and will relnain standing until the gun salute, the ,ruffles and flourishes, and the playing of the Philippine National Anthem, in the order indicated, are completed," reads the official inaugural program of the Commonwealth. Thus was recently added one more significant and important event which tangibly strengthened the historical background, (1 75 ) "The Bhilippine National Hymn," by Eulogio B. Rodriguez, Assistant Director, Philippine National Library; published by the Philippine Education Magazine, Oct. 1928.

217

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

and gave additional patriotic color to the political tradition of the National Anthem. The accumulation of this kind of official recognition should redound to its permanency and history; in the march of present day events, therefore, great care should be taken not to harm its course. Our political status under the Commonwealth warrants the taking of all precautions against misinterpretations and misunderstandings; and this is true both in the correct use of the flag in relation with the United States colors, as well as in the appropriate playing and usage of the National Anthem in relation with the Star Spangled Banner.

APPENDIX XVIII Cavite, Cavite, I. F. Septiembre 26, 1926 CAPITAN EMANUEL A. BAJA, Depto. de Ciencia Militar, Universitlad de Filipinas, Manila, I. F. Mi querido Capitan y paisano: Cumplimentando su ruego, adjunto tengo el muchisimo gusto de enviarle a V d. la sinopsis de la historia de como he llegado a escribir nuestra Marcha N aciona!. Espero que de esta sinopsis podria Yd. recoger todos los datos que dese_a re obtener. Aprovecho esta oportunidad para ofrecerme de V d. su atto. s. y paisano. JULIAN FELIPE

HISTORIA DE LA MARCHA NACIONAL FILIP INA En el ano de 1898, despues del combate naval entre Espanoles y Americanos ocurrido en la bahia del puerto de Cavite, provincia del mismo, a las 5 de la manana del Domingo 1.0 de Mayo del mismo ano, Julian Felipe, que es natural y residente de dicho puerto de Cavite, por temor a otros disturbios que pudieran ocurrir en la localidad, sali6 de esta con su familia dirigiendose a un pueblo de la provincia, San Francisco de Malabon, y alIi se hosped6 en la casa del General Mariano Trias hasta principios del mes de Junio, despues de la rendici6n de los tropas espanolas destacadas en aquel pueblo. A la vuelta de San Francisco de Malabon, que fue el SAbado, 4 de Junio, al siguiente dia. Domingo, 5 del mismo mes, Julian Felipe con una carta de recomendaci6n del General Trias fue a ofrecer sus respetos y adhesi6n al entonces Dictador, Dn. Emilio Aguinaldo, que tenia su residencia en la casa del malogrado, Dn. Maximo Inocencio, (uno de los 13 fusilados en Cavite, el ano 1896, calle del Arsenal, puerto de Cavite). Dn. Emilio Aguinaldo, habiendose enterado por la carta del General Trias de que Julian Felipe era Pianista y compositor de musica y aprovechando la oportunidad de que habia piano en la casa, Ie mand6 ejecutar un "Himno" que Dn. Emilio habia traido c~nsigo de Hongkong, el cual estaba escrito por un filipino. 218

THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL ANTHEM

219

Para Dn. Emilio, la musica de aquel Himno era buena, excel ente, como asi tambien opino Julian Felipe, en vista de que Ie ha gustado; pero Don Emilio necesitaba una march a nacional, seria majestuosa, como para sustituir a la Marcha Real Espanola, y propuso a Julian Felipe a que compusiera una, cuyo encargo fue aceptado por el mismo. Durante los dias en que el Profesor Julian Felipe estaba escribiendo la Marcha, con el objeto de tener siempre el recuerdo de nuestra antigua Metropoli, hizo que la composicion musical tuviera, aunque vagamente, reminiscencias melodicas de la Marcha Real E spanola, como se no tara en los primeros compases de la referida Marcha Nacional Filipina. Al cabo de seis dias, precisamente el Sabado, 11 del mismo mes de Junio, dia en que por casualidad hallabanse de visita en reunion con Don Emilio en su residencia, los Generales Mariano Trias, Baldomero Aguinaldo y otros caudillos de la Revoluci6n, fue cuando Julian Felipe llevo el borrador manuscrito de la Marcha. Al verle el General Trias al Prof. Felipe entrar en la habit acion en donde elIos estaban reunidos, este salio a su encuentro, preguntandole por el as unto que Ie llevab a casa de Don Emilio, y tan pronto como explico al General Tria que deseaba hacer oir la musica encargada por Don Emilio, condujole al punto en presencia de este, quien no obstante estar muy ocupado en asuntos de mayor importancia, dieron tregua a la discusion y todos se aprestaron a oir y juzgar la musica, la que iba a ser y es ahora nuestro "Himno Nacional." Inmediatamente, el Prof. J. Felipe empezo a ejecutar en el piano BU composicion, viendose obligado por los presentes a tener que repetirla varias veces para ser apreciada mejor. Al fin, despues de un cambio de impresiones, los Sres, presentes, acordaron adoptar oficialmente la composici6n como "Marcha Nacional Filipina", y Don Emilio otorgo enseguida su beneplacito al Gral. Trias para que Julian Felipe COn la composici6n musical consigo, fuera a San Francisco de Malabon al objeto de ensayarla a la Banda de Musica de aquel pueblo, a fin de que fuera extrenada y ejecutada con toda solemnidad, bajo la direcci6n de su autor, en Kawit, Cavite, el siguiente dia, Domingo, 12 de Junio, 1898, con motivo de la Proclamacion de la Independencia Filipina y la exhibici6n de nuestro Emblema N aciona!. En efecto, entre 4 y 5 de la tarde del Domingo, 12 de J unio de 1898, se verifico en el pueblo de Kawit, Cavite, el acto de la procla-

220

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

maclOn de la Independencia Filipina, leyendose desde el balcon de la cas a de Don Emilio Aguinaldo aquel historico documento por el entonces Auditor de Guerra, Sr. Ambrosio Rianzares; y una vez hecha la proclamacion, nuestra Ensena Nacional fue desplegada mientras que la banda de musica de San Francisco de Malabon, por primera vez entonaba majestuosamente la Marcha Nacional Filipina. Acto seguido, el Gral. Artemio Ricarte, pronuncio un discurso explicando al publico el significado de los atributos de la Bandera Nacional. Don Emilio Aguinaldo, con el objeto de hacer que se conociera en todo en Archipielago Filipino la musica de la Marcha N acional Filipina, ordeno a su autor que hiciera muchas copias para ser enviadas a todos los pueblos de Filipinas. El Almirante Dewey, Jefe de la Escuadra Americana que aun estaba fondeada en la bahia de Cavite, pidio, a su autor dos copias de la referida Marcha para llevarsela a Estados Unidos. En el siguiente ano 1899, estando establecido el Gobierno Revolucionario en la provincia de Tarlac con motivo de la guerra FilipinoAmericana, hacia los nteses, Septiembre y Octubre del mismo ano, el malogrado poeta Sr. Jose Palma compuso la letra de esta marcha que es la siguiente: (See the poem "Filipinas.")

APPENDIX XIX December 10, 1926. CAPTAIN EMANUEL A. BAJA, Philippine Constabulary, Manila. My dear Captain:In answer to your inquiry, I can assure you for certain that Jose Palma wrote the words of the National March in Bautista, Pangasinan. Bautista was then a barrio of Bayambang, where there was a railroad sub-station. La Independencia was published in a building formerly occupied by a telegraph station near the railroad depot. All the members of the staff of this newspaper were living in that house. I distinctly remember that it was there where Jose Palma wrote his verses for th~ National March. I may add that Mr. Fernando Ma. Guerrero, who was with us at that time, was also present when Jose Palma was writing the said verses and who even went over them when they were finished. Sincerely yours, CECILIO ApOSTOL 221

APPENDIX XX October 17, 1928. CAPTAIN EMANUEL A. BAJA, Headquarters, P. C. Manila. My dear Captain Baja: In reply to your inquiry, I can recall only a few facts. I remember well that the deceased poet Jose Palma, wrote the words of the National Hymn spontaneously, impelled by the desire to give his people a means of manifesting their love of country. He composed the song while staying at the headquarters of the newspaper "La Independencia" in Bayambang, Pangasinan, and carried the work to completion by the end of August, 1899, but I cannot specify the exact date. It was published for the first time on September 3, 1899, in a supplementary issue of the "La Independencia". As far as I can remember, the few members who still clung to the staff of this newspaper were the first to sing the words of this poem to the tune of the National Hymn. Then when the members of the staff of the "La Independencia" were scattered, their families gathered together in the town of Kamiling, Tarlak, and developed the habit of singing th~ National Hymn in their evening reunions. Thus started the popularity of this song, and thus it grew to appeal to the heart and imagination of the people. As to my part in the making of the song, I merely aided the poet in adjusting some words to the music. That was all. Hoping to have answered, at least, partially your request, I remain. Sincerely yours.

F. MA. 222

GUERRERO

APPENDIX XXI THE PHILIPPINE NATIONAL HYMN Translated by PAZ MARQUEZ BENITEZ

I路

land beloved, Child of the sunny Orient, Whose ardent spirit Ever burns in thy breast! o land of beauty, Cradle of valiant warriors, Tyrant oppressors Never will daunt thy sons!

II On thy blue seas and verdant hills And in thy winds and azure skies Th' immortal voice of Liberty We hear in ringing song arise. On thy dear banner that has led Thy sons to vict'ry in the fight Forever shall its sun and stars Unclouded shine with golden light.

III Philippines. 0 land beloved of the sun, On thy dear bosom life is sweet! But in the hour when men must die for thee Gladly our lives we'll lay at thy feet!

223

APPENDIX XXII SEVENTH PHILIPPINE LEGISLATURE, THIRD PERIOD OF SESSIONS. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES H. R. No. 3105 Introduced by Representative Hernando. AN ACT PRESCRIBING ON WHAT OCCASIONS THE PHILXt"PfNE: NATIONAL HYMN SHALL BE PLAYED AND PUNISHING ITS VIOLATION.

B e it enacted b1/ the Senate and House of R epresentatives- @f' tne Philippine8 in L egislature assembled and by the authority of the same. SECTION 1. It is hereby provided that the music of the Philip--. pine National Hymn and the wor ds of the same shall be played and: sung only in public acts of an official or semi-official character, when the official flags of the Government of the Philippine Islands are tO I be hoisted or lowered, and when performance or celebrations of an' official character are held by public or private schools di:ll~' :r:ecQg;,-. nized by the Government, or on similar occasions. SECTION 2. Singing of the words and playing of t~ rnusjC' of' the Philippine National Hymn in social acts purely privatEC and. for mere recreation, amusement, or entertainment purposes, andl at meetings or places where its use involves lack of respect are hereby prohibited. SECTION 3. Any person who by himself or thru other person shall violate the provisions of this Act shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not less than twenty-five pesos nor· morethan five hundred pesos, or by imprisonment for not more than six· m-onths, or by both such penalties, in the discretion of the trial Q9l111; •. SECTION 4.

This Act shall take effect on its

(Pending) 224

~Hmr_ovat

PAR TIll

•

GENERAL LITERATURE ON THE FLAG AN ANTHEM

"Patr-iotis?n also means pride in the hist01"U of one's country. No matter how few 01" poo?" the people of his country, or how humbl.e their past, the patTiot is pToud of his countTymen and theiT hist01"Y. He excuses the faults of the past, and d1,uells upon every heToic deed 01' act of virtue. Patriotism is sometimes blind to the Teal mistakes f the fathe?"s of the country, but this is much better than for a citizen to take no inteTest and pride in the history of his countTY. E'ach nation is filled w1:th pride oveT its own history, and if the citizens of (/, count?"y do not take pTide in thei1' own history, no fOTeigneT un:ll give it just praise." PRESCOTT

F. JERNEGAN.

CHAPTER

XIV

THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG "I do set my bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between me and the earth." -

CHAPTER

GEN .

13.

How Flags Come To Re.-Flags are not made indiscrimin-

ately, they are not born in a day; they are the product of historical events, the creation of the ages, and the incarnation and brief expression of the political thoughts of the races. It took many centuries of political evolution before the present flags of the world have developed into what they are now; some had grown with the slow progress of political ideas; a few were unexpectedly born with the advent of new principles and ideals ; and others had been rec ' nstructed t o suit the ever-changing destinies of nations or to suit their sllifting boundaries according to the fortunes of war. Although each of these flags had a different history from all the rest, yet all had a common background, either a successful nation with a recorded achievement or a struggiing people with a worthy idealism. The First Flag.-The first flag to be seen by mankind was

of divine origin, the rainbow which appeared in its most glorious splendour and brightness in the clouds after the Deluvian Flood. The Biblical account of this first flag used by Divinity itself reads: CH!\.PTER 9路-GENESIS 8.

And God spoke unto Noah, and to his sons with him, saying,

9. And I, behold I establish my covenant with you, and with your seed after you; 10. And with every living creature that is with you, of the fowl, of the cattle, and of every beast of the earth with you; f r om all that go out of the ark, to every beast of the earth. 227

228

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

11. And I will establish my covenant with you; neither shall all flesh be cut off any more 'b y the waters of a flood; neither shall there any more be a flood to destroy the earth. 12. And God said, This is the token of the covenant which I make between me and you every living creature that is :with you, for perpetual generations: 13. I do set my bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between me and the earth. 14. And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud: 15. And I will remember my covenant, which is between me and you and every living creature of all flesh; and the waters shall no more become a flood to destroy all flesh. 16. And the bow shall be in the cloud; and I will look upon it that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth. 17. And God said unto Noah, This is the token of the covenant, which I have established bet ween me and all flesh that is upon the earth.

It was this multihued rainbow, the Divine Flag, which

taught mankind the use of symbols in token of protection on the one hand, and subjection or allegiance on the other. In his natural inclination to imitate the ways of Divinity for his political and social ends, man adopted the allegory and used it in his dealings with his own kind. The iinitation was well copied and well applied to the needs of human society, the guidance of which necessarily calls for two elements: the guiding or ruling element which affords protection, and the subject which owes allegiance in recognition of this protection. To that end each tribe copied the original and adopted a standard of its own. (176) The Flags Of The Twelve Tribes Of Israel.-路The earliest tribal flags on record were those mentioned in the Old Testament, Numbers, Chapter II, 2, 3, 10, 18, and 25, which state that: ( liG ) "The earliest known l'epl'esentations of Egyptian banners are those found on the native tablet of Nal"-Mer (B.C.4000-5000) at Hiel:akonpoli~; on this are r epr esented four bearers carrying poles with various emblems on the top of them. Something similar, though the pole is not so long, ~s found on a relief of Rameses I.; the banner-bearer pl'ecedes a company of archel's."-Encyclopedia of R eligion and Ethics, vol. II, p. 348.

229

THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG

2. Every man of the children of Israel shall pitch by his own standard, with the ensign of their father's house; far off about the tabernacle of the congregation shall they pitch. 3. And on the east side toward the rising of the sun shall they of the standard of the camp of Judah pitch throughout their armies: and N ahshon the son of Amminadab shall be captain of the children of Judah. 10. On the south side shall be the standard of the camp of Reuben according to theIr armies: and the captain of the children of Reuben shall be Elizur the son of Shedeur. 18. On the west side shall be the standard of the camp of Ephraim according to their armies; and the captain of the sons of Ephraim shall be Elishama the son of Ammihud. 25. The standard of the camp of Dan shall be on the north side by their armies: and the captain of the children of Dan shall be Ahiezar the son of Ammishaddai.

Each one of the Twelve Tribes of Israel had its own emblem and color. "The Midrash (Num R ii) on the passage 'Every ma~ of the children of Israel shall pitch by his own standard, with the ensign of their father's house' (N1.(/tn. 11-2), explains that the emblems and colors corresponded to the twelve precious stones set in the breast plate worn by the high priest, as follows :(177) Tribe

Representative Color of Banner Stone

Reuben Simeon Levi

Sardius Topaz Carbuncle

Judah Issachar Zebulun Dan Gad Naphtali Asher

Emerald Sapphire Diamond Ligure Agate Amethyst Beryl

Ephraim Onyx Joseph { Manasseh Onyx Benjamin Jasper (177)

Red Green Tricolor of White, Black and Red Sky blue Black White Blue Gray Wine-color Pearl-color

Mandrake City of Schechem Urin and Thummim Lion Sun and Moon Ship Snake Camp Hind Female figure and olive tree Bullock Egypt { Unicorn

Jet-blue Jet-black The above colors combined Wolf

The Jewish Encyclopedia, vol. 5, p. 405.

Emblem

230

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"The Targum Yerushalmi says that the flag of Judah bOi'e, over a roaring lion, the inscription "Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them tha.t hate thee flee before thee."

The Evolution Of The Flag Follows The Political Evolution Of The State.-In the early stages of political life, the fighting

instinct of man was supreme; it predominated his whole nature. The multiplication of his species, the 路formation of hordes and tribes, and the evolution of the early form of government transformed this characteristic into an art which for a time became the most important function of his state wherein only the strongest and the best of the male were enlisted. The service, therefore, was considered an exclusive privilege among the flowers of manhood jn the tribe. To distinguish a friend from a foe, the warriors of each tribe designed their own weapons in such a manner so as to be distinctly different from those used by others, the difference being usually in the shape, size, color and ornamentation. When the shield was invented, the distinctive badge was carved on its outer side. Such crude means of distinguishing the combatants from each other served the purpose when personal combat was in vogue or when the participants in a battle were few. The evolution of war taught the hostile tdbes that as the number of warriors participating at the same time in one single engagement increased, the signs on shields and arms proved ineffective and fatal at times. A better means to distinguish a friendly troop from a hostile group was, therefore, imperative. Hence the adoption and use of bright-colored feathers, skins, birds or other figures of animals attached to spears, lances or long poles-a very practical way which enabled the warriors to recognize their enemy even at a distance. (178) (1 78 ) "The Greeks bore a piece of a.rmor upon a spear in early times; afterwards the several cities bore sacred emblems or letters chosen for their particuIar associations-the Athenians the olive and the owl, the CorinthiJans a pegas'us, the路 Thebans a sphinx in memory of Oedipus, the Messenians their initial M,... A purple dre!'ls w:as placed on the end of a spear as the signal to advance."

"The Bayeux tapestry commemorating the Norman conquest of England contains abundant representations of the flags of the period borne upon fances of the knights of William's army."-Encyclopedia BritcLn?1ica.

THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG

The Ancient Standards of Egypt, 1000 to 2000 B.C.

The eagle standard of the Roman legion and a cloth standard in t~e days of Ca:sar, 50 B. C.

Two flags of King William's Army during his conquest of England in 1066 (From the Bayeux tapestry)

Some of the Early Flags of the World

231

232

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The advancement of culture and textile industry slowly replaced the crude and primitive symbols, but it was not until the early part of the Middle Ages that woven cloth or drapery bearing the tribal designs or ornaments were used as flags in the modern sense. Their size, form and shape were then as varied as the organizations using them. The colors they chose were bright and grotesque; red, black, white, green, blue, ermine and purple were predominant and outstanding. Although the flag really originated from man's necessity in carrying out his wars during a transitory age of primitive life, nevertheless, its exclusive use for that purpose did not remain long. Little by little it lost its hostile and primitive significance; and as civilization slowly advanced, it became more and more the symbol of ethnic aggroupation. The development of religion as an adjunct of the state in the middle ages gave it a religious character. (\79) "In their origin, and throughout their history-until down to comparatively speaking, recent timesbanners served primaril~ a religious purpose, and their object was in tile first instance, to indicate something rather than to gather people together."'(180) From this representation it then went one

step farther by becoming the emblem of the nation. And now, in this century, it has gained another attribute, the idealism of the state.. After undergoing all these characteristic changes, each stage of which marked the degree of human culture, ethnic aggroupation, and political solidification, we now have the present flags of the world with their present-day significance. Occasionally, when nations are at war, these flags are still employed for the same purpose as our forefathers utilized their crude symbols and devices; but today their better use stands for international relation, state-sovereignty, a responsible constitutional government, recognition of authority, law and order. (181) (1 79 ) "E-a.rly flags were' almost purely of religiou5 ch u-acte:r . .. The national banner of England for centuries-the red cross of St. George--was a religious one; in fact the aid of religion seems ever to have been sought to give sanctity to national flags , and the origin of many can be traced to a sacred banner, ... "-Encyclo1) edia B ritannica. ( 180 ) Encyclopedi a of Religion and Ethics, vol. II, p. 348. (1 81) Because a country's flag is often associated with law and ol"der, Executive Proclamation No.5, dated January 21, 1924, is quoted herein:

THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG

233

"Whereas a cablegram has been received from the Secretary of War stating that a movement is under way to make the fourth Sunday in January Law and Order Sunday throughout the United States; that the Governors of the various Sta路tes have been requested to designate that Sunday as Law and Order day, and that the Secretary of War considers it desirable that the Governor-General should give prominence to the general desire for the observance of this day; an d "Whereas recent disturbances in many parts of the world have shaken the foundations of society and caused many persons to embrace new and dangerous doctrines, it is prope1' that a time should be set apart to impress upon our people that true liberty is found within the law and that we should all as good citizens not only ob ey the law but cooperate willingly and earnestly in its enforcement; "Now, therefore, I, Leonard Wood, Governor-General of the Philippine Islands, do hereby designate January twenty-seven th, nineteen hundred and twenty-four , and the fourth Sunday in January of each succeeding year to be observed throughout the Philippine Islands as Law and Order Sunday, and do enjoin upon all patriotic societies and all rganizations lin general which hav e at heart the pre~ervation of order by due res{pect for law which is so essen.tial to the prosperity and progress of the people, that they observe this day in the 'manner ~lJhich they consider most effective to serve the purpose for which the day is set apart".-Signed, L eonaTd Wood, Governor General.

CHAPTER

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG "The Flag-it stands for hearth and home, For life and liberty, Prosperity upon the land, And safety on the sea. From every fold, immortal souls Of countless heroes call; It represents the truest, best, And bravest in us all." -MINNA IRVING.

What A Flag Is.-A flag in the popular sense is a piece of

cloth, usually oblong, bearing a device or devices to indicate nationality, rank, organization, religion or party. In the political sense it is an emblem of the state, a symbol of its people or a representation of their ideals. The first is the tangible flag: the flag which, with its usually bright colors, appeals to the eye but perishes with the material. The .second is the intangible: the flag which is intimately associated. with the sentiment, history, and aspirations of the people; it is the true and imperishable flag which lives with the life of the nation itself. The physical makeup of a flag and its bright colors{l82) are only incidental to the symbolic representation of the history of the people for which it stands. Flags as they are understood now are the distinctive emblems of the different nations. (183) From time immemorial, al(1 8 ~) "Meaning of the Colors: The three elem,ental tinctures Red, White and Blue, have a definite meaning. The continental Congress has bequeathed the following- actual definition. White 8ig'nifies Purity and Innocence; Red Hardiness and Valor; Blue signifies Vigilance, Perseverancel and Justice."-The American,l, vol. II. (1 83 ) "Four different Thames for the flag of the United States, also known as the Stars and Stripes, alre in use in the military &ervice, viz: Flag, color, standard, and ensign. In general, the term flag, is applicable路 regardless of size, relative proportions, or manner of display, but the other three termS' have cerbin welldefined usag'es of long standing, as follows: (1) A colol' is a flag earried by lmmounted units. (2) A standrurd is a flag C'arried by mounted or motorized units. (3) An ensign is a flag- flown on ship, tenders, launches, and small boats." -U. S. Army Regulations, 260-10. (NOTE: In popular language, however, these terms do not possess much diffel'entiation, and in literature, especially in poetry, they are interchangeable. They are used with 路this freedom in this book.)

234

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

235

most as soon as man began to meet for common purposes, it has been known that the members of a tribe have always flocked to their tribal insignia at the call of their chiefs, in the same manner that the citizens of a country today flock to their national colors in time of need. A Biblical 3;ccount showing how the ancients looked upon the significance of their standards as a rallying point reads: "And he will lift up an ensign to the nations from far, and will hiss unto them from the end of the earth; and behold, they shall come with ~pee.l swiftly."(184) But more than that ancient .significance of the flags to assemble and rally the citizens for whom they stand, they are also the incarnation of the ideal, sufferings, triumphs and romances of many peoples; they are likewise the incarnation of political principles of the different periods of civilization. Flags represent and symbolize the achievements of the human race; nay, they are the landmarks in the struggle of peoples for political freedom. Although they are living monuments of the political and armed conflicts between the races and are also unpleasant reminders of international injustice to many small nations-arising from the unjustified use of brute force-yet, on account of their nobler use in urging each nation to greater efforts of success in the calling of peace, their truer, nobler significance still remains untarnished. In the early days of the medieval period, the symbolic representation of the flag had a religious significance: Among the Jews-"In the synagogue at the Festival of the Rejoicing of the Law it is customary for children to carry in the 'procession together ,with the holy Scrolls flags of various designs; '''(185) and among the Christians-"Ecclesiastical banners, which were adapter! from military usage, have always played a great part ill church ceremonial. The idea underlying the use of these is that of the Christian emblem, figured on the banner, going before the army of Christian soldiers. They are thus intended for processional use. Banners of this kind are, as a rule, attached to a transverse bar which is fixed by means of a cord to the staff; in this way the (184) (18 5)

Isaiah, v. 26. The Jewish Encyclopedia, vol. 5, p. 406.

236

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

This infusion of a religious character in the flag was due to two causes; because the origin of flags was more or less influenced by religious beliefs; and because among the ancient and medieval nations, religion was considered a part and a function of the body politic. Under the latter condition, the flag of the state was naturally given a sacred significance, the church consecrating it with all the solemnity that its rites permit. representation of a cross is made."(186)

"It is a general opinion that since the time of Constanti.ne there was among the Christians the custom of consecrating flags, whi.ch was very' likely, 'because the Church has, since very remote times, celebrated ceremonies to this effect, as shown by the solemn liturgical song V exilla Regis .. but t he first concrete example we have in our (Spain) that such a ceremony was adopted dates from the year 1429, when Don Jl an II of Castile caused to be publicly blessed before beginning the war against t he Moors ... " (187)

The practice of blessing the flag is sanctioned by almost all r eligions, and is still observed today even by the modern nations. In time of peace this tradition is slowly dying out because of the more or less complete separation of the church from the state and because of the people's attitude in favor of lessening the ritualistic, sentimental, or dogmatic procedure on political matters. Instead of this religious observance, many nations have set aside a F lag Day to honor their national colors. (188) During the World War, however, the Allies, still observing the ancient tradition of consecrating the symbols of their respective countries, deposited their flags in many cathedrals. Of the Flag of the United States, it was said in one occasion that ''"These Stars and Stripes were h lessed in the great English shrine and are to he preserved for all time, together with those of our Allies, whose national em~ hlems, like our own, are waving over the hosts fighting for the E ncy clopedia of R eligion and E t hics, vol. II, p. 35. Espasa, E nciclopedia Un iversal Ilu str ada, vol. 7. June 14 of e.very year is the American Flag Day. As to a Philippine Fl1ag Day see Footnote 63 and Chapter X, Restoration of the Use of the Filipino Flag, and Act No. 3937, pa,ssed on Nlov. 29. 1932. (1 B6 ) (J B7 ) (l BB)

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

237

world's liherty."(189) In the days of the Philippine Republic our national colors invariably received a more or less similar religious consecration. (190) Taking The Oath Of Allegiance To The Flag.-This religious or semi-religious ritual with which flags are consecrated to enhance their significance is particularly observed in countries where a state religion is pres~ribed. In Spain, for example, until the end of the monarchy in 1931, the ceremony of taking the oath of allegiance to the flag in a more or less religious-like manner, formed a very important feature in the military life of the officers and men. Of this it was recorded that: "Taking oath on the flag is one of the most solemn acts of military life. On it the soldier swears solemnly to abide by the military discipline and to faithfully comply with his duties towards Country and King, to the extreme of giving the last drop of his bloc,d in their defense. The Ordinance prescribes in its Treaties III, Title IX, the formalities with whic the oath shall be taken in each corps, but of . late, and in order to surround thiJ important act with the greatest solemnity, the Royal Decree of March 18, 1903, was issued, providing that every year, upon the admission of recruits to all the units of the army, and in the fourth week of training, the oath of fidelity to the flag shall be taken, during which all branches of the service and organizations shall attend with their flags and colors. "At the place designated for the ceremony, an altar is erected and a mass is said; the troops occupying three of the sides of a rectangle, the fourth being the place for the altar, according to this arrangement: on the side of the Epistle, the recruits in line of masses and according to their seniority in the corps; on the side of the Evangile, the banners and flags with their respective escorts placed in front of their own regiments; on the side perpendicular to the latter and facing the altar, the troops of the garrison are aligned in a close formation, the infantry in the front line, and behind it, the cavalry and the artillery. Once the mass is finished, the flag of the senior corps and the chaplain go to the center of the line of flags, where the senior major, of the post, mounted on his horse, forms horizontally with his sword a cross upon the mast of the flag, and reads aloud the (189) (190)

McCandles and Grosvenor, The StO?'Y of the American Flag. See Chapter V, The National Flag of the Re,pubHc in Two W ;a rs.

238

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

form of this oath: 'Do you swear to God and promise the king to alw,a ys follow his flags, to d-efend them to the last drop of your blood, and not to abandon the commander in an act of war or while there is a pr,e paration therefor?' The recruits answer in the affirmative, and the chaplain says, taking off his hat: 'And I, in compliance with my high ministry, pray God that if you do solyou be rewarded, and if not, you be made accountable for it.' Thereupon the groups of recruits of each corps go one by one and, uncovered, pass the flag of their regiments, and kiss the cross formed by the adjutant's sword laid on the mast of the flag, thus confirming the oath they have just taken; and when this act is ended, they pass again under the arch formed by the flag and the sword of the adjutant, as a token of obedience and as a symbol of their being forever sheltered under the folds of the country's flag. The ceremony ended, all the troops pass in review before the military authorities, the recruits leading and behind them follows the armed corps in a column of honor. The day of taking the oath is considered a holiday, and the troops are given an extra ration. "The benediction of the flag and the solemn ceremony of the oath of fidelity to it, tying closely the noble and high ideals of religion with those of the mother country, have surrounded the flag with the highest prestige, and as a natural consequence of this, it has been always considered an ignominy to lose a flag; and, on the other hand, a most deserving act that of taking the enemy's banners; hence the great importance attached by the people to these trophies of victory." (191)

An Erroneous Conception On The Significance Of The Flag.

路- In the past, people venerated the flag with excessive religious fervour; today the . pendulum is swinging the other direction. Forgetting the noble significance of the flag and seeing nothing beyond it except the bright colors and devices, men often disregard their duty to give it due respect befitting its symbolism. In the unscrupulous and often-times unprincipled struggle for a livelihood, in the hustle and bustle of the business world, wherein not the best necessarily succeeds, and in the greediness of nations for international power, even at the expense of sacrificing friendly relations or committing rank injustices, man's sentiment at times becomes callous to the high principles and ennobling tradition of his country's flag; hence, these emblems of the state, (191)

Espasa, E1tdclopedia U1twersal Ilust'mda, vol. 7.

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

239

slowly losing their religious sacredness and acquIrIng a new phase of national hallowness, based on the principle of survival .of the fittest, are popularly associated with the conflict of opposing interests and armed hostilities between the races. More than an insignificant f,ew, therefore, consider a,nd look upon the flag as nothing -more than a symbol of armed men going to battle. They think of it as it was thought of many centuries ago when it served as a mere device of colored bunting to distinguish a friend from a foe; they value and appraise it in terms of hostility; and so they cannot give it a better significance be~ yond its usefulness in rallying men to sanguinary strife. Perhaps it is literally true that many flags epitomize the shameless butchery of weaker peoples by stronger ones, and perhaps it is likewise true that some flags did really serve no better purpose than to incarnate in their colors the continuous wars among 'the various members of the human race, but back of this carnage, ,s laughter, and accompanying debauchery, stands not the flag. Its use in such cases, iWhich our twentieth-century civilization -calls. war, is now considered temporary and incidental. A Correct Interpretation Of Its Significance.-Since the

beginning of recorded time many nations had more than once waged war with one another. Of this warlike characteristic of the human race, history is full of instances; ancient, medieval, and modern times had been guarding the records of soldiers who fought and died in battle; they had been keeping the records of widows and orphans who cursed and hated those responsible for this or for that war. The slaughter of man by man, had been witnessed by the conflicting peoples-perhaps the very fringes of the flags were dipped and soaked in blood, soiled and bemired in the quivering human flesh-nay, perhaps the flags have heard the battle-cry and the curses of the vanquished. But, when the smoke of battle had cleared away, when bullets bad ceased to rent the air with their whistling sound, and when the cold steel had stopped to do its ghastly work, these same flags-deaf to the cry and blind to the gory scenes of the battlefields-still remain undimmed by human passion and unsoiled by human hand. Representing only the best and the noblest of

240

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

a people, a flag, therefore, refuses to record the beastly in man; and, although it writes the history of his bloody struggles against his own species, yet it ever remains the symbol of his higher political ideal and what he expects to be. Today we are witnessing many flags representing different peoples who at one time or another had been at war; these flags are still flying with the same high and noble aspirations far removed from the spirit of the battle-field which once animated them. The hatred, the curse, the passion and the vengeance of the past have failed to record these characteristics of the human heart in the symbol of idealism. Thus, in spite of slaughter and all the attendant evils of war, the flags of the nations which had been mortal enemies sometimes in the past may now be seen flying side by side or saluting each other in the name of the peoples they stand for. Such an act of mutual courtesy-noble, pure, and friendly-is possible only because the modern conception of the flag as a symbol of the ideals of nations and the aspirations of their citizens in time of peace is slowly replacing its original war-like significance. An Example Of International Good Will.-One of the best examples of international expression of amity between two different peoples is the recent-non-political but very sincere recognition accorded the Philippine National Flag in 1924 by the cultural society of the Royal Spanish-American Academy of Sciences and Arts. "The Spanish and Filipino flags were displa}"ed on the platform against a purple background," said one of its bulletins. (192) "The regular melllher of the Academy, Don Antonio Martin Torrente, delivered to the Royal Spanish-American Academy of Sciences and Arts the Philippine Flag. .. By unanimolls consent the Filipino Flag will be deposited in the Museunt beside the work of the Great Filipino painter Luna Novicio."(193) For our Flag to share the same honor as the Spanish colors in (1 92 )

1925.

Boletin de la R eal Academia Hisl'ano-Ame1'icana, No.

vol. VI,

1924-

(1 9a ) From a Spanish newspaper's statement on the occasion of the delivel'Y of a Filipino Flag to the Academy by its Filipino members.-El Debate, January 18, 1925.

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

241

that hall is a special distinction; it is particularly significant in that Spain, the first nation to oppose the birth of our national colors, is now the first, and is, up to the present time, the only nation, to show such an honor to our Flag. This act of courtesy, though without international meaning in the concert of nations, is nevertheless very significant in the history of the Philippine Flag. This consideration becomes the more outstanding if the differences in political status between Spain and the Philippines are taken into account, the former being one of the oldest members of the family of nations and the latter but a possession without international personality. That mark of friendliness is a most encouraging sign of the interpretation of the modern significance of all flags in general, and of our emblem as the embodiment of our political ideals in particular. The Present Significance Of The Philippine Flag.-The fact that the Philippine Flag is not yet enjoying the recognition accorded the flags of free and independent states does not mean that it lacks national attribute. It is true that it lacks inter national personality and has neither sailed the high seas of the world nor has it flown in the four winds of heaven; but its warhistory whence it acquired its national significance, and its recognition by the entire Filipino people, whereof its national personality was established, made possible the birth of a nation, the first republic in the family of oriental states. It is, therefore, entitled to the honor of being our National Flag; and as such, it keeps inviolate the principles of political freedom, links the travail of the past with the undertaking of the present, and spans the desperate struggle of men long since dead with the peace and liberty of future generations. See Chapter XII, The Flag of the Philippines, under the heading of "What International Recognition if Any?" On October.30, 1925, the Filipino Club at Washington, D. C., desiring to keep alive the tradition of their country's symbol, celebrated the Philippine Flag Restoration Day, and invited Senator Sergio Osmefia, then Head of the Philippine Delegation of Independence touring the United States, to speak on the significance of the occasion. He said:

242

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: I wish to thank the Filipino Club of Washington for the opportunity to speak before this gathering. It is necessary that from time to time Filipinos away from home should come together, especially on an occasion such as Philippine Flag Day, for the contact it affords among ourselves serves to bind us stronger in behalf of the common cause to which we are all dedicated. A flag is symbolic of a dual manifestation: the sentimental and the practical. The first speaks of the motherland of our sacred ideal, of national unity, of the beauty our country possesses, of the merging into one common whole of all the affections and emotions of which the human heart is capable, transformed into an overwhelming passion for our native land, our beloved Philippines. It breathes inspiration to all Filipinos, holding before them the image of a motherland, the more distant the more cherished. The practical aspect of this symbolism speaks of sacrifices already made, of long and difficult stages of an arduous camp~ign, of the patient and earnest struggles of a people who have an undimmed faith in their future. Our flag was first designed in the very field of battle, when the fate of the Filipino people depended upon the success of their arms. We have only one Filipino flag because we have only one motherland and only one ideal. Before it reached its present form, however, it went through evolutions as varied as the incidents of our struggles for freedom. The men and women of the younger generation do well in learning by heart, as a solemn duty of citizenship, the lesson these struggles teach. The first appearance of the Philippine Flag took place in the days of the Katipunan when Andres Bonifacio and his hosts rose in vindication of the rights of the Filipino people. In the center of the sun, which symbolizes the dawning of a new nation, was the letter "K" which signifies "Kalayaan" or Liberty. With that flag and under its folds fell the first martyrs of our independence. That flag proudly waved in the highest peaks of Biak-na-Bato, the last stronghold of the Katipunan. When it was hauled down in December, 1897, it never again was hoisted. But its disappearance was only nominal, for with the signing of the Pact of Biak-na-Baio the beligerency of the revolution was officially recognized. The Filipino Flag assumed its second form and made its next appearance when Aguinaldo returned from Hongkong. The appeal to arms was renewed; the theater of conflict extended. The new fi}ag, with the sun as in the original, and made still more symbolic

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

243

of the country it represented by the addition of three stars, was carried triumphantly from battle to battle, and the splendour of the Philippine Republic, became the proud ensiglll of its short-lived existence, and saw the triumph as well as the defeat of our greatest .soldiers. But it fell, in 1907, the victim of anti-nationalistic influences and so, again, we were deprIved of the use of our beloved ensign. When the Filipinos renewed their struggle for their cherished ideal in the realm of peace, our flag was still proscribed. But if it was not, as in days past, unfurled in the breeze, in our plazas and in the topmast of our buildings, it remained permanently enshrined in the heart of every Filipino. Never was our flag more expressive 路of its real symbolism than in those days of arduous effort to restore it to life. The ideal for which our brothers struggled was not lost in the gloom of defeat, and as it became more and more deeply embedded in the hearts of our people during the painful days of reconstruction, our sacred ensign received a new lease of life. Thus, when the use of the flag was granted official sanction through repeal of the law which prosc'ribed it, rebirth meant to us a new recogni~ tion of our ideal, as sole~n acknowledgment that, within the order1y processes of self-goverQ.ment, our il1ldependence would be secured. As in those days of trial, we are now following the very course mapped out by those that fell during the night. We have not changed in the least that which they sought and which they held momentarily in their grasp. We aspire for the restoration of the same Re-public which a victorious soldiery removed from existence. And we ask it only through the channels of peace and by means of methods which lead only to peace. We renounce not any essential element which that flag represents. Despite insurmountable difficulties, despite its temporary disappearance, that flag stands for the same thing for which it stood in days past--a people united, with every element forming an integral whole; a geographical territory without dismemberment; a republic, democratic, free and independent. The three stars still designate our three great regions, ours by gift of nature and by design of the Almighty. The sun still speaks of a new nation which yesterday was born in liberty, amidst the roar of cannon, the confusion and tumult of conflict, and today advances peacefully and surely along the path of constitutional liberty, guided by the helping hand of a great and generous people "who love freedom too dearly to deny it to anybody." And the white still tells of our peaceful and friendly purposes as well as the sincerity and purity of our actions; the red still proclaims the indomitable energy with which we hold on to our convictions; and the blue, that

244

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

which resembles the stainless blue of our tropic skies, still represents our ideal of nationality, pure, intact, unmistakable, undimmed by any cloud, unmarred by the faintest shadow of alien sovereignty. Fellow-Countrymen: That flag is etnblematic of what we were in days gone by and of that for which we aspire. Its form may change, but its significance will not. God grant that Filipinos may Ilove it so dearly that it may be kept unsullied, and that this great Republic, which has done so much to help in the formation and recognition of small nations, may continue extending its unselfish assistance for the prompt and complete realization of all that for which our flag stands.

The International Significance O{ The Flag Of The United States.-Writing on the significance of the Flag of the United States, Colonel Clarence H. Bowers, a soldier who helped carry the emblem of his country to China and the Philippines, said: The Flag of the United States is the emblem of the greatest republic of all times. It symbolizes the ideals, ambitions, faith and hope of a free people and is the inspiration in their homes from the Atlantic to the Pacific seaboard and from Canada to the Gulf of Mexico. This Flag was conceived and born in the midst of a mighty ,struggle, in which a people, weak in numbers and resources but inspired by a dream inherited from their forefathers throughout the ages, offered up their lives and wealth to perpetuate their ideals; and by their courage, perseverance and sacrifice, achieved and established a nation found on freedom, equality and justice. OVer this nation was unfurled the Stars and Stripes, proclaiming to the world the establishment of a commonwealth based upon the great principles "that all men are born free and equal and arB endowed by theiT CTeator with the inalienable rights to life, lib erty and the pursuit of happiness". On the battlefields of the hardest fought and bloodiest civil war in history, where homes were divided and fought against brother, that Flag and the principles for which it stands underwent the acrid test of blood, fire and sword, to emerge triumphant and victorious, thus vindicating the faith of the early builders of the na.tion and proclaiming anew the rebirth of the republic and a united people. The message of this Flag, embodied within the folds of its Stars and Stripes, has been carried by its sons to the shores of Europe and Africa, to China, Japan and the Philippines in the Far East, to Cuba

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

245

and the countries of Continental America, gladdening the hearts and inspiring the ideals of all peoples. And because of that message a wave of reform swept over the world from the stormy coast of the Atlantic to the shores of the Eastern Seas. Empires and kingdoms fell and in their stead arose new government based upon the undying principles of freedom, liberty and equa.lity. And when these principles were threatened in the "War of Nations", which rocked the very foundations of freedom, the youth of America, five millions strong, spra.ng to their defense and under the folds of that ever glorious banner on the battlefields of Europe, strove against and conquered imperialism, that the world might be saved for democracy.

Significance Of The Flag Of The United States.-By Colonel

Louis J. Van Schaick of the United States Army, an American soldier who carried and served his country's flag in the Philippines under various capacities in the military and civil government. "The Flag of the United States stands for this country ; its broad lands and high mountains; its people and its government. In July, 1775, when George Washington took command of the scattered groups of New England Militia distributed in a semicircle about Boston, and converted them into a single force fighting for the independence of the colonies, the American Army was born. In October, 1775, when Congress passed a law ordering a vessel of ten guns and another of fourteen guns to be equipped as national cruisers, to intercept supplies for royal troops, the American Navy was born. In June, 1777, one hundred and forty-eight years ago, when Congress passed a resolution providing that the flag of the United States should be thirteen stripes, alternate red and white, with a union of thirteen white stars in a blue field, the American Flag was born. And twelve years after the flag, when the constitution was adopted, the present American Government was born. The American flag was carried to victory by the steadfast loya~ soldiers and sailors of the Revolution, and that was what gave America her political independence. In 1801, while our nation was young and feeble, the Barbary States challenged the right of the American flag to protect American

246

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

citizens sailing the Mediterranean without tribute being paid to those states. Tripolis declared war on us, and after four years of struggle, the dash, the daring, the courage of American sailors carried on the flag to victory. After that, our contention that the sea is the open highway of the world, open to the shipping of ifue strong and weak alike, remained unchallenged for more than a hundred years. In 1812, however, while the right of our ships to sail the seas was not challenged, the right of our flag and passports to protect our citizens was, and another war followed. In spite of lack of training and unpreparedness, of disaster, defeat, and discouragement culminating with the burning of the Capitol at Washington, naval victories, coupled with world political conditions eventually brought us through safely. Then the flag moved west. It was the soldiers, moving out from this very fort and other places near here, abreast of the long lines of covered wagons, that made the trails, dug the wells, built the roads, fought the Indians and made the settling of the west by the pioneers possible. In 1847, the protection of the flag was extended to the great southwest where hardy American pioneers were taken from Mexican misrule and placed under the American government. In 1861, the right of the flag to protect all of our citizens was challenged. The bloody Civil War followed and resulted in the shackles dropping from three million slaves. In 1898, a little country to our south was struggling to be free. The American flag was carried to C1Jba and the Philippines in a war with Spain, and the blessings of good government went with each of those islands. In the spring of 1917, the Imperial German Government challenged the right of vessels flying the American flag to sail the seas. Germany said the United States might, with her permission, send one vessel a week from New York to' Falmouth, England, provided she sailed over the route prescribed by Germany and carried only cargo which she authorized. That challenge to the American flag had been met when the nation was young and weak. In her strength of 1917 America did not falter; she sent two million men to Europe, and when the war ended, the right of the flag tel travel the highways of the seas remained unabridged. Remember that that flag flies throughout our land, in Alaska, the Aleutian Islands, Hawaii, Wake, Guam, Tutuila, Philippines,

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

247

Virgin Islands, Porto Rico, Panama; the sun never sets on the American flag.

The Significance Of The United Stales Flag To The Filipino People.-By Ex-Governor-General Henry L. Stimson: I will not presume to attempt to say what should be the feeling of the Filipino people towards the American Flag. That feeling was most eloquently voiced by a Filipino orator on the original Flag Day when he said: "I do not speak for our people as a people humbled by the American Flag, but rather dignified by it; not subjected, but rather elevated by it; not oppressed, but rather educated and prepared by it to the end that they may be able to conduct their own government. This is the American Flag to us." I can only hope that these eloquent words will continue to represent truly the feeling of the Filipino people. But I do know that they clearly represent the feeling and purposes of the American people towards the Filipinos and that it has been the desire of the American people that the American Flag should represent to the Filipinos freedom and the path towards self-government ever since President McKinley uttered these words: "That the inhabitants of the Philippines will be benefited by this Republic is my unshaken belief. That they will have a kindlier governm.e nt under our guidance, and that they will be aided in every possible way to be a self-respecting and self-governing people, is as true as that the American people love liberty and have an abiding faith in their own government and in their own institutions. No imperial designs lurk in the American mind. They are alien to American sentiment, thought, and purpose. Our priceless principles undergo no change under a tropical sun. They go with the flag."-(Oct. 30, 1928).

-By Ex-Governor-General Dwight F. Davis: The United States Flag, floating over the Philippine Islands, means to the Filipino people, to enumerate a few of the practical and material considerations: civil and religious liberty, economic welfare, freedom from foreign aggression, equal opportunity for all, and exemption from the heavy expense of military and naval protection and foreign representation.

248

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The guarantee of civil and religious liberty as set forth in the bill of rights in the organic law is no empty gesture. It is the guiding principle of the legislature in making the laws which govern the land, of the courts in construing them and of the executive in enforcing them. Unlike the similar bills of rights which appear in the constitutions of many countries only to preserve appearances, the bill of rights in the United States Constitution which has been copied into the Philippine organic act is meant for enforcement, and is enforced in every action of the government where these rights come into question. It confers upon the Filipino people the civil liberties which are the heritage of the most advanced peoples of Europe, resulting from many centuries of political development, and in addition it guarantees religious liberty which is by no means universal even among the free peoples. It is not necessary to elaborate upon the meaning of the United States flag as a guarantee of freedom from foreign aggression or as exempting the Filipino people from the heavy expense of military and naval protection and representation in foreign countries. These facts are -so well known that their mere statement is sufficient.

The flag of the United States means to the Filipino people, as it does to the people o'f the homeland, equal opportunity to all so far as lies within the power of the government to accomplish. Free public education has brought it about that the son of the poorest man has an opportunity to rise to the highest success; and the history of the Philippine during the past thirty years is full of instances of poor boys who have availed themselves of this opportunity and by their own ability and industry have attained positions of great influence and honor.-(Sept. 13, 1930).

The Significance Of A Red Flag.-"But the red, being the

color worn by a fullpledged member of the society (Katipunan), was chosen to typify the ideals of the people to win its liberty by means of force. It is the color which charactedzes the flags of all revolutionary movements throughout the whole world, and the color which represents the same ideals in all flags of all countries to this very day. (194) Even tbe Moors of the 16th century (194 ) Japanese FLag.-"Now the device' of our national ensign is a. red ball, indicative of a red gloW' of enthusiasm, on a white ground. What is it but a symbol of loyalty and patriotism?... With regard to red we have .practically the sattle notion of it as other civilized peoples. In every country of the world red implies not only enthusiasm and sincerity but also vehemence, dash and danger." Chinese Flag.-"The nationaiJ. flag il:l a red ensign with a cornel' design of a white sun on a blue field ......... R.ed is the color of healthy and vigorous blood, alia signifies heroism and martyrdom in the struggle for freedom. "

249

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

used the same color upon declaring their hostile attitude or in commencing their battles"-"A red rectangular field with the well known letters K. K. K. at the center was therefore, adopted, used and sanctioned as the Katipunan War Standard"-" Red stands for the blood of the members of the K.K.K.N.M.A.N.B. (Supreme and most Respectable Society of the Sons of the PeopIe) who are ready to shed it in the field of battle, should the people ever need it for their emancipation."-"The red color is symbolic of Filipino courage which is second to none." The foregoing is a resume of the meaning of red in our flag. Is this meaning retained in any and every red flag? Yes; but only in a limited sense. Contemporary political history has a tendency to regard a red flag as a symbol of revolt-an expression, so to speak, of going against organized government, a sort of emblem to symbolize communistic principles. This contemporary view is the outcome and result of the fact that ," RED" has been the fl ag of Soviet Russia, the ultra-modern exponent of communistic governments. Hence, the term RED FLAG has come to mean the symbol of everything contrary to the present peaceful order of society, and destructive to the recognized political structure of government. However, in order to distinguish the historical and political idea of our red flags from the RED FLAG-spirit of communism and sovietism, and in order to prevent misunderstanding and persecution of those who display red standards with no designs for ulterior motives, the Department of the Interior has promulgated the following circular: "DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MANILA Department Circular No.5 SUBJECT:

Red Flag, Exhibition of-

March 21 , 1934 The act of displaying a red flag alone by any person, society, association or organization, anywhere and at any time, is not prohibited by any law or statute. Of course, in the popular mind a

250

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

red flag stands as a symbol of anarchy and blood-shed, excites fears and doubts, and provokes or tends to provoke violence and disorder. But this is not sufficient to restrict the exhibition of such flag by a law-abiding and peaceful citizen or by any orderly and responsible society, association or organization. There is no clear criterion as to when the display of a red fla~ should be prohibited or not as this depends upon the motives and intentions of the persons or associations exhibiting such flag. These motives or intentions can only be known through outside utterances, behavior or movements of the persons or organizations concerned. When a red flag is made to represent any person, group, society or organization with communistic or rebellious tendencies, its display anywhere, particularly in public places, such as streets, plazas, etc., must be prohibited for it has been taken as an act tending to provoke riots or disorders or to incite rebellion, insurrection or sedition. It is generally improper for any person or association to carry a red flag, ~specially when the purpose is to show loyalty to another country. Such act, accompanied by speeches attacking the constituted government for the purpose of inciting the people to revolt against it, is certainly seditious. Section 138 of the Revised Penal Code p ovides that, the penalty of prision mayor in its minimum period shall be imposed upon any person who, without taking arms or being in open hostility against the government, shall incite others to the execution of any of the acts specified in article 134 of this Code" (rebellion or insurrection) "by means of speeches, proclamations, writings, emblems, banners or other representations tending to the same end." It is believed timely to remind all Insular, provincial and municipal officials, who are primarily charged with the duty of preserving peace and order, to see to it that those who innocently and lawfully exhibit or display a red flag are not unreasonably or unjustly hampered or in any way deprived of their lawful rights, while those who make use of or exhibit such flag for the purpose of going against the Government of the Philippine Islands or that of the United States are placed under close surveillance and immediately brought before the proper authorities to be dealt with in accordance with law. In cases where the display or exhibition, under the circumstances described above, of a red flag is allowable in a parade or procession, and where it is carried with the American and Filipino flags, the flag of the United States of America should be on the marching right, the Filipino flag on the left, and the red flag on the rear center between the American and Filipino flags, so that

251

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE FLAG

their relative positions form a triangle. When the red flag is carried with either the American or Filipino flag the former should be at the rear of the latter. (Sgd.)

TEOFILO SISON

Secretary

路 CHAPTER

XVI

THE USE OF THE FLAG "Fija en la brecha esta. Ese es supuesto; alIi la encontraran otras edades, alli iran a besar su hierro enhiesto rayos de gloria 6 fieras tempestades." -F. M. GUERRERO

An Expression of Sovereignty.-The flag is so symbolic of the country and its people that its use is guided by long-established practice commensurate with its dignity and honor, and is regulated by approved customs compatible with its importance. It should not therefore be used in any manner that would belittle or ridicule the high and noble ideals which it intends to represent. There is no occasion whatsoever to fly a dirty or tattered flag over a government building, school, ship, or anywhere. The people should know how, where, and when to use, display or exhibit the country's only tangible representation, but unluckily this is not the case. (195) This defect is not found in one nation alone, but in all countries and among all peoples in Europe, in both Americas, in Asia, and especially among subject races the use of whose flags is more or less restricted if tolerated at all. The use of the flag is traditional among all nations: it is an indispensable emblem to represent the liberty and the freedom of the people; it is an essential symbol to express the complete sovereignty of the state. Its presence in public buildings, schools, and public squares is an assertive assurance to the citizens that their government is functioning as ordained by the constitution. Its daily ostentation is a constant reminder to all citizens of their duties to the nation. Its display over the school buildings serves (195) In the very city of Manila, puh'lic and nationa.l parades are often maned by the improper display or u::;e of flags . During the public parade, for example, held in t he afternoon of Octobell: 30, 1926, in honor of General Antonio Luna, the majority of ClaliS carried both the American and Filipino national colors. Some of these w ere u sed to cover the entire radiator, and not a few were used as drapery on thn sides and backs of thel oors. Read "The Tattered Flag," Editorials Manila D(J;ily B u lletin, Thursday. December 22, 1927. It was a reproof to a business concern for using an old, discolored and tattered flag.

252

THE USE OF THE FLAG

253

the younger citizens as a beacon light in their career; it points to them the road to public service, and inspires them to dedicate their lives in the interests of their home, country, and fellowmen. Its use by the army and navy in time of peace is a silent call to the soldiers and sailors to do their duty; in time of war, and especially during battle, it rallies and. commands them not merely to perform their duty but to give their very best in defense of the Fatherland. An Expression Of Patriotism.-Besides the above uses to represent sovereignty of the state, political freedom of the people, and idealism of the young citizens; and besides its use by the land and naval forces to symbolize duty, honor, and country, a flag is often employed to express our mute ideas of patriotism. As such, it typifies the protection it offers and the allegiance and service to which it is entitled. The flag may also be used to decorate a pulpit or wrap a casket. Any use other than these is considered a desecration of the country's only symbolic representation. Within the last thirty years all these nice points in the code of the American Flag have been followed and adopted in the use of the Filipino national colors. Present usage for the latter, based on that American code, has now acquired the force of accepted rules and should, therefore, be observed and adhered to in principle. The established custom of covering a casket with the country's flag is generally confined to the men in the air, military, and naval forces of the nation; to those men who ha~:e done some kind of service for the people; and to those whose lives by reason of exemplary citizenship, devotion, and loyalty to the public weal merit public recognition. This practice, which is very generally observed in all armies and navies, dates far back in antiquity, and is considered the highest honor the country can bestow upon its dead heroes. Convinced that no better or higher tribute could truly be offered to honor and reward the services of a dead soldier, General Antonio Luna, one of our greatest Filipino generals in the Filipino-American War, wrote in his will: "Should I he killed, enshroud me in a Filipino Flag with the same clothes in

254

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

which I died and bury me in the ground."(196) death was buried in the Filipino Flag."(197)

So his "body at

Honoring And Respecting The Country's Flag.-The traditional honor and respect accorded by the citizens of an independent country to their own flags should be observed by us towards our own national colors. "The same honor and respect prescrib. ed for the American Flag shall be rendered to the Filipino Flag." (198) It is ours and the only Flag we can truly call our own. We should, therefore, love and honor it more than any other flag in the world, but we must be unsparing in our respect towards the Flag of the United States of America, whose dominion today is unquestionably the only recognized sovereignty over the Philippines. By sufferance and tolerance, characteristic of a democratic government, and possible only because of its liberal constitution, our Flag, the Sun and Stars, though lacking international personality, is now permitted to float side by side with the Flag of the great American republic. The two flags do not represent dual or conflicting authorities for this political function of sovereignty is exercised only by the government of the United States of America, so that it is her flag which is exclusively recognized here. The Philippine Flag on the other hand, although acknowledged as the national colors of the short-lived Philippine Republic and adopted by the Commonwealth, is at present only a representation of an ideal, symbolic of our past and of our unity, and emblematic of our political purpose, political ambition and national hope as a people. In manifesting our love for the country's Flag, we should not forget to respect also the flags of other countries, especially those of our friendly neighbors and that of Spain, because Philip(1 96 ) . Antonio Luna's note found in his pocket. En route from San Fernando to Calumplt, March 31st, 1899.-T. M. Kalaw, The Philippine R evolution, p. 189. (1 97 ) Malcolm, Philippine Civics, p. 238. (1 98 ) Phitippine ConstabuZa'ry Regulations, 1930, p. 95.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

255

pine civilization, culture and history are linked and associated with theirs. (199) Saluting The Flag.-The citizens of a country greet their flag to express fealty and homage to the nation; the greeting is not a social form or conventional practice but a political expression of loyalty and allegiance necessitated by the relation subsisting between each individual citizen and the state. Those who belong to the armed service observe this act with great jealousy in the form of the military salute. (200) Tradition and military laws require them to pay this respect because, by the nature of their mission, they swear under oath to uphold the state at all times regardless of any adverse circumstances or consequences to the individual. Those who do not belong to the armed service, though not required by any statutory law to pay respect to the flag, should render the same courtesy: gentlemen by standing at attention, uncovering, and holding the hat on the left breast; ladies by standing at attention and holding the right hand opposite the heart. ( 1119 ) USE OF FLAGS OF FOREIGN NATIONSI, -The following memor an . dum order of His Excellency, the Governor-General, under date of Novembe r 3, 1922 is hereby published for the information and guidance of all concerned: "A nu mb er of cases have occw'red w her e m umici pal a,uthm'ities have ob jected to the u se of the flags of for eign n ations u pon r esidences and ot her buildings belon g ing t o alien s, It is hen~ by brou ght to t he att ention of all person s in t he Philippine I s.lands that any foreigner has the right to ?'aise t he f lag of his country upon any buildin g or p?'oper ty belon ging to or r ented by him, and it is n ot necessa?'y t hat such fla g of a fo?'eign nation shou ld be accompanied by either the A merican or P hilippine fl ag ," -See Phi li ppine Cons tabu la?'y R egu lations, 1930, p, 95, par, 300 (a), ( 200 ) THE PRACTICE OF SALUTING WITH THE HAND, (a) "The cu stom is supposed by some to have come fro m a Roman p?'actice datin g back t o the Borgias, 01' ev en ea1'lier , In t hose day s assassina t ion was so C01'nmOl1 by t h e dagg e?' that in f erio?'s coming into the p1'esence of superiors we?'e ?'equired to raise t he han d, palm to th e j?'ont, t hu s showing t he1'e was n o dagg er concealed in it, Time and custom have modi f ied th e ?'equir em en t t o t hc p1'esent method of saluting, (b) "There are others who a?'e inclined t o thi s view : F r om t he beginning of tim e inf el'i01's have been ?'equired to ~mc ove1' befo re t heir superi01's, and equals t o ackn ow ledg e each other's presen ce by some courte sy , I t w ns not 8 0 ve1'y long ago when a sentine l salu ted not on ly w ith his gun but by takin g off his hat also ( viz" in t he British army during the R e'volu tion ) , Complicated headgear lik e t he bearskin and the helmet cou ld n ot be ?'eadil1! removed, an d t he act of removing the hat generated int o the m ovem ent of the hand t o the vis o?' as if t he hat w ere goin g t o be 1'emoved, and finally becam e conventi on alized as at p?'esent , ( c) " A n d t here a.re t hose of a ,'omantic ttt1'n of mind w ho favor this version: In the day s of the jou sts and to'U1'nament s, a f ter t he crowning of the Queen of L ove and B ea uty the knights 1Jassed in ?'e1l'iew bef 01'e her t hrone, E ach as he drew ?tea?' ?'aised his mailed right hand to shade his eyes-a chival1'ic way o f i?ltimating that he w ou ld be dazzled by he?' beauty , This knigh tly homag e 1Jassed 011 down the ages fo become the soldie1" s salu t e,"-Colonel James A , Moss, U , S , A, Office1"s Ma11l1a 1.

256

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The respect rendered by the civilians is of very recent origin and does not yet have the force of law. In fact the civiI'ian population in all countries did not begin to observe any form of respect to the flag until the modern nations were formed; that was during the period when the ancient profession of arms ceased to be an exclusive distinction for the nobility, and when all freeborn citizens were admitted into the ranks of the military service. Even today there is still no decree or statutory law which requires the population as a whole to pay respect to the national colors. Of course, many countries have regulations and executive orders on the subject, but these are entirely inadequate, if not useless, for the purpose of obliging the people to show proper respect to their flag. However, indication of popular sentiment and present public opinion seem to show that the practice of saluting the flag will be eventually so ingrained in our political nature that it will sooner or later have the force of common if not statutory law. When do we salute our flag? is a question very often asked. It receives the salute of both the armed service and of the civilians when carried unfurled by troops, patriotic organizations, civic societies, or educational institutions. It is never saluted when furled, cased or when displayed as a decoration inside or outside of a building. The collective greeting of the citizens to their country's flag, called the National Salute or Salute to the Flag, consists in the firing of twenty-one guns. (201) It is usually rendered in sight of the flag saluted, which may be flying from a flagpole or from the mast of a ship, and always between sunrise and sunset. It is also the accepted form of international courtesy generally observed between naticms who are at peace with one another. (202) ( 201) National Salute.-The national salute is 21 guns. It is also the salute to a national flag. The salut.e to the Union, commemorative of the Decla.:ration of Independence and consisting of 1 gun for each state, will be, fir,e d at noorn on .July 4 at every post provided with suitable, arliUery."-U. S. Army Regulatums, 600-25. ( 202 ) Information obtained from old residents of Cavite seemed to prove the claim that General Aguinaldo, landing on M~ 19, 189路8, from Hongkolllg, was given this salute of twenty-one guns fired from an American vessel. Though not a.uthenticated by written records, it was looked upon by those who witnessed that memorable occasion as the first national salute to the Filipino people and incidentally to the Sun and Stars. This account, however, must be read with caution, beeause it cannot be substantiated by any meanS' of proof except by the meager hearsay current in those days of the revo'l ution.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

257

Does The Flag Return A Salute. When And How?-Whell a person greets- or salutes another, good breeding and social usages demand the return of the same courtesy. A national flag, however, should not return the salute of individuals and organizations; it should never dip to or for any person in the way of compliment or salute. (203) This aloofness or uncondescending attitude of the flag should not be interpreted in a derogatory sense; for it must be understood that the flag, being the symbol of the nation itself, is entitled to an absolute, unconditional allegiance of the citizenry. For political purposes of the state, it is desirable to keep the flag inviolate and to surround it with a hallowed significance, thereby making it unnecessary to return the compliment of its subjects. Notwithstanding this generally accepted principle, however, many governm~nts permit and even require the national flag to salute the chief magistrate of the nation; in some as a mark of deference to the sovereign, and in others as a perpetuation of the tradition that the absolute power of the ruler over his subject is recognized. Neither one of these views finds expression in the code of the American Flag, reference to which the Honorable Raymond Poincare, former President of France, on the occasion of the entry of the United States in the World War, said, "Have you ever noticed that the Star-Spangled P.anner is the only flag in the wide world which does not dip before the head of a stale~ king or president?" The Philippine Flag, observing the American practice, should not be dipped in the way of salute to any person or organization. This restriction is but in keeping with the spirit of the American Constitution and is in accordance with the structural precept and political philosophy of her governmental institutions, both of which are generally accepted and followed in principle by the Philippine Commonwealth, especially in all matters in which we have not yet established our own precedents and usage. (203) A flag carried on a pike by troops or organizations is said to be dipped when its pike is momentarily allowed to markedly incline forward and display its outline in the way of sa~ute. "The national flag will not be dipped by way of salute or compliment. The regimental co'lor (Standard) will salute when the rank of the reviewing officer entitles him to the saJute."-U. S. Army Regulations, 600-25.

258

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

There is only one occasion when flags may be properly dipped in the way of compliment or salute; that is when exchanging this mutual courtesy as official acts between states. This observance is considered an appropriate mark of greeting because it is symbolic of friendly recognition between different peoples and is a sign of international good-will between their governments. The Display Of The Flag.-Every day throughout the year the flag is raised at sunrise and lowered at sunset. It should be on the mast at the break of day, and it should not remain flying after the sun has actually set except when specially prescribed. (204) As to the Stars and Stripes, "The only place where in time of peace the flag may float all night is at the grave of Francis Scott Key, to make always true his famous lines: 'Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there!' In hattle ' it may wave night and day."?205) During stormy or inclement weather, on land or on ships at sea, flagraising may be dispensed with, although in practice a small flag is utilized on such occasion. The daily program of officially raising and lowering the flag is a special trust delegated to the armed forces of the state; to the army on the land, and to the navy on the sea. This duty is very strictly and jealously observed according to prescribed rules and regulations; on formal occasions, it is the most impressive as well as the most imposing ceremony known in both branches of the service. The raising and the lowering of the flag by civil institutions, like the different branches of the civil government, schools, colleges, universities, civic societies, and patriotic organizations, do not generally follow prescribed methods. However, they are sometimes called upon to raise the flag with more or less for(204) "Our only three buildings in America does the national flag fly officially night and day conitnuously-over the east and west fronts of the National Capitol and over the adjacent House of Representatives and Senate Office Building."-McCandles and Grosvenor. Flags of the World p. 404. " ... This practice of displaying the flag day and night prevailed prior to and during the World War but was discontinued in 1919."-H. S. Kerrick, The Flag 01

the U. S. ( 205 )

The Americana, vol. II, p. 316.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

259

mality befitting certain impqrtant occasions. Whatever form of ceremony is adopted, those entrusted with the duty of raising or lowering the flag- should handle the nation's emblem with due care and attention: it should be hoisted briskly and lowered gently, it should not be allowed to touch or trail on the ground during any part of the ceremony. The Flag At Half-Staff. --On Memorial Day, May 30 of every year, the American and Philippine flags are half-masted at sunrise as a sign of national mourning for the departed heroes. (206) "Immediately before noon the band or field music will play some appropriate air, and at 12 m. the National Salute of 21 guns will be fired at all posts, camps, and stations provided with the necessary material. At the conclusion of this memorial tribute the :flag will be hoisted to the top of the staff and will remain there until retreat. When hoisted to the top of the 'staff the :flag will be saluted by playing one or more appropriate patriotic airs. In this way fitting testimonial or respect for the heroic dead and honor to' their patriotic devotion will be appropriately rendered." (207) This date is an American day especially dedicated to honor those who had given their lives and service to the nation. The day bears no memorable importance in Philippine history, but because of its universal significance applicable to all peoples, it is becoming to be appreciated more and more by Filipinos, particularly by those in the military or semi-military organizations, military fraternities, and by ex-service men of the Federal and Insular forces. On the death of a distinguished public official, the flags on all government buildings throughout the entire territory of the (206) "A flag in any position below the top of the staff is technically in the half-staff position, but, in general, the middle point of the hoist of a flag at half-staff should, in the case of an unguyed fla.gstaff of one piece be halfway between the top of the staff and the foot thereof, or in the case of' a flagstaff with crosstree or guy cables, haUway between the top of the staff and the crosstree or point of attachment of the guy cables. Local conditions, such as the liability of fouling the flag, may, however, dictate other positions, a graceful one being with the top of the flag- the depth of the hoist below the top of the staff."-U. S. Army Regulations, 260-10 "All military posts in sight of each other display their flags at half-staff upon the occasion of one doing so. The same rule is observed toward all vessels of war." -U. S. Army Regulations, 260-10. (207) U. S. Army Regulations, 600-25.

260

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Philippines may be ordered at half-mast by the Governor-General or by the concurrent resolution of the Legislature approved by the former. (208) In the same relative manner, this practice may be observed in local districts by municipal and provincial governments on the death, of their chief executives, or other resident public officials who are members of the Legislature, (209) or judges of Courts of First Instance. Schools may half-mast their own flags on the death or during the funeral of an~T member of their institution. Patriotic and civic organizations may also enjoy the same privilege for their members. On the anniversary of the death of a great martyr or national hero, and on a date commemorating a national mourning or a national loss, this most expressive tribute is usually fittingly observed by the entire people. To half-mast the Philippine National Flag in memory of the death of Jose Rizal is proper and befitting. "This morning, December 29, 1898, the garrison at this capital (Malolos) paraded in honor of Rizal before the National Flag at half-mast." (210) "According to naval regulations on the Potomac River, on all vessels passing the tomb of Wash路 ington, the flag is lowered to haH-mast, and the bugler sounds taps, guards present, officers salute."(211) It is not contemplated how-

ever, to half-mast a flag throughout the country under ordinary circumstances; for it is considered a very high compliment which may be appropriately practiced only when that expression of national respect befits the memory of one whose life embodies the soul of this country or of one whose work spans many generations of his people. In the military and naval service, howev;er, this custom of half-masting the flag partakes of a different nature: it is an (208 ) On the death of President Harding, Governor-General Wood issued the following Executive Proclamation.-"The flags of all buildings of the Government of the Philippine Islands will be displayed at half-mast for a period of thirty days and the office?'s of the Philippine Constabula?'y will wea?' the usual badge of military mourning on arm and saber for a period of thirty days to include March third nineteen hundred and twenty-four. All Constabulary colors or standards will be draped in mou?'ning for the same pe?路iod." (2 09 ) Flag ordered at half-staff on the death of assemblymen. See Executive Order No. 23, March 6, 1909 and Executive Order No. 27. March 20, 1909. (210) La Independencia, Saturday, December 31, 1898. (211) The Americana, vol. 11, p. 317.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

261

expression of mourning to the comrade in arms, a signal honor to the memory which he leaves in the service. So on the death of an officer in a military or naval post, the flag is required by regulation to be flown at half-mast from reveille to retreat until the burial or until the body is removed from the post. On the death of an enlisted man of 'whatever grade, the national flag is not flown at half-mast, except during the funeral, and remains at that position only until the last volley or gun is fired. A national flag, American or Filipino, flying from a fixed pole at full or half-mast is never draped in black, but one carried in a funeral or in a necrological service, indoor or outdoor, may, in sign of mourning, be draped by tying a double knot of black crepe at the head of the pike and hanging at a convenient length. However, the American National Flag should not be so draped except when specifically ordered by the War Department or by higher authorities. (212) In the case of the Philippine Flag the authority for so exceptional a tribute should be by executive order of the President of the Commonwealth or by resolution of the National Assembly approved by the former. A Filipino Memorial Day.-In the event that the Philippine

Commonwealth ripens into an independent republican and it becomes necessary to set aside a Filipino memorial day, specially dedicated to honor our dead heroes and soldiers, two significant historical dates suggest themselves for the purpose: (1) June 12-13, 1899, the Battle of Zapote Bridge, Bacoor, Cavite, where more than a thousand veteran soldiers, one-third of the total Filipino force defending a river line against a larger American force, were killed; and here also, against Spain's best troops in the Philippines, on February 11, 1897, Filipino insurgents stood their ground most stubbornly until their leader Engineer Edilberto Evangelista, was killed in action. (212) "Mourning-No flag carried by troops will be half-staffed nor will any such flag be placed in mourning unless ordered by the War Department."-U. S. Army Regulations, 260-10. "The colors of a regiment will not be placed in mourning or draped except when ordered by the Wa.r Department. When so ordered two streamers of black crepe 7 feet long and about 12 inches wide, attached to the ferrule below the spear head, will be used."-U. S. A'rmy Regulations, 600 -30.

262

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

(2) December 2, 1899, the battle of Tilad Pass, on the mountain heights of Abra, where General Gregorio del Pilar was killed and the rear guard under his command almost all annihilated to the last man. Either one of these two dates should prove worthy of the spirit and purpose of a memorial day. Both incidents embody service, heroism and sacrifice; the Battle of Zapote Bridge was more bloody and of greater magnitude than that of Tilad Pass; but the desperate struggle in the latter was more pronounced if not fiercer and more tragic. At Zapote Bridge three thousand men with battle experience stood their grounds until more than one-third were casualties. As heroic a defense in so an unequal a struggle, as this, it has been rarely equalled in the war annals of any people fighting for liberty. At Tilad Pass, on the other hand, a retreating rear guard of only about 80 men, instead of running away from and avoiding the enemy, which they could have done without being branded cowards, chose to offer battle to a much superior force, a full battalion of well-equipped American soldiers. The memory of those who died fighting for their country deserves national tribute and recognition. Their courage and valor as soldiers of the Republic and their devotion to duty are worthy of emulation. Considering everything as a whole, it is probably best to choose and designate DECgMBER 2 as the FILIPINO MEMORIAL DAY. Whichever date is selected by this or future generations will be well chosen. The Flagstaff.-The flagstaff must be straight, slightly and

gently tapering at the end. A bent, curved or crooked pole flying a flag presents one of the most uncomely sights to the human eyes, and very revolting to the sense and feeling of nationality. It is not seldom that we find tall but quarterbent bamboo

poles on public plazas and public school grounds. This must be remedied; a tall staff is beautiful and majestic, but if not obtainable, a straight one, although short, is preferable. However, flag poles on parade grounds, public parks, and school grounds should at least be five times as long as the flag they are to fly.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

263

Flagstaff carried in parades and ceremonies by either civilian or military organizations should at least be one-and-half as long as the flag carried; tapering slightly at both ends like a candle, and only as big as the hand grasp will permit. An ordinary or temporary staff need not have any special staffhead. There are no definite regulations on the use of staffheads but the following may be observed: (1) Where only one staff is used for both the American and Filipino flags, the staffhead may be either the American eagle perched on a ball, or just a plain ball without the eagle. (2) Where two staffs are used, one for the American and the other for the Filipino flag, both staffheads should be the same. (3) Staff with spearheads are common and authorized, although this kind of staffhead is generally used by the armed forces only. NOTE: Bureau of Public Works regulations on the flag staff, XXXV-3, "(3) The staff-head of the one bearing the flag of the United States must be the device of the United States (the eagle); in which case,-pending the adoption of an official staff-head for the staff bearing the flag of the Philippine /slands,-th e head of the one on the left should be the sea-lion with sword," bears no official recognition of the central government and is not sanctioned in the Philippine Army.

How To Hoist And Lower The Flag At Half-Mast.-To display the flag at half-mast in sign of mourning, it must first be hoisted to full-mast, allowing it to fly there for a short moment before bringing it to the position of half-mast. From this position it may be raised but not lowered. To lower the flag at sunset or at any other time when ordered, it must again be hoisted to full-mast before bringing it down. It should be observed that before and after half-masting, the flag is first allowed to fly in its normal commanding position even for a moment or so. How To Enshroud A Casket With The Flag.-For this purpose the flag should be neatly and evenly spread lengthwise over the full length of the casket. When using the American Flag the Union, or blue starry field, will cover the head-end and slightly to the left of the deceased. When using the Philippine Flag the white triangle of the Sun and Stars will cover the head-end,

264

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the blue stripe to the left, the red to the right of the deceased, and keeping both colors evenly divided on each side of the casket. "The flag should not be lowered intOl the grave or allowed to touch the ground."(213) Wreaths of flowers should not be placed over a flag shrouded casket: the national colors of a country is the best tribute and l the most beautiful expression of mourning and cannot be improved upon. However, in the case of a deceased civilian who -on account of his past services in the army, navy, or civil office of great responsibility-is given the privilege and honor to use the national colors. A little cross with a few flowers strewn here and there, or a small cross made of flowers, may be allowed over the stripes of either the American or Philippine flag. In the case of active or retired members of the military and naval service, national guard, reserve corps, or recognized military organizations, the sidearms and headdress of the deceased may be placed over the flag. This custom, approved and observed by long tradition, is not considered a desecration of the nation's emblem; for it is rather symbolic of the fact that the life of the departed was devoted to the service of his country. Present regulations, if strictly interpreted, prohibits the placing of any object on the starry Union of the Star-Spangled Banner or the Triangle of the Sun and Stars. As a matter of tolerated practice, however, ba8'ed on the fact that "The only flag which ever floats above it is the Church penant to typify God above country," a small cross, as a symbol of Christian faith may be permitted to rest anywhere on the flag. (214) Decorative Display Of A Flag.-There is a world-wide and popular notion that a flag is a good object for decoration; this happens to be true not so much because of the flag's beautiful signifance as because of its usually bright colors. For the latter's sole purpose the country's political symbol should never ( 213 ) (214)

Flag circular of the United States of America, February Code of the American flag.

28, 1925.

.............. .............. * •• iI.......

fIo . . . . . *iI •

, * .......... .

* ........ *

Fig. I

Fig, 2

(Horizontal position of the American and Filipino fl ags )

The Union occupies the upper left hand corner

The triangle of the Sun and Stars is on the left, blue stripe up

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

(Vertical pos ition of the American and Filip ino fl ags)

The Union occupies the upper left hand corner as in the horizontal position

The triangle of the Sun and Stars is up, blue stripe on the left

THE USE OF THE FLAG

265

be displayed. (215) Bunting of the different colors of the flag is the proper material to make a place attractive. Where dignity, respect, and formality are desired, however, flags are very appropriate. It is inappropriate and out of good taste to use a flag in a dancing pavillion or in any place where hilarity is regnant. Its use inside or outside a cockpit is a disgrace, so it should never be displayed there. Its presence in clubs where gambling or other vices are tolerated is a mockery and should be prohibited, not necessarily by law but by public opinion. If flags are desirable and suitable, they should be displayed

correctly as shown in the accompanying illustrations, figures 1, 2, 3, and 4. They should be hung flat either horizontally or vertically. (216) Inclining the flag to the right or left for decorative purposes is incorrect, except when displayed from a pike or a staff. Displaying the national colors upside down is a serious mistake, that inverted position is a signal of distress. (217) The (215) FLAG'S POSITION FOUND INCORRECT: "Army authorities have called the attention of insular officials to the alleged improper w;'ay of hanging the American flag at the aquarium, which is under the contr01 rand supervision of the Bureau of Science. A letter to the Governor-General to this effect was endorsed yesterday by acting Secretary Apo&tol of Agriculture and NaturaJ Resources to the Director of Science. It is pointed out in the communication that the American national flag is used as a curtam in the aquarium in violation of an executive order of the Governor-General governing the correct display of the American and Filipino colors." The Philippines Herald, February 26, 1927. (216) "The amended phraseology in the 1918 Flag Law prompts the author to maintain that it is incorrect, improper and entirely unneeessary to disp1~ the National Flag unmounted with stripes verticaJ Or perperrdicular, a method of display which has become common since the Spanish-American War. Such display of the Flag has developed two factions and practices of Flag usage. One faction displays the Flag unmounted, as upon a wall, with the stripes vertical or perpendicular, the union of stars being in the upper left hand corner of the Flag as viewed by the observer, while the other ftaction displays the Flag with the! stars in the upper right hand corner. "This controversy in Flag display became more pronounced following th e pu blication of this National Flag Code, June 1, 1923, which requires that when "the Flag is displayed with stripes vertical the stars should be in the upper left hand corner as viewed by the observer. This usage is disputed by some', and supported by others, both factions basing their reasons upon rules of heraldry. The author, although a member of the .h;xecutive Committee of the National Flag Conference now maintains that the Flag should be displayed preferably from a staff or, if displayed unmounted, then only with stripes horizonta1."-H. S'. Kerrick, The Flag of the Un'ited States, pp. 81-82. (217) "When a ship has to make the signal of distress, this is done by hoisting the national ensign reversed, that is to say, upside down. If it is wished to accentuate the imm6nse of the dang,er it is done by making the flag into a 'weft' that is, by knotting it in the middle."-Encyclopedia Britannioa.

266

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

popular practice of festooning a hanging flag over a door or window is a very common error. Using it for a curtain, for advertisement and placards, for decorating a post, and for covering a chair, table, or bench is a disgrace which reflects on those who commit such unthoughtful acts. (218) A flag is not intended for a decoration, and much less for a cover, except on two occasions: -when used as a shroud on the casket of a路 dead hero, soldier, sailor, or a citizen in any armed national service; or when utilized in connection with the unveiling of a public statue or a national monument. "When used in connection with the unveiling of a statue or monument, the flag should form a distinctive feature during the ceremony but the flag itself should never be used as the covering for the statue."(219) American Sovereignty And The Philippine Flag.-Explaining

the display of the Philippine and American flags over the same count ry where the political dominion is vested only on one sover eign power, the Executive B\lreau upon the repeal of Act No. 1696 of the Philippine Commission known as the Flag Law, issued the following memorandum: THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

EXECUTIVE BUREAU MANILA

Provincial Circular (Unnumbered) SUBJECT:

The American and the Filipino flags, Rules for the use ofOctober 22, 1919. It is hereby publicly announced that the flag law (Act No. 1696)

has been repealed by an Act of the Philippine Legislature approved ( 21 8) On a Rizal Day Parade in Manila on December 30, 1926, a float carried a big placard on which was painted the American and Filipino flags; the latter was drown crumpled across the br east of the picture of Rizal. On the mripes of the American fl ag was writt.en: 'That government of the people, by the people, for the people in the Orient shaH not perish from the earth.' The Philippines Herald , Januar y 1, 1927, brought these news: 'Float kept out of parade by police-Inscription about popular government above U. S. flag disliked.' ( 219) Flag ci1"cular of the Unit ed States of A -me1'ica, February 28, 1925, par. 11.

THE USE OF THE FLAG

267

by the Governor-General. By the repeal of the said law, it is no longer made a crime to exhibit, display or unfurl in public the Filipino flag. This repeal of the flag law (Act No. 1696) will, without doubt, be received with approval and great joy by the general public. However, in order to prevent any misunderstanding, it is deemed advisable to set forth herein certain rules and considerations relative to the use of the A.merican and Filipino flags. First of all, it should be remembered in this connection that the American flag represents the political sovereignty in the Philippine Islands and that the Filipino flag represents, on the other hand, the highest symbolism of the ideals today of the Filipino people. Accordingly, the American flag must be considered and used as the sole official flag and respected as such, and the Filipino flag, not being official should be considered as the highest tribute to, and the most sublime embodiment of, the noble ideals of the past and of the present of the Filipino people. In view of the foregoing, it is deemed advisable to reproduce below the Code of the Flag promulgated, for observance, by memorandum order of the Governor-General, dated April 24, 1918 : The American Flag is the Symbol of the BrotheThood of Man. It stands for Courage, for Chivalry, fOT Generosity and HonOT. No hand shall touch it roughly; no hand shall touch it irreverently. Its position is afloat; to float over its children, uplifting their eyes and hearts by its glowing colors and splendid promises; for under the Stars and Stripes are opportunities unknown to any other nation in the world. "The Government commands the people to honor their flag. Men and boys should uncover as they pass the vivid stripes which represent the life blood of brave meIV and the stars which repTesent hig'h aspirations and federal union. "When the flag is passing in paTade or in review the people should, if walking, halt, if sitting, arise and stand at attention. Men and boys should uncover. "The flag should be raised at sunrise; lowered at sunset. While being raised or lowered, the people should stand at attention and men and boys should un covel'. "In decoTating, the flag should neveT be festooned; always hung flat. It should never be placed below a person sitting. "It shall not be used as a staff, a whip or a covering for tables or to hang in doorways or windows. "The only customs sanctioned for the use of the flag as a covering are by the Army and Navy to spread upon their honored dead and by the church to envelope a pulpit or an altar. The only flag which ever floats above it is the church pennant to typify 'God above Country'. "It shall not be marred by advertisement nor desecrated on the stage. "It shall not be worn as the whole or part of a costume.

268

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"It is not the plaything of the hour; it is the birthright of privile6e and integrity. "When the flag is flown at half-staff as a sign of mourning it should be hoisted to full staff at the conclusion of the funeral, or designated period, or immediately before being lowered. In placing the flag at halfstaff it should first be hoisted to the top of the staff and then lowered to position. "Wlhen the flag is used in unveiling a statue or monument it should never be allowed to fall to the ground, but should be carried aloft to wave out, forming a distinctive feature during the remainder of the ceremony. "When the American Flag and another flag are hoisted on the same staff there must be double halyards, one for each flag, and the StarSpangled Banner must float from the top of the staff. "The American Flag should never come dovvn for another flag to be hoisted in its place. "In the heart of every American citizen the American Flag must have the first and highest place-must be supreme. "It must always be carried upright. To bear the Star-Spangled Banner is an Ihonor; to own one a sacred trust. "The American Flag, the Emblem of our Country, is the third oldest national flag in the world. It represents, liberty, and liberty means obedience to law. "It was born in ears and blood; it was baptized in blood and tears. "It has floated since June 14, 1777, over a country of benevolence, refuge and progress. "It is the Emblem of Freedom, of Equality, of Justice, for every person and creature and it floats unvanquished-untarnished over the open door of free education".

The foregoing rules should be strictly observed, and any use made of the Filipino flag should be compati1;>le with them. The Filipino flag when displayed or used in public must be so displayed or used together with the American flag, the latter taking the prominent place. The American flag shall never be smaller than the Filipino flag used on the same occasion, and the former shall always be placed on the top of the Filipino flag if they are on a horizontal line. The right is the right hand side when one places himself, not in front of the flag, but on or below the place where the flag is hoisted. On the staffs in front of public buildings, the American flag shaH continue to be hoisted to the exclusion of all others. In short, the Filipino flag should not be used in a manner inconsistent with the position that the American flag occupies under the present political status of the Philippines. In view of the foregoing, the provincial governors are requested to see that these rules and considerations are complied with in prac-

The LEGISLATIVE BUILDING at Bagumbayan , Manila- Notice the relative positions of the Ameri can and the Philippine flags when displayed from different staffs, the American on the right and the Philippine on the left. The staffs are of the same height as they should always be .

THE USE OF THE FLAG

269

tice as strictly as possible, always giving to the American flag the consideration it sHould have while American sovereignty over the Philippines continues, and giving to the Filipino flag the consideration of being the national emblem of the aspirations of the Filipino people. Provincial governors hereby are requested to give this circular the widest publicity possible. (Sgd.) A. DE LAS ALAS, Acting Chief, Executive Bureau The Philippine Commonwealth has been born since the issuance of the above circular, but American political sovereignty remains unaltered-the Flag of the United States still continues to float over this country with the same authority as before. The force of these rules must necessarily continue during the Commonwealth and throughout the entire probationary period for complete statehood.

The Correct Heraldic Display Of The American And Philippine Flags.-The display of the American and Philippine flags

on one fl.a g pole and in the same halyard-The American above and the Philippine below-although in accordance with the present practice and regulations, violates the rules and principles of heraldry and is against the accepted heraldic usage of political emblems and standards. No two flags with political significance should fly one above the other, because in heraldry this position does not always indicate the place of honor, rank or precedence. The position of honor is the right: this is true in the case of flags as well as in the case of personages. So the place of the American Flag is always to the right of the Filipino Flag. To fly the former above the latter in the same pole is to destroy the symbolic heraldry and heraldic effect of both flags. The Stars and Stripes :should fly alone, independent, free, and unsupported by other flags below. The Philippine Flag, being permitted to fly in order to represent the Commonwealth, should be hoisted on a different pole but to the left of the American Flaga position which unmistakably shows that it recognizes a higher

270

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

sovereign authority, and acknowledges the dominion of the Flag which stands to its right. This arrangement of the two flags in front of the Legislative building was carefully and punctilliously observed at the inaugural ceremonies of the Commonwealth on November 15, 1935.

â&#x20AC;˘ _ CHAPTER

XVII

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS "La bandera es para el Filipino la expresi6n visible de su ideal de patria." -RAFAEL PALMA.

The Tangible Representation Of All That Is Home And Country.-The only outward expression of national ideals, hope and ambition, and the only living monument of a people's past and present history, a flag has always given inspiration to all men of all ages. The political philosopher and the religious skeptic, like the poet and the soldier, are susceptible to that same inspiration. It is the embodiment of that spirit which was mentioned by Jose Palma in his poem Filipinas, and was likewise referred to by Francis Sco t Key in the equally immortal poem The Star-Spangled Banner. Taught that it is the only tangible representation of all that is home and country, boys and girls learn to love and respect their flag. That love is the first lesson of civic virtue which forms the background of our young citizen's early conception of duty and loyalty to the fatherland. In the early days of civilization, when the most important use of flags was to lead man to battle, it was indeed more than wrong to teach young boys and girls the idea of defending their country's flag. Such teaching would have probably increased and fostered rather than minimized war; it would have bestialized rather than educated the war-like mind. N ow that flags are no longer exclusive emblems of the government nor are they exclusively for the use of armies and navies, but also serve as emblematic expressions of political ideals and principles of the great citizenry, it is no more than fitting that we 'beach the young citizens their duties and obligations to the flag. This lesson should be taught early in youth, emphasizing the importance of the civic virtues and the motive of public service, both of which are well defined in the idealism of the flag. 271

272

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The flag In The Schools.-When ex-Governor-General Harrison wrote the statement "Patriotism was never encouraged in the schools, nor ideals which tended to arouse their own national consciousness,"(220) he had in mind that the school is a powerful agency in disseminating ideals. So it is indeed, for it is there where the first rudimentary idea of loyalty, duty, and service to one's own country is cultivated in the mind of the young citizens. (221) Greeted every morning by the same flag, guided by the same rules, and inspired by a common feeling and mutual interests, boys and girls begin to learn early the idea of association and community welfare. The limited but equal enjoyment of privileges, the possession of certain absolute rights, and the application of equal disciplinary or corrective measures under the shadow of his country's flag form a background and a perspective in the imagination of the youth which sooner or later enable him t o have a correct conception of what a country is and his duty thereto. The teaching of the significance of the flag, which he is required to hoist every day aids a great deal in the development of this conception. Those responsible, therefore, to educate our boys and girls in the public and private schools owe it to their country to teach our future citizens the meaning of the Filipino Flag in terms of duty and loyalty to the state, respect to the constituted authority, and economic-sociological service to the community. When this manifold meaning is learned, then the allegory of the Flag may be so explained and described as to br ing out its latent symbolic attribute: the people's aspiration for independent statehood. With this end in view, we may look upon our school teachers as our political missionaries who are duty-bound to teach our young citizens to love, uphold, and respect the Flag at all times and wherever it may be found. Saluting The Flag.-A nine-year-old pupil of the California schools has been expelled because she refused to salute the American flag. F. B. Harrison, Th e Corne?"stone of Philippin e In dependence, p. 45. "The Department of EGu.cation of New York encourages in its public school curriculum the making of a United States flag in th e school."-H. S. Kerrick,. -The Flag of the United States. ( 220 ) ( 221 )

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

273

Her father upholds her in this refusal. He is a member of a religious sect which asserts that saluting the flag is a form of idolatry. Therefore his child must not salute it.-D, Signs of the Times, January 14, 1936. The Flag In The Bome.-Love and respect for the country's

flag should also be taught at home ;(222) it is a duty of the parents to their children who are to be the future citizens. This responsibility of the older generation towards the 'Succeeding generations is easily discharged by teaching our boys and girls to own and keep a flag. The possession itself means nothing, but its significance will easily help the youth to visualize what a country is, the privileges it gives, and the duties it demands. The poorest family can buy or make a flag; it does not need to be large and expensive; a small home-made one will serve the best purpose. Every dwelling, palace, mansion, or the humblest home has a place of honor where the country's symbol may be kept. By keeping one there, the children will learn the sacred trust of transmitting from generation to generation the country's tradition as symbolized by the national colors. Owing a flag is outwardly of no great importance or of any social value, but for the Filipinos the case is different. Weare a dependency of another sovereign power; we have but very little political background, and the little we have is often not understood or else forgotten. Our boys and girls, born and bred under the shadow of the flag of a foreign nation, and their mind focused to the idea of having to depend on a mother country, do not become aware of their political status until late in life when manhood and womanhood have become callously inured and hardened to the conditions of their birth. For this reason they need to be reminded of their country's ideal for sovereignty through the only symbolic representation of independent statehood, the Philippine National Flag. On this point, President Palma, speaking on a Philippine Flag Restoration Day, October 30, 1925, before the student body of the University of the Philippines, said: (222) "The making of a flag in the home or school brings new patriotic thrills and joy through the possession and display of that flag."-H. s. Kerrick, The Flag

of the United States.

274

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"To a Filipino the flag is. the only tangible expression of his ideal of .country."

The home should impress upon the minds of the youth that with the birth of the Commonwealth was born also a new Constitution which specifically mentions the adoption of the Sun and Stars as the Flag of the Philippines. Our boys and girls cannot be too much impressed on the significance of these provisions. How 1'0 Make The Flag.-It is easy to make a flag, but the work is not so simple to execute as it appears. There are certain fast rules to follow and some definite principles to observe; and they are all controlling, not so much to obtain esthetic effect as to maintain the correct meaning and the right proportions of the different symbols in the entire emblematic design. The Army must be very particular and jealous in this regard; and all the branches of the civil government, particularly the schools, should be no less exacting. Up to the end of 1935 the government had not prescribed uniform specifications, thus resulting in the appearance of ugly-looking flags disproportionate in size, irregular in outline, and unsymmetrical in the combinations of colors and symbols. Realizing the need for an official regulation, Executive Order No. 23, (1936) was issued: MALACANAN PALACE MANILA

BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE PHILIPPINES EXECUTIVE ORDER

No. 23

DESCRIPTION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE FILIPINO FLAG Whereas section one, Article XIII of the Constitution prescribes what the Philippine National Flag should be without giving descriptions and specifications; Whereas Act Numbered Two thousand nine hundred and twentyeight describes the construction of the Filipino Flag without the necessary specifications of the different elements of the flag; Whereas compliance with this Act has not been uniformly carried out and has caused the making of Filipino flags in disproportionate sizes with incorrect proportions of the different allegorical symbols of the flag; and . Whereas, to avoid irregularities and discrepancies, it is necessary to follow the Constitutional provisions and Act Numbered Two thousand nine hundred and twenty-eight with uniformity;

275

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

Now, therefore, I, Manuel L. Quezon, President of the Philippines, do hereby promulgate and order that the following specifications for the Philippine National Flag be strictly observed by all civil and military branches of the Government: 1. The maximum length of the flag is twice its width; the minimum length is twice the altitude of the equilateral triangle. 2. Any side of the equilateral traingle is as long as the width of the flag. 3. (See accompanying illustration.) Solid golden sunburst without any markings-Sun with eight rays, equally spaced; Arc x with Sun ray = Free arc y; two opposite rays in horizontal axis and two in vertical axis; Sun's diameter D w 15 ; Each ray has one major beam, twice as 5/ 9 D; broad as the minor beam on either side; length of major beam R Length of minor beam l' 4/5 R. 4. Three five-pointed golden stars of equal size, each star with one point directed to the vertex of the angle enclosing it; diameter of circumscribed circle of each star = 5/9 D diameter of inscribed circle of 2 / 9 D; distance from each corner each star D 12 , 5. Canvas-trimmed edge to the left of the triangle is approximately Dis wide not counted in measuring length of flag. 6. Flags made of silk will be trimmed on three edges with a knotted fringe of yellow silk D 15 wide. Done at the City of Manila, this twenty-fifth day of March, in the year of Our Lord, nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, the first. MANL'EL L. QUEZON President of the Philippin.es By the President:

= =

ELPlDfO QUIRINO

Secretary of the Interior

ii ii I· Ii I~I" II ·I .I

II · I I

.~----------------------------+-------~ ~ ~

•

:» ~

R.ed

8tr

i j

_ _ AIr/lucie of .,u;lo/~rQI Trioltg e !" -1- --

-- ---

rru

(I'Ifl.JIO'

~~~~...:==:~-:.==~"~~un:~~u~_J 1m,!! Sttt:Jard j~nfi"~2W ~=~=:=: =-.-==:=.:...-_= ~:== The Philippine National Flag showing the diffe1'ent elements in thei1' p1'oper relative pr01J01·tions.

276

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Literature On The Filipino Flag.-The Filipino Flag, like

many other flags of the world, has been immortalized in canvas, in statues, in poems and essays of patrotism, in books dealing with the revolutionary period, and in novels depicting tales of love, sacrifice, heroism and daring. (223) The best poems and literary tributes which have inspired us in the past and still continue to awaken our patriotic feeling are quoted below: LA BANDERA

Alli esta-En 10 mas alto de un mastil ondea y se retuerce, como una promesa de inmortalidad. Materialmente, no vale gran cosa; con un pedazo de sencillo lienzo y desgarrado por mas sefias puede confeccionarse una bandera. Pero mirada con los ojos del al~a y a la luz del sentimiento de la Patria, ese trapo de tres colores, esa vara de tela en que resplandecen un sol y tres estrellas, simboliza un mundo de grandezas, vale un paraiso de glorias y constituye el mas grande de los amores, porque representa el corazon y el cerebro de la Patria, sus alegrias y sus tristezas, sus poemas de triunfo, su historia nacional y, sobre todo, su redencion consumada y sus libertades conseguidas. La bandera es el deseo del apostol, el ensuefio del heroe y la consolacion del martir; al primero Ie sirve de estimulo durante la siembra de regenerantes ideas; al segundo Ie aguijonea mientras corre un temporal de fuego y plomo, coronandole luego de laureles, y al tercero Ie envuelve y amortaja, cuando en aras del ideal muere en el cadalso 0 en el campo de la lucha ... Hay algo sobrenatural que el alma experimenta cuando se contempla el pabellon de la Patria; algo que sacude; como una corriente electrica, todas las fibras del pecho, que ensancha los pulmones, ilumina las pupilas y aventa el polvo del calvario pasado, de los cuadros del ayer tan distintos de los del presente, Henos de tonos de cielo y de claridades de aurora. La bandera es el compendio de la tierra en que vim os la primera luz y sentimos el primer amor: es la condensacion del alma nacional. ( 223 ) For other poems see La Vanguardia, Oct. 29, 1919. "Saludo a mi Bandera" by Jesus Balmori; "A mi Bandera" by Vicente de Jesus (Jr.); and "Marcha Triunfal" by Roman Joven. See also Philippine Columbian Notes, volume I, No.8, p. 5, year 1916; "Our Flag" by J ulianus. See also Tagalog poem "Bandilrung PiJipino" by Moises Manlu1:6k, published by the vernacular paper Linguhan ng Mabuhay, August 14, 1932.

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

277

Ya se despliegue sobre los mares, ya flamee en las cumbres y llanadas, la bandera de la Patria, inmortal como esta, se lleva tras sl las bendiciones y carinos de los que viven y luchan al amparo de su sombra. En el peligro, es acicate; en la paz, egida protectora, y en todas partes y en cualquier ocasi6n, blanco supremo de las adoraciones populares. Por eso es muy necesario que la defiendan sus hijos. El soldado es el que mas esta llamado a defenderla. Es una obligaci6n sagrada; quien no la cumple es un traidor, un hijo criminal y espureo. La sangre de un hombre es poca, es casi nada en comparaci6n del valor sublime y sin igual de la ensena patria. Porque ella es la gloria, la tradici6n, la nobleza y el honor de todo un pueblo ... i Soldado filipino! A ti me dirijo. Defiende, como hasta ahora, la bandera del sol y las estrellas: tu has jurado salvarla siempre: i cumplelo ! Ten entendido una cosa. Tierra con bandera es una epopeya viviente: la verdadera Patria. Tierra sin ella, porque la ha perdido, no es tierra, ni es Patria. i Es un monton de f6siles! (224) -GIL (FERNANDO MA. GUERRERO).

By FERNANDO M. GUERRERO Translated from the Spanish version By Captain EMANUEL A. BAJA There it is, our flag, flying from the topmast, fluttering in the breezes and waving a promise of immortality. Materially speaking, a flag has no value at all; any piece of 'b unting or cloth with a few designs may be converted into a flag. But look at ours with patriotic sentiments, and you will see that our tricolored Flag with its Sun and three Stars symbolizes a world of heroic deeds, a glorified paradise of the people. It is the incarnation of our country and ourselves; because it throbs with our hearts, interprets our national feeling, our happiness, our sorrows, ( 224 )

La Independencia, 28 de Marzo, 1899.

278

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

the songs of our struggles, our national history, and, above all, the bloody struggles for our political liberties. A country's flag epitomizes the dreams of the apostle, the ideals of the brave and the consoling hope of the martyr; it encourages the apostle in planting new ideas or regenerating old ones; in battle it gives the brave, courage and valor; it enfolds and enshrines the martyr who dies for his country. There is something exalting when we contemplate the country's Flag; some profound, soul.deep feeling which electrifies our existence; something which spans yesterday's suffering and dust of battle with the glories of today. This flag symbolizes the land and people of our birth, our country where we live; it is the tangible attribute of our native land and its national soul. On land or sea, on mountain heights or deep valleys, our immortal Flag is blessed and loved by those who live and fight under its protection. In war it urges us on to heroism, in peace it affords us protection; everywhere, in all circumstances, it leads and guides us all. It is the duty of the citizens to love and defend their Flag. The soldier is especially called upon to perform this obligation, and he who avoids it forfeits the blessing of his country and all his rights to citizenship. };. man's life given to protect his flag is a glorious one; for a flag epitomizes the glory, noble tradition and honor of the entire people. You, Filipino soldie:-s, have sworn to forever defend your Flag, go and do your duty. Remember that a country with a flag is a home, a true country; one without it is only a refuge, but not a country.

LA BANDERA FILIPINA Por

DIMAS INDAK

Nom-de-plume of Honorato Villaruel, son of Villaruel who was shot on Bagumbayan in January, 1897. Miradla! es nuestra bandera! que con su azulado tul, como el firmamento azul, senora ondea doquiera, Fue esa asta que reverbera

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

hierro de nuestras cadenas, 1a sangre de nuestras venas su ardiente banda rojiza, su b1ancura patentiza e1 lloro de nuestras penas. i Como irradian sus estrellas regueros de luz tranquila, que fascinan 1a pupi1a por 10 tersas, por 10 bellas! Sus relucientes centellas el reflejo de Luzon Mindanao y Visayas son: y es la Libertad sonriente el aureo sol naciente que tornasola al pendon.

Besemosla! en ese beso aun humeda sentiremos tanta sangre que vertemos luchando por el Progreso. Todavia a.lli esta impreso con su calor nuestro llanto, que una franja de su manto nuestra sangre ha restafiado, y la otra el lloro enj ugado de hermanos que sufren tanto. Llevadla siempre adelante! y que arrastre en su carrera toda la gente guerrera bajo su fimbria flamante. Como colosal gigante surja de entre el Oceano, con aliento sobrehumano llamando a la tempestad, que anuncie la libertad, que nos negara el hispano. iii Hurra! !! Kabite triunfante, al estruendo de la guerra, remueve toda su tierra para plantarla arrogante;

279

280

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

desde sus montes pujante la enarbola Bulakan hasta Polo y Sangan-daan; y ondea desde Laguna hasta la costa moruna, Zambales, Pangasinan. Despierta, Manila; mira que la ondea en Malabon, al retumbar del canon, un gentio que delira: en las torres aerea g;ra de Kalookan y Navotas al son de armonicas notas y al repicar de campanas; y con resonantes dianas. que van sembrando derrotas. i i Hurra ! !

i Manila! mantente:

que el tropel liberador te anuncia con su fragor, que esta impavido a tu frente. He magnanima y valiente, que abriran nuestras metrellas una brecha en tus murallas, donde clavar triunfador el Labaro redentor de la opresion en que te hallas. Martires de J .iber.tad : S urgid de la enorme tosa en que vuestro ser reposa, radiantes de majestad; de la tumba levantad Burgos, Gomez sin demora, con Valenzuela y Zamora con Cristobal y Rizal, a ser siempre el pedest::tl de la Ensefia redentora.

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

LA BANDERA

281

(225)

Por F. M. GUERRERO Corre el torrente alborotado y ciego, y el Derecho parece una quimera; pero aun hay fe, y alIi donde yo llego, ha de llegar conmigo mi bandera. Es bandera muy santa. Me la dieron hombres ya muertos de mi propia raza. ElIos la amaron mucho y defendieron cuando trona el insulto a la amenaza. Y hoy la defiendo yo. No es el torrente la fuerza superior que la derribe. Esa bandera es algo omnipotente que flota y obsesiona, y siempre vive. i Vivira!

Si algun dia de mis manos un golpe del azar la desprendiera, en pos de mi vendrian mis hermanos a tremolar de nuevo esa bandera. Fija en la brecha esta. Ese es su puesto; alIi la encontraran otras edades; alIi iran a besar su hierro enhiesto rayos de gloria 0 fieras tempestades. AlIi la miraran, siempre clavada, flameando al sol, las esperanzas mias; vieja quizas, pero jamas hollada, jamas vend ida por el bravo Elias. Y Elias es mi hermano. Su firmeza arde en todas las almas filipinas, y satura de fe nuestra cabeza, ya la cifian de flores 0 de espinas. (225) This poem written and published on June 30, 1905, was inspired as a result of a criminal action for sedition against Lope K. Santos, Martin Ocampo, and Fernando M. Guerrero.

282

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM ~Y

que brazo mejor que el brazo hermano para sosten de la bandera santa? Ese la salvaria del pantano, como la salva ahora y la levanta. Alcemosla! . .. j Que llegue hasta los cielos, que ondee y que restalle muy arriba, que cubra con su gloria nuestros duelos y que mantenga la esperanza viva! j

Y aunque ciego el raudal se precipite y parezca el Derecho una quimera, nadie, mientras la fe no se marchite, podra decir que ha muerto esa bandera. A LA BANDERA FILIPINA Por CECILIO ApOSTOL Yo te saludo, pabellon sagrado, concrecion de las glorias del pasado, nucleo que funde la a;version fraterna, compendio de la idea libertaria, claro trasunto de la Patria eterna, Bandera tricolor y planetaria. Bandera de los dias de combate, en ti, invisible, todo un mundo late. Inquieta, como todo 10 que fiota, el patrio corazon en ti palpita, y erguida. como todo 10 que brota, hacia el mafiana tu inquietud se agita. El ensuefio, el valor y la pureza componen tu simbolica belleza. Tu rojo es el ayer, herido el fianco en el derumbe del hispano muro; tu azul, la actual aspiracion; tu blanco es la pagina blanca del futuro. No logro verte el lfrico patriota antes de dar la postrimera nota en el mas bello "Adios" que el mundo oyera; pero es igual; estabas en su mente,

283

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

y sus suefios y anhelos, oh Bandera. tU los resumes acabadamente. Yo te saludo, pabellon glorioso, que, despues de un eclipse tenebroso, hoy, al conjuro de las almas nuevas, volando del refugio de los pechos que te guardaban, como ayer te elevas por mar y tierra, en mastiles y techos. Al hacerse el magnifico prodigio, te revelas con todo tu prestigio a la ansiedad de la conciencia publica; tu gloria antigua en el azul tremola, rememorando la fugaz Republica; has retornado, pero no estas sola. Pendon del sol y las estrellas de oro, hoy solo sirves de inferior decoro; tu a quien mentes patrioticas evocan, para que asi u humillacio1il irrite, en la jura inmortal de Caloocan y en las apoteosis de Cavite. Tu que costaste vidas de patriotas, destierros, sacrificios y picotas; tu que eras regocijo de los ojos al frente de bizarros batallones; tu que afiadiste gloria a los despojos de los Jacintos y los Bugallones. Cubres, no obstante, la mansion paterna en tu actual condicion de subaltern a, y asi, extasiada en tu vision el alma, labaro santo, la nacion te jura que no conocera cansancio y calma hasta obtener tu soledad futura. S'ola estaras en venidero dia; asi el honor de America 10 fia. Su ensefia que abatir ninguna pudo, la que la gran Republica enarbola, como el ave aliabierta de su escudo, no puede, sin mancilla, no estar sola.

â&#x20AC;˘

284

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Sobre ti esa bandera desplegada, prueba tu condicion de subyugada, y, con todo, enardeces y electrizas, porque dicen tus vividos colores que, acompafiada 0 sola, simbolizas nuestra Patria, el amor de los amores. Ttl nos das, oh Bandera veneranda el fuego patrio que consume a Irlanda. Para ser tu sosten y tu defensa contra codicias y traidores lazos, te mantendran en nuestra tierra extensa veinte millones de leales brazos. Mientras, en el rodar de cada etapa, exista Filipinas en el mapa, tus fieles nunca en actitud pasiva veran cualquier baldon que se te infiera. No habra ninguno que por ti no viva; no habra ninguno que por ti no muera. i Oh, quien pudiera aproximar la hora

â&#x20AC;˘

de tu exclusividad dominadora! N ada falta al pais para que llegues a ser 10 que es nuestro ideal constante: completamente libre entre tus pliegues. l Por que no habras de serlo en este instante? Mientras no llegue el dia venturoso, tu inspiracion decida al poderoso a continuar su tradicion de gloria; y en nuestro empefio porque tal suceda, cada esfuerzo que inscriba nuestra historia supere a la labor que Ie preceda. i Bandera, toda encanto y embeleso,

crezca a tu sombra el nacional progreso; y en esta lucha incruenta y empefiada por el dominio del pais natal, de igual modo que en la epoca pasada, conduce al triunfo de Rizal!

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

RESURREXIT! Por

MANUEL BERNABE

Hoy que de nuevo tornas, Bandera santa, emergiendo triunfant~ de tus agravios, el pueblo, como un hombre, caiga a tu planta, y se unan a besarte todos los labios. i Como deben quererte nuestros abuelos

que un dia te empunaron cuestas arriba! i Como deben amarte los pequenuelos

que nunca te miraron surgir altiva ~ Como aquel nino martir que defendiera con sangre de sus venas la Eucaristia, no hay fuerza que en los lares 0 en la trinchera te arranque de mis brazos, Bandera mia. Sean tu Thabor firme los altos montes, como un pregon realista de libertades. i Tu gloria cubra todos los horizontes y guie a las futuras humanidades! J unto a efigies de santos que, entre la calma del hogar, dan sus dones, irgue esplendente. Asi, robusteciendo la fe del alma, ira la fe de patria que nos aliente.

Y cuando, paseando tu gentileza, en amplias marejadas al aire vibres, cantando el epinicio de tu grandeza ira la caravana de pueblos libres. Y asi, duena y senora de tu destino, cuando los vientos rocen tu augusta frente, se impregnaran sus alas de algo divino: la Libertad que baja sobre el Oriente.

Tu luces en tus pliegues timbres ufanos: tu azul es nuestro cielo sin nubes vagas, tu rojez es la sangre de mis hermanos, tu blanco es la pureza de las dalagas.

285

286

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM Reina sobre tu pueblo, sombra propicia, y sea por los siglos tu revivir! j Tu triunfo marque la hora de la Justicia! j Se el in dice glorioso del Porvenir! j

Haz de las democracias tu unica gloria, S1 alguna vez ya grande te enseiioreas, buscando nuevos pueblos para tu historia, Bandera no te quiero. j Maldita seas!

NUEVO HIMNO A LA BANDERA FILIP INA

( 226 )

Por DR. FRANCISCO VILLANUEVA, Hijo COROj Gloria a la santa enseiia del pueblo filipino! Bajo su fiel amparo es glorioso vivir: Ella es la estrella pura que alumbra mi camino, Y envuelto entre sus pJiegues yo quisiera morir. Las ::tlmas son su trono, los pechos, sus altares: Ella guarda el poema de nuestra libertad : j Gloria al noble trofeo de nuestros patrios lares! j Gloria al emblema eterno de la propia heredad! SOLOCual talisman y escuda al corazon la estrecho: Conmigo por doquiera mi bandera estara.: Simbolo invulnerable de la fe, del derecho Y del ideal sagrado para siempre sera. Enhiesta en los espacios, frente a la nueva aurora, Ya nunca podra arriarla el extraiio invasor, Que sabre luchar bajo su sombra protectora, Y morir denodado por su gloria y su honor.

( 226 ) This poem was written at Shanghai where the author was a practicing attorney. It was set to music by Prof. Malaquia::> M. Monato, another Filipino residing in the same city, and was sung for the first time at the Central Hall. (See F ree Press, July 12, 1924).

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

287

Literature On The Two Flags Famous In Philippine History.

-One of the best and fines literature written on the flag in order to lead the young mind to the observance of good citizenship, is The Makers of the Flag. It was written by Ex-Secretary of the Interior of the United States, Franklin K. Lane, on the Flag Day of 1914. He wrote it in honor of the Flag of the United States, (227) but every thought he expressed in it applies to all flags, and most excellently fits our own because ours is an ensign of a people who conceived and instituted a republican form of government in spite of the fact that the country was under a monarchy and was taught the principles of monarchical government for more than three hundred and fifty years. He said: This morning, as I passed into the Land Office, The Flag dropped me a most cordial salutation, and from its rippling folds I heard it say: "Good morning, Mr. Flag Maker." "I beg your pardon, Old Glory," I said, "aren't you mistaken ? I am not the President of the United States, nor a member of Congress, nor even a general in the army. I am only a government clerk." "I greet you again, Mr. Flag Maker," replied the gay voice; "I kno'w you well. You arE' the man who worked in the swelter of yesterday straightening out the tangle of that farmer's homestead in Idaho, or perhaps you found the mistake in that Indian contract in Oklahoma, or helped to clear that patent for the hopeful inventor in New York, or pushed the opening of that new ditch 路in Colorado, or made that mine in Illinois more safe, or brought relief to the old soldier in Wyoming. No matter whichever one of these beneficent individuals you may happen to be, I give you greeting, Mr. Flag Maker." I was about to pass on, when The Flag stopped me with these words: "Yesterday the President spoke a word that made happier the future of ten million peons in Mexico; but that act looms no larger on the flag than the struggle which the boy in Georgia is making to win the Corn Club prize this summer. (227) See R. C. Ballard Thrustan on "The Origin and Evolution of the United States Flag."-Appendix XXIII at the end of this chapter.

288

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"Yesterday the Congress spoke a word which will open the door of Alaska; but a mother in Michigan worked from sunrise until far into the night to give her boyan education. She, too, is making the flag. "Yesterday we made a new law to prevent financial panics, and yesterday, maybe, a school teacher in Ohio taught his first letters to a boy who will one day write a song that will give cheer to the millions of our race. We are all making the flag." "But," I said impatiently, "these people were only working I"~ Then came a great shout from the Flag; "The work that we do is the making of the flag. "I am not the flag; not at all. I am but its shadow! I am whatever you make me; nothing more. "I am your belief in yourself, your dream of what a people may become. "I live a changing life, a life of moods and passions, of heartbreaks and tired muscles. "Sometimes I droop, for then purpose has gone from me, and cynically I play the coward. "Sometimes I am loud, garish, and full of that ego that blasts judgment. "But always. I am all that you hope to be and have the courage to try for. "I am song and fear, struggle and panic, and ennobling hope. "I am the day's work of the weakest man and the largest dream of the most daring. "I am the Constitution and the courts,. the statutes and the statute-makers, soldier and dread-naught, drayman and street sweep, cook, counselor, and clerk. "I am the battle of yesterday and the mistake of tomorrow. "I am the mystery of the men who do without knowing why. "I am the clutch of an idea and the reasoned purpose of resolution. "I am no more than what you believe me to be and I am all that you believe I can be. "I am what you make me; nothing more. "I swing before your eyes as a bright gleam of color, a symbol of yourself, the pictured suggestion of that big thing which ~akes this nation. My stars and my stripes are your dreams and your labors. They are bright with cheer, brilliant with courage, firm with faith, because you have made them so out of your hearts; for you are the makers of the flag, and it is well that you glory m the . making."

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

THE AMERICAN FLAG

J. R.

DRAKE

When Freedom from her mountain height, Unfurled her standard to the air, She tore the azure robe of night, And set the stars of glory there. She mingled with its gorgeous dyes The milky baldric of the skies, And striped its pure, celestial white. With streaking of the morning light; Then from her mansion in the sun She called her eagle-bearer down, And gave into his mighty hand, The symbol of her chosen land. Majestic monarch of t he cloud! Who rear'st aloft thy eagle form To hear the tempest trumpings loud, And see the lightning lances driven, When stride the warriors of the storm, And rolls the thunder-drum of Heaven! Child of the Sun! to thee 'tis given To guard the banner of the free! To hover in the sulphur smoke, To ward away the battle stroke, And bid is blendings shine afar, Like rainbows on the cloud of war, The harbingers of victory . . . . ... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

........... - :- .... .

Flag of the seas! On Ocean's wave Thy stars shall glitter o'er the brave; When death, careering on the gale, Sweeps darkly round the bellied sail, And frighted waves rush wildly back, Before the broadside's reeling rack, Each dying wanderer of the sea Shall look at once to Heaven and thee, And smile to see thy splendors fly In triumph o'er his closing eye.

289

290

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG 路 AND ANTHEM

Flag of the free heart's hope and home! By angels hands to valor given; Thy stars have lit the welkin dome, And all thy hues were born in Heaven. Forever float that standard sheet! Where breathes the foe but falls before us, With Freedom's soil beneath our feet, And Freedom's banner streaming o'er us.

A LA BANDERA ESPANOLA(228) J. MUNOZ Y PAVoN HIMNO

i Halve! Salve, pendon de Castilla,

pincelada de sangre de sol! Quien no rinde ante ti la rodilla no merece llamarse espanol I

Tu eres el mapa: que eres Galicia con sus verdores, y eres Valencia con sus naranjos y limoneros, y eres Navarra con sus penascos y ventisqueros, yeres de Murcia la fertil huerta, jarron de flores. Tu eres los puertos del viejo Cadiz con sus salinas, y eres la Mancha con sus hidalgos y sus solares, y Extremadura que tiene a gala sus encinares, y la Alpujarra que escala el cielo con sus .colinas. Tu eres Cantabria, del mar soberbio do~inadora; tU eres Asturias, plantel fecundo de paladines; tu eres Granada, la de palacios y jardines, por los que el moro, tras luenes siglos, suspira y llora. Tu, las Castillas de rubias mieses tranquilos mares; tu, Cataluna, de hombres de acero potente y rica ... i Tu .ers el Ebro, do se retrata la Pilarica; tu eres el Betis, que riega vides entre olivares! ( 228 ) In the selection of this poem and for some details concerning the Royal Standard of Spain, the author recognizes the help of Father Jose Gomez of the Saint Paul Seminary, and Father Silvestre Sancho of the University of Santo Tomas.

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

Tu eres la historia del pueblo hispano, recopilada en esos pliegues, de sangre y oro fulgido mote; tu eres Cervantes, pasmando al mundo con su "Quijote"; tu eres Teresa, de amor divino transverberada ... Tu eres Rui-Diaz con su tizona, del moro espanto; y eres Colombo, loco sublime, genio prof undo que, en lucha horrenda con el Atlante, Ie arranca un mundo d6 extiende Espana la regia cola del aureo manto. Cofre de joyas, que troc6 un dia por carabelas la Castellana de blondos bucles y ojos de cielo, te vide el orbe zarpar en Palos, y en raudo vuelo salvar el ponto, virgen de quil1as, libre de velas. Ya tu conjuro, bajo tu sombra, por tu influencia, de los misterios impenetrables del mar arcano, surgi6 otra tierra, surgi6 otro mundo, surgi6 otro hermano con quien partimos la misma madre, la misma herencia. De los Hernandos y los Cisneros eburnea cuna; tu eres Pizarro con sus empresas dignas de Homero; y Austria divino con su invencible tajante acero, rayo celeste que hunde en Lepanto la media luna. Y eres Alfonso, Ramiro, Jaime, Fernan, Pelayo; y eres Numancia y eres Otumba y eres Pavia ... y eres las Navas, Clavijo, Breda ... y en s610 un dia, j la nueva Troya de la epopeya del Dos de Mayo!

III Tu eres arte: que eres Herrera con sus cinceles, magica vara que trueca rocas en Escoriales ... tu, Berruguete bordando coros de catedrales, de filigranas, de figurillas y chapiteles. Tu eres Morales, a quien la historia llama el divino; y eres Pantoja y eres Pacheco y eres Rivera; tu, Juan de J uanes, Cespedes, Marzo, los dos Herrera, y el Luis de Vargas, que emula al mismo pintor de Urbino.

291

292

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

Tu eres la gama de la paleta de Alonso Cano; tu eres la gu'b ia de la Roldana, N ufro y Salzillo; almas del Greco, carnes de Goya, luz de Murillo ... j Diego Velazquez, de los pintores el soberano! IV Tu eres el habla: lengua de santos y capitanes; raudal de perl as, limpio y sonoro, que se desata por superficie tersa y brufiida de rica plata, con sus modismos, sus locuciones y sus refranes. Picara y gracil si la manejan los Espineles; en los fray J uanes, Ma16n y Estella, santa y divina, y halagadora como un requiebro cuando Cetina nos canta en ella sus madrigales de him etas mieles. Gentil en Lope, gallarda en Tirso, severa en Melo, sobria en Herrera, y en Garcilaso pulcra y galana; bronce en ErcHla, oro en Quevedo, fuego en Quintana, y en Argensolas y ambos Luises arpa del cielo.

V Tu eres la vida: que eres las dichas y los dolores; que eres la verja de la capilla del baptisterio, y eres la sombra de los cipreses del cementerio d6 nos aguardan, durmiendo en Cristo, nuestros mayores. Y eres el pueblo con el sagrado de sus hogares, y eres el campo con sus alcores y sus llanuras. y eres la novia con sus promesas y sus ternuras, y eres la ronda con sus guitarras y sus cantares. Y eres el barrio con sus leyendas y tradiciones, y eres la ermita de la Patrona con sus ex votos; la romeria con sus danzantes y sus devotos, sus 'hamboriles, sus simpecados y sus pendones. Y eres el heroe de la familia con sus hazafias, y eres el padre con sus fatigas y sus sudores, y eres la madre con los deliquios de sus amores, y eres ... los hijos, vivos pedazos de sus entrafias.

APPENDIX XXIII

H. Doc. 258-69th Cong., 1st Sess. Feb. 22, 1926

THE ORIGIN AND EVOLUTION OF THE

UNITED STATES BY

R. C.

BALLARD THRUSTON

Before we can thoroughly understand the origin and development of our flag it is necessary to go back many years and study the origin and development of that flag from which ours has been evolved. CROSS OF ST. ANDREW The accounts told of the adoptipn of the Cross of St. Andrew as the standard of Scotland have the date~ and names of those concerned too conflicting to warrant our placing entire credence in them, but the date was probably early in the eight century. CROSS OF ST. GEORGE About the middle of the last half of the thirteenth century Prince Edward, afterwards Edward I of England, while on one of the crusades became interested in the story of St. George and the dragon, and before returning home went to the Monastery of Cappadocia at Beirut, where his intere路s t increased to such a point that soon thereafter he adopted the red Cross of St. George on a white field as the national flag. It will be seen, therefore, that the flag of Scotland antedated that of England by centuries. FLAG OF GREAT BRITAIN, OR UNION JACK After James VI of Scotland ascended the throne of England, in 1603, as James I, he was constantly annoyed by the eternal wrangling between the masters of the English and Scotch ships when they met at sea as to which one should first dip its colors to the other. He was extremely anxious to unite the two kingdoms into one country, as well as to stop this annoyance. Therefore, in 1606, as one step toward the accomplishment of his desire, he united the two crosses 293

294

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

into a new flag, which subsequently became known as the Union Jack. This he required all vessels of both countries to carry at their mainmast, at the same time carrying from their foremast their old flag, showing to which of the two countries the vessels belonged. However, it was a century later, 1707, before the two countries agreed upon their union under the name of Great Britain, the first article of which agreement required the union of the crosses to be used in all their flags, banners, standards, and ensigns both at sea and on land. The designs pf the flags or colors made for the army were ornate, whilst those for the navy and merchant marine were simple, but each of them consisted either wholly or in part of the Union Jack, and such was the case at the beginning of the American Revolution in 1775. That uprising was really a revolt against the monarchial despotism of the time, and the idea of seperation from the ,mother country was then but little thought of or considered; in fact, the common sentiment that bound the Colonies together was not a very strong tie and required diplomatic handling to avoid breaking. When General Washington, after his election as General and Commander in Chief, reached Cambridge on July 3, 1775, to take command he found the so-called army practically without either colors or uniforms. In fact, General Putman, who commanded the Connecticut troops', is said to have worn the jeans, supported by only one suspender, which he had on when, hearing of the Battles of Lexington and Concord, he left his plow and started for Cambridge. So General Washington assigned to the various officers, as a distinction of rank, ribbons varying in color and number, and these were worn by them until something more formal was design. There were practically neither flags nor colors, though some pf the individual companies are supposed to have brought with them those which they had previously used. COLONIAL FLAGS Washington had the entire Army to organize in all its minute details, and the question of colors, being of less importance than many others, was not given serious consideration at start, but a little later he urged the various colonels to provide for their regiments colors of such design or designs as might appeal to them. This was frequently done, and in many instances some design of thirteen units was used to represent the revolting Colonies. Some of the Colonies went so far as to adopt flags of their own. For instance, Massachusetts adopted the pine tree, with the motto "An Appeal to Heaven"; Rhode Island one having an anchor and the word

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

295

"Hope," within the canton a union of thirteen white stars on a blue field, said to be the first flag on which the thirteen Colonies were represented by thirteen stars. At Yorktown the Third New York Regiment carried a color bearing an ornate design that was afterwards adopted for the seal of that State. Pennsylvania had ships' colors made for her navy in 1777(; but being unable to find any reference as to their design, I am inclined to think she followed the old custom of having placed on them the arms of the State. The First Troop of Light Horse, organized in Philadelphia in 1774, in anticipation of the路 coming trouble, carried a very beautiful flag that was given to them by their commander, Captain Markoe. In the center of this flag was a knot with thirteen cords, and in the canton thirteen horizontal stripes, alternating blue and silver. This company acted as General Washington's escort from Philadelphia through Pennsylvania and across the States of New Jersey and New York to the Connecticut line, just after his election as Commander in Chief of the Army, and it is claimed that their flag was the first one on which the union of the Colonies was represented by thirteen horizontal stripes. This idea of thirteen stripes in the union became quite popular and was occasionally used as late as the War of 1812. Virginia is said to have adopted the rattlesnake, which Colonel Gadsden urged Congress to adopt, but I have searched for the legi slative act without success. The South Carolina flag has an interesting history. In September, 1775, the committee of safety of Charleston instructed Col. William Moultrie to take possession of Fort Johnson, on James Island, which he did. The uniform of their troops was blue, with a silver increscent in the cap. Soon realizing that a flag was needed, he improvised one having a blue field with a white increscent in the canton. This was the flag which Sergeant Jasper so gallantly rescued on June 28, 1776, when the fort of palmetto logs on Sullivans Island was attacked by the British fleet under Admiral Sir Peter Parker, and it was under this flag that the Declaration of Independence was read to the people of Charleston on August 8, 1776. When that State came to officially adopt a flag it took the one which Colonel Moultrie had designed, and in recognition of the good services of the palmetto logs placed upon it the palmetto tree. CAMBRIDGE, GREAT UNION, OR STRIPED UNION FLAG But it would not do to accept any of .these flags as emblematic of the thirteen Colonies, because of their sectional prej udices; and, singular as it may seem, the flag which apparently first received some official recognition by General Washington s representative of the thirteen Colonies sprang into being without any known official

296

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

order or direction. The statement is made that it was designed by a committee appointed by Congress for that purpose; but the committee referred to was appointed to confer with General Washington and others for the purpose of devising means for organizing and maintaining an army, and neither does their official report nor correspondence show that they even considered the question of a flag. I t was not long after their return to Philadelphia when, on J an~ uary 1, 1776, there was hoisted over General Washington's headquarters on Prospect Hill, at Somerville, near Cambridge, a flag having thirteen horizontal red and white stripes, and in the canton was the Union Jack, complying with the act of 1707, requiring that it be on all flags, banners, standards, and ensigns, whether used on land or at sea. It was merely the British marine flag of that day, with the solid red field divided by white ribbons so as to make thirteen red and white stripes, representing the thirteen revolting Colonies. At that time the idea of independence was not generally seriously considered, so that the Union Jack in this flag showed the allegiance of the Colonies to their mother country. The flag itself was immediately appropriated by the Navy, for our continental fleet under Admiral Hopkins carried it as a national ensign early in Feb路 ruary, if not in January, 1776 ; and although our Army used it over fortifications and barracks, they did not carry it in battle. With the growth of the idea of independence the colonists apparently conceived a dislike for the Union Jack in the flag, for after 1776 I have found no definite instance of its use by our Rovolutionary patriots. After the abandonment of this flag, and before the adoption of our starry emblem, I have not been able to obtain reliable information as to just what our Navy did carry, but I doubt if there was any definite design common to all its ves.sels. OUR FIRST FLAG ACT It was on June 14, 177'7, that the Continental Congress passed the following act establishing the Stars and Stripes as the flag of our country: R esolved, That the flag of the United States be thirteen stripes, alternate red and white; that the union be thirteen stars, white in a blue field, representing a new constellation.

You will notice that this act does not define how many points the .stars were to have nor how they were to be arranged. Our N~vy began to use the new flag immediately, The British Army and Navy had used different flags for many years, and ap-

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

297

parently we thought we should do likewise, for the official correspondence between General Washington and the Board of War shows that it was over two years before they agreed upon a design for the Army to carry '<as variant from the marine flag," and over three years more before the Board of War succeeded in obtaining the necessary materials and having national colors made for our Army. The details of the design having been preserved, so far as I have been able to learn, but it contained the union, and in the center was a serpent, with the number of the regiment and name of the State where the regiment was organized. This correspondence also shows that the national colors prepared by the Board of War for the Army were ready for distribution in the fall of 1782, and that they had not been distributed as late as March 11, 1783 ~ being in the hands of the field commissary. The war was then practically over, and there is nothing to show that our Revolutionary Army ever carried any flags furnished by the American Congress. Those that were carried were purely personal, each made by or for some officer, company, or regiment, and represented the sentiments of the makers. So far I have succeerled in locatIng only one Stars and Stripes . that I feel sure was carried by the American Army during the Revolutionary War. It was carried by the North Carolina Militia at the Battle of Guilford Courthouse, March 15, 1781; but the stripes are blue and red and the union has a white field with thirteen eightpointed blue stars. There is also another flag hanging in the statehouse at Annapolis that it is claimed, and probably correctly, was carried by the Third Maryland Regiment at the Battle of Cowpens, January 17, 1781. It has thirteen five-pointed stars-one in the center and twelve arranged in the form of a circle around it. In both cases these flags were purely personal, not official. A Stars and Stripes preserved in the statehouse at Boston is claimed to have flown over Fort Independence during the American Revolution, but it was not carried by the Army and probably was not furnished by the Board of "War. REORGANIZATION OF THE ARMY The Army was disbanded in November, 1783, by act of Congress; but even before the adoption of the Federal Constitution Congres.s appears to have recognized the necessity of having something of an army, and on October 3, 1787, passed an act creating oJ;).e consisting of one regiment having eight companies of Infantry and one battalion of Artillery. After the adoption of our Federal Constitu-

298

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

tion and the organization of our Government Congress passed the act of September 29, 1789, taking over this little force as the Army of the United States, but it did not carry the Stars and Stripes. EARLY NATIONAL COLORS The first flag carried by our Army as national colors is still in existence, hanging in the chapel on Governors Island. Under the act of March 3, 1791, the size of the Army was increased from one regiment to two, and then it became necessary to have two flags, one for each regiment. The one carried by the first regiment has been preserved and is to-day at the United State.s Military Academy at West Point. The design is the same as that previously carried, but with the addition of a designation in the canton which included the number of the regiment, though not the branch of the service, that being unnecessary, for the composition of each regiment was the same. On both of these flags the stars were eight-pointed. Owing to trouble wIth the Indians it became necessary to raise two additional regiments, known as the first and second levies, and colors were also provided for them, and marked "First Levies" and "Second Levies." In 1792 our Anny was again increased in size, called The Legion, and divided into four sublegions. The flags which were provided the year before for the four regiments were to have their de.signations altered to fit the four sublegions. It was then proposed to have a legionary flag of silk with a bald eagle as large as life and formed of silver. What decision was arrived at we do not know, but sopn thereafter the Army was carrying as national colors a blue flag having on it an eagle in natural colors. OUR SECOND FLAG ACT Vermont was admitted to the Union in 1791 and Kentucky in 1792, and their Member.s in Congress claimed that these States also should be represented pn the flag. Accordingly Congress passed the following act, approved by President \Vashington January 13, 1794:

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assermbled, That from and after the first day of May, anno Domini one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, the flag of the

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

299

United States be fifteen stripes, alternate red and white; that the union be fifteen stars, white in a blue field. But still the Army did not carry the Stars and Stripes. NATIONAL COLORS OF THE WAR OF 1812 By act of May 30, 1796, the sublegion feature of our Army was abandoned, and although I have no positive description of the legionary flag I am strongly of the opinion that its design, slightly modified to fit the exigencies of the case, continued to be carried by our Army as national colors until 1834, having a blue field with a simulation of the arms of the United States thereon. At the outbr~ak of the War of 1812 quite a number of these flags were evidently made. Our ~eventeenth State was admitted in 1802. As a rule the shield on the eagle's breast had seventeen white and red stripes, and pn the chief of shield were the letters "U. S."; above or around the eagle were seventeen stars, sometimes five-poin ted, but more frequently six-pointed, and below the eagle was a scr oll, pale blue if the stars were five-pointed, but red if they were sixpointed, carrying the number and name of the regiment. Singular as it may seem, the printed regUlations of our War Department do not show what the Army carried as national colors at this period; but fortunately a number of the flags that were so used have been preserved and are at present at the United States Quartermaster's Depot at Philadelphia, hanging in the chapel at the Army post on Governors Island, and at the United States Military Academy at West Point. Those which were captured by the British are in the Royal Hospital at Chelsea, London, and as trophies of war were carefully labeled. Such Stars and Stripes as the British captured were all marine flags, none of them Army colors. They constitute the mute evidence upon which what I have just said is largely based. OUR THIRD FLAG ACT In 1816 Hon. Peter H. Wendover, Congressman from New York, advocated a further modification in our flag to give representation to the States which had been admitted since the last flag act was adopted. He wanted a star and a stripe for each State in the Union. Objection was made that there was no telling to what extent our Nation would grow, and if an additional star and stripe were added for each new State the flag might become very awkward in shape

300

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

and design. After two years of discussion the suggestion of Capt. Samuel Chester Reid was adopted, that we return to the original thirteen stripes, ~ith one star in the union for each State. Accordingly Congress passed the following act, approved by President Monroe April 4, 1818: Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representativ e~ of the United States of America in Congress a,ssembled, That from and after the fourth day of July next the flag of the United States be thirteen horizontal stripes, alternate red and white; that the union be twenty stars, white in a blue field.

SECTION 2. And be it fUTtheT enacted, That on the admission of every new State into the Union one star be added to the union of the flag, and that such addition shall take effect on the fourth day of July next succeeding such admission. A portion of Captain Reid's suggestion was not adopted, namely that the stars be a ranged in horizontal rows for the Navy and to form one great star for the merchant marine. His failure to make a suggestion for an arrangement of the stars for the Army is silent testimony in support of the statement that the Army did not then carry the Stars and Stripes. USE OF THE STARS AND STRIPES AS NATIONAL COLORS Although the early publications of our Army Regulations make frequent mention of both national and regimental colors, they contain no description of them until 1834, when the garrison flag is described as the Stars and Stripes, and the Artillery was ordered to carry such as national colors. The Infantry then was ordered to carry as national colors and the Cavalry as national standard a blue . flag having on it a simulation of the arms of the United States, varying somewhat from that carried during the War of 1812 in that a second scroll bearing the motto "E Pluribus Unum" was placed in the beak of the eagle, both scrolls always having red fields. Above the eagle was placed one star for each State in the Union. These stars were generally, if not universally, six-pointed. It was not until 1841 that the Infantry was given the right to carry the Stars and( Stripes as national colors, and what had

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

301

previously been their national colors then became their regimental colors. Not until 1887, twenty-two years after the close of our Civil War, was the Cavalry given the right to carry the Stars and Stripes as the national standard, although in 1863 each battery of Artillery and each company of Cavalry was allowed to carry a small guidon consisting of the Stars and Stripes, but that privilege was revoked at the end of that war. The United States Marines did not begin to carry the Stars and Stripes as national colors until 1876. Those which they carried as such in the Mexican and Civil Wars had an eagle in the union. These originals were located in 1917, mounted between Brussels net for preservation, and placed in the Marine Headquarters at Washington,

D. C. In no one of the three acts adopting our national flag is there mention as to how those stars should be arranged or as to how many points they should have. Apparently all matters of detail were left to the rulings of the department or the whims of the makers. In our fi~st flag the stars were sometimes arranged in the quincunx order, or in a circle, or with one star in the center and the re'1lai'1 ing .twelve either in the form of a circle pr hollow square, or three horizontal rows of four, five, and four, respectively, or indeed in the seme or irregular order. In our second flag they were also arranged in several diffiâ&#x201A;Źrent orders-three horizontal rows of five each, or three vertical rows oJ five each; sometimes in the quincunx order, as was the flag that floated over Fort McHenry when Key was inspired to write "The Star-Spangled Banner." (Fig. 1.) Some of them had one star in the center and fourteen stars arranged in the form of a circle and occasionally arranged so as to form one great star. The Third Kentucky Mounted Riflemen, under Col. Richard M. John-son, at the Battle of the Thames, on October 5, 1813, carried a guidon having four stars ' in the corners and the remaining nine stars in the form of a circle, with what appears to be the letter "I" in the center. The flag had only thirteen stars and thirteen stripes, but there is nothing to show whether or not it antedated the act of 1794. Probably they did then what we do to-day, continue the use of a flag until it is worn out, even though it may not have the full complement of stars. The original Johson guidon is in the rooms of the Kentucky State Historical Society at Frankfort. The Navy Department has always made its own flags, and as early as 1818 the naval regulations as to design and proportions were

302

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

explicit, and after the admission of each new State minute instructions were issued showing what changes to make. The custom in our Army, however, was to let out the making of its flags by contract, and consequently there was always a lack pf uniformity. There were so many different designs in use in 18371 that the Government of Holland asked its representative in this country to report just what our flag was. Similar request were made by other countries, and in 1851 the commanding general of our Army asked one of his aids, then Captain (afterwards General) Schuyler Hamilton, to investigate the matter and write a history of our flag. This was done, the work being published in 1852, and so far as I have been able to learn it is the first careful study of the subject. FLAGS WITH AN EAGLE IN THE UNION Apparently about 1841, when our Infantry was first given the right to carry the Stars and Stripes, there was a desire on the part of some to preserve their old national colors in the union of the new flag. One of these, planted by Gen. John C. Fremont on August 15, 1842, on the top of Pikes Peak, has the eagle with a bunch of arrows in one claw and the Indian pipe of peace in the other, with thirteen stars above and a like number below. The original of this is preserved in the Southwest Museum at Los Angeles, Calif. During the Mexican War the Fourth Indiana Volunteers carried a flag having in the union an eagle standing on a segment of the globe, with a bundle of arrows in one claw, as though intending to conquer the earth. This has been preserved and is now in the historical section of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. Another flag that recently came to light, though in a badly dilapidated condition, is preserved by the Kentucky State Historical Society at Frankfort, Ky. It was carried by the Second Kentucky Volunteer Infantry during the Mexican War. The fragments show that this flag also had an eagle in the canton and that the stars Were eight-pointed. Another flag of somewhat similar design, and supposed to have been carried by one of the regiments during our Civil War, is preserved at the United States Military A~ademy at West Point, N. Y. It is probable that each of theset flags with an eagle in the union was purely personal and not furnished by the War Department.

THE FLAG AND THE YOUNG CITIZENS

303

ODD ARRANGEMENT OF STARS On July 4, 1857, a resident of Jersey City was interested in observing the variations in design of the American flags then on display. He noted that though the stripes were generally red and white, sometimes they were white and red, and the stars on different flags were arranged in nine different methods. Quite a number of such flags that have seen actual use are preserved in the Ordnance ~useum at the United States Military Academy at West Point, N. Y. They show a wide range in the arrangement of the stars. EXECUTIVE ORDER OF OCTOBER 29,1912 The different departments of our National Government appoint路 ed representatives to confer and see if they could not bring order out of chaos. The proportions of naval flags and Army colors are generally quite different, the former being much longer in proportion to its height, the latter being much shorter to avoid interfering with the color or standard bearer, in addition to which Army colors are generally both fringed and tasseled. It was decided to leave the Army colors alone, but to fly the 'n aval flag from flagstaffs and our Government buildings. Accordingly, following the recommendations of this committee, on October 29, 1912, President Taft issued an Executive order defining minutely the proportions and other details of our flag at the same time approving a custom which had existed in the Navy, probably ever since it was instituted, of placing on their small boat flags only thirteen stars instead of the full complement in order to preserve their identity. The use of only thirteen stars on our small or "boat" flags was discontinued by an Executive order of President Wilson dated May 29, 1916, and now all flags, colors, and so forth, used by our Government are required to have their full complement of stars.

CHAPTER

XVIII

THE CITIZENS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM " I distinctly heard their songs, songs 01 liberty, and I perceived the sounds of their silvery harps... The old system may convert the ruins of its castle into formless barricades, but we will take them singing hymns of liberty, in the light of your eyes, and to the applause of yO'Ur lovely hands." (Isagani to Paulita). RIZAL.

The National Colors And The National Anthem.-The national colors and the national anthem are considered twin expressions of the country; the former as the symbolic representation of its body politic, and the latter as the hymnal reflection of its national soul. Although both are distinguishing characteristics of political freedom and sovereignty, yet they are not exclusive properties of independent states or nations; for a people having a common political ideal and possessing a true national soul, based either on geographical unity or racial affinity, may have a flag to symboliw in a tangible manner its political philosophy, and an anthem to express in music and poetry its idealism as a nation. Both expressions are playing important roles in the political history of all races, independent or dependent; both are psychologically contributing in' awakening patriotic motives; and, considering their social and political values, are adding a great deal towards a closer and better unification of the different elements of a commonwealth. Our Anthem And Its Meaning, To Our Boys And Girls.Whenever appropriate, the usual courtesies paid the flag are extended to the national anthem. As the citizens-men, women, and children-of a country rise and uncover or salute before the national colors, so should they also rise, uncover and salute when 304

THE CITIZENS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM

305

the national anthem is played. (229) Every Filipino citizen today cannot yet be expected to properly appreciate what respect and courtesy to their National Anthem means, because we still lack the necessary perspective and tradition in this regard; but we should at least expect everyone of our representative or educated class to be able to do so. For a people like the Filipinos, whose language and geographical disadvantages are constantly running counter to the forces of unification and political solidification, the National Anthem like the National Flag should prove a tangible bond in the preservation of the genuine Filipino soul; it should be a common meeting ground where all their social elements, possessing and cultiViating the same interest, may hold a political communion among themselves and with the nation. Oftentimes we hear our National Anthem played or sung in public by respectable crowds of educated men and women, of college men and college women, and of boys and girls from our public schools. How m ny of theQ]. can sing its beautiful poetry either in its original Spanish version or English translation? The big majority of them know and can sing the first three or four lines, but only a very small minority can go through the entire song without humming or murmuring unintelligible syllables. On the other hand, there are many of them who can sing a few foreign patriotic hymns to the last word and note. This explainable but undesirable condition is true among the city as well as among the country population. As a general rule only a very small percentage of them take some effort, care, and pride in learning our foremost national song. (2~ij) "1. When the national anthem is played.-a. Whenever or wherever the national 3Jnthem is played or "To the Color" (Standard!) sounded, at the first note thereof all dismounted officers and enlisted men present) but not in formation will stand at "attention", facing the music, and render the prescribed salute, except that at "Escort of the Color" or at "Retreat" they will face toward; the color! Oil' flag. The position of salute will be retained until the last note of the music is sounded. Those mounted on animals will halt and render the salute mounted. Vehicles in motion will be brought to a halt. Occupants of vehicles except drivers) will dismount. Drivers of vehicles will sit at "attention". Individuals leading animals or standing to horse will stand at "attention" but will not salute. b. The same marks of respect prescribed in a above \will be shown toward the national anthem of any other country when played upon official oClCasions."-Army RegUlations 600-25.

306

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

The significance of the National Anthem, like that of the National Flag, has never been fully appreciated by the majority of the Filipinos for many reasons. One of the2f~ js due to the fact that we generally underestimate the native or local and overvalue whatever is foreign. We love the exotic and the strange. In a schoolroom or in a public gathering, for example, the moment the Star-Spangled Banner is played everyone present rises and assumes an air of solemn pride and dignity befitting the significance of the occasion. When the Filipino National Anthem is played, however, there is a noticeable hesitation on tb.e part of the public to stand up; and even the so-called educated Filipinos, or at least the majority of them, are as indifferent as any crowd. "The same marks of respect prescribed for observance during the playing of the National Anthem of the United States shall be shown toward the National Anthenl of the Philippines or of any other country when played upon official ~ccasions."(230)

International consideration and good will between different peoples demand that proper respect be paid to the national anthem of friendly countries, and especially to that of the sovereign nation, the Star-Spangled Banner, as a sign of allegiance; but in doing so we should not overlook the fact that we must also pay the same courtesy towards our own national music, not as a matter of required compliment but as a voluntarily assumed obligation on our part-nay, as a privileged duty. Our compliance with the former and our failure to observe the latter cannot be explained except from the standpoint of the psychology of dominated races, a psychology which might be a good excuse to show the present attitude of the inert mass of our people, but one which is a very poor reason why our so-called intellectual class should also be affected by such a pernicious influence. If unchallenged and subconsciously accepted, this sociological phenomena, which is an unfailing and an unmistakable sign of a dying nation will first begin by undermining the social morale and then finally end by forcing the concrete mass of the representative population to surrender the last stronghold of native culture. To subvert this external mark of denationalization, (230)

Philippine Constabulary Regulations, 1930, p. 97.

THE CITIZENS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM

307

a readjustment of social values in our political life is a paramount necessity. A proper appreciation of our National Flag and Anthem, as the symbol and expression of the nation respectively, will very materially help towards this direction, and will constitute the best index of the social as well as the political renaissance of a people heretofore considered indifferent to the observance of the essential forms and symbolic expressions of allegiance to the body politic. How~

Where, And When To Play The National Anthem. -The

national anthem of a country is the only music which is ever regulated by the state. The necessity for such a regulation in all civilized countries is so compelling and obvious that the authority of the government to prescribe how, where, and when to play the national anthem has never been questioned. Each country has its own sets and rules and regulations, written and unwritten; but depei).dent or subject peoples, like those living under colonial rule having lost their own form of government, do not or are not permitted. to use them. In the case of the Philippine National Anthem, however, custom and usage, created and established in the days of our independent statehood, now take the place of official regulations in so far as these are not derogatory to the sovereignty of the United States and are not contrary to or incompatible with the prescribed rules in the proper observance of this nation's own anthem. Since the days of the Philippine Republic it has been customary to play the music of our National Anthem at the elevation of the chalice in imitation of the Roman Catholic Church's practice of entoning the Spanish Royal March during this solemn religious act. This usage, born of the marriage of the church to the state in medieval period, transplanted in the Philippines, and imitated by the Filipinos, gives it a religious color, an acquisition which naturally adds strength to its political significance and excellently makes it more appealing to the great majority of the people. To play our National Anthem during unsuitable occasions and in places inappropriate for its music, is a common occurrence; and to hear it in cockpits, picnics, informal serenades, or

308

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

in social gatherings of no account or without importance is not uncommon. The result of all these is a tendency to disregard its significance to the extent of losing or withdrawing from it the hollowed national attribute with which it should always be surrounded. This indication of drifting away from the good influences of nationalism calls for immediate correction; and one good rule to follow, that this defect may be partially checked and corrected, is not to play it whenever it is not likely to merit or receive the high consideration and honor to which it is entitled. If played at all, it should be seriously executed through and through, from the beginning to the end, and should never be mixed, in whole or in part, with any other music. Civic organizations and patriotic societies can accomplish a great deal towards this direction. (231) That our Anthem has repeatedly received official recognition as the national expression of the soul of the Filipino body politic has been proven on various occasions. It was played with that exalted meaning for the President of the Philippine Re-' public during the period '1896-1901. The same traditional spirit was revived when it was played for the President of the Commonwealth when he took his oath of office. This exalted expression must not be debased or cheapened in any form or manner, it must ever be played with a lofty feeling of patriotism and devotion. It is the national song of the populace, but it is not a popular song to be sung or played on all occasions. W.e must guard against its becoming a cheap "popular air". In the first days of the Commonwealth, there followed a few hectic days of patriotic fervor during which the National ( 231 ) "Mu sical Association.-The new composition of Lippay based on what should be and is most dear to the Filipinos, our National Hymn, consists of 13 variations. The author has put in the work alt the force of his inspiration, inst1'umentation ana interpretation. L et us go to the ope?'a house next TuesdCliY to hear it. There is 8uf-路 ficient motive to anticipate thClit the occasion will be a notable one." (La Opinion, Nov. 16, 1928). "There is a current opinion among the musicians that this composition may be interpreted as ridiculing our National Hymn", said Lt. Fresnido to the author on Nov. 17, 1928. "Mr. Abela'rdo and M1'. Xavie1' are of this opinion-others even told me that to a Filipino the combination would not appeal and ma,y even be likened to a moromoro tune."

THE CITIZE'NS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM

309

Anthem dangerously approached the ridiculous. An exponent of public opinion voiced a chiding admonition on the subject, saying: "There is a very noticeable tendency nowadays to overplay the Philippine National March, and this is understandable considering the pomp and circumstance attending the recent proclamation of the new Philippine Nation. However, there should be a limit to every exaggeration, and we think the time has come to know a few of the many occasions when the March should not be played at all. "The national anthem need not be played, in fact must not be played, in the cemetery whenever the remains of an unfortunate mortal are lowered to their grave, unless of course the mortal happens to be a patriot of the caliber of Rizal, Bonifacio or Luna. Neither should it be played at purely social functions of a private character, even when the President is present at such functions in the performance of his personal social obligations. "It happened recently that because the Philippine hymn had been played, the orchestra had to play also the lAmerican anthem in recognition of the presence of an American authority, and what happened was that the orchestra bungled the anthem because it waS not quite familiar with its music. Such things can be avoided if we will be less hysterical in pur patriotic fervors, as we are inclined to be in these glorious hours of our national parturition."-(Philippines Herald, Editorial, Dec. 28, 1935).

Legislation On The Philippine National Anthem Defeated.-

Failing to obtain the proper respect for the national music by ordinary means, we should look up to some kind of remedial measures from the executive department or from the Legislature. Knowing that a statutory law on the subject is more effective than an executive order, a member of the former House of Representatives presented in 1926 a bill to enforce respect to the National Anthem. It was not, however, acted upon by this law-making body in spite of the fact that it was a wise measure. In presenting it he gave he following explanatory notes: "The Philippine National Hymn, like the Philippine National Flag, is a solemn expression of the lofty ideals of our people and symbolizes the struggles and bloody sacrifices we Filipinos had had and undergone in the past revolutions.

310

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

"It is therefore undoubtful that in our hearts it inspires the

deepest sentiment and the highest veneration it deserves because of the facts and aspirations represented by it. This being so, the National Hymn must be sung or played only on occasion of public performances of an official or semi-official character, or when the. official flags of the Government of the Philippine Islands have to be hoisted or lowered, or when official acts or meetings are held by public or private schools duly recognized by the Government, or on like occasions. "The National Hymn is frequently chanted and its music played in social acts purely private and sometimes simply for pastime as in balls, carnivals and crowning of beauty queens. This does no doubt constitute, if not a scorn to the honor and sanctity of the national cause of this people, a grave desecration of the supreme and noble aspirations of liberty symbolized by the National Hymn. "The National Hymn and its music are not mere playthings, yet they are sung or played on any occasion for futile reasons; the Philippine National Hymn is as of right entitled to honor and respect by every Filipino and b~ all those who inhabit this beloved country of ours. "To punish the use of the Philippine National Hymn in social gatherings for mere recreation, amusement, or entertainment purposes or in meetings or places where its use involves disrespect is the. object of the attached bill which is now submitt~d to the House for approval." (232)

Time-Honored Tradition Sanctioned By Department Of The Interior, Circular No.7, April 6, 1934.-Many nations, even to

this day of materialism and commercialism, are still clinging to the time-honored tradition of holding sacred the National Anthem and the National Flag. If the observance of this tradition is befitting independent states in order to keep awake their natrona'! consciousness or to remind them of the unified forces needed to maintain their political solidarity, the more reason there is for dependent peoples to perpetuate this custom. Filipinos, however, should keep in mind the part played by the StarSpangled Banner in the present history of the country, and the .(232) H. R. No. 3105, 7th Philippine Legislature 3rd Session. XXII at the end of Chapter XIII The Philippine National Anthem.

See Appendix

THE CITIZENS AND THEIR NATIONAL ANTHEM

311

influence of the Himno Nacional de Espana in a past age. (Both national hymns are found at the end of this chapter.) Failing to pass a law prescribing the National Anthem, and viewing the subject as important, the Department of the Interior issued Circular No.7, April 6, 1934, which provides: "DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MANILA SUBJECT:

Philippine National Anthem - Playing or Singing of.

DEP ARTMENT CIRCULAR No.7 April 6, 1934

One index of the patriotic character of our nation is its respect for, and reverence to, its national flag and anthem. It has come to our notice that the Philippine National Anthem is commonly played or sung in unsuitable occasions, especially in social gatherings p urely for amusement or recreation purposes. This robs our anthem of its hollowed national attribute and cheapens its significance. In view of this, and in order to inculcate profound respect for our anthem among the citizens, it is urged that the Philippine National Hymn should be played or sung in public acts of an official or semi-official character, or during the hoisting or lowering of the official flags of the Philippine Government, or in performances or celebrations of an official character held by public or private schools recognized by the government, or on similar solemn occasions. For this reason, the playing or singing of the same in places or occasions that are unsuitable or inappropriate, where it does not likely merit the consideration and honor that it deserves, such as in carnivals, balls, moro-moro plays, coronation of beauty queens, or any social gathering or meeting for amusement, recreation or entertainment purposes, and the like, should be discouraged. Whenever the President of the Commonwealth or the presiding officer of the National Assembly should make any official visit and a public act is necessary to welcome them, it shall be optional on this occasion to play or sing the Philippine National Hymn. Tradition sanctions the playing of the Philippine National Anthem in Catholic churches or churches of any religious denomination or sect in connection with some solemn ceremonies. This practice should not be disturbed. It is urged that this circular be transmitted to all municipalities and municipal districts, advising them to issue circulars to this effect

312

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

within their respective jurisdictions in order to remind all concerned how irreverent and disrespectful it is to play or sing the Philippine National Hymn on occasions which belittle its significance, or which do not ipspire in the citizens the highest veneration for our Anthem. (Sgd.)

LEON G. GUINTO

Acting Secretary

â&#x20AC;˘

THE COAT OF ARMS OF THE UNITED STATES is olten referred to by Americans as "The Seal of OUf Country, "

It was adopted on June 20, 1782

Presented to the youth of the country-by cou1'/eSll and with the compli ments of Col, CLARENCE of the Philippine Constabulary,

H, BOWERS

THE STAR SPANGLED BANNER SOLO OR QuARTETTE.

t . Oh, 2. On the 3. And 4. Oh,

FRANCIS SCOTT

KEY. 1814.

say, can'yousee, by the dawn's eBr-Iy lit'ht,What so proudly we hail'd at the shore dimly een thro' ihe mis ts of tlle deep,Wherethefoe's haughty host in dread whereis tliat band whoso vaunting-Iy swore, Thatthe hav- oc of war and the thus be it ev - er when freemen shall standBe-tween their loved home and wild

twilight's last gleaming, Whose broad stripes andbright stars,thro'the per-il- ousfight, O'erlhe si-Ience re - 1'0 - se6, What is that which the breeze, o'er the tower - ing sfeep, As it bat - tie's con -fu-sian, A.. home Rnd a country should leave us no mare? Their war's des - 0 - la - tion ; Blest with vict'ry and peace, may theheov'n-rescued landPl-aise the

.. ram-parts we watch'd,\\ereso gal-Jant -Jy strenming?And the rockets' red gJare,thebombs fit - ful- Jy blows, lialf conceals,hnlfdis-c1oll-esr No\\' it catch-es the gleam of the re-fuge coulOsnve the blood has wash'd out !heirfoul footsteps' pol-Iu - tion . No pow 'r that hath made and preserv'd us a na-lion I Then conquer we must,when our

burst-in~ in air, Gave .proof thro' the night that our flag lVas still there. Oh, say does that morning s flrsl~ln fulr G"Jo - ry re-lIecl-ed,now shines on thestream:'Tis thestar-span-gled hireling and slave From the ter-ror of flight or the gloom of the grave:And thestar~ed cause it is just, And this be our mot -to: "In God is ourtrustl"And thestar-span:gfed

star-span-gled ban-ner yet ban-ner: oh,long may it ban-ner in tri -umph doth ban-ner in tri -umph shall

wave} wave wave O'er the land of the free, and the home of the brave. wave

BI} Courtesl} and LUith th e Complim ents of Col . CLA RENCE H. BOWERS, P. C.

SPANISH COAT OF ARMS Escudo Nacional de Espana

•

Himno Nacional dE Espana MARCHA REAL

Allegro Maes

" --u

Glor!~

glo_

. -

~_r'Ono dt"lo

.'..

Palria';:t..ra_np luz.Ouee. o_roen/upen.

i Pi....:...de.E3_pa_flO!Tu l1omb1'ellwa-remosDond. qrsieras luffffhonrortoeSIlUf'JIrrt

....

•

I Vi_voEs_PO_flO!, grilo dela Palrio!lA~""'0310n Iriun~fal!ii..gui6,".ul'lJmbotJ!

•

fII

.. ,;...

VL!.

-. -.

sol!

..:.

don . ley.

--v

I '"

~u_lU-.ro de la

Pa.tria,C::t. ro_J'os e. fI_bi~r_to ('o_ro_ !u Sin tre.guo Pueblo y i Vi_IXIEs.pa.na! re_pLten vein!e puebiosQueolha.blar dcm Ie Del o_nLmot"s.pcL vi-

i Manda,f.s.pa.na!y lJ_nLdos luCha_re.mosPor '{LIe IJLlJos

- .-

. -.

•

~ ·'-a_

..... • •

.. -:-

....

~?~

•

By courtesy of the CASINO ESPANOL DE MANILA ( Accompanyment part from Espa sa's Enciclopedia Universal IIustrada. v. 21. p. 682.)

PUr:..;:::'ay o_ro,ban..de_rainm"rfol,t

zcSn. Re".

f~s co_lo_~s ;'::::!'ascamf'lI

U_na ban_de_t"O glo_rio_ so nos das,Nadie, vi_vien_doE.s_PCLtia,no3Ia MOf!quen Q_rQ-do.ma~tI_llolJcla_rlnSu nule "it_mBal grLto de 10

~01.

. ... •• I!J

-v

al_ma~:;_ftin.

Col

•• .t

..........II!!!

....

---

••

•

....

• U

.-III!!

:!if(j1'Or.Tu e-res,ban_de_ra,el sig_no del hu _ _ ma _ _ no a _ _ f6n . b,,;r.j D6_nos.Es_po_fia,e/ g0-20 de mo_ _ rir por tit fin !J al j LJLvaEs_pa_na!o_sis_fa fo_da. toda Cs_pana en pie!

Col

•

10_ Pur_pu_ra" 0 _ _ 1'0, qutJ_"er pue_da cu_ Pa_ra queun di __ o nos Jun_Ia:; la men_ley kI ma_no hasla el

a_r"on_card Pa_I,,;a: iF'e! A

-l

... •

. U

~ A

•

. I

voice part arranged by:

1st Leutenant and Conductor Philippine Constabulary Band

PAR T

THE MESSAGE OF THE FILIPINO FLAG

TO THE YOUTH OF )THE COUNTRY

FILIPINO'S PLEDGE TO FLAG AND COUNTRY By MAJOR EMANUEL A. BAJA Philippine Army

Upholding the heritage and the traditions which made possible the birth of the Philippine Commonwe路alth. I believe in the political unity of my people. a nation. indivisible and inseparable. Born of two wars. it was found.ed upon those principles of democracy which recognize freedom. equality. justice and humanity as the basis of popul'a r government.

In defense of those prin-

ciples. and consecrating their lives for the common legacy. thousands of Filipino patriots died for the路ir country.

The Filipino

citizens of all times must. therefore. be ever dedicated to that same cause. Wherefore. it is my duty to love my country. her people-and her institutions; to support its government and obey its laws; to respect. uphold and protect its Flag. 'the symbol of the Filipino nation. the soul-;stirring embodiment of aU that is great' in political life'. liberty and freedom. 314

w~r

illnuntry's wributr tn t~r ]l{nnnrrb mrab m~n flIIInbr nnb illarrirb t~r 1J11ag

((Freedom, where trum pets sounded, Called you where battle roared . The battle done, The fame you won Hallows your sacred sword. (( For you our home wears laurel; Your brothers tell your fame, And safe from fears For future years Bless every hero's name. Beneath your colors fighting You faced the cannon's roar . like heroes brave You dared the grave To save your native shore." 芦

FERNANDO MA . GUERRERO

OF THE DEFENDERS OF THERMO PYLAE"Glorious is their fortune, noble is their lot; their graves are altars; praise instead of pity, grateful recollection instead of tears; neither rust nor all 路subduing time shall caus~ to perish the memory of their valor."

- SIMONIDES

A monument to the nation's heroic deeds, erected at Cementerio del Norte, Manila. This expressive but silent tribute of the people is dedicated to the memory of the honored dead who fought under their country's Flag.

Above the four portals are the Philippine National Flags and other battle flags of the short路livep Republic. Beneath the imposing dome rest the remains of famous soldiers and heroes; and around the monument, in humble graves, lie the great hosts who made and carried the Flag.

THE FILIPINO FLAG'S MESSAGE "Thou shalt love thy country after God and thy honor and more than thyself: for she is the only Paradise which God has given thee in this life, the only patrimony of thy race, the only inheritance of thy ancestors and the only hope of thy posterity; because of her thou hast life, love and interests, happiness, honor and God." -MABIN!.

PURPOSE AND OBJECT

The immediate object of this flag ceremony is to convey into the minds of our young citizens the allegorical and historical significance of our National Flag. However, the ultimate purpose is to develop applied or operative citizenship and to awaken a dynamic love of country, parallel to and in accordance with the precepts of Mabini's Decalogues. Being the only tangible expression of what a nation is, a flag, more than any philosophical or political concept of statehood, appeals better to the younger mind. Its representation depicting its history, message, and the allegiance to which it is entitled is, therefore, the best medium of inculcating the ideals of citizenship and the motive of public service. This ritual-like method of teaching our boys and girls to respect the flag is necessarily dramatic in form, yet it is far from being a drama or a play. It is a formal ceremony wherein the participants represent the makers of the flag: Liberty as the precept, and the Fatherland as the concept of nationhood; the girls symbolizing the founders, and the boys the builders of the nation. In order to harmonize the setting of the ceremony with the people's hardships and sacrifices for their country's flag, the delivery should be exalted and serious in character, avoiding vulgarity or dramatic effects. E. A. B. 315

THE MAKERS OF THE FLAG Liherty.-A lady in classical white gown, wearing a diadem

and carrying a lighted torch, will represent Liberty. The Fatherland.-A gentleman in ordinary evening dress

will represent the Fatherland. The Founders Of The Nation.-Fou,r girls in white gown of

simple design, symbolizing the founders of the nation, and allegorical of Liberty, Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao, will respectively represent the Sun, the Northern-Star, the Mid-Star, and the Southern-Star of the Filipino Flag. The girl representing the Sun will wear on her breast a replica of the gilded sun disc with eight rays, superimposed on a white equilateral triangle, 16 inches each side. In addition she will wear a sun disc with eight rays on a crown. Each girl representing the stars will wear a gilded fivepointed star on her breast st~perimposed on a white equilateral triangle, 16 inches each side. Each will also wear a little fivepointed star on a crown. One side of the triangle bearing the Sun will be fringed with a blue-white-red ribbon three inches wide. One side of each triangle bearing the Northern-Star, Mid-Star, and Southern-Star will be fringed with blue, white and red ribbons (2 inches wide) respectively. The triangles will be worn with the color-fringed sides extending horizontally fro'}'}t shoulder to shoulder. . Each sta?~-girl will carry a piece of white ribbon four inches wide: 4 yards long for the Southern-Star girl, and 3-1 / 2 yards long for each of the other two. The Builders Of The Nation ..-Six boys, dressed in white,

will represent the Filipino citizens or builders of the nation. Each will have a little Filipino Flag attached to a stick 2-1 / 2 feet long. Nos. 1, 2, and 3 are the blue and 4, 5, and 6, the red boys. 316

THE MAKERS OF THE FLAG

317

(See diagram) Each will carry a piece of ribbon fo'ur inches wide; color and length to be as follows: No.1-blue, 8 yards. No.2-blue, 2 yards. No.3-blue, 41;2 yards. NO.4-red, 4V2 yards. No.5-red, 8 yards. No.6-red, 2 yards. The flag represented heTe is 8 yards fly and .tOUT yards hoist. By increasing 01' decreasing the length of these ribbons, the flag may propoTtionately be enlarged or Teduced. During the recitation in Part I, the Sun-girl will extend both arms upwards in the attitude of invoking for liberty, the Stargirls will face the Sui-girl with both arms extended in the attitude of taking allegiance, and the boys will raise their little flag s toward the Sun and Stars. During the recitation in Parts II and III, the boys will raise their little flags, and the girls their ribbons toward the big National Flag held by the Sun-girl. The boy or girl who has a clear, loud voice, and a good enunciation should be selected to lead in group recitatio'Yb, the others following in a lower tone. This method is necessary in order to obtain effective delivery.

PART ONE

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS "Thou shalt strive for the happiness of thy country before thy own, making of her the kingdom of reason, of justice and labor; for, if she be happy, thou, together with thy family, shalt likewise be happy."-MABINI.

CU'rtain down. The fou'r gi'rls, 'rep'resenting the S'un and Sta'rs in thei'r 'relative positions as shown in the Flag, will fO'rm on the Tight side of the platfo'rm facing the audience. The fly will be const'ructed to the left so that the Flag ?nay be p'resented to the public in its路 natu'ral position. CU'rtain up. The Sun.-I am the Sun in the Filipino Flag, the emblem of the eternal life of your nation and the symbol of perpetual light that guides the destiny of your race. In the past I led your ancestors through the dark days of your struggle. I showed them the pathway of a people. Today with my resplendent rays, I am making this pathway clearer and brighter than ever. The Northern-Star.-I am the Northern-Star. I come to take the oath of allegiance to those ideals which are consecrated for the preservation of the union of the Filipino people. In defense of those ideals and in their unswerving determination to realize our dreams for a happier Fatherland, brave men and noble heroes gladly offered their fortunes, lives and all. In the name of those who fought and died in battle for the commonwealth, in the name of their widows and orphans, and in the name of the past, present, and future generations, I pledge the faith of a people, the hope of a race, and the unity of a nation. The Mid-Star.-I am the Mid-Star that shines among you. I come with a mesage from the Mid-Isles. I represent a portion of the Filipinos whose loyalty, faith, ~nd service to our noble ambition constitute tha very essence of our existence. Guardian of our wealth in the soil and trustees of our earthly treasures, we are ever mindful of our obligations to posterity. In the performance of this sacred duty, and in the pursuit of peace and happiness, we fought many battles with you; in a common cause we shared in your dangers, fears, and suffering. 318

,------------------------------------------ -----------------------,

319

THE BIRTH OF THE SUN AND STARS

In their name, and that of our mothers who have given us many generations of faithful manhood and womanhood, I take the oath of allegiance to maintain our sacred union. The Southern-Star.-I am the Southern-Star, the third that completes the triad of what is Philippines. I represent the land of seafaring men. It is in their name that I come to reaffirm the oath of allegiance which my forefathers took many hundred years ago. Your ambition is our ambition; your cause, our cause; your ideals, our ideals; and your destiny and fate are likewise ours. In the name of the bond which unites the Northern, Middle and Southern Isles, and in the name of our ancestors who prayed, worked, and fought together to preserve this union, I pledge our honor, our homes, and all our f/uture generations. The Sun.-Keep your allegiance true and, thongh in bondage, you shall remain united; seal your oath with your birthright and, though your national liberty is past and gone, yon shall yet preserved the seed of your freedom. Persevere and carryon; you may not live to see the liberty of the land but your children's children or happier generations after them shall reap the fruit of your toil.

The Making Of The Flag.-The boys will go to the stage one

by one in the order indicated in the diagram and recite theiT tributes to the flag . Upon completion of the recitation, each will construct with his ribbon his corresponding portion of the flag. .I

5~--'--------------------~

As soon as No. 3 is in place, the Northern-Star girl will gi'ue one end of her white ribbon to No.1 and the other end to No.3. The Mid-Star girl and the Southern-Star girl will do likewise with their white ribbons beween Nos. 3 and 5, and between Nos. 1 and 5 respectively. The white triangle will thus be formed with the white ribbons of the girls. The blue and red ribbons between Nos. 3 and 4 will be entwined.

320

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

All the boys will keep the ribbons stretched with the left hand, and with the right hold their little flags diagonally across the breast. Nos. 1 and 2 will /m aintain their ends of the ribbon at the height of the shoulder; Nos. 3 and .4 at the height of the waist; and Nos. 5 and 6 at the natural position of the left hand hanging at the side. The ribbons, being at different levels, will clearly show the outline figure of the flag. First Builder Of The Nation-Blue.-I love this Flag because it is my birthright-symbolic of Filipino citizenship. It stands for you and me-for every man, woman, and child under its dominion. To be its guardian i,s :=t great privilege; to uphold its ideals is a badge of distinction. Second Bui1d'eT Of The Nation-Blue.-Duty demands my unconditional service to this Flag; honor, my fealty and homage to the memory of those who, in keeping their oath, gave life itself for its birth. Third Build'e r Of The Nation-Blue.-To be loyal to this Flag is to be true to the cause of the nation-to its past history, present undertaking, and future fate. To work hard for the country that its inhabitants may be free and happy is the full measure of this loyalty. Fourth Builder Of The Nation-Red.-This legacy handed down from generation to generation, from father to son, is a sacred trust. I therefore pledge to teach the young citizens their obligations to uphold it unsullied and to dedicate life, work, and ambition for its glory. Fifth Builder Of The Nation-Red.-I am one of the makers of the Flag~ There are fourteen millions of us who are doing this for the nation. You who are in the field tilling the soil, or teaching the young citizens, or working in the various callings of livelihood are all adding daily to its glory and splendor. Let路 us, therefore, work with all our might so that it may continue to float over us with ever increasing glory. Sixth Builder Of The Nation-Red.-This emblazonry of the Sun and Stars is your count,r y's flag and mine, it is ours. It stands for all that we were, are, and will be; it epitomizes our past as we made it; writes our present as we hold it to man, and scans our future as we hope it for. It stood for chivalry and unity in the din of battle. amidst the dying, the widows and orphans. In the calling of peace. it stands for the same great mission.

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

321

The Sun.-Be true to your promise, be loyal to your people, and my bright rays shall continue to guide and lead you. The Three Stars.-Our faith shall be unbroken, our bond lasting, our union unshaken, and our pledge binding to the last son and daughter of our race. Builders Of The Nation.-We shall not forget the tradition of our forefathers; we shall ever read in your lines their living memories; we shall ever see in your bright colors the heritage of worthy sons from worthy ancestors. Their spirit will lead us and we shall follow.

Fatherland.-(Appears on the right side of the stage holding a large Filipino Flag displayed from a staff.) In the name of Liberty and in token of your devotion to the Fatherland, I present you this emblem of national freedom, the incarnation of all that is dear and noble in political life. Wrought by the mighty hands of ages, born of a liberty-loving people, and led by the guiding Spirit of the destinies of nations, it shall henceforth be an enduring landmark of your patrirriony and a living symbol of your birthright. In its name history records the founding and building of a nation. Its soul, therefore, shall live to the end of time and its ideals shall cease to be only when nations and races ar no more. As your forebears have dreamed of it, so may it forever float over the land of a free and a happy people. Liberty.-(Appears on the -stage with a lighted torch and recites her tribute to the flag-liLa Bandera", by Fernando Ma. Guerrero, quoted in Chapter XVII, "The Flag and the Young Citizens." It may also be recited in its English translation.)

The recitation will be followed by an appropriate march, at the first note of which the Sun-girl will take possession of the big Filipino Flag. The blue and red boys, formed in two lines, will build an arch with their little flags under which Liberty and the Fatherland, followed in column by the Sun girl, the N orthernStar, Mid-Star, and Southern-Star girls路 will march off the stage. The arch of little flags will open up when the big Filipino Flag passes through. Both lines of blue and red boys will thew face the exit and walk out in pairs following the last star-girl. Curtain down. END OF PART ONE

PART

Two

THE FLAG UNFURLED SENDS ITS MESSAGE "Thou shalt strive for the indepen'dence of thy country: for only thou canst have any real interest in her advancement and exaltation, because her independence constitutes thy own liberty; her advancement, thy perfection; and her exaltation, thy own glory and immortality."-MABINI.

Curtain down. The big Filipino Flag on a staff with three ribbons-blue, white, and red--is taken to the middle of the stage and held by the Sun-girl. The Northern-Star and MidStar girls stay to the right and the Southern-Star girl to the left, the three holding the blue, white, and Ted ribbons respecti'uely. The boys place themselves, three on each side,. so as to form a semicircle; the blue to the right, and red. to ..t1t~ l~lt Curtain up. ~

Sun And Stars.-(The Flag is raised during the recitation.} I was conceived in virtue r-md peace in, the heart of the nation. On my white field, token of this beautiful c(mception, Sun and Stars shall forever remain bright and gleaming. Builders Of The Natio~., Blue-Amidst execution and persecution, I was born in the glory and wisdom of a people. My birth was on red glory ground, beneath a cloudy and gloomy sky, but man's ennobling ideals have enthroned me above the clouds and farther beyond. In the color of the firmament, I am striped blue to typify man's trust in eternal justice, hope for human liberty, and faith in the crowning glory of knowledge and idealism. Builders Of The Nation-Red.-In the battlefields, I was baptized with blood and fire; in black dungeons, damped with tears: that all may not perish, a few sacrificed thei.r lives; that the nation might live, heroes have fallen. Dipped in their life-blood, this red I proudly own, not to recall humanity's curse on the force of arms, but to exemplify the sacrificing spirit of brave and loyal men. The Sun.-(The Flag is raised during the recitation.}-Conceived in peace, born in glory, and baptized in blood, I am now the purified

322

....

:I:

rn "T1

::>

c :2 "T1

'"rrn o

:;: rn

U> U>

::> C)

....; :I:

('")

=i N rn

'" "U

G"l

THE FLAG UNFURLED SENDS ITS MESSAGE

323

spirit of the nation, the embodiment of the soul of a people, the pride of its citizens. I am the seal of your laws and government, the safeguard of your courts, and the sanction of your constitution. Northern-Star-I am the incarnation of the ideals, hope and privation of the past, present, and future. In my name the past was shrouded in black; homes became fatherless, children orphans, and wives widows. Desolation and ruins were on the face of the land; yet towering above their Misfortunes, they saw not themselves but a regenerated Fatherl'and. Mid-Star-In me is written the daily toil of uncomplaining hardwork路 ing men and women. Given the hardest lot in war, they flinched not in the hour of supreme test. I was bathed in their blood and tears-blood to heal. the wounds, tears to wipe out sorrow; but now, dedicated in the cause of peace, they glory in me with the sweat of their brow. The work they do, however humble or insignificant it may be, is faithfully recorded, kept and preserved within my folds. Southern-Star-The smoke and the dust of battle, the mist and the cloud, have cleared away; and the beacon light of peace and progress in the cause of Liberty is burning bright. With its radiant rays, you can read in me the persecution which your people had under gone, the peaceful but hard struggle you are having today, and the work you have to do in the future to defend me. Build,e rs Of The Nation.-As others have done before us, we shall relieve the trembling hands of aged men. From their weakening grasp, we shall take the staff, unfurl the Flag, and carryon their national burden. Our children, seeing this example, will then rejoice to take our place when we are gone; and by the same example, will pass on unto posterity an enduring tradition. Sun and Stars.-From the flagstaff victorious enemies may haul down Sun and Stars, and their laws may penalize the symbolism of my bright colors; but these constitute not the true flag. The colored cloth waving in t.he breezes is only my shadow; Sun and Stars but poor tangible attributes of my real self. I, the true Flag, the imperishable soul of a people, am beyond the reach of the cannonshot or the swordthmst, for I reside in the inner hearts of men and live the life of the nation.

PART THREE

THE CITIZENS' PLEDGE "Therefore, as long as national frontiers subsist, raised and maintained by the selfishness of race and of family, with thy countryman alone shalt thou unite in a perfect solidarity of purpose and interest, in order to have force, not only to resist the common enemy but also to attain all the aims of human life."-MABINI.

Builders Of The Nation-Blue.-United we take the oath of allegiance to protect the honor of this Flag. Builders Of The Nation-Red.-United we pledge ourselves to devote our work and consecrate our lives in its service. Founders And Builders Of The Nation.-And United we shall stand to uphold and transmit to uture generations undimmed and unsoiled, pure and unimpaired, this emblem of liberty and freedom.

The Makers of the Flag, the gi?~ls and boys who symbolize the founders and builders of the nation, will sing the Philippine National Anthem. Curtain down at the end of the last note.

THE END

(To Mr. Melquiades Gamboa of the College of Law, U. P., Mr. Juan Canave and Miss Adela del Rosario of the Junior College of Cebu, U. P., Miss Francisca Reyes of the Department of Physical Education, U. P., and to Division Superintendents Salustiano Vibar and Estanislao R. Lopez of the Bureau of Education, all of whom had lent their aid in the formative stage of this ceremony, lowe a vote of thanks. E. A. B., Oct. 24, 1925.)

324

CONCLUDING THOUGHT "I will tra'{Lsmit my fatherland, not only not less,

but greater and better than itlwas transmitted to me." SACRED OATH OF THE EPHEBIANS OF ATHENS.

SPECIAL APPENDIX

CONSTITUTION of the

PHILIPPINES February 8, 1935 327

THE MALOLOS CONSTITUTION for the Philippine Republic of 1899 January 20, 1899

THE JONES LAW Public Act No. 240 64th U. S. Congress August 29, 1916

THE TYDINGS-McDUFFIE LAW Public Act No. 127 73rd U. S. Congress March 24 , 1934

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES [Adopted by the Philippine Constitutional Convention at the City of Manila, Philippine Islands, :on the eighth day of February, nineteen hundred and thirty-five, and approved by the President of the United States on the twenty-thir-d day of March, nineteen hundred and thirty-five.] The Filipino people, imploring the aid of Divine Providence, in order to establish a government that shall embody .their ideals, conserve and develop the patrimony of the nation, promote .the general welfare, and secure to themselves and their posterity the blessings of independence under a regime of justice, liberty, and democracy, do ordain and promulgate this Constitutiop.. ARTICLE I.-THE NATIONAL rERRITORY SECTION 1. The Philippines comprises all the territory ceded to the United States by the treaty of Paris 'concluded between the United States and Spain on the ten.th day of December, eighteen hundred and ninetyeight, the limits of which are set forth in Article III of said treaty, together with all the islands embraced in the treaty concluded at Washington, between the United States and Spain on the seventh day of November, nineteen hundred, and in the treaty concluded between the United States and Great Britain on the second day of January, nineteen hundred and thirty, and all territory over which the present Government of the Philippine Islands exercises jurisdiction. ARTICLE II.-DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES SECTION 1. The Philippines is a republican state. Sovereignty resides in the people and all government authority emanates from them. SEC. 2. The defense of the State is a prime duty of government, and in the fulfillment of this duty all citizens ma~ be required by law to render personal military or civil service. SEC. 3. The Philippines renounces war as an instrument of national policy, and adopts the generally accepted principles of international law as a part of the law of the Nation. SEC. 4. The natural right and duty .of parents in the rearing of the youth for civic efficiency should receive the aid and support of the Government. 329

330

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 5. The promotion of social justice to insure the well-being and economic security of all the people should be the concern of the State. ARTICLE IlL-BILL OF RIGHTS SECTION 1. (1) No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, nor shall any person be denied the equal protection of the laws. (2) Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation. (3) The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects against unreasonable searches and seizures shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue but upon probable cause, to be determined by the judge after examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant and the witnesses he may produce, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. (4) The liberty of abode and of changing the same within the limits prescribed by law shall not be impaired. (5) The privacy of communication and correspondence shall be inviolable except upon lawful order of the court or when public safety and order require otherwise. (6) The right to form associations or societies for purposes not contrary to law shall not be abridged. (7) No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, and the free exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall forever be allowe~. No religious test shall be required for the exercise of civil or political rights. ' (8) No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the Government for redress of grievances. (9) No law granting a title of nobility shall be enacted, and no person holding any office of profit or trust shall, without the consent of the National Assembly, accept any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind whatever from an'y foreign state. (10) No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed. (11) No ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted. (12) No person shall be imprisoned for debt or nonpayment of a poll tax. (13) No involuntary servitude in any form shall exist except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted.

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

331

(14) The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in cases of invasion, insurrection, or rebellion, when the public safety requires it, in any of which events the same day be suspended wherever during such period the necessity for such suspension shall exist. (15) No person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law. (16) All persons shall before conviction be bailable by sufficient sureties, except those charged with capital offen~;es when evidence ot guilt is strong. Excessive bail shall not 'be required. (17) In all criminal prosecutions the accused shall be presumed to be innocent until the contrary is proved, and shall enjoy the right to be heard by himself and counsel, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a speedy and public trial, to meet the witnesses face to face, and to have compulsory process to secure the attendance of witnesses in his behalf. (18)

No person shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.

(19) Excessive fi es shall not be imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted. (20) No person shal be twice p t in jeopardy of punishment for the same offense. If an act is punished by a law and an ordinance, conviction or acquittal under either shall constitute a bar to another prosecution for the same act. ' (21) Free access to the courts shall not be denied to any person by reason of poverty. ARTICLE IV.-CITIZENSHIP SECTION I. , The following are citizens of the Philippines: (1) Those who are citizens of the Philippine Islands at the time of the adoption of this Constitution. (2) Those born in the Philippine Islands of foreign parents who, before the adoption of this Constitution, had been elected to public office in the Philippine Islands. (3)

Those whose fathers are citizens of the Philippines.

(4) Those whose mothers are citizens of the Philippines and, upon reaching the age of , majority, elect Philippine citizenship. (5)

Those who are naturalized in accordance with law.

SEC. 2. Philippine citizenship may be lost or reacquired in the manner provided by law.

332

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM ARTICLE V.-SUFFRAGE

SECTION 1. Suffrage may be exercised by male citizens of the Philippines not otherwise disqualified by law, who are twenty-one years of age or over and are able to read and write, and who shall have resided in the Philippines for one year and in the municipality wherein they propose to vote for at least six months preceding the election. The N ational Assembly shall extend the right of suffrage to women, if in a plebiscite which shall be held for that purpose within two years after the adoption of this Constitution, not less than three hundred thousand women possessing the necessary qualifications shall vote affirmatively on the question. ARTICLE VI.-LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT SECTION 1. The Legislative power shall be vested in a National Assembly. The Members of the National Assembly shall not exceed one hundred and twenty, shall be chosen every three years, and shall be apportioned among the several provinces as nearly as may be according to the number of their respective inhabitants, but each province shall have at least one Member. The National Assembly shall by law make an apportionment within th;ree years after the return of every enumeration, and not otherwise. Until such apportionment shall have been made, the National Assembly shall consist of ninety-eight Members, of whom eighty-seven shall be elected by the representative districts as now provided by law; and three by the Mountain Province, and one by each of the other eight existing special provinces. The Members of the National Assembly in the provinces of Sulu, Lanao, and Cotabato shall be chosen as may be determined by law; in all other provinces they shall be elected by the qualified voters therein. SEC. 2. No person shall be a Member of the National Assembly unless he has been five years a citizen of the Philippines, is at least thirty years of age, and, at the time of his election, a qualified elector, and a resident of the province in which he is chosen for not less than one year immediately prior to his election. SEC. 3. (1) In case of vacancy in the National Assembly a special election may be called in the corresponding district, in the manner prescribed by law, but the Member thus elected shall serve only for the unexpired term. (2) Elections for the National Assembly shall be held on the dates fixed by law. (3) The National Assembly shall convene in regular session once every year, on the second Monday of the month immediately following

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

333

that on which the election of its Members was held, unless a different date is fixed by law. The National Assembly may be called in special session at any time by the President to consider general legislation or only such subjects as he may designate. No special session shall continue longer than thirty days and no regular session longer than one hundred days, exclusive of Sundays. (4) The National Assembly shall choose its Speaker, a secretary, a sergeant-at-arms, and such other officers as may be required. A majority of all the Members shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and may compel the attendance of absent Members, in such manner and under such penalties as the National Assembly may provide. (5) The National Assembly may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its Members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two-thirds, expel a Member. It shall keep a Journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such parts as may in 'i ts judgment require secrecy; and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request of one-fifth of its Members present, be entered in the Journal. SEC. 4. There shall be an Electoral Commission composed of three Justices of the Supreme Court designated by the Chief Justice, and of six Members chosen by the National Assembly, three of whom shall be nominated by the party having the second largest number of votes therein, The senior Justice in the Commission shall be its Chairman. The Electoral Commission shall be the sole judge of all contests relating to the election, returns, and qualifications of the Members of the National Assembly. SEC. 5. The Members of the National Assembly shall, unless otherwise provided by law, receive an annual compensation of five thousand pesos each including per diems and other emoluments or allowances and exclusive only of travelling expenses to and from their respective districts when attending sessions of the National Assembly. No increase in said compensation shall take effect until after the expiration of the full term of the Members of the National Assembly elected subsequent to the approval of such increase. The Speaker of the National Assembly shall receive an annual compensation of sixteen thousand pesos until otherwise provided by law. SEC. 6. The Members of the National Assembly shall in all cases except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at the sessions of the National Assembly, and in going to and returning from the same; and for any speech or debate therein, they shall not be questioned in any other place.

334

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 7. The National Assembly shall elect from among its Members, on the basis of proportional representation of the political parties therein, a Commission on Appointments and a Commission on Impeachment, each to consist of twenty-one members. These Commissiolls shall be constituted within thirty days after the National Assembly shall have been organized with the election of its Speaker, and shall meet only while the National Assembly is in session, at the call of their respective Chairmen or a majority of their members, to discharge sucb powers and functions as are herein conferred upon them. SEC. 8. (1) No Member of the National Assembly may hold any other office or employment in the Government without forfeiting his seat, nor shall any such Member during the time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office which may have been created or the emoluments whereof shall have been increased while he was a Member of the National Assembly. (2) No Member of the National Assembly shall directly or indirectly be financially interested in any contract with the Government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof, or in any franchise or special privilege granted by the National Assembly during his term of office; nor shall any such Membe appear as counsel before the Electoral Commission or any court in any civil case wherein the Government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof is the adverse party, or collect any fee for his appearance in any administrative proceedings or in any criminal case wherein an officer or employee of the Government is accused of an offense committed in relation to his office. No Member of the Commission on Appointments of the National Assembly shall appear as counsel before any court inferior to the Supreme Court. SEC. 9. (1) The President shall submit within fifteen days of the opening of each regular session of the National Assembly a budget of receipts and expenditures, which shall be the basis of the general appropriation bill. The National Assembly may not increase the appropriations recommended by the President for the operation of the Government as specified in the Budget, except the appropriations for the National Assembly and the Judicial Department. The form of the Budget and the information that it should contain shall be prescribed by law. (2) No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriation, unless it relates specifically to some particular appropriation in the bill; and any such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to such appropriation. SEC. 10. The heads of departments upon their own initiative or upon the request of the National Assembly may appear before and be heard by the National Assembly on any matter pertaining to their

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

335

departments, unless the public interest shall require otherwise and the President shall so state in writing. SEC. 11. (1) Every bill which shall have passed the National Assembly shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to the President. If he approve the same, he shall sign it; but if not, he shall return it with his objections to the National Assembly, which shall enter the objections at large on its Journal and proceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two-thirds of all the Members of the National Assembl. y shall agree to pass the bill, it shall become a law. In all such cases the votes of the National Assembly shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of the Members voting for and against shall be entered on the Journal. If any bill shall not be returned by the President as herein provided within twenty days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same shall become a law in like manner as if he had signed it, unless the National Assembly by adjournment prevent its return, in which case it shall become a law unless vetoed )"'y the President within thirty days after adjournment. (2) The President shall have the power to veto any particular item or items of an appropriation bill, but the veto shall not affect the item or items to which he does not object. When a provision of an appropriation bill affects one or more items of the same, the President cannot veto the provision without at the same time vetoing the particular item or items to which it relates. The item or items objected to shall not take effect except in the 'm anner heretofore provided as to bills returned to the National Assembly without the approval of the President. If the veto refers to a bill or any item of an appropriation bill which appropriates a sum in excess of ten p er centum of the total amount voted in the appropriation bill for the general expenses of the Government fo r the preceding year, or if it should refer to a bill authorizing an increase of the public debt, the same shall not become a law unless approved by three-fourths of all the Members of the National Assembly. (3) The President shall have the power to veto any separate item or items in a revenue or tariff bill, and the item or items vetoed shaH not take effect except in the manner provided as to bills vetoed by the President. SEC. 12. (1) No bill which may be enacted into law shall embrace more than one subject which shall be expressed in the title of the bill. (2) No bill shall be passed or become a law unless it shall have been printed and copies thereof in ,its final form furnished the Members at least three calendar days prior to its passage by the National Assembly, except when the President shall have certified to the necessity of its immediate enactment. Upon the last reading of a bill no amendment thereof shall be allowed, and the question upon its final passage shall be

336

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

taken immediately thereafter, and the yeas and nays entered on the Journal. SEC. 13. (1) All money collected on any tax levied for a special purpose shall be treated as a special fund and paid out for such purpose only. If the purpose for which a special fund was created has been fulfilled or abandoned, the balance, if any, shall be transferred to the general funds of the Government. (2) No money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law. (3) No public money or property shall ever be appropriated, applied, or used, directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion, or for the use, benefit, or support of any priest, preacher, minister, or other religious teacher or dignitary as such, except when such priest, preacher, minister, or dignitary is assigned to the armed forces or to any penal institution, orphanage, or leprosarium. SEC. 14. (1) The rule of taxation shall be uniform. (2) The National Assembly may by law authorize the President, subject to such limitations and restrictions as it may impose, to fix within specified limits, tariff rates, import or export quotas, and tonnage and wharfage dues. (3) Cemeteries, churches, and parsonages or convents appurtenant thereto, and all lands, buildings, and improvements used exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational purposes shall be exempt from taxation. SEC. 15. The National Assembly shall, with the concurrence of two-thirds of all its Members, have the sole power to declare war. SEC. 16. In times of war or other national emergency, the National Assembly may by law authorize the President, for a limited period and subject to such restrictions as it may prescribe, to promulgate rules and regulations to carry out a declared national policy. ARTICLE VII.-EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT SECTION 1. The Executive power shall be vested in a President of the Philippines. SEC. 2. The President shall hold his office during a term of six years, and together with the Vice-President chosen for the same term, shall be elected 'b y direct vote of the people. The election returns for President and Vice-President, duly certified by the board of canvassers of each province, shall be transmitted to the National Assembly. Upon receipt of such returns the National Assembly shall forthwith, in public session, count the votes, and proclaim the persons elected President and

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

337

Vice-President. The persons respectively having the highest number of votes for President and Vice-President shall be declared elected, but in case two or more shall have an equal and the highest number of votes for either office, the National Assembly shall, by 路a majority vote of all its Members, elect one of said persons as President or Vice-President. SEC. 3. No person may be elected to the office of President or VicePresident, unless he be a natural-born citizen of the Philippines, a qualified voter, forty years of age or over, and has been a resident of the Philippines for at least ten years immediately preceding the election. SEC. 4. No person elected President may be reelected for the following term, nor shall the Vice-President or any other person who may have succeeded to the office of President as herein provided at least one year before the election, be eligible to the office of President at such election. SEC. 5. Elections for President and Vice-President shall be held once every six years on a date to be fixed by the National Assembly. SEC. 6. The terms of the President and Vice-President shall end at noon on the thirtieth day of December following the expiration of six years after their electio and the terms of their successors shall begin from such time. SEC. 7. If, at the time fixed for the beginning of the term of th e President, the President-elect shall have died, the Vice-President-elect shall become President. If a President shall not have been chosen before the time fixed for the beginning of his term, or if the Presidentelect shall have failed to qualify, then the Vice-President shall act as President until a President shall have qualified, and the National Assembly may by law provide for the case wherein neither a President-elect nor a Vice-President-elect shall have qualified, declaring who shall then act as President, or the manner in which one who is to act shall be selected, and such person shall act accordingly until a President or VicePresident shall have qualified. SEC. 8. Before he enter on the execution of his office, the President shall take the following oath or affirmation: "I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill my duties as President of the Philippines, preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its laws, do justice to every man, and consecrate myself to the service of the NaH路>n. So help me God." (In case of affirmation, last sentence wiH be omitted.) SEC. 9. In the event of the removal of the President from office or of his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties

338

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

of the said office, the same shall devolve on the Vice-President, and the National Asse'm bly shall by law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or inability, both of the President and Vice-President, declaring what officer shall then act as President, and such officer shall act accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a President shall be elected. SEC. 10. The President shall have an official residence and receive a compensation to be ascertained by law which shall be neither increased nor diminished during the period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive within that period any other emolument from the Government or any of its subdivisions or instrumentalities. Until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise, the President shall receive an , annual salary of thirty thousand pesos. The Vice-President, when not acting as President, shall receive an annual compensation of fifteen thousanrl pesos until otherwise provided by law. SEC. 11. (1) The President shall have control of all the executive departments, bureaus, or offices, exercIse general supervision over all local governments as may be provided by law, and take care that the laws â&#x20AC;˘ be faithfully executed. (2) The President shall he commander-in-chief of all armed forces of the Philippines and, Vl(henever it becomes necessary, he may call out such armed forces to prevent or suppress lawless violence, invasion, insurrection, or rebellion. Tn case of invasion, insurrection, or rebellion, or imminent danger thereof, when the public safety requires it, he may suspend the privlleges of the writ of habeas corpus, or place the Philippines or any part thereof under martial law. (3) The President shall nominate and with the consent of the Commission on Appointments of the National Assembly, shall appoint the heads of the executive departments and bureaus, officers of the Army from the rank of colonel, of the Navy and air forces from the rank of captain or commander, and all other officers of the Government whose appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and those whom he may be authorized by law to appoint; but the National Assembly may by law vest the appointment of inferior officers, in the President alone, in the courts, or in the heads of departments. (4) The President shall have the power to make appointments during the recess of the National Assembly, but such appointments shall be effective only until disapproval by the Commission on Appointments or until the next adjournment of the National Assembly. (5) The President shall from time to time give to the National Assembly information of the state of the Nation, and recommend to its consideration, such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient. (6) The 'President shall have the power to grant reprieves, corpmutations, and pardons, and ren\it fines and forfeitures; after conviction~

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

339

for all offenses, except in cases of impeachment, upon such conditions and with such restrictions and limitations as he may deem proper to impose. He shall have the power to grant amnesty with the concurrence of the National Assembly. (7) The President shall have the power, with the concurrence of a majority of all the Members of the National Assembly, to make treaties, and with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, he shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls. He shall receive ambassadors and other ministers duly accredited to the Government of the Philippines. SEC. 12. (1) The executive departments of the present Government of the Philippine Islands shall continue as now authorized by law until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise. (2) The heads of departments and chiefs of bureaus or offices and their assistants shall not, during their continuance in office, engage in the practice of any profession, or intervene, directly or indirectly, in the management or control of any private enterprise which in any way may be affected by the functions of their office; nor shall they, directly or indirectly, be financially interested in any contract with the Government, or any subdivision or ins rumentality thereof. (3) The President may appoint the Vice-President as a member of his cabinet and also as head of an executive department. ARTICLE VIII.-JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT SECTION 1. The Judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in such inferior courts as may be established by law. SEC. 2. The National Assembly shall have the power to define, prescribe, and apportion the jurisdiction of the various courts, but may not deprive the Supreme Court of its original jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls, nor of its jurisdiction to review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm on appeal, certiorari, or writ of error, as the law or the rules of court may provide, final j udgments and decrees of inferior courts in(1) All cases in which the constitutionality or validity of any treaty, law, ordinance, or executive order or regulation is in question. (2) All cases involving the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, or toll, or any penalty imposed in relation thereto. (3) All cases in which the jurisdiction of any trial court is in issue. (4) All criminal cases in which the penalty imposed is death or life imprisonment. (5) All cases in which an error or question of law is involved.

340

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 3. Until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise, the Supreme Court shall have such original and appellate jurisdiction as may be possessed and exercised by the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands at the time of the adoption of this Constitution. The original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court shall include all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls. SEC. 4. The Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and ten Associate Justices and may sit either in bane or in two divisions unless otherwise provided by law. SEC. 5. The members of the Supreme Court and all judges of inferior courts shall be appointed by the President with the consent of the Commission on Appointments of the National Assembly. SEC. 6. No person may be appointed member of the Supreme Court unless he has ben five years a citizen of the Philippines, is at least forty years of age, and has for ten years or more been a judge of a court of record or engaged in the practice of law in the Philippines. SEC. 7. No judge appointed for a particular district sha.ll be designa.ted or transferred to another district without the approval of the Supreme Court. The National Assembly shall by law determine the residence of judges of inferior courts. SEC. 8. The National Assembly shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of inferior courts, but no person may be appointed judge of any such courts unless he is a citizen of the Philippines and has been admitted to the practice of law in the Philippines. SEC. 9. The members of the Supreme Court and all judges of inferior courts shall hold office during good behavior, until they reach the age of seventy years, or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. They shall receive such compensation as may be fixed by law, which shall not be diminished during their continuance in office. Until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall receive an annual compensation of sixteen thousand pesos, and each Associate Justice, fifteen thousand pesos. SEC. 10. All cases involving the constitutionality of a treaty or Jaw shall be heard and decided by the Supreme Court in bane, and no treaty or law may be declared unconstitutional without the concurrence of twothirds of the members of the Court. SEC. 11. The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for decision shall be reached in consultation before the case is assigned to a Justice for the writing of the opinion of the Court. Any Justice dissenting from a decision shall state the reasons for his dissent. SEC. 12. No decision shall be rendered by any court of record without expressing therein clearly and distinctly the facts and the law on which it is based.

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

341

SEC. 13. The Supreme Court shall have the power to promulgate rules concerning pleading, practice, and procedure in all courts, and the admission to the practice of law. Said rules shall be uniform for all courts of the same grade and shall not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights. The existing laws on pleading, practice, and procedure are hereby repealed as statutes, and are declared Rules of Courts, subject to the power of the Supreme Court to alter and modify the same. The National Assembly shall have the power to repeal, a.l ter, or supplement the rules concerning pleading, practice, and procedure, and the admission to the practice of law in the Philippines. ARTICLE IX.-IMPEACHMENT SECTION 1. The President, the Vice-President, the Justices of the Supreme Court, and the Auditor General, shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and conviction of, culpable violation of the Constitution, treason, bribery, or other high crimes. SEC. 2. The Commission on Impeachment of the National Assembly, by a vote of two-thirds of its Members, shall have the sole power of impeachment. SEC. 3. The National Assembly shall have the sole power to try all impeachments. When sitting for that purpose the Members shall be on oath or affirmation. When the President of the Philippines is 011 trial, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall preside.. No person shall be convicted without the concurrence of three-fourths of all the Members who do not belong to the Commission on Impeachment. SEC. 4. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend fU1路th~ 'r than to removal from office and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the Government of the Philipil1es, but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to prosecution, trial and punishment, according to law. ARTICLE X.-GENERAL AUDITING OFFICE SECTION 1. There shall be a General Auditing Office under the direction and control of an Auditor General, who shall hold office for a term of ten years and may not be reappointed. The Auditor General shall be appointed by the President with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, and shall receive an annual compensation to be fixed by law which shall not be diminished during his continuance in office. Until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise the Auditor General shall receive an annual compensation of twelve thousand pesos.

342

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 2. The Auditor General shall examine, audit, and settle all accounts pertaining to the revenues and receipts from whatever source, including trust funds derived from bond issues; and audit, in accordance with law and administrative regulations, all expenditures ' of funds or property pertaining to or held in trust by the Government or the provinces or municipalities thereof. He shall keep the general accounts of the Government and preserve the vouchers pertaining thereto. It shall be the duty of the Auditor General to bring to the attention of the proper administrative officer expenditures of funds or property which, in his opinion, are irregular, unnecessary, excessive, or extravagant. He shall also perform such other functions as may be prescribed by law. SEC. 3. The decisions of the Auditor General shall be rendered within the time fixed by law, and the same may be appealed to the President whose action shall be final. When the aggrieved party is a private person or entity, an appeal from the decision of the Auditor General may be taken directly to a court of record in the manner provided by law. SEC. 4. The Auditor General shall submit to the President and the National Assembly an annual report covering the financial condition and operations of the Government, and such other reports as may be required. ARTICIl,E XL-CIVIL SER,V ICE SECTION 1. A Civil Service embracing all branches and subdivisions of the Government shall be provided by law. Appointments in the Civil Service, except as to those which are policy-determining, primarily confidential or highly technical in nature, shall be made only according to merit and fitness, to be determined as far as practicable by compâ&#x201A;Źtitive examination. SEC. 2. Officers and employees in the Civil Service, including members of the armed forces, shall not engage directly or indirectly in partisan political activities or take part in any election except to vote. SEC. 3. No officer or employee of the Goverpment shall receive additional or double compensation unless specifically authorized by law. SEC. 4. No officer or employee in the Civil Service shall be removed or suspended except for cause as provided by law. ARTICLE XIL-CONSERVATION AND UTILIZATION OF NATURAL R'E SOURCES SECTION 1. All agricultural, timber, and mineral lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, and other natural resources of the Philippines belong to the State, and their disposition, exploitation,

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

343

development, or utilization shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens, subject to any existing right, grant, lease, or concession at the time of the inauguration of the Government established under this Constitution. Natural resources, with the exception of public agricultural land, shall not be alienated, and no license, concession, or lease for the exploitation, development, or utilization of any of the natural resources shall be granted for a period exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for another twenty-five years, except as to water rights for irrigation, water supply, fisheries, or industrial uses other than the development of water power, in which cases beneficial use may be the measure and the limit of the grant. S'EC. 2. No private corporation or association may acquire, lease, or hold public agricultural lands in excess of one thousand and twentyfour hectares, nor may any individual acquire such lands by purchase in excess of one hundred and forty-four hectares, or by lease in excess of one thousand and twenty-four hectares, or by homestead in excess of twenty-four hectares. Lands adapted to grazing, not exceeding two thousand hectares, may be leased to an individual, private corporation, or association. SEC. 3. The Nationa\ Assembly may determine by law the size of private agricultural land which individuals, corporations, or associations may acquire and hold, subject to rights existing prior to the enactment of such law. SEC. 4. The National Assembly may authorize, upon payment of just compensation, the expropriation of lands to be subdivided into small lots and conveyed at cost to individuals. SEC. 5. Save in cases of hereditary succession, no -private agricultural land shall be transferred or assigned except to individuals, corporations, or associations qualified to acquire or hold lands of the public domain in the Philippines. SEC. 6. The State may, in the interest of national welfare and defense, establish and operate industries and means of transportation and communication, and, upon payment of just compensation, transfer to public ownership utilities and other private enterprises to be operated by the Government. ARTICLE XIII.-GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. The flag of the Philippines shall be red, white, . and blue, with a sun and three stars, as consecrated and honored by the people and recognized by law.

344

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 2. All public officers and members of the armed forces shall take an oath to support and defend the Constitution. SEC. 3. The National Assembly shall take steps toward the development and adoption of a common national language based on one of the existing native languages. Until otherwise provided by law, English and Spanish shall continue as official languages. SEC. 4. The State shall promote scientific research and invention. Arts and letters shall be under its patronage. The exclusive right to writings and inventions shall be secured to authors and inventors for a limited period. SEC. 5. All educational institutions shall be under the supervision of and subject to regulation by the State. The Government shall estabJ lish and maintain a complete and adequate system of public education, and shall provide at least free public primary instruction, and citizenship training to adult citizens. All schools shall aim to develop moral character, personal discipline, civic conscience, and vocational efficiency, and to teach the duties of citizenship. Optional religious instruction shall be maintained in the p blic schools as now authorized by law. Universities established by the State shall enjoy academic freedom. The State shall create scholarships in arts, science, and letters for specially gifted citizens. SEC. 6. The State shall afford protection to labor, especially to working women and minors, and shall regulate the relations between landowner and tenant, and between labor and capital in industry and in agriculture. The State may provide for compulsory arbitration. SEC. 7. The National Assembly shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation, organization, or regulation of private corporations, unless such corporations are owned or controlled by the Government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof. SEC. 8. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or other entities organized under the laws of the Philippines, sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by citizens of the Philippines, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. No franchise or right shall be granted to any individual, firm, or corporation, except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the National Assembly when the public interest so requires. SEC. 9. The Government shall organize and maintain a national police force to preserve public order and enforce the law. SEC. 10. This Constitution shall be officially promulgated in English and Spanish, but in case of conflict the English text shall prevail.

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

345

ARTICLE XIV.-AMENDMENTS SECTION 1. The National Assembly, by a vote of three-fourths of all its Members, may propose amendments to this Constitution or call a convention for that purpose. Such amendments shall be valid as part of this Constitution when approved by a majority of the votes cast at an election at which the amendments are submitted to the people for their ratification. ARTICLE XV.-TRANSITORY PROVISIONS SECTION 1. The first election of the officers provided in this Constitution and the inauguration of the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall take place as provided in Public Act Numbered One hundred and twenty-seven of the Congress of the United States, approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty-four. SEC. 2. All laws of the Philippine Islands shall continue in force until the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines ; thereafter, such laws shall remain operative, unless inconsistent with this Constitution, until amended, altered, modified, or repealed by t he National Assembly, and all references in such laws to the Government or officials of the Philippine Islands shall be construed, in so far as applicable, to refer to the Government and corresponding officials under this Constitution. SEC. 3. All courts existing at the time of the adoption of this Constitution shall continue and exercise their jurisdiction, until otherwise provided by law in accordance with this Constitution, and all cases, civil and criminal, pending in said courts, shall be heard, tried, and determined under the laws then in force. SEC. 4. All officers and employees in the existing Government of the Philippine Islands shall continue in office until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise, but all officers whose ap'p ointments are by this Constitution vested in the President shall vacate their respective offices upon the appointment and qualification of their successors, if such appointment is made within a period of one year from the date of the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines. SEC. 5. The Members of the National Assembly for the Mountain Province shall be elected as may be provided by law. The voters of municipalities and municipal districts formerly belonging to a special province and now forming part of regular provinces shall vote in the election for Members of the National Assembly in such districts as may be provided by law.

346

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

SEC. 6. The provisions of this Constitution, except those contained in this article and in Article V, and those which refer to the election and qualifications of officers to be elected under this Constitution, shall not take effect until the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines. ARTICLE XVI.-SPECIAL PROVISIONS EFFECTIVE UPON THE PROCLAMA TION OF THE INDEPENDENCE OF THE PHILIPPINES. SECTION 1. Upon the proclamation of the President of the United States recognizing the independence of the Philippines(1) The property rights of the United States and the Philippines shall be promptly adjusted and settled, and all existing property rights of citizens or corporations of the United States shall be acknowledged, respected, and safeguard to the same extent as property rights of citizens of the Philippines. (2) The officials elected and serving under this Constitution shall be constitutional officers of the free and independent government of the the Philippines and qualified to function in all respects as if elected directly under such Gover ment, and shall serve their full terms of office as prescribed in this Constitution. (3) The debts and liabilities of the Philippines, its provinces, cities, municipalities, and instrumentalities, which shall be valid and subsisting at the time of the final and complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States, shall be assumed by the free and independent government of the Philippines; and where bonds have been issued under authority of an Act of Congress of the United States by the Philippine Islands, or any province, city, or municipality therein, the Government of the Philippines will make adequate provision for the necessary funds for the payment of interest and principal, and such obligations shall be a first lien on all taxes collected. (4) The Government of the Philippines will assume all continuing obligations of the United States under the Treaty of Peace with Spain ceding the Philippine Islands to the United States. (5) The Government of the Philippines will embody the foregoing provisions of this article (except subsection (2Âť in a treaty with the United States. ARTICLE XVII.-THE COMMONWEALTH AND THE REPUBLIC SECTION 1. The government established by this Constitution shall be known as the Commonwealth of the Phiilppines. Upon the final and

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

347

complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States and the proclamation of Philippine independence, the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall thenceforth be known as the Republic of the Philippines. ORDINANCE APPENDED TO THE CONSTITUTION SECTION 1. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing Constitution, pending the final and complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States over the Philippines(1) All citizens of the Philippines shall owe allegiance to t he United States. (2) Every officer of the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, take and subscribe an oath of office, declaring, among other things, that he recognizes and accepts the supreme authority of and will maintain true faith and allegiance to the United States. (3) Absolute toleration of religious sentiment shall be Recur ed and no inhabitant or relig~ous organization shall be molested in person or property on account of religious belief or mode of worship. (4) Property owned by the United States, cemeteries, churches, and parsonages or convents appurtenant thereto, and all lands, buildings, and improvements used exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational purposes shall be exempt from taxation. (5) Trade relations between the Philippines and the United States shall be upon the basis prescribed in section six of Public Act Numbered One Hundred and twenty-seven of the Congress of the Unit ed States approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty-four. (6) The public debt of the Philippines and its subordinate branches shall not exceed limits now or hereafter fixed by the Congress of the United States, and no loans shall be contracted in foreign countries without the approval of the President of the United States. . (7) The debts, liabilities, and obligations of the present Government of the Philippine Islands, its provinces, municipalities, and instrumentalities, valid and subsisting at the time of the adoption of the Constitution, shall be assumed and paid by the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines. (8) The Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall establish and maintain an adequate system of public schools, primarily conducted in the English language. (9) Acts affecting currency, coinage, imports, exports, and immigration shall not become law until approved by the President of the United States.

348

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL FLAG AND ANTHEM

(10) Foreign affairs shall be under the direct supervision and control of the United States. (11) All acts passed by the National Assembly of the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall be reported to the Congress of the United States. (12) The Philippines recognizes the right of the United States to expropriate property for public uses, to maintain military and other reservations and armed forces in the Philippines, and, upon order of the President of the United States, to call into the service of such armed forces all military forces organized by the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines. (13) The decisions of the courts of the Philippines shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States as now provided by law, and such review shall also extend to all cases involving the Constitution of the Philippines. (14) Appeals from decisions of the Auditor General may be taken to the President of the United States. (15) The United States may, by Presidential proclamation, exercise the right to intervene for the preservation of the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines and for the maintenance of the Government as provided in the Constitution thereof, and for the protection of life, property, and individual liberty and for the discharge of Government obligations under and in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. (16) The authority of the United States High Commissioner to the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines as provided in Public Act Numbered One hundred and twenty-seven of the Congress of the United States approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty-four is hereby recognized. (17) Citizens and corporations of the United States shall enjoy in the Commonwealth of the Philippines all the civil rights of the citizens and corporations, respectively, thereof. (18) Every duly adopted amendment to the Constitution of the Philippines shall be submitted to the President of the United States for approval. If the President approve the amendment or if the President fail to disapprove such amendment within six months from the time of its submission, the amendment shall take effect as a part of such Constitution. (19) The President of the United States shall have authority to suspend the taking effect of or the operation of any law, contract, or executive order of the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, which in his judgment will result in a failure of the Government

CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES

349

of the Commonwealth of the Philippines to fulfill its contracts, or to meet its bonded indebtedness and interest thereon or to provide for its sinking funds, or which seems likely to impair the reserves for the protection of the currency of the Philippines, or which in his judgment will violate international obligations of the United States. (20) The President of the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall make an annual report to the President and Congress of the United States of the proceedings and operations of the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines and shall make such other reports as the President or Congress may request. SEC. 2. Pending the final and complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States over the Philippines, there shall be a Resident Commissioner of the Philippines to the United States who shall be appointed by, the President of the Commonwealth of the Philippines with the consent of the Commission ,on Appointments. The powers and duties of the Resident Commissioner shall be as provided in section seven, paragraph five of Public Act Numbered One hundred and twenty-seven of the Congress of the United States, approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty-four, together with such other duties as t he National Assembly may determine. The qualifications, compensation, and expenses of the Resident Commissioner shall be fixed by law. SEC. 3. All other pro isions of Public Act Numbered One hundred and twenty-seven of the Congress of the United States, approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty-four, applicable to the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines are hereby made a part of this Ordinance as if such provisions were expressly inserted herein.

INDEX

A A la Bandera Espanola (J. Munoz y Pavon), 290-292 A. fa Bandera Filipina (Cecilio Apostol), 282-284 Abad y Roldan, Cayetano, 20 Adoption of Philippine Anthem, 214 Agoncillo, Mrs. Marcela, and the first Philippine National Flag, 50, 51 Aguinaldo, Baldomero, 207 Aguinaldo, Emilio, 32, 34, 35, 44, 45, 50, 54, 56, 62, 168, 205, 206, 207 authorship of Philippine National Flag desig-n, 48, 161 coat-of-arms of Philippine Republic, 49, 71 departure from Hongkong with Filipino Flag, 52 describes first engagement of Revolution, 53 Dewey's advice re display of Filipino colors, 53 Dewey's attitude towards Filipinos' right to use their flag, 58 hauling down of Filipino flag at Palanan, 66 history of first Philippine Nationill Flag, 68 issue of first decree, 18 oath of allegiance to America, 66 on authors of first national flag made, 49, 50 on how Philippine flag was displayed, 54 on the restoration of the flag, 146 organization of dictatorial government, 52 request for participation in Flag Restoration Day program, 161, 162, 163 symbolic meaning of the flag, 59, 60, 69, 70 use of national flag by Philippine troops and vessels, 58 Aguinaldo's Seal, illustration, 34

Aircraft flag- of the President of the Commonwealth, 200-01 Alapan (Ca vite) , Filipino victor)\ over Spaniards at, 53 Alas, Antonio de las, 269 Alvarez, Mariano, 35n American Flag-, 47, 48, 77 et seq., 88, 89, 90, 91, 94, 95, 96, 97, .98, 100, 101, 106, 215, 254, 257, 258, 259, 265n, 272, 287-290 correct heraldic display with Philippine flag, 269, 270 draping-, in black, 261 enshrouding- caskets with, 263, 264 g-oes up at Bacolod, 80 hoisting- in Manila, 79, 80 hoisting in Manila marks beg-inning of Filipino-American War, 80 international significance, 244, 245 Pardo de Tave,l'a on, 166 raising over Fort San Antonio Abad, 79 right of, to fly over the Philippin~.'l, 82 rules on the use of, 266, 267, 268, 269 significance of, 245, 246, 247, 248 sun and stars gradually replaced by, 80, 81 Thruston on the origin and evolution of, 293 et seq. American Flag mass meeting, 101, 102, 105, 106 press comments on, 121, 122, 123 resolution proscribing use of Philippine Flag, 119-121 American Flag, The (J. R. Drake), 289-290 American Sovereignty, 109, 110, 307 effective establishment thru defeat of Filipinos by American arms, 82 formal establishment over Islands hy Paris Treaty, 82 American Sovereignty and the Philippine Flag, 266 et seq. American, The, 102

351

352

INDEX

Anda, Simon de, on flag' used by rebels in Pangasinan Uprising of 1762, 4 Anderson, William H., 115 insists on prerogativ.es of Stars and Stripes, 107, 108 Angeles (Pampanga), 60 Apostol, Cecilio, 211 odi\ to the Philippine Flag, 282-284 tells where words of National Hymn were written, 221 Authorship of Philippine National Flag, 48, 161, 205 Automobile flag of the President of the Commonwealth, 200 Avelino, Librada, 145n

B Bacolod (Occidental Negros), 73, 80 Bacoor (Cavite), 50, 261 third victory of Revolution at, 54 Baja, E. A. on Filipino's pledge to Flag and Country, 314 Balayan (steamer), 58 Baler (Tayabas): rare example of Spanish heroism at, 73 et seq. siege of, 73 et seq. treatment accorded by Philippine Republic to Spanish defenders of, 75 Banners, ancient Filipino, 3 Barasoain (Bulacan), 62 Barasoain Church, 58 Bataan, 60 Batangas, 31, 60 Battalion Flags, 20, 21 Bautista (Pangasinan), 209, 221 Bayambang (Pangasinan), 221, 222 Bernabe, Manuel, poem on Philippine Flag, 285-286 Biak-na-Bato, 33 Biak-na-Bato, Treaty of, 38, 39, 45, 52 effects of violations of, by Spaniards, 45, 46 Bill prescribing use of National Hymn, 224 Bills and Resolutions on the Flag, 150 et seq. Binakayan (Cavite), second victory of Revolution at, 54 Binsarin, Serib Mahamad, 13, 14

Birth of the Philippine National Flag, 44 et seq. Bishop, W. H., 88 on the, Islands as permanent U. S. territory, 114, 115 Blanco, Ramon (Governor-General), 31 Boat flag of the President of the Commonwealth, 200 Bohol, 3 Bonifacio, Andres, 20, 21n, 22 Bonifacio's Flag, 22, 23 Bowers, Clarence H. on the American flag, 244 Brent, Charles H., 108 Brumby (Lieutenant), hoisting of American Flag at Fort Santiago. by, 79 Bulacan, 31, 38 Bulacan (steamer), 58

c Cabanatuan (Nueva Ecija), first anniversary of proclamation of independence in, 56 Cablenews American, 163n, 164n Calamianes Islands, 57 Calderon, Felipe G., 33 Camarines incident, 95, 96 Cano, Sebastian del, 7 Carles, Jose Maria de, 13 Cavite, 4, 5, 50, 206 fall and surrender of, 78 Cavite Insurrection of 1872, 17 use of flags by Filipinos in, 4 Cavite (province), 3, 31, 60 Cebu, hoisting of American Flag at, 81 Centro Escolar de Senoritas, 162 presentation of a Filipino Flag to the Lower House by, 130, 145n Cerezo, Saturnino Martin, heroic defense of Spanish Flag, 75 Chichester (Capt.), fires salute to American ensign, 80 City Fiscal of Manila, legal opinion of, regarding Act 2928, 175-177 Claveria, Narciso, 12 Coat-of-arms : of Central Government, Un of City of Manila, 9, 10 of Commonwealth of the Philippines, lln, 187-193

INDEX of Commonwealth of the Philippines, Origin and deveJopment, 187-193 of High Commissioner, 193 , 197, 198 of Philippine Republic, 48, 49, 71 Coat of arms of the President of the Commonwealth, 199 Colonial flag: idea of a, for the Islands suggested, 148, 149 of Spain in the Philippines, 9, 11n Colonial flags, American, 294, 295 Commonwealth of the Philippines Philippine Flag under, 187 Confetti case, 129, 130 Conquered Banner, The (Rev. A. J. Ryan), 27, 28 Constituent eIements of a "Flag", 118, 119 Constitution of the Philippines, 327 et

seq. provision on Philippine Flag, 2, 184, 185 significance of its provision ~n Philippine Flag, 184 Crame, Jose de, 100, 104, 105 Cuban Flag: general outline of, in the design of Filip.ino national colors, 47 influence in design of Del Pilar's Tricolor, 38, 39 Custom and Usage, playing the Philippine National Anthem according to, 307, 308, 309 Czechoslovakia, Flag of, 46n

D Davis, Dwight F. on the American flag, 247, 248 Declaration of Independence, 55, 56 celebration of first annive,rs'a~ at Angeles, 60 first anniversary at Cabanatuan, 56 ratification by Philippine Congress at Barasoain, 58, 59 Del Pilar, Gregorio, 37, 66, 263 Del Pilar, Pio, on meaning of Katipunan Flag, 29, 30 Del Pilar's (G.) Tricolor Flag, 36, 37, 38 as intermediary step in development of first Philippine Flag into present national colors, 38, 39

353

influenced by outline of Cuban flag, 38, 39 Del Pilar's (Pio) Katipunan Flag, 30 description, 22 meaning and symbolism, 22 Del Rosario, Bishop Enrique, 65 Democrata Party, 138 Flag Restoration Day celebration by, 168 Description and specifications of the Philippine National Flag, 274, 275 Design of Philippine National Flag: adoption by Junta Patriotica, 46, 47 authorship, 48, 161 creation of the public mind, 48 drawing showing size, 275 D6wey, George, 47n, 52, 78, 79, 207 offer to recognize and protect Philippine National Flag, 53 on advisability of Filipinos' destroying Spain's power, 53 pTaises Philippine National Flag, 47n recognition of Filipinos' right to use their flag, 58 Dlmas Indak, pseudo see Villaruel, Honorato Display of Philippine National Flag: allowed by sufferance, 84 as an act of disloyalty to U. S'., 83, 84 improper, as cause of ill-feeling between Americans and Filipinos, 86 protest of Spaniards and foreigners against, on Philippine y.essels, 58 Th'ake, J. R., poem on the American Flag, 289-290

E Early successes under Philippine National Flag, 53, 54 Egyptian banners, 228n b'l Debate (Jase, 129, 130 Ti:l R enacimiento, 90, 91, 98, 100, 112 brands suppression of Philippine Flag se,rious error, 102, 103, 104 difference of Philippine National Flag from Katipunan Standard, 104 G,overnor Smith interview on contemplated Flag Act, 94-98 on display of Nacionalista badge, 104, 105

354

INDEX

prohibition of P~ilippine Flag and free expression of thought, 94 protest against passage of Flag Law by Philippine Commission, 125, 126, 127 Enshrouding caskets; with American Flag, 263, 264 with Philippine Flag, 263, 264 Estandarte Real de Espa?ia see Spanish Royal Standard Evangelista, Edilberto, 261 Events leading to proscription of Sun and Stars, 85 et seq. American protest in mass meeting, 105 et seq. first election to Assembly, 86 granting of Philippine Assembly, 85 improper display of Sun and Stars and Stars and Stripes, 86 passionate press comments to arouse racial animosities, 86 et seq. Executive order promulgating rules and specifications for making Philippine Flag, 274, 275 Executive Proclamation No. 18 (1919) designates "Philippine Flag Restoration Day" not a "Philippine Flag Day", 160, 169 Expeditions against Mindanao and Jol0, 11-15 Expeditions to establish Spanish ensign on Pacific, 7, 8

F Felipe, Julian, 205, 212 copyright of Himno Nacional Filipino denied, 208 delivers original manuscript of national anthem to Library, 209 on the history of Himno Nacional Filipino, 206, 207, 218 et seq. Felix, Alfonso, legal opinion of, regarding Act 2928, 175-177 Ferrer, Luis, on the "Trias Battalion Flag" and its makers, 172 Filipinas (Jose Palma), 271 translations of, 169n words of Philipp,ine National Hymn, 209, 210 Filipino Flag's Messa'ge, The, (E. A. Baja), 315 et seq.

Filipinos and the significance of red and white flags in 16th century, 8 Filipino's pledge to Flag and Country (E. A. Baja), 314 First instances of Filipino rebels' displaying flags and banners, 4 First Philippine Flag, 22, 31 et seq. 44, 45 as a factor in the design of Sun and Stars, 47 difference from Katipunan War Standard, 35, 37 hauling down at Biac-na-Bato, 39 lack of uniformity in design and details, 36, 37 meaning of letter Kin, 32, 33, 34 modifications in, by Naic Conference, 34, 35 reasons for non-adoption as Philippine national colors, 45 the s.un in, 34, 35 and foot note First Playing of Himno Nacional Fili'iJino, 55 First Three Victories of the Revolution, 53, 54 hoisting of the Philippine Flag to commemorate, 53, 54 Flag Day, 53n, 169, 170, 236 and foot note, 287 Flag-dipping as Salute, 257, 258 Fla~ Issue, The, 86 et seq. Flag Law, The (Act 1696), 124, 125 attitude of American community to repeal of, 146, 147, 148, 149 early attempts to repeal, 132, 133, 134 events leading to the passage of, 85 et seq., 105 et seq. Harrison recommends repeal in annual message, 135 presentation of bill repealing, 135 press comment on, 125, 126, 127 repeal of, effect on Philippine National S'ong, 216 repeal of, urged by Osmeiia, 134 use of Philippine Flag in pri\'ate houses, 131 violations of, 127, 128, 129, 130 Flag law, The (Act 2928) violations of, 182, 183

INDEX Flag Law Repeal Act (Act 2871), 145, 146 legal interpretation by City Fiscal, 175-177 what, merely provides, 173 Flags: adoption of, in constitutions, 184, 185 as symbolic expression of patriotislll, 252, 253 as symbolic expression of sovereignty, 252, 253 display for decoration purposes, 264, 265 and foot note display of, 258, 259 elemental colors in, 234 enshrouding caskets with, 2t3a, 264 evolution of, 230 illustrations of some early, 231 in schools, 272, 273 in the home, 273, 274 origin and early history, 227-233 practice of blessing, 236 practice of taking oath of allegiance to and on, 237, 238 religious character, 232, 234, 235, 236 saluting as an expression of loyalty and allegiance to country, 255, 256 significance, 234 (n seq., 238, 239, 240, 271, 272 tangible representation of home and country, 271, 272 use and symbolism, 252 et seq. Flagstaff, 262, 263 Forbes, W. Cameron, 131, 181 F'ort :::ian Antonio Abad: fall into American hands, 79 et seq. raising of American Flag over, 79 Fort San Felipe surrender, 78

Freedom's Sword (F. M. Guerrero)

G Garcia, Andres, 12 Generoso, Jose, on Flag 'Law repeal bill, 140-143 Gil, pseud., see Guerrero, Fernando Ma. Gil, Pedro, speech at Democrata Party celebration of Flag Restoration Day, 168, 169

355

Wadio HerOico (F. M. Guen:ero), 24, 25 Go Chico case, 128 Gomez, Dominador, 111 Gomez Ortiz, CiI'ilo, 74n Grand Opera House, American Flag Mass Meeting at, 105 et seq. Great Seal, 1] n 187, 188, 195 custody and use, 191 origin and development, 187-193 Great Seal of High Commissioner, 193, 197, 198 Great Seal of the Revolutionary Government of the Philippines, 190 Greek emblems, 230n Grey, F. E., on seal used by the Philippine Republic, 72 Guerrero , Fernando Ma., 104, 105, Ill, 209 , 211 freedom's swo7'd (translation), 26 ll Tadio heroico (poem), 24, 25 on the Philippine Flag, 276, 277 on writing of words of National Hymn, 222 poem on the Philippine Flag, 281, 282 Guevara, Pedro, 139 Guinto, Leon G., 312

H Half-masting flags manner of, 263 occasions for, 259 et seq. Hall of Philippine Congress, flag used in, 62 Hand-embroidered flags, donating, to Revolutionary Army, 61 Hardaway, Capt. B. F., 82 Harding, J. E., as Chief of Police issues famous "Flag Ordell:", 99, 100 Harrison, Francis Burton, 124, 134, 162, 272 on accepting the flags used on Flag Restoration Day, 167, 168 on Philippine Flag and the Commonwealth, 184 recommends repeal of Flag Law, 135 Heraldic display of American and Filipino flags, 269, 270 Hernanin, Pedro, 4 and foot note

356

INDEX

High Commissioner of U. S. flag, coat-of-arms and seal of, 193, 194, 197, 198 Himno Naoional Espanol, 311 .ffimno Nacional Esp ano l, similarity between the, and the Philippine Anthem, 212 Himno Nacional Filipino, 205 act (3207) granting compensation to author, 208n copyright registration denied to author, 208 how, when and where played, 307312 played during inauguration of Commonwealth, Nov. 15, 1935, 216 similarity to Himno Nacional Espar nol, 212 Histo1'ia de la Marcha Nacional Filipina (Julian Felipe), 218 et seq. Hoisting of Philippine National Flag in Iloilo in place of Span is ensign, 57 Home, Philippine National Flag in the, 178, 273, 274 Hongkong, 45, 49, 50 exiled Filipino leaders at, to resume war, 46 Haussermann, J. W. condemns all acts of disrespect to Stars and Stripes, 110-114 justifies act of Philippine Commission proscribing Katipunan Flag, 110114 How to make the Philippine Flag, 274, 275 Hunt, Gaillard, designer of coat-of-arms and seal of Philippine Government, 188

I Ilocos Sur, 61 benediction of Philippine Flag in, 64 Iloilo, 57 lndia, 92 Inocencio, Maximo, 206 Interior Department circular re Exhibition of Red Flag, 249, 250 Interior Department circular re playing of Philippine National Anthem, 311, 312 International recognition of the Philip路 pine flag, 185, 187

International recognition, Philippine National Flag and, 67 'Izquierdo, Rafael (Governor), redlerence to use of a flag by Filipino rebels in 1872, 4, 5

J Japanese Flag and the First Philippine Flag, 32, 33 Java, 92 .fel'negan, PJ1escott F., on patriotism, 226 Johnston, Rev. Mercer G., 123 prayer at American Flag mass meeting, 106, 107 Jolo, 12, 15 act of hoisting Spanish Flag at, 13, 14 Junta Patriotica, 52 adoption of national flag design, 46 decision on resumption of war, 46

K K, meaning of: according to Carlos Ronquillo, 41 according to Turiano S'antiago, 40 Kalaw, Maximo, on the leaders' re1fusal to allow Aguinaldo hoist the flag, 161, 162 Kalookan incident, 94, 96 Katipunan Flag, 16 et seq., 37, 38, 39 description and meaning, 18, 19, 20, 29, 30 difference from First Philippine Flag, 35, 37 distinguished from Sun and Stars, 104 equilateral triangle of Sun and S路t ars taken from, 47 official modification, 31, 32 Pio del Pilar on meaning of, 29, 30 Pio Valenzuela on the, 43 Katipunan Soci~ty, 18, 32, 48, 49 248, 249 battalion Flags, 20, 21 emblems and symbols, 18, 19 membership degrees, 19n organization, 17 and foot note, 18 Katipunan Standard see Katipunan Flag Katipunan War Flag see Katipunan Flag

INDEX Katipunan War 8tandard s:ee Katipunan Flag Kawit, 53n, 55 Key, Francis S!cott, 258, 271

L La Bandera (a poem) (F. M. Guerrero), 281, 282 La Bandera Filipina, by Dimas Indak (Honorato Villaruel), 56, 278-280 La Bandera, by Gil (F. M. Guerrero), 276, 277 La Bandera (F. M. Guerrero), English translation of, by E. A. Baja, 277, 278 La Democ1'GJcia, on rash acts of paraders and passionate comments of El Renacimiento, 98,. 99 La Independencia, 55, 210, 211, 212 La Libertad, 56 La Republica Filipina, 55 Lacandola (Rajah), hoists a white flag, 8 Laconico Luna, L., 130 Laguna 20, 31, 60 Lane, Franklin K., on the American Flag, 287-288 Law and Order Sunday, 233 Legaspi-Urdaneta expedition (1564), 7, 8 Legislation, enforcing respect to Philippine Anthem by, 309 Leonard, Capt. Thomas, 115 Libertas: on proposed American mass meeting of protest, 97, 98 in punishing whole p.e ople for acts of few, 97, 98 Liberty of the press, 92 Linog, Antonio, 64 Literature on the Filipino Flag, 276-286 Lukban, Cayetano, 66; 96, 100 Luna, Antonio, 65, 253 Luna, 'J uan, 55 on absence of a Filipino National Flag, 5 Luzon, 3, 47 Llanera, Mariano, 21, 22 Llanera's Skull Flag, 21, 22, 36, 39

357

M Mabini, Apolinario, 36 McCoy. Henry B., raising of American Flag over Fort San Antonio Abad, 79 McCullock (U. S. gunboat), 50, 52 McGrath, Rev. J. A., Le:tter re Rev. Abram J. Ryan, 28 McKinney, James, On American Flag in these Islands, 115 Madrigal, Mr. & Mrs. Vicente, presenta.. tion of an expensive Filipino Flag to Harrison by, 162 Magdalo Flag', adoption with addition of sun in modification of First Philippine Flag, 34 Magdalo Revolutionary leaders, abolition of three K's in Katipunan Standard, 31 Magellan, Ferdinand, 5 et seq. death in Mactan, 7 hoisting Spanish Royal Standard in Cebu, 6 Magtagumpay, 22, 29

kakers of the Flag, The (Franklin K. Lane), 287, 288 Making of the first National Flag: Aguinaldo on the, 68 Marcela de Agoncillo on the, 49, 50, 51 MaIcampo, Jose (Governor), sends punitive expedition to Jolo, 14, 15 Malcolm, George A., 205 Malolos (Bulacan), 62, 213 Malolos Congress see Revolutionary Congress Malolos Const,itution, provision on the flag, 60, 61 Malval', Miguel, 66 Mandaloyong (San Felipe Neri) , 104 Manila, 31 raising of Am;erican flag, 79, 80 special coat-of-arms granted by Royal decree, 9, 10, 11 su;rrrender ,to AmerJcan forces., 78 et seq . Manila Bay: American squadron enters, 77 battle of, fought off Cavite, 77, 78

358

INDEX

Manila Daily Bulletin, 129, 130, 139 on repeal of Flag Law, 146, 147 suggests adoption by Legislature of a colonial flag, 148 149 Manila Times: chides El R enacimiento and radicals for defiant attitude, 90, 91 comment on Harding's Flag Order, 100 gives account of American flag mass meeting, 106 et seq. mentions instances where American Flag displayed upside down, 101 on liberty of the press and the Filipino, 92 recommends moderation in American flag mass meeting, 101, 102 s~es sinister movement behin~ first election to Assembly, 90 urges tolerant attitude towards Filipino Flag and Anthem, 87, 88, 89 warns against consequen'ce of disregarding truth of: one go,v-ernment, one flag, 89, 90 Manner of displaying the Philippine National Flag, 54, 55 Maroha Nacional Filipina, 205, 206, 207, 212 Marquez Benitez, Paz, English translation of Philippine N ational H~n by, 223 Meaning and significance of Philippine National Anthem, 304-307 Meaning and significance of Philippine National Flag, 59, 60, 69, 70, 242, 243, 244, 254, 255 M elancolicas (Jose Palma), 212 Memorial Day (May 30th), 259 Memorial Day, Filipino, 261, 262 Military salute, and foot note, 255 Mindanao, 11, 12, 47 Mohammedanism, 11 "Moro flags", 81 Morong, 60 Moros, 14, 15, 19, 81, 248 on attitude of, towards the National Flag, 181 under the Spanish flag, 11-15 Morrison Hill (Hongkong), 50 Moss, Col. James A., on practice of saluting flags with hand, 255n

Munoz y Pavon, J., poem on the Spanish Flag, 290-292

N Nabotas incident, 94, 96 Nacionalista Party, 9'3, 94, 110, 111, 137, 141, 142 exhibiting badge, of, prohibited, 104, 105 Naic Conference, March 17, 1897, 34 35 National Anthem under the Commonwealth, 216 National anthems, 304 how, when and where played, 307-309 traditional sacredness, 309, 310 National colors, 304 absence of Filipino, before close of 19th century, 3, 5 draping in black, 261 impropen ways of' displalYing, 265, 265n, 266 Luna on absence of native, 5 reason for absence of Filipino, 3 traditional sacredness, 309, 310 use for advertisement purposes prohibited by Flag law, 182, 183 National Library, 209 samples of hand-embroidered flags donated to Revolutionary Army in, 62 National Salute, 80, 255, 256, 256n 257 National Sovereign Personality: bases of Filipino claim to the recognition of their flag's, 57 philippine National .Fla:$ loses its, 65 et seq. recognition by populace of Philippine Flag's, 55, 56, 57 Negros Republic, 65 flies the Stars and Stripes, 80 organization in opposition to Aguinaldo, 65n Nineteen gun salute see Salute to President N on-Christian Filipinos: allegiance to the Revolutionary government, 60n attitude towards the National Flag, 181

INDEX Northern Luzon Revolutionary Army, presentation of 500-peso flag to, by people of Ilocos Sur, 61 Nueva Ecija, 31 Nuevo Himno a La Bandera Filipina (Francisco Villanueva, Jr.), 286, and foot note

o Oath of Allegiance: common forms of taking, to the Philippine Flag, 62, 63 people of Calamiane's I,slands and Paragua take, to the Philippine Flag, 57 practice of taking to and on the flags, 237, 238 spanish Army custom of taking, to their country's flag, imitated by Revolutionists, 62, 63 Official Flag: rules for use of Philippine Flag as, 174, 175, 176, 177 sun and Stars made, of Philippine Government, 173, 174 Offiical Flag Act (Act 2928) 173,174 interpretation of, 178, 179 Old Glory see American Flag Origin a'rld Evolution of the U. S. Flag, Fhe (R. C. Ballal'd Thruston), 293 ct seq. Osmefia, Sergio, 137, 142, 168 asks Quezon to take up Flag Law question with Harrison, 134 speech in c~lebration of Flag Restoration Day, 164, 164n, 165 speech on Philippine National Flag, 242, 243, 244 Oyanguren expedition to Jolo, 12

p Palanan, hauling down of Philippine flag' at, on capture of Aguinaldo, 66 Palma, Jose, 205, 209, 212, 221, 222, 271 biography of, 211, 212 Palma, Rafael, 137, 138, 139, 162, 273 account of the pUblication and adoption of Philippine National Song, 211

359

introduction of bill l~pealing Flag Law, 135, 136 presents flags used in Flag Restoration Day celebration to Harrison, 167 Pampanga, 8, 31 ,Panay Island, Insurgents in absolute control of, 57 Pangasinan, 3 Pangasinan Insurrection of 1762, display of flags by Filipinos in, 4 Paragua (island), 57 Pardo de Tavera, T. H., on what the American Flag is to the Filipino, 166 Paris, Treatx of, 82 Pasong Tamo, 23 Paterno, Pedro A., 56 Patriotism, 112 definition by Jernegan, 226 P endon de Castilla see Spanish Royal Standard Philip II, grants coat-of-arms to Ci.ty of Manila, 9, 10, 11 ,Philippine Assembly, 85, 132 early attempts, to repeal the Flag Law, 132, 133 , 134 improper display of American and Filipino flags in first election to, 86 Philippine Bill of July 1, 1902, 85 Philippine Commission, 11n, 83, 85, 112, 12 3, 133 el Renacimiento protests against passage of Flag Law by, 125 , 126, 127 prohibition of Philippine Flag by, as violation of principle of free expression of thought, 92, 93 Philippine Congress see Revolutionary Congress Philippine Constitution see Constitution of the Philippines Philippine Flag Day: annual celebration of October 30th as historically erroneous and inappropriate, 169 first observance, of, under Act 3937 took place Sunday, May 28, 1933 last Sunday of May of each year declared "Philippine Flag Day", by Act 3937, 159, 170 may 28th has best claim to be made, 170

360

INDEX

filipino club celebration at Washington, 241 Philippine Flag Restoration Day: October 30, 1919, only day known as, 169, 170 Philippine Legislature: bill prescribing use of National Hymn introduced in the, 224 bills and resolutions on the Flag presented in, 150 et seq. by Act 3937, last Sunday of May of each year made "Philippine Flag Day", 170

Philippine Na.tional Hymn (English translation by It.lz M'arqU!ez Benitez), 223 Philippine Republic, 18, 67, 80, 83 coat-of-arms of 48, 49 filipino Flag in the days of, 55 et seq. Philipipne National Hymn in the days of, 213, 214 treatm ent accorded by government oi, to Spanish defenders of Baler, 76n Philippines Herald on the Him 0 Nacional Filipino, 309 Pig~fetta, and foot note, 6, 7n Poincare, Pres. Raymond, 257 Political symbol of the RepUblic, Phil-' ippine National Flag as, 55, 56 \P opular demonstrations of Fealty to Philippine Flag, 63, 64 Present status of Philippine National Flag, 112, 147, 148, 241, 254, 255 President of the Commonwealth, aircraft flag, 200-01 automobile flag, 200 boat flag, 200 coat of arms, 199 flags of, 194, 199-201 nineteen guns salute to, 187 Press comments on American flag mass meeting, 121, 122, 123 Primo de Rivera, Fernando, 45 Proscription of National Anthem, 215 Proscription of the S'lln and 8tars, 85 et seq., 92, 93, 94 resolutions passed by American to effect, 119-121 Purisima Concepcion (steamer), 58

Q Quezon, Manuel L., 130, 131, 139 on the proper attitude of the Filipinos towards the American Flag, 180 speaks on bill repealing the Flag Law, 136, 137 Quezon, Mrs. Manuel L., 164n

R Rainbow, first flag seen by man, 227, 228 Rajah Lakandola see Lacandola (Rajah) Ravago, Manuel, 145n Recto, Claro, speech on Flag Law repeal bill, 143, 144, 145 Red and White flags, Filipinos and significance of, in 16th century, 8 Red Flag, significance of, 248, 249 Red Flags, exhibition of, 249, 250 Restoration of Philippine Flag, 160 et

seq. filipino rejoicings on, 161 et seq. product of the people's common efforts, 144 Resurrexit! (Manuel Bernardo), 285286 Revolutionary Army, traditional custom of donating costly hand-embroidered flags, to, 61 and foot note. Revolutionary Congness, 213 ratification of Declaration of Independence by, 58, 59 Rianzares Bautista, Ambrosio, 55, 207 Ricarte, Artemio, 55, 63, 207 description of first Philippine Flag by, 32, 33 on hauling down of First Philippine Flag at Biac-na-Bato, 39 Rizal, Jose, 260 Rodriguez, Eulogio B., 216 Ronquillo, Carlos, 33, 34n, 35n on meaning of :K in the Katipunan Flag, 41 Rosario, Bhp Enrique del see Del Rosario, Bhp Enrique Ross, Mr. James, Jr., 163n, 164n

INDEX Rossiter, Dr. S. B.: enlarges on "What is a flag?" 118-119 on harmonious fellowship between Americans and Filipinos, 116 on Philippine Flag, 117, 118 Roxas, Antonio, 12 Roxas, Manuel, request ' for a legal interpretation of Act 2928, 175 Royal Spanish-American Academy of Sciences and Arts (Spain), 212 Rules and Regulations, on use of Philippine and American flags, 266-269 Ryan, Rev. A. J.: Conquered Banner, The, 27, 28 letter of R'ev. McGrath about, 28

S Salicaya (Datto), capture of banner of, 12 Salute to the flag see National Salute Salute to the President, Nineteen guns, 187 Saluting flags: as expression of loyalty and allegiance to country, 255, 258 with the hand, 255n Samar, 3 San Fernando (Pampanga), 213 San Francisco de Malabon (Cavite), 207 Sandiko, Teodoro, 139 answers Quezon's and Palma's speeches on Flag Law repeal bill, 138, 139 S'anta Barbara (Iloilo), 213 Santiago, Jose Turiano, see Turiano Santiago, Jose Santos, Epifanio de los, Spanish translation of Aguinaldo's speech on Philippine National Flag by, 69 Santos, Lope K., 100 Santos, Pedro de, 64 Schools, Philippine National Flag in the, 272, 273 Schurman, Jacob Gould, on future destiny of Islands, 82, 83 Seal of the Commonwealth, 189 Seal of the Philippine Republic, Grey', F. E., on the, 72 Seal of the U. S. High Commissioner, 193 Seals of the Philippine Republic, 49 Sevilla (Spain), 6 Similarity betW'een the Philippine Na-

361

tional Flag and Cuban Flag, 47 Simon, Col. Rosendo, 211 Sison, Teofilo, 251 8kull Flag see Llanera's Skull Flag Smith, James F., 65n attitude towards the Filipino Flag, 85 el Renacimiento interview with, on prohibition of Philippine Flag, 94-98 Southworth, L. M., attitude towards whoever challenges American soverignty in Philippines, 108-109, 110 Spain, taking oath on the flag in, 237 238 Spanish Flag, 8n , 76, 290-292 act of hoisting the, over walls of J 010, 13, 14 difference from Spanish Royal Standard, 8 hauling down at Fort Santiago, 79 heroic defence by Cerezo and his men, 75, 76 last days in the Islands, 73 et seq. planting in Cebu by L egaspi as sign of sovereignty, 8, 9 S'Panish Flag and the Moros, 11-15 Spanish heroism, 74 Spanish homage to Philippin e National Flag, as expression of international good will, 240, 241 Spanish Royal Flag see Spanish Flag Spanish Royal March, 307 influence in Philippine Anthem, 212 Spanish Royal Standard: as first sovereign flag over the Islands, 5-7 difference from Spanish Royal Flag, 8 first circumnavigation of world accomplished under, 7 Star-Spangled Banner, 205, 214, 215, 216, 217, 271, 306, 310 Stars and Stripes see American Flag Stimson, Henry L. on the American flag, 247 Sulu Archipelago, 12 Suspension of hostilities, queer but interesting, between Spanish and Filipino forces, 74n Swearing of Allegiance see Oath of Allegiance

362

INDEX

Symbolic designs of Philippine Flag and coat-of-arms, 191, 193

T Taal (steamer), 58 Taaleno (steamer), 58 Tagle, Pedro, 4 and foot note Talana River, activities of Insurgents on, 57 Tarlac, 31 Tavera, T. H. Pardo de see Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Tayug (Pangasinan) 62 Teafio's forces of sandatahan, 20 Three K's in the Katipunan Flag, 19 et seq. 'fhruston, R. C. Ballard, on the history of the United States Fla , 293 et seq. Tilad Pass, 262 Tilad Pass, Generad Del Pilar'l> fall at, 66 Torrente, Antonio Martin, 240 Torres, Ramon, 129n, 130 Traditional honor and respect, due the Philippine Flag from every Filipino, 254, 255 Treaty of April 30, 1851, 12 Treaty of Biak-na-Bato see Biak-naBato, Treaty of Treaty of Paris see Paris, Treaty of Trias, Mariano, 206, 207 "Trias Battalion Flag", 163 and foot note, 172 Tricolor Flag of del Pilar see Del Pilar's (G.) Tricolor Flag Trinidad (flagship), 6 Turiano Santiago, Jose, 33 meaning of K in the Katipunan Flag, 40 Turkish Flag, use by Moros at coming of Spaniards, 3 Twelve Tribes of Israel, flags used by, 228, 229

u Union Jack, 293 United States Flag see American Flag U. S. High Commissioner see High Commissioner' of U. S. Urbiztondo, Antonio de (Governor), 12

v Valenzuela, Pio, 22, 33 on the Katipunan Flag, 43 Van Schaick, L. J. on the American flag, 245 Varona, Francisco, 129n, 130 Velasquez, Hilaria V., 211 Veteran Army of the Philippines, 88, 94, 96 Victoria (ship), 7 Villanueva, Francisco, Jr., poem on Philippine Flag, 286 and foot note Villaruel, Honorato, poem on the Philippine Flag, 278-280 Visayas, 3, 47

w Wood, Leonard, 233 display of Philippine Flag in memorial service in honor of, 180 Words of Philippine National Hymn, where written according to Apostol and Guerrero, 221, 222

y Yuonghusband, G. H., expresses Englishman's attitude towards Philippine Flag, 56, 57 and foot note

z Zapote Bridge, Battles of, 261, 262